HomeMy WebLinkAboutVAIL LIONSHEAD FILING 1 FIRST ADDITION LOT 1 LION SQUARE LODGE GARAGEo
oF
E
o
t
(o
at
.,J
E
ro
o
o
E
!t
E
o
Ect
(,
q,
tttrN
0t
o
o
o
o
oo)
EE
9b(sE
ao@;
ESo
=
@ooNo(f)
o
@o
(f,
^lo)
=-ouJII
U)
E
e
LL
!oIt!IJ
.E
og
oIIJoIt
Ittt!
o
.9
|!e
ii
oz
t
MMI.JNITYTOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGEROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
97M79-2138
DEPARTMENT OF CO DEVELOPMENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE FOSTBD ON JOBSITE AT ALL TMES
ADD/ALT COMM BLJILD PERMT Permit #: 805-0287
Job Address: 660 LIONSHEAD PL VAIL Status . . . : ISSUED
Location.......: LIONS SQUARE LODGE GARAGE Applied . . : O9/2Ol20[l5
ParcelNo....: 210107201032 Issued...: lll03/20{J,5
kgal Description:
ProjectNo. : -FRSo5 -6'(S'(Expires. . .: 05lV2l20M
owNER rJroN sQrrARE eoNDo Assoe ].Ne 09/20/2005
560 l{ LIONS HEAD PIJ
VAII.,
co 81557
ARCHTTECT 4240 ARCHTTECTIRs, rNC. 09/20/2OO5 Phone: 303-292-3388
1621 18TH STREET
surTE 200
DE}T\TER
co 80202
L,icense: C000001858
APPLrcAlfr sHAw colrsrRucrroN coMPAlrY 09/20/2oo5 Phone: 970-242-9236
750 HORIZON DR
GR,AND JI'NCTION
co 81505
ticense: 108-A
CONTRACTOR SHAW COIISTRUCTION COMPAII':r O9/2O/2OOS Phone: 970-242-9236
750 HORIZON DR
GRA}ID .]I'NCTION
co 81506
License: 108-A
Desciption:
IMPROVEMENTS TO SI.]NTACE PARKING. EXISTING UNDERGROUND GARAGE
Occupancy: R2S2
Type Construction: I B
Type Occupancy: ??
Valuation: $95,m0.00 Add Sq Ft: 0
Fiftpla€e Informrtion: Resticed: #of Gas Appliarces: 0 #ofGas Logs: 0 f.9l Wood Pellet: 0
ittt:r*:t*t*a***t*{.i*{it+a{.tt+*ttt{.1
Buildlu--- > 9958.?5 Resuurant Plan Review- > $o.oo Totat CalculiaEd Fe€s- > 51,584.94
nan Chect--> 5523.19 DRB Fee-----> So.o0 Additional Fees-----* > $0'00
hve.stig8tion- > SO. OO Rccr€stion Fee-------> $0. OO Total Permit Fe€----- > $1, 584 . 94
Will Calt-----> 93 . oo Clean Up Deposit Fe€-> $0.00 Pa)'nEnts----------- > $1 , 584 ' 94
ToTAL FEES-------> $1, s84 . 94 BALANCE Dt E----- > $0 . 00
**{.r*attl***ttttl
Approvals:
Item: 05100 BUIIJDING DEPARI'IIENT
Ll/02/2005 cdavis AcEion: AP LP2A performed
plrn review. Approval granted based on their approval .
see Iretter on File Dated LL/l/05
Item: 05400 PIJANNING DEPARI'I{ENT
ItEN: O55OO FIRE DEPART!.TEIIT
L!/03/200s mcgee
stamp from an engineer
R\TA.
Action: AP Sheet FP 100
not rxormal ly associated with
o
has
Sheets FP 100.1H is labeled " lilot for Constnrction"
Re-submit fire protection pJ.ans.
Item: 05500 PI'BIJIC WORKS
See page 2 of this Document for any conditions that may apply to this permit.
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurat€ plot
plan, and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply
with all Town ordinances and stat€ laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and suMivision codes, design
review approved, International Buildfu€ and Residential Codes 4nd other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQIJESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY.FOUR HOT'RS
PM.
AT 479-2149 OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM - 4
CONTRACTOR FOR HIMSELF AND OWNEF
PAGE 2
**'f*'|.*'f*'.{.l.***,f*:f**'F**'l**l.*:t**,}!*'*'|.,t!k'i*t**'f***:|*x.*:*:*{.:**,t*:F*:&'*:t,}:f:t|t.***!l.***
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Permit #: BO5-0287 as of 1l-03-2005 Status: ISSUED
***********tf *:f *ti*!t*tS*rl:lt*:t*rl.!t**rf **,i**{.,}******************rf *****t ***{.t****,************1.****.*,1.*{.************
Permit Type: ADD/ALT COMM BLIILD PERMT Applied: 09/2012W5
Applicant SHAW CONSTRUCTION COMPANY Iszued:
ru03t2m.5
fiU2A-Y236 To Expire: 05102/2006
Job Address: 660 UONSHEAD PL VAIL
Location: LIONS SQUARE LODGE GARAGE
Parcel No: 2l0lW2OlO32
Description:
IMPROVEMEMS TO SI.JRFACE PARKING. HflSTING TJNDERGROIJND GARAGE
Conditions:
Cond: 1
(FIRE): FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL IS REQT.JIRED BEFORE ANY
WORK CAN BE STARTED.
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE
COMPLIANCE.
Cond: ,{O
@LDG): (MFR/COMM) FIRE ALARM REQIIRED PER NFPA 72.
+***tlt*******++*+*+l'+*'htt*+**+*+++++f'taf*+******t************+*++++++******f******r********
TOWNOFVAIL. COLORADO Statement
t*ftfl|**r***t*****l'*******+i********+rtr*{'*******f***at++*****i***********ffff,tt*ftf+****r*f*
Statenent. Number: RO5OOO1874 Anourt: $1,584.94 LL/O3/2OO5O3:03 PM
Pa]tmenE Metshod: Check Init: DDG
l{otation: Feeney 1023 0
$1, 584 . 94
*'f'i**tlltt*t*l*******f*ftlltt**t*tl*'f*l*l**:t,t{'41*****tltf*'*t**l***'**'}******'r'r******'}*****'r**
ACCOIJNT ITEM LIST:
AccoLurt Code Current Pmta
Permit No:
ParceL No:
Site Mdrees:
IJOCation:
This Payment:
BP 00100003111.100
PF 00100003112300
wc 00100003112800
805-0287 Type: ADD/ALT COMM BUIIJD PERIi{T' 2LOL-072-OLO3-2
660 LIONSHE,N) PL \IAIIJ
IJIONS SOUARE IJODGE GARJAGE
TotaL Fees:
Total ALIJ Pmta :
Balance:
Description
BUILDING PBRMIT FEES
PLAII CHECK FEES
WIIJIJ CAIIJ fNSPECTION FEE
$1, s84.94
$1, s84.94
$0.00
958.75
623.19
3 .00
o*7*-ll
APPLICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF INCOMPLETE OR U
Project #:o5:-
Permit #:
MVNWUAIL
75 S. Frontage Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81657
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
#'s: e6f - stt3
5 ilAb Ca,Jsrqtrcaa)
COMPLETE VALUATIONS FOR BUILDING PERMIT (Labor & Materials
BUILDING: $ 4f0b ELECTRTCAL: S l{,fr-lo OTHER: $
PLUMBING: $MECHANICAL's 2f 1nD rorAL:s ?{ lrlrl
For Parcel # Contact Eaqle Countv Assessor€ Office at 970-328-8640 or visit
- Lrc( 012 o(o 3 7
rob NanEtIAS1tW l0 W I nlruW^Tj rob Address:(fi CJ. | /ifl)ttflp fft17-
Legal Description ll Lot: ll Block: ll Filingr i*aiui"i"n:y',1tffff{afffifrn*o
6ne-rs wne;(. rlg{p,ffi ,UiS^61 Add,ress:(66 D. t mgffAA / q ll Phone:1n e
^
c /
ArchitecUDesis,n rA/D /lk /^ddress'6?/ /6/sT DaIR.goloL enorffuz )w 3ies
eneineer:ef6p Rfiltn frr/ (rcruWffir: -- tij%isfru-\ nF fKhf tD7)Yt/€/t'/ /4) ,/
lnfturflWs fD tugrilGlBerut|, {{i't-
WorkClass: New( ) Addition( ) Remodelffi Repair( ) Demo( ) Other( )
WorkType: Interiorffi Exterior() Both ( )Does an EHU exist at this location: Yes ( ) No ( )
TypeofBldg.: Single.family( ) Twe.family( ) Multi-family){ Commercial() Restaurant( )Other( )
No. of Existing Dwelling Units in.this buitdin}: f) (;
------;-;-;-;--- r -
No/Type of Fireplaces Existind:'Eas Appliances (l' qas Logs'( ) Wood/Pellet ( ) Wood BurningK )
Noffvpe of Fireplaces Proposed: Gas Appliances ( ) Gas Logs( ) Wood/Pellet ( ) Wood Burning (N-OT ALLOWED)
mes aFirellerm Eiiat, Yes[) No (
ffiFOROFFICEUSEONLYM
Documene o5l20n00s
1.
November 1, 2005 THIRD PARTY TOWN OF VAIL - FINAL REVIEW
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Charlie Davis
Chief Building Official, Building Safety & Inspection Services
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Golorado 81657
Fax: (970) 479-2452
Re: Plan Review: Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovements
Address: 660 W. Lionshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis:
Linhart Petersen Powers Associates (LP2A) has completed a review of the following documents
on behalf of the Town of Vail:
Plans: Two (2) copies of sheets G001 , A101 through E200 (B sheets) dated ("delta 1")
August 15,2005, PK2.1 through PK6.1 (3 sheets)dated August 15,2005 (revised
drawings dated October 12,2005),by 4240 Architecture, Inc. Sheets G001, 4103 and
L1 dated October23. 2005.
Structural Calculations: Two (2) copies (1 7 pages) dated September 22' 2005 by
Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
Proiect Manual: Two (2) copies Volume 1 dated August 15, 2005 by 424O Architecture,
lnc.
Life Safetv Reoort: One (1) copy dated April27,2005.
The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review.
Our plan review is complete and there are no further comments. However, please note the
following_condition of approval.
1. Plan Check ltem 8:
Per Table 1106.1, three accessible parking spaces are required for R-1 (hotel-transient)
use, but IBC 1 106.2 requires only 1 accessible parking space for R-2 (apartments and non-
transient hotels). The parking areas are used by a combination of public and private
parking area for condominium owners, rental unit customers and restaurant and meeling
room visitors. On Sheet Ll , the applicant is proposing one permanent van accessible
space and two spaces to be shared visitor accessible spaces with removable signs as
described in their facility management plan (enclosed as part of the applicant's plan check
response). This shared use may be acceptable because ofthe variation ofthe uses served
by the parking spaces. LP2A request that the Town of Vail review this approach for their
concurence.
LIruHnnT PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
6088 Sunol Boulevard. Suite 100 ' Pleasanton, U 94566
o2r 226-1320 . FAX (925) 218-1970 . Toll Free (800) 340'4644
2.
3.
4.
We have enclosed the above noted documents bearing the LP2A review stamps for your use.
Also enclosed are the applicants plan review response letters. Please call if you have any
questions or if we can be of further assistance.
Sincerely,
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
Lion Square Lodge Srfe & Garaof rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
November 1 . 2005
rcBo/tcc/tRc P
Supervising Plan Engineer Senior Plans Examiner
" ^ a l;;li:[ "^i: :, Ya!,lt:;'frI"
Page 2
^- t,l.{\ y}._,J \ L-.^__
Jess Villar, P.E.
Mechanical Engineer
ICBO/CCilRC Plans Examiner
Senior Plan Review EngineerSenior
TAA/NH/JBV
Enclosures
p:\Third Partyvai12005\2050304.001 -pcf.doc (Bin 265)
Mr. Steve Roberts, 4240 Architecture: Fax (303) 292-31 '1.3
Mr. Dan Feeney, Vail Resorts Development Co.: Fax (970) 845-2358; e-mail dfeeney@vailresorts.com
lt
r0l4'Nm
Department of Community Development
Project Name:
Pruject Address:
r' This Chsklist must be omoleH tuforc a Bullding Permit appliation is
aceoEd.
\( m pages of application is complete
y{ nas DRB approvat obrained (if required) provide a copy of approva | tun&O. fuVAe ' STf/,+ ,{fXdU4 q
Condominium Association letter of approval attached if project is a MultFFamily complex
Plan Check Fee required at submittal for projects valued over $100,000.00 (See attached
Construction Fee Schedule for calculations)
C.omplete site plan submitted
Public Way Permit applicaUon irrcluded if applicable (refer to Public Works checklist)
Staging plan included (refer to Publh Works checklist) No dumoster,oarkino or material storaoe
allowed on roadwavs and shoulderc without written aoproval
Asbestos test and results submitted if demolltion is ocorrring
Architect stamp and signature (All Commercial and Multi family)
Full floor plans induding building sections and elevations(3 sets of plans for remodefladditions, 4 sets
of plans for new SFR and Duplo(, 5 sets of plans for MulU-Family and Commercial Buildings)
Window and door schedule
Full stuctural plans, including design criteria (i.e.loads)
Structural Engineer stamp and signature on structural plans (All Commerdd and Multi Family)
Soils Report must be submitted prior to footing inspection
Fire resisUve assemblies specified and penetrations indicated
Smoke detectors shown on plans
x(g
x
tr
o
o
X.
o
X
F
o
o
X tt*r and quantity of fireplaces shown
I have rcad and understand the above listed submittal rcquirements:
Applicant's Signature:
Date of submittal:
Do(rJment2
Received By:
05t20t2005
tl
mnuw
BUILDING PERMIT ISSUANCE TIME FRAME
If this permit requires a Town of Vail Fire Department Approval, Engineer's (Public Works)
review and approval, a Planning Depaftment review or Health Department review; and a
review by the Building Department, the estimated time for a total review may take up to
six (6) weeks.
All commercial (large or small) and all mulU-family permib will have to follow the above
mentioned maximum requirements. Residential and small projects should take a lesser
amount of time. However, if residential or smaller projects impact the various above
mentioned departments with regard to necessary review, these projecb may take up to
six (5) weeks to review and approve.
Every attempt will be made by this depaftment to expedite this permit as soon as
possible.
I, the undersigned, understand the plan check procedure and time frame. I also
understand that if the permit is not picked up by the expiration date, that I must still pay
the plan check fee and that if I fail to do so it may affect future permits that I apply for.
Agreed to by:
05t20n005
tl
WHEN A *PUBLT WAY PERMII' IS REQUIRED
PLrAsE READ AND CHECK OFF EACH OF THE FOTTOWTNG QUESTIINS REGARDING THE NEED FOR A
?UBLtr WAY PERMIT":
NoLo
o
tr
o
o
D
o
a
Is thb a new residence? YES
Does dernolition und< being perbrmed require the qge of the Rightof-Way, easemenB or
public property? YES_ NO X
\./
Is any utilig work needed.r YES_ NO )(.
Are here any improvernents being done b the driveway ? YEX
Is a differentaccess needed b the siE otrer than tire exisUng driveway? YES- N)C
Is arry drainage wprkleing done that affecb he RBhtof-Way, easernenb, or public properly?YES- NOX-
Is a T,evocable Rightof-Way Permif'required? YES- tOX
Is the Rightof-Way,reasernenb or public property to be tsed for sbging, parking or fencing?YES NO /\
If ansvrrer is NO. b {6rkirp, staging or ftncing plan required by.Public Works?YES_ NO ,/\
If you arswered YES b any of tfrcse questorsi a Yublic Way Permifl must be obbined.
Tublic Way Permit'applications may be obbined at fte Publk Work's office or atCommunity
Developrnent (a sample is afrached). If you have any questiors please call Leonard Sandowl in Public
WorK at479-2198.
I HAVE READ AND ANSWERED ALLTHE ABOVE QUESIONS.
Job or Pnject Name:
DaE Signed:
Company Name
OocumenE 05/2012005
tl
,-#APPLICATION
FORTOWN OF'VAIL
PLJBLTC wAY PERMTT 20_Bldg. Permit #: E
Parcel #:
Job Name Street Address
)(lf unknown call
479-2139\
Excavating Contractor Name Mail Address TOV Contractor License Numbor - REQIIIRED
zipCityState Phone #
4.
Start Date
Work is for (circle one)
Other
Complaion Date
Wrter Sewer Grs Elcc-trlc Tclephone CATV
(Permit Expiration Date)
Landscaping Temp. Slte Acc6s
5. Trench-width
(min.4')
L€{rgth Deptlt
Total SF $
Bond Amount $Permit Fee $
Total LF
Total Permit Fee $
ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES MUST BE ON THE JOBSITE BEFORE T}IE JOB IS STARTED.
Rubber out-riggers are roquired on excavating equipmant when working on asphalL Asphalt surfac€s undemeath the bucket and lugs shall
be protected at all times.
A signature below indicates a review ofthe area and utility locations and approval. Once all utility company signatures are obtained ,
permlttee has optlon of routlng applicrtion through the Publlc Works oflice to obtaln the necessery Town of Vall signrtures.
Please allow up to one wed< to process.
Xcel Energy / Public Service Company (l -800-922-1987)
Xcel Encrgy High Pressure ( I -800-922-1987)
Quest (I-80G922-I987)
6.
Comcast Cable (l -800-922-1987)
Eagle River Water & Sanitation Disti ct (970476.7 480, exl I 14)
Holy Cross Elecric Company (l -800-922- l
Town of Vail Electricians (97G479-2158)
Town of Vail Irrigation (970-479-2158)
THERE WILL BE NO TOTAL STREET CIOSURES! A construction traliic control plan must be subrnitted and approved by thc Public Works Deparineut
prior to issuance of the pennit.
9. All o<cavation must be done by hand within 18" ofutilities- (Senate Bill 172).
10. Pemritee musr conract rhe Public Works Depar[nent Bt 476-2198 24 hours prior to comnlencine ofwolk. Failur€ to Notiry the Town will result in
forfeiture ofbond money, Scheduled inspections that are not rcady may r€sult in the Town charging thc contractm a ro-inspection fcc.
I l. I certi& that I have read all chaptersofTltteE-Publlc Ways and Property, of the Vail Municipal Code and all utility Company agreernents, signed
by mg and will abide by the same, and $at all utilities have been notified as required"
Contracaor"s Signature of Agpeernent
ATTACH PLAN OF WORIq INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
Show street with names, buildings, and location of cuts. USE DASII LINES FOR CUT.
Document2
Print name clearly Date ofsignature
White - Public Works
Yellow - Cont-actor
05t20/2005
tl
PUBLT VT'oRKSANDTHE PUBLT WAYPERMIT PROCESS
How it relates to Building Permits:
Fill out the atbched check list with the Building Permit Application.
If yes was answercd b any of the questions then a 'Public Way" permit is rcquired. You
can pick up an application at either Community Developmen! locatsd at 75 South Fronbge
Road or Public Works, locaEd at 1309 Elkhom Drive.
Notice signoffs for utility companies. ALL utilities must field veriff (locab) respecUve
utilities prior b signing application. Some utility companies require up b 48 hous notice b
schedule a locaE.
A consuuctjon traffic controlfbging plan must be preparcd on a sepanb sheet of paper.
An approved siE plan may also be used. This plan will show locatjons of all traffic conbol
devices (signs, cones, etr,) and he work zone, (area of constuction, staging, etr.). This
plan will expire on November 1st and will need b be resubmitbd for corsideration for
approwl tuough he winEr. Be aunrc hat your resubmission fur winbr may be denied
depending on the locatjon of constucUon.
Skebh of wok being performed must be submitbd indicating dimensiors (length, width
and deph of work). This may be dnwn on the traffic conbol plan or a sib plan for the irb.
Submit complebd application b the Public Workb office for review. If requircd, locabs will
be scheduled fur the Town of Vail electriciars and inigation crew. The locaEs take place in
the moming, but may rcquire up b 48 hours b perform.
The Public Wort<'s Constuction Inspecbr will review the application and approve or deny
the permil You will be contacEd as b the sbb.rs and any requirements that may be
needed. Most permits arc rcleased wihin 48 hous of being received, but please allow up
b one (1) week b process,
As soon as he permit is appruved, tre Buibing Depanment will be notified, allowing he
'Building Permif'b be rcleased. Please do not confuse tre Yublic Way Permit" with a
'tsuilding Permif'.
NOTE: Tlre abbve prccess is fior uork in a public way ONLY. Public Way
Permits are valid only until November 15tst. A new Public tllhy Permit is rcquircd
each year if nrork is not complee. Re-application each November 15th does not
mean an aubmatic renenral.
/)?//z/as
Datd Signed
05/20/2005
tl
ruillv0F
DRAINAGE AND CULVERT INSPECTIONS ARE REOUIRED BY PUBTIC WORIG!
Please read and check offeach of the items below:
The Town of Vail Building Depaftment has developed the following procedures to ensure that new
construction sites have adequately established proper drainage from building sites along and
adjacent to Town of Vail roads or streets.
The Town of Vail Public Works Depaftment will be required to inspect and approve drainage
adjacent to Town of Vail roads or streets and the installation of temporary or permanent culverts at
access points from the road or street onto the construction site. Such approval must be obtained
prior to any requests for inspection by the Town of Vail Building Department for footings,
temporary electrical or any other inspection. Please call Leonard Sandoval at479-2L98 to request
an inspection from the Public Works Department. Allow a minimum of 24 hour noUce.
Also, the Town of Vail Public Works Department will be approving all final drainage and culveft
installation with resulting road patching as necessary. Such approval must be obtained prior to any
Final Ceftificate of Occuoancy issuance.
Agreed to by:
Project Name:
Date Signed:
Documgnt2 0s,2(y2005
tl
Please read and checkofreach of the ibms below.
(Copies of compleE Ext are availabh upon request)
CODE 5.2.10: DEFOSITS ON PUBttr WAYS PROHDITED
o Unhwfrtl deposiE: Subject bc subsection C thereof, it 's unlawful for any penon b litEr, hack or
depcrt or cause to be litEred, backed or depcibd, sand, gnvel, rock, mud, di4 snow, ice, or any
oher debds or maErhl upon any sheeq sidewah alley or public place, or any portion thereof.
o NoUce; AbaEmenE The Direcbr of Public Works may noUff and require any person who violaEs or
causes anotter to v'tolab the prov'sion of subsection A hereof, or who has in he Direcbr's employment
a pelson who violaEs or cruses anoBter b violaE the same, bp remove such sand, gravel, rocks, mud,
dirt srnw, ice or any other debris or maErial wlthin twenty ficur (24) hours afur receipt of said notice
by the Direcbr of Publk Works. In the event $e person so noUfied does not comply with he noUce
within the period of time hercin specified, the Direcbr of Public Works, or oher authorized agent, may
cause any such sand, gravel, rocls, mud, dirt, snow, ice, debris or any other maErial b be removed
from any street or alley at the expense of the noUfied.
o Summns and Penalty: As an attemative b the notice for remolal provided in subsection B above,
any person who violaEs or caLlses another b viohE tre sarne, may be bsrcd a summons b appeal
before the Municipal Court of the Town for sa'rl viohHons, and upon being found guity of a v'olation
hereunder be pun'shed as provided in Section 1-4-1 of ftis code.
o l{otice and Penalty: It b unlawftrl for any person to fail or rctuse b comply with the notice of the
Director of Public Works as prcvided in subsection B hereof, and any such person shall, in addition to
payment of the expense of removal incurred by tfre Direcbr of P ublic Works, as provided in subsection B
hereof, up6n being ftiund guilty of a violation hereunder, be punishable as provided in Section 1-4-1 of
this Code. (1997 Code: Ordinance 6 (1979).
CODES 7.:I,A.1AND 7.3A.3: PARKIT{G OBSTRUCTING TRAFFX & IMPOUNDMET{TAUTHORZED
B No person shall park any vehicle upon a sbeet or at any oher place within this Municipality in such a
manner or under such condiuons as b inbfere with the free movemnt of veh'rcular baffic or proper
steet or h'rghway mainEnarrce. (Ord. 2(1968) 5 1)
o Whenever any police officer finds a vehkle atEnded or unatEnded, standing upon any portion of a
sbeet or upon any pbce within this Mun'cipality in such a manner as b consttuE a violation of any
section of dris Article, or left unatEnded fur a period of twenty four (24) houn or more and presumed b
be abandoned under the conditions prescribed by Colondo Revised SbtuEs section 424-1102, as
amended, he officer shall require the vehicle b be removed or ca6e it to be removed and placed in
sbcmge in the nearest garage or otrer place of safety designaEd or maintained by this Municipality, and
the charges fur bwing and sbrage of such vehich shall be charged b the owner of the vehicle in
addiUon b a En dollar ($10) impoundment ctnrge. (Ord. 2(1968) I 3: Ord. 28(1981) 5 1)
I have read and will comply with the above code provisions:
Position or Relationship q
MHened:05t20t2005
ll
Vail 2004
Vail Village and Lionshead Village Construction Hours
Information Handout
Problem Statement
The Vail Village and Lionshead Village are invaluable assets to the community. Thousands of people come to Vail each
year to sightsee, recreate, shop and to enjoy everything the Vail Valley has to offer. The community and merchants rely
upon our guest to generate revenue. Our summerlwinter guests expect a pleasant experience while in Vail.
To insure that all of the proposed construction has as little negative impact on the communig and on our guest as
possible, the Town of Vail finds it imperative to create and implement the Vail Village and Lionshead Mllage Construction
Hours Handout.
It would be inesponsible for the Town of Vail, the Construction Contactors and the Merchants, to not actively participate
to minimize the impact of construction in the Vail and Lionshead Village areas.
New for 200+2006 will be the Vail Village Streetscape lmprovement Proiect. Work to include all utility rclated
improvements, streetscape, drainage, snowmelt ststems and landscaping,
All Construc-tion projects and/or remodels within the Vail Village Gore Area should contact Scott Bluhm
Town of Vail Streetscape Goordinator at 97 047 7 -341 8 for fu r$er information,
Givens
The following givens are intended to provide the basic foundation by which construction will be completed in the Villages:
r The public's health, safety and welfare shall be honored at all times.
. Adequate pedestrian, loading/delivery, vehicle, and emergency vehicle access and circulation shall be maintained.
r Roadways and pedestrian walkways shall be kept clean and free of dirt and debris.
. All construction deliveries, equipment, tools and materials entering the Vail Mllage and Pedestrian areas must go
through Check Point Charlie. All Lionshead construction activity must go to the Vail Police Department for a'
parking permit. Do not use delivery zones for construction parking, refer to approved staging plan or make other
anangements for parking.
r The hours of Outside Construction Activity shall be as follows:
- April 15 - June 18 & SeptemberT - November 19, 7 a.m. until 7 p.m., seven days a week.
June 18 thru September 10, work must end by 4:00 p.m. on Fridays.
November 13 -April 15, 2005 work allowed within daylight hours only.
- Deliveries shall be restricted to the hours of 7 a.m. to 1 1 :30 a.m. on Gore Creek Drive and 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. on
Bridge Street.
- Special Construction delivery permits must be requested in advance, from PublicWorks in conjunction with Code
Enforcement at Checkpoint Charlie.
- No construction activity shall occur on Saturday or Sunday between June 19 and September 5.
- No outside constructlon activity shall occur on the followlng dates:
0sl2012005Documen?
tIoNtqUeRErOnGE
CONFERENCE CENTER
September 15, 2005
Town of Vail Community Development
Frontage Road
Vail, CO 81657
To Whom it IMay Concern,
I am writing on behalf of the Lion square Lodge Board ofDirectors. They have approved
of the co exhaust system design and Lion square Lodge improvements for the parking
lot,and main garage at Lion Square Lodgg as proposed by Vail Resorts.
t?.,^
On behalf of the Lion Square Lodge Board of Directors
Lion Square Lodge
60 W. Lionshead Place
Vail, CO 81657
970-477-4432
,,-,.\ MANAGfD 8Y
D{nrntsorttor,tmw
660 W'. Lionshead Place'Vail, Colorado 81657
800-525-5788 . 970-476-2281 . Facsimile: 970-476-7 423 ' wwt.lionsquare.com
Department of Community Development
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
970-479-2138
FAX 970-479-2452
www.vailgov.com b\a
\b
aQ
ETFA)( CO
hN\(o*,05
,FS
To:
Company Name:
Fax Number:
Phone Number:
From:
\Arv<-E nAc6€E
Ft82
?ttt-
a l3s
Charlie Davis Chief Building Official
Town of Vail
Community Development Departrnent
Building Safety & Inspections Services
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Phone:970-479-2L42
Fax: 970-479-2452
Comments, Notes:
{tp """*t"t t """
sEP.3A.?AA5 ?.4nY LPAR PLERSRNTONo NO.657 P.1,/6
TT T T N T T $ T I I TT 1
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
6088 SunolBoulevard . Suib 100
Pleasanton, CA 94566
Tolephone (925) 220'1320
Fax (s25) 21&1970
Date:9fl020o5
To: Charlle Davls
$1
V5-o*FAX N0: s7047S2+52
JOB llo.; 2050t0{.001
FA(OPER fttR: Dlnr
TlillE :2:O;38 PItl
thlrllilrlr of plgoc,, fitchtfutl oovu shffi c
From: Talat Abasei / Norman Hong / Jese Wtlar
Massage: PIan Revlew Comments
Acldrcsst 6ffi W, Lionshead PIae
CC: Mr, Steve Roberts; gilg.zgl.glla
Mr, Dan Feeney; 9710,A5.2#E
7r'ie.trczmenf irinFnded Wtotttetndwtdqeltllyf drenflFrdprsodr ndnnywilahtltrffirtffiEptivilae#"csrffitatandilrynpllrm
dr,ahslre wdeT4p466law,tfyouxtndtrrcnanialreryrn,wWorWwawinrtrpsens[|hOarinnrp{rehfuEi-tbtF ffiadidryllrrfryrymtwegytffidttaf dbsc?dndm o/qlruotttrrsaoimtfifamrirotrtrruc,'fr$i;,rild,ffixidrrr*iriniiaCanonfr?,,rri'elffiJiimyrrc
frrrrcdiehiybytatlpltotr., eldr/l,tnfie oddnilarsorga fD qs dtfi; aDovt a4tra$,
Rov, I rtl H^R.Erpllo6l^Dc*lop\f q f |€,mlltrddG
sEP.36.2e,a5 ?t43PN N0.657 P.?/6
September 30, 2005 THIRD PARTYTOWN OF VAIL - FIRST REVIEW
LPzA Job No.: 2050304.001
Charlle Davls
Ghlef Bulldlng Offlclal, Buildlng Safety & tnspecflon Serutcas
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vall, Golorado 81057
Fax: (e70) 479.24&
Re: Plan Reviar: Llo4 Square Lodgeslb & Garage lmprcvementsAddrcss; 660 W. Llonshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis;
Llnharl Petercen Porcrc Assodates (LPA) has completed a flrct reVew of the lbllowlng
documenE on behaffof the Town of Vail;
1. Ebng Two (2) coples of sheeF G001r A101 through E200 (8 sheeF) dabd ("dslta 1")
August 15, 2005, Pt€.1 through PK0.1 (3 sheeh) dabd August 16, 2005 W 4240
ArchltEcture, lnc.
2. FfuduralCalculations: Two (2) copies (17 pages) daled September 22, 2005 by
Monroe & Newell Engineerc, Inc.
3, Plolect Manual: Two (2)copies Volume 1 dated August 15, 2005 by 4240 Architectur€,
lnc,
Tfte 2003 Intemational Buildlng Codes were used as the basis qt the r€vlew, Our comments,
folloJrr on the attached lis!
Please have the applicant submlt an itomized t"sponse leter and two (2) sets of complete ahd
ravised documenb with all ravislons cloudod directlyto LP2A.
Sincerely,
PETERSEN POWERS
LPzA PLEffiRNTONo
Supervislng Plan RevlEw
SeniorAesociate
TAA/NH/JBV
Enclosurss
,
Enginecr Plans Bemlner
\[.[t'u],'k
Mechanical Englneer'
ICBOi ICC/IRC Plans Examiner
Senlor Plan ReviEw Englneer
p;\Thlrd PartyVail2005u050304,001-pc1.doc (Bln 265)
cc: Mt' qFvqRoberb,4240 Anfiit€cturEi Fax (303) 292€'l ts
Mr. Dan FEency, Vall Racorb Dcvelopment-Co.i Fa< (970) 845-2358; +malt rtfueney@vailrssorb.oom
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS AS5OCIATES
6lE8 tunolBoulev$4 Sulle 100 . llcoslnton, CAg4j66
92il nGB20 . nx gzi) ,rLt970 r lbll Free (s00) 54&{644
*P.$.aAA5 ?.43P.1 LPzR PLERSRNTON
Lton squen t-dEE sfto A Garag| rovencnt
660 W, Uonshead Place
sEp/t€nbetflO,n05
R.2Rl
s-2
ruata,s:"7:*,,#:"
LPUJ$ No.: N50304,00't
pagp 2
Re: OccupancyGroqps!
Typc of Gonstnrctlon:
Storles:
Sprlnklens:
Bulldlng Area (eq. ft.):
Gondomlnlums
Hotel
Enclosed Parldng
Yes
GENEML GOMMENTS:
A The 2003 lnternational Building Codes wer€ u6ed as the basis of tre review.
B, Please respond in wdting to eactr comment by marklng fie attached eommsnt list or
crca0ng a responsg letbr. Indlcatc wtrloh dEtail, epeoificafion, or calcrlatlon shows the
nquested Informaton. Further, amendments to plans shall be identiflcd by'rdouding"
and "delta synbol", Your oomplete and clcar responses will expedite ihe r+check
process and evenfual approval of this proJect, Thank you for your assistance.
C. For fie flnal set of drawings, please be surB to havc deslgnefs "wef sEmp and signature
on allsheeb of plans and on oorrens of specificaflons and calculations.
D. The bllorying code comments reflect a review of building pla4s only, lf site-related
clmmenb are applicable b this project, they wlll be generabd by others (e.9., CiV
Englneedng, PublicWorls, Ffte Department, Healh, etc.).
ARGHITECTURAL GOMMENTSI
1. SheetG00lr
A. Amcnd plans to show the constructlon type for the bullding.
B. Confirm that buildlng meets Fqulremenb for tre constuction type,
C. Also, please indicate number cf doriEs and bulltlhg area.
2. Sheet A,103:
At section ,l/A109, amend plena b show hinged alumlnum louver pancls at he north
elevatlon to agrce wlth North Elevation 5/A103.
3, SheetA{03:
On thls sheet amend plans to show that thE mechanlcal strqciqre conbrms with IBC
Table 601. lndlcate Type of Constructlon for the building and show that each of thc
bulldlng elements meet fie required fire-reslstive raling,
4, $heetA108:
A. Aqend dewlngs to shour that the wood components for the fan enclosure (i.e.
plywood roof p[nuood, cedar cladding, cedar rim and slding) comply with
combustible materlal requlremenb in IBC 603.
SEP.36.?AA5 ?243PN LPER PLEASRNTON
Ug!f1grru Lc/ise_stt & @ane|lnrnnent
6ilWlJon*raadPlffi
$edembar30,fr05
nnAnsfr;iTr,n,*f"
|PUJ@ No,:2050{,A4.001
tug€ 3
B. For the roof plryood, indioate ffiethcr fire"rebrdant-trsatment ls rcquired per
IBC 803.1.1 br roof consffudion,
SheetA103:
At 5/At0S, 41A103 and 3/A100, amond louverc at exterior elevatlons to agrce wlth louver
sizes shown on Sheet M10Q Louver Sohedule and lower deslgnatlons shown on Sheet
M200.
Sheet C1{andPlQ,2t
Review wldth of drlve lane at tunnel entry gates and north Entry drlve to confirm that
widh ls sufficientfof flre vehldes,
DISAELED AGGESS GOMMENTS:
7. SheetGl{, SltePlan:
A. As the grade-lcvel parfilng arca has becn rc.deslgned, amend Site Plan b show
accesslble rcuEs wlthln he sltp fnom publlc tfanspoffion stops, accesslble parklng
and acoesslble passengel loading zones and public sfeeb q sldewalks to the
accessible building entrance served for both wings of Llonsquare Lodge and the
Parklng Structtp,
B. Provlde complete aocessibiliV dehils br the Eutes showinE confornance with
acrasslbility r€qulremenb. IEC 1 1 O4,1
C. Confirm on drawlngs hat at least 50 percent of all pqblic antrancqs are sn
acccsslble roub per IBC 1,100.1.
8. Sheet C11, Slte Plan:
Amend plaps to show he bllowlng accesslble parldng requirements:
A. Drawlngs show that thc arad+level parkirg has 69 spaces (Sac sheet L1) which
lndude onlyone aacesslble paildng space. lBGtable 1106,1 requires 3 accessible
parking spacas for 69 trtal parldng spaoes provlded. Please rwiew.
B. Amend draWngs to show aclessible parklng spaces per IBC 1100, Inolude locatjon
dspace per IBC 1106,6 and van spaoes per IBC 1106.5. Pro/de clertails of
accessiblE parklng areas indudhg accoss aisles In accordance with the provisions
of AllSl.llTsbndards Seclion 501, signage, ramps and required slopes,
C, ldentlfV the acccssible route of havd frrom esdt space to he nearaat aoesslble
entance,
L DetallH/C18:
Please show on plans the tocation of TlpicalADA Ramp l-l/ClE,
MECHAN|CAL, pLUMBTNG. ELECTRTCAI- GOMMENTS:
Mechanical:
*P,9.?A?/5 2.43P1"1 LPzA PLERSFNTON
{;l trffi,hffi ffi: oanc}wenant
ScptenbatS0,MS
*,^)rr*J;;:r,n :X"
LP2A J6 No.: fril3o4.001
Page +
10. Provide documentatlon to demonstate that capacis of EFl unit is not less than 1,5 cfm
per square lbot d the garage floor area, Sheet M100, IMC 404.2.
11' Provlde clariflcation for the wntilatlon requircment for the new tunnel. lt appears the
tunnel ls a pail of the gamgs arca,
12, Mechanical ventilatlon shall be provlded by a method of supply and exhaust alr. Show
on plan locaflon of oubide supply alr that ls approdmately equal to the arnount of
e)$austed alr by unit EF-l , f MC 403.1 .
13. Location of othaust opsnlng for unit EF1 ls adjacent to parking spaces. Prpvlde
mnfirmaflon thls will not creab a nulsanoe per IMC 401,6,2. Sheet L-1.
Eledrical:
14, landscape Sheet L1 shows fiat along the street are trrc exlsting llght poles whlch are to
be rcmoved and 2 new llght pole B. Please shoh, elec'tdcal requlrements on elec'tdcal
shccts,
FIRE SPRINKLER GOMMENIIS:
16, As the openlng from the underground tunnel into thc Lionsquare lodge parking gaftUe
vlolates IBC provlslons br openlngs at property lines, prevtous agreemenb werc made
wlth the TOV Buildlng Department and Flrc Department. As such, please prcvide fte
following:
A. Provide the required Admlnlstrative Modiflcation Request for formal approral of
altemate deslgn for openlngs at the properfl line. The AMR ls b prwlde full
Juatilicafon of the altemate design and address the previous agreements
between the applicant and the TOV Bulldlng Department and Fire Department.
Plaase provlde flnal apptoved AMR.
B. On Sheet FP'100, show on Fire Prote*ion Garage Plan fte location of fie
pmperty lines.
C. Drawlngs show s:<tcndlng the LlonSquare Lodge parklng gamge automate
sprinkler systerp into the LlonsqUaru Lodge ramp to the property line placlng
closely space sprinklers aqoss the openine. However, tre Rolf Jenson &
Assodates Firc & Hfe Safety Beport, The AnaBelle at Vall Square, dated April
27.2006, also rcgulrcg extension of the AnaBelle rgrnp automatlc sprinklers to
fic property llne and place closely spaced (6 ft o.c.) aubmatic sprinklerc acmss
tha openlng into Lionsquare Lodge. Please review and amend drawlngs.
STRUCTURAL COMMENI8:
{8. Sheet5103:
lPvilq tsPV of geotechnical report to verifo solls pressures usgd in foundation. See
Shcct S103, Noto 2,
17, Sheat5103
SFP.36.?AES ?.44PN LP?R PLEreRNTON
gg4.Sqmfs rodgp-Silfi C OeasOronm-r
ffilW,UwrsheadPhcp
Septanber$0,2005
maf,*rn't#::r*,:n
LP2A Jab No,: fi50$4.001
tuga5
Amend plans to speclry tequlramonb for speclal inspectlon for the follo,vr'ng:
A. Concrete In foundation wall.
B. Field weldlng for the struc.tural frame.
18, Sheet 5'103, Section 1:
A. Provlde structural calculation€ for the footing of rataining wall whlctr ls shown as
1r-4r wide.
B, Show footlng requlrement for the la6e concrete beam aCjaccnt b the W&t31,
Shorv fiat fie fooUng docs not lmpose additonal load on tre cxMlng footlng of
the garage.
'lg, Sheet S103:
Pleasc show the Infill Openlng Detail on .llAilDz at new concreb wal patdt.
20, $heet5103:
Arnend. plars b shorv ftat roof sheathlng ls 5/8" plyrrrood with 40/20 span ratlng as
shown ln ealculallons
]f vou hatre anY gqestlons regarCing the above comments, please corrtact Talat Abbasi 0e22)tgr^{g{u,gl gqes$o1s, Normen Hong (x224} br gencial quesfors, or Jess Vlllar (:e35) foi MEP
at925l E6-1320 bctvycen 8:00 A.M. to S:oo p.M.. M.F,
IEND OF COMMENTSI
September 30, 2005
Charlie Davis
Ghief Building Official, Building Safety & Inspection Services
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Golorado 81657
Fax: (970) 479-2452
Re: Plan Review: Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovements
Address: 660 W. Lionshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis:
THIRD PARTY TOWN OF VAIL - FIRST REVIEW
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Engineer
..._rr1f1L--
Jesd Villar. P.E.
Mechanical Engineer
ner ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans ExaminerSupervising Plan Review
Senior Associate
TANNH/JBV
Enclosures
Linhart Petersen Powers Associates (LP'?A) has completed a first review of the following
documents on behalf of the Town of Vail:
1 . Plans: Two (2) copies of sheets G001 , 41 01 through E200 (8 sheets) dated ("delta 1")
August 15, 2005, PK2.1 through PK6.1 (3 sheets) dated August 15, 2005 by 4240
Architecture, Inc.
2. Structural Calculations: Two (2) copies (17 pages) dated September 22,2005 by
Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
3. Proiect Manual: Two (2) copies Volume 1 dated August 15, 2005 by 4240 Architecture,
Inc.
The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review. Our comments
follow on the attached list.
Please have the applicant submit an itemized response letter and two (2) sets of complete ahd
revised documentrs with all revisions clouded directly to LP2A.
Sincerely,
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS
Plans Exami
cc: Mr. Steve Roberts, 4240 Architecture: Fax (303) 292-31 13
Mr. Dan Feeney, Vail Resorts Development Co.: Fax (970) 845-2358; e-mail dfeeney@vailresorts.com
LITuRNT PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
6088 Sunol Boulevard, Suite 100 ' Pleasanlon, C,l.94556
02) 226-1320 . FAx (92t) 2r8-r970 . Toll Free (800) 340-4644
Senior Plan Review Engineer
plThird PartyVail2005\2050304.001-pc1.doc (Bin 265)
!3; if i: :; #:; ;l::," G a ne I r ov e m e nt
September 30, 2005
Re: Occupancy Groups: Gondominiums R-2
Hotel R-l
Enclosed Parking S-2
Type of Gonstruction:
Stories:Sprinklers: Yes
Building Area (sq. ft.):
" no o f:;t f::f #
"-,
y3:!,?3:;:#,"
Page 2
GENERAL GOMMENTS:
A. The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review.
B. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached comment list or
creating a response letter. Indicate which detail, specification. or calculation shows lhe
requested information. Further, amendments to plans shall be identified by "clouding"
and "delta symbol". Your complete and clear responses will expedite the re-check
process and eventual approval of this project. Thank you for your assistance.
C. For the final set of drawings, please be sure to have designeis "wet' stamp and signature
on all sheets of plans and on covers of specifications and calculations.
D. The following code comments reflect a review of building plans only. lf site-related
comments are applicable to this project, they will be generated by others (e.9., City
Engineering, Public Works, Fire Department, Health, etc.).
ARGHITEGTURAL COMMENTS:
1. Sheet G001:
A. Amend plans to show the construction type for the building.
B. Confirm that building meets requirements for the construction type.
C. Also, please indicate number of stories and building area.
2. SheetA103:
At Section 1/A103, amend plans to show hinged aluminum louver panels at the north
elevation to agree with North Elevation 5/A103.
3. SheetA103:
On this sheet amend plans to show that the mechanical structure conforms with IBC
Table 601. Indicate Type of Construction for the building and show that each of the
building elements meet the required fire-resistive rating.
4. SheetA103:
A. Amend drawings to show that the wood components for the fan enclosure (i.e.
plywood roof plywood, cedar cladding, cedar trim and siding) comply with
combustible material requirements in IBC 603.
Lift ff i? :: "lE:; ;#.r G a ra s !rcv e m e nt
September 30, 2005
'n'oO'r:;if ::f #"',Ya:!r33'f ';r'f
Page 3
B. For the roof plywood, indicate whether fire-retardant-treatment is required per
IBC 603.1.1 for roof construction.
5. Sheet ,A103:
At 5/A103, 4/A1 03 and 3/A1 03, amend louvers at exterior elevations to agree with louver
sizes shown on Sheet M100 Louver Schedule and louver designations shown on Sheet
M200.
6. Sheet C1 land PK2.2:
Review width of drive lane at tunnel entry gates and north entry drive to confirm that
width is sufficient for fire vehicles.
DISABLED AGCESS COMMENTS:
7. Sheet C1 1, Site Plan:
A. As the grade-level parking area has been re-designed, amend Site Plan to show
accessible routes within the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking
and accessible passenger loading zones and public streets or sidewalks to the
accessible building enlrance served for both wings of Lionsquare Lodge and the
Parking Structure.
B. Provide complete accessibility details for the routes showing conformance with
accessibility requirements. IBC 1 104.1
C. Confirm on drawings that at least 50 percent of all public entrances are on
accessible route per IBC 1105.1.
8. Sheet C11, Site Plan:
Amend plans to show the following accessible parking requirements:
A. Drawings show that the gradeJevel parking has 69 spaces (See sheet Ll ) which
include only one accessible parking space. IBC table 1106.1 requires 3 accessible
parking spaces for 69 total parking spaces provided. Please review.
B. Amend drawings to slrow accessible parking spaces pei'IBC 1i06. include locgtion
of space per IBC 1106.6 and van spaces per IBC 1106.5. Provide details of
accessible parking areas including access aisles in accordance with the provisions
of ANSI.1 1 7 standards Section 501 , signage, ramps and required slopes.
C. ldentify the accessible route of travel from each space to the nearest accessible
entrance.
9. DetailH/C18:
Please show on plans the location of Typical ADA Ramp H/C18.
MECHANICAL. PLUMBING. ELECTRIGAL GOMMENTS:
Mechanical:
ti;ti,,1i7:3h!:;r",'::"-Garaglrovement
September 30,2005
" * O'i;if;:;" il, Ya:lb#'o" foof
Page 4
13.
10. Provide documentation to demonstrate that capacity of EF-1 unit is not less than 1.5 cfm
per square foot of the garage floor area. Sheet M100, IMC 404.2.
11. Provide clarification for the ventilation requirement for the new tunnel. lt appears the
tunnel is a part of the garage area.
12. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply and exhaust air. Show
on plan location of outside supply air that is approximately equal to the amount of
exhausted air by unit EF-1. IMC 403.1.
Location of exhaust opening for unit EF-1 is adjacent to parking spaces. Provide
confirmation this will not create a nuisance oer IMC 401 .5.2. Sheet L-1 .
Electrical:
14. Landscape Sheet L1 shows that along the street are two existing light poles which are to
be removed and 2 new light pole B. Please show electrical requirements on electrical
sheets.
FIRE SPRINKLER GOMMENTS:
15. As the opening from the underground tunnel into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage
violates IBC provisions for openings at property lines, previous agreements were made
with the TOV Building Department and Fire Department. As such, please provide the
following:
A. Provide the required Administrative Modification Request for formal approval of
alternate design for openings at the property line. The AMR is to provide full
justification of the alternate design and address the previous agreements
between the applicant and the TOV Building Department and Fire Department.
Please provide final approved AMR.
B. On Sheet FP100, show on Fire Protection Garage Plan the location of the
property lines.
C. Drawings show extending ihe LicnSquqi'p Lodge parking garage automatic
sprinkler system into the Lionsquare Lodge ramp to the property line placing
closely space sprinklers across the opening. However, the Rolf Jenson &
Associates Fire & Life Safety Report, The ArraBelle at Vail Square, dated April
27,2005, also requires extension of the ArraBelle ramp automatic sprinklers to
the property line and place closely spaced (6 ft. o.c.) automatic sprinklers across
the opening into Lionsquare Lodge. Please review and amend drawings.
STRUGTURAL GOMMENTS:
16. Sheet 5103:
Provide copy of geotechnical report to verify soils pressures used in foundation. See
Sheet 5103, Note 2.
17. Sheet 5103
':3; i,i i: ::, :E:; ;l:: "r
G a ra e lrov e n e n t
September 30, 2005
*'*ol;i:f ::;"1"',!,1!o3ln"lff
Page 5
Amend plans to specify requirements for special inspection for the following:
A. Concrete in foundation wall.
B. Field welding for the structural frame.
18. Sheet 51 03, Section 1 :
A. Provide structural calculations for the footing of retaining wall which is shown as
1'-4" wide.
B. Show footing requirement for the large concrete beam adjacent to the W8x31.
Show that the footing does not impose additional load on the existing footing of
the garage.
19. Sheet 5103:
Please show the Infill Opening Detail on 11A102 at new concrete wall patch.
20. Sheet 5103:
Amend plans to show that roof sheathing is 5/8" plywood with 40/20 span rating as
shown in calculations
lf you have any questions regarding the above comments, please contact Talat Abbasi (x222)
for structural questions, Norman Hong (x224) for general questions, or Jess Villar (x235) for MEP
a1925 | 226-1320 between 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.. M-F.
IEND OF COMMENTSI
ROLF JENSEN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Prepared For:
42140 ARCHITECTURE
1621 Eighteenth Street, Suite 200
Denver, Colorado 80202
Attn : Robert Fitzgerald
Phone 303.292.3388
Facsimile 303.292.31 33
Presented To:
Town of Vail(TOV)
Building Department
Attn: Gharlie Davis, Chief Building Official
Vail Fire and Emergency Services
Attn: Mike McGee, Fire Marshal
TOV Project No. PRJ044233
RJA Project No. D32909
April27,2005
O 2005 Rolf Jensen & Associates, lnc. All Rights R€sen€d
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Page ii
April27,2Q05
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCT|ON.............. ...........4
FAClLlry DESCR|PT|ON.................. ..............4
DESTGN TEAM .......... .................5
APPLTCABLE CODES........ .........6
KEY ISSUES ..........6
F|RE PROTECTTON OUTLTNE ........................7
t. occuPANcY CLASStFtcATtoNS............ ..........................7
il. STRUCTURAL FIRE RES|STANCE.................. ...................8
ilt. tNTER|OR WALLS AND PARTIT|ONS............ ................... 10
tv. tNTERtoR WALL AND CETLING F|N|SHES.... ................... 13
v. EGRESS...... ........13
VI. EMERGENCY SIGNAGE .........17
VII. SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS .,....17
VIII. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM ........................21
IX. EMERGENCYCOMMUNICATIONANDALARM SYSTEMS.....,............24
x. F|RE COMMAND CENTER.................. .........26
XI. SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ................27
XII. EMERGENCY POWER ..........,.27
xilt. ELEVATORS .......28
PERIODIC OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .................30
coNcLUStoN .................. ........ 30
APPENDIX AFIRE ALARM AND SMOKE MANAGEMENT SEQUENCE OF
OPEMTION MATRIX
APPEN D IX BADM I N ISTMTIVE MODI FICATION REQU EST BASE
DOCUMENT (PRJ04-0233)
ADMINISTMTIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR FIRE
DEPARTMENT ACCESS LIMITATION MITIGATION
THROUGHHOISTWAY AND STAIRWAY
PRESSURIZATION AND FIRE COMMAND CENTER
APPENDIX C
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
APPENDIX D
APPENDIX F
APPENDIX G
APPENDIX H
APPENDIX I
APPENDIX J
FEATURES (PRJ04-0233-1 )
ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR PLAZA
LEVEL EXTTTNG (PRJ04-0233-2)
PASSAGEWAYS AND EXIT DISCHARGE LOBBIES FOR
EXIT DISCHARGE FROM EXIT ENCLOSURE STAIR 2
ANDSTAIR 3 AT PLAZA LEVEL (PRJO4-0233-3)
ADMINISTMTIVE MODI FICATION REQUEST FOR
ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY EXITING (PRJ04{2334)
ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
coNDoMrNruM EGRESS (PRJ04-0233-5)
ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR LOW-
RrsE BUTLDTNG (PRJ04{233-6)
ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
TOILET EXHAUST FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER
ELt M TNAT|ON (PRJ04-0233-7)
ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
ELEVATOR LOBBY ELIMINATION (PRJ04-0233-8)
Page iii
April27,2OO5
APPENDIX EADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR EXIT
APPENDIX KADMINISTMTIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR EXTERIOR
FIRE SPREAD MITIGATION THROUGH EXTERIOR
AUTOMATTC SPRTNKLERS (PRJ04-0233-9)
o
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT Page 4
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAfL, COLORADO 4pfl27,2005
INTRODUCTION
This document describes, in conceptual terms, the fire protection features of The
ArraBelle at Vail Square project in Vail, Colorado.
This package intends to describe, in performance-based language, the overall approach
to active and passive fire protection features in the facility, whether required by Code,
the Authority Having Jurisdictions, or as a result of an Owner request. lt also describes
the interaction of these systems in providing an overall coordinated fire protection
package.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION
The AnaBelle at Vail Square is a residential hotel and condominium building of 7
stories. The single buibing of mixed occupancy includes hotel guest rooms, whole
ownership residential condominium units, residential condominium lockoff units,
meeting and banquet facilities, a spa and fitness center, restiauranUbar and associated
kitchens, retail, ski club locker areas, children's ski school, a ski company services and
mountain operations area, offices, and backof-house support areas. Two levels of
below grade (Gl and G2) enclosed parking areas and receiving/loading dock are
additional levels in the building. The overall facility is considered a low-rise structure, as
the highest occupied floor (Level 7) is less than 7S-feet from the lowest level of Fire
Department vehicle access (reference Appendix H Administrative Modification Request
PRJo4-0233-6). The building mixed use classification is a non-separated use. The
building has a total approximate gross building area of 542,441ff and will be
constructed of Type l-B fire resistive construction.
The building will be constructed under the provisions of the 2003 editions of the
lnternational Codes and the Town of Vail Amendments dated December 3, 2004. The
building will be treated as one overall building and will have non-separated uses as
allowed by code. Wood trim and fascia is proposed for placement on the exterior walls
of the building. These elements will not be considered building construction materials;
rather they will be considered exterior wall treatment and finishes. Where large wood
members are used, theywillcomplywith the requirements for heavytimber.
FIRE&LIFESAFEWREPORT PA9E5
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLOp4DO Aprit27,20o5
DESIGN TEAM
Owner I Developer
Vail Resorts Development Company
137 Benchmark Road
P.O. Box 959
Avon, Colorado 81620
Jack Hunn
970.845.2355 Direct
970.845.2555 Fax
Design Architect of Record
42140 Architecture, lnc.
1621 Eighteenth Street, Suite 200
Denver, Colorado 80202
Robert FiEgerald
303.292.3388 Office
303.292.3133 Fax
Structural Engineer
Monroe & Newell
70 Benchmark Road, Suite 204
P.O. Box 1597
Avon, Colorado 81620
Peter Monroe
970.949.7768 Office
970.949.4054 Fax
Mechanical/ Electrical / Plumbing Engineer
Cator, Ruma & Associates, Co.
1550 Dover Street
Suite 2
Lakewood, Colorado 80215
Mike Meints
303.232.6200 Office
303.233.3701 Fax
Fire Protection / Building Gode Gonsultant
Rolf Jensen & Associates. Inc.
1324 15h Street
Denver, Colorado 80202
Stephen Rondinelli
303.573.7848 Office
303.573.7843 Fax
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 6
4pn127,2005
APPLICABLE CODES
This outline documents general fire protection features based upon the requirements of
the Town of Vail Buibing and Fire Departments. The applicable codes for this project
include:
1. International Building Code (lBC) - 2003 Edition.
2. International Fire Code (lFC) - 2003 Edition
3. lnternational Mechanical Code (lMC) - 2003 Edition
4. lntemational Plumbing Code (lPC) - 2003 Edition
5. National Electric Code (NEC) - 2002 Edition
6. Intemational Fuel Gas Code - 2003 Edition
7. Intemational Energy Conservation Code - 2003 Edition
8. Town of Vail Local Amendments
This report addresses the key features of these Codes and Guidelines. The primary
intent of this document is to coordinate the fire protection approach between all design
disciplines. Details of compliance are left to the construction documents and the
contractors.
KEY ISSUES
Due to the unique nature of the project and the numerous meetings between the design
team and the Town of Vail Building and Fire Departments, this project has utilized a
series of administrative modification requests. These administrative modification
requests are being tracked and submitted under separate cover and submittal process,
however are included in the Appendix of this report. This Life Safety Report (LSR) will
reference these administrative modifications that are currently in progress as of the April
27 , 2005 submittal of administrative modification requests. Administrative modification
requests as of the April27,2005 separate submittal are provided in the Appendix of this
report. This LSR should not be referenced for any approvals of administrative
modification requests for this project.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT Page 7
THE ARRABELLE ATVAIL SOUARE
VAIL. COLORADO APril 27,2005
FIRE PROTECTION OUTLINE
This outline presents conceptual information regarding the proposed fire protection
systems and their performance. This report is intended to be coordinated with the permit
drawings for the facility. Where there are conflicts, this report will take precedence.
r. occuPANcY cr-AssrFrcATroNs
A.
Occupancv Description Occupancy Glassification
Codominiums (67 CoNos/4g Locl<atrs)R-2 and R-l
Ho{€,l
Hotel Suites R-1
Conference Cenbr A-3
Great Room A-3
NE Bakery/Cafe A-2
Restaurant / Bar
Restrooms Ac@ssory
Valet Station o
Adminislration B
Lobby/Registralion B
Back-of+ouse Accesory
Spa
Spa
Filness Center B
SDa Retail M
Bulldlns Support Areas Incidental
Retalt
First Level M
Second Level M
Lower Level C'araoe Ski Tunino B
Parttno & Loadlno Dock
Lower Level @raqe Parkinq s-2
UDDer Level Garaoe Parkino s-2
Lower Level Garaoe - Loadino DockMarehouse s-2
Lo',ti€r Level Garaoe - Truck Yard 5-Z
Condo Owners' Lobbies Accessory
Condo Owners' Storcae s-1
Ski Club Lockers and Lobbr
Lower Garaoe Level B
Uooer Garaoe Level B
Childrcn's Ski Proarcm
Receotion/Sales/Reqistrat M
Prooram Areas B/A-3
Ski Comoanv
Activities t'
Locker Rooms/Ski Storaoe 91
Mountain Ope.afions
Mountrain Dininq Warehouse s-1
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page I
April27,2OO5
II. STRUCTURAL FIRE RESISTANCE
A. Fire-resistance rating of primary structural features (Type l-B per IBC
Section 602).
1. Structural Frame.
a. General: 2-hour.
b. Roof supports: Fire'resistance ratings of structural frame
and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1-hour
where supporting a roof only per IBC Table 601, Note b.
2. ExteriorWalls.
a. Exterior bearing walls will be 2-hour.
b. Exterior non-bearing will be 1-hou t.
c. Intersections of floors and exterior walls will be protected in
accordance with IBG Section 713.4.
d. Exterior walls and openings will be protected in accordance
with IBC Tables 602 and 704.8.
e. The opening from the ArraBelle truck load entrance ramp
into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage violates proximity
to property lines per the IBC and therefore requires special
opening protection. Due to the nature of the occupancies at
this opening it has been agreed to by the design team and
by the TOV Building Department and Fire Department
officials to provide the following to protect the opening:
o Extend the ArraBelle ramp automatic sprinklers to the
property line and place closely spaced (6 ft. o.c.)
automatic sprinklers across the opening into
Lionsquare Lodge.
. Extend the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage
automatic sprinkler system into the Lionsquare Lodge
ramp to the property line placing closely spaced
sprinklers (6 ft. o.c.) across the opening.
3. Floors.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARMBELLE ATVAIL SQUARE
VAIL. COLOMDO
' Page 9
April 27,2005
a. General: 2-hour.
Roofu:
a. General: 1-hourwhen less than 20 feet above floor.
b. Fire resistance reduction (as permitted by IBC Table 601,
Note c): Except for Occupancies F-1, H, M and S-1, fire
protection of roof structural members shall not be required,
including protection of roof framing and decking where every
part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any
floor immediately below.
Shafis.
Stairs.
1) Stairways connecting four stories or more will be
enclosed in 2-hour construction with 1-1l2-hour
opening protection in accordance with IBC Section
707.4. Doors will be provided with "S" label listings
and be temperature control assemblies.
2) Stairways connecting less than four stories will be
enclosed in 1-hour construction with 60-minute
opening protection. Doors will be provided with "S"
label listings and be temperature controlassemblies.
3) Where stair enclosures transition horizontally, they will
be designed and constructed as exit passageways
per IBC Section 1020 requirements. The continuity of
the exit passageways will be in accordance with IBC
Section 706.4.
4\ Exit enclosures will not contain equipment, ductwork,
piping, systems or devices that do not serve the exit
enclosure, per IBC Section 1017.1.
5) Only those rooms or areas that are normally occupied
will open onto exit passageways. These openings
may be used for normal circulation in addition to
egress.
4.
5.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT
THE ARRABELLE ATVAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Page 10
April 27,2005
6) Stairs that interconnect only two levels may be open.
This will occur between Level 3 and Level5 to
interconnect the public spaces.
Elevator shafts will be 2-hour rated with 1-1l24our opening
protection provided.
Other shafts will be 2-hour rated construction with 1-112-hour
opening protection.
ilt.INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS
Occupancy separations.
1. The overall building will be constructed of Type 1B materials.
Except for the parking garage and storage areas, which will be
separated from the remainder of the building as required for
incidental use, all other uses have unlimited area requirements
based on Table 503. With the overall area of the garage and
storage uses being within the allowable area requirements, the
building will be treated as a non-separated mixed use occupancy as
outlined in IBC Section 302.3. Therefore, fire-separation
assemblies will not be provided between use groups. Fire rated
assemblies will be provided for incidental use areas as noted.
a. Elevator Machine Rooms - Not less than the elevator
hoist-way served
b. Electrical Generator and Transformer Rooms - 2 hour
walls, roof/ceiling, and fl oor/ceiling assemblies
c. Parking Garages - t hour Fire Barrier when provided
with automatic sprinklers
d. R Occupancy Demising Walls - t hour Fire Partition
Enclosure of special uses/rooms (building will be fully sprinklered).
Storage rooms over 100-square feet no-rating (automatic
sprinklers).
Laundry rooms over 100-square feet no-rating (automatic
sprinklers).
b.
B.
1.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page 11
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO Apnl27,2005
3. Refrigeration machinery rooms: no-rating (automatic sprinklers).
4. Parking garage: 1-hour with automatic sprinklers
5. Furnace or boiler rooms: no rating (automatic sprinklers).
6. Fire pump room (if required): 1-hour.
7. Emergency generator rooms: 2-hour.
B. Corridors.
1. Ratings.
a. Residential occupancies with an occupant load greater than
10: 3G'minutes (automatic sprinklers), however, no listing
supports this rating so 1-hour will be used.
b. All other occupancies: no rating required (automatic
sprinklers).
2. Dead ends.
a. Group B and F occupancies: 50-feet.
b. All other occupancies: 20-feet.
c. All occupancies: May be extended up to 2.5 times the least
width of the dead end corridor.
C. Other permanent partitions.
1. Elevator lobbies: rated to match the corresponding corridor when
opening onto a rated corridor.
2. Elsewhere: nonmmbustible, as allowed by IBC Section 602.2.
3. Separating condo units, hotel guest rooms and suites: 1-hour.
D. Opening protection.
1. Door ratings.
FfRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page12
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril27,2O05
a. 2-hour walls: 1-1l2-hour.
b. Interconnecting doors between hotel guest rooms: To'hour
(no closers required per the Exception to IBC Section
715.3.7; however closures are being provided by
administrative modification for egress purposes).
c. Exit enclosures: 1-1l2-hourwith "S' label and heat rate of
rise rating per IBC Section 715.3.4.
d. Fire-resistive rated corridor walls and elevator lobbies: 20-
minute,'S" label.
e. Other 1-hour walls: 1-hour.
2. Through penetrations and membrane penetrations through rated
partitions will be protected with fire-rated sealant or fire-stop
material per their listing. Contractor shop drawings and/or permit
drawings will identifo the UL listing number of the through-
penetration assembly.
3. Fire dampers will be provided as required by code unless a
combination fire/smoke damper is provided.
4. Smoke dampers
a. Located at:
1) Duct penetrations of rated corridors unless ducts are
26gauge steel with no openings into corridor.
2) Shafts, except for toilet exhaust dticts serving
continuously operating fans on emergency power and
provided with 22-inch sub ducts. (Reference Appendix
I Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-7).
3) Elevator lobbies.
b. Activated by area smoke detection per IBC Section 716.3.2
as amended (duct detectors not allowed to activate).
c. Leakage rating of Class ll or befter.
d. Fail in the closed position upon loss of power to the damper.
FIRE& LIFE SAFEWREPORT Page 13
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO Apnl27,2005
5. Fire dampers
a. Activated by fixed temperature.
b. Located at duct penetrations of fire barriers, shafts and fire
partitions.
IV. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES
A. Flame spread.
1. Wall and ceiling flame spread ratings will be based on Table 803.5
using automatic sprinkler protection provisions. Ratings will be
based on occupancies within the building and location of finishes.
2, Foam plastics will not be used as interior finish or trim, except as
provided in Sections 2603.8 or 26O4.
3. Other insulation will have a flame spread of not more than 25
(Class A).
4. Textiles on walls or ceilings will not exceed a flame spread of 25
(Class A).
5. All other interior finish will have a flame spread not to exceed 200
(Class C).
B. Smoke developed will not exceed 450.
C. lf any plastics are proposed to be used as interior finish they will be
separately identified in subsequent amendments to this report.
V. EGRESS
A. Exit drawings, which show exit routes, capacities, and load factors, have
been developed as part of the permit packages.
F|RE & L|FE SAFEW REPORT Page 14
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO 4pn127,2005
B. Occupant load factors.
Load Factor
Occuoancv (ftzloersonl
1. Meeting & Banquet Rooms As shown on A020.2 dwg.
2. Ballrooms 7 net
3. Ballroom Pre-Function 15 net
4. HotelReception (e.9., check-in lines) 5 net
5. Hotel Lobby (e.9., circulation) 100 gross
6. Ballroom Pre-Function As shown on A020.2 dwg.
7. Guest Suites / Condominiums 200 gross
8. Restaurants 15 net
9. Lounge areas 15 net
10. Spa Treatment Rooms 100 gross
'11. Exercise Rooms 50 gross
12. Locker Rooms 50 gross
13. Retail 30 gross
14. Parking Garage 200 gross
15. Kitchen areas 200 gross
16. Mechanical equipment rooms 300 gross
17. Offices 100 gross
18. Storage 300 gross
19. SkiCenter 15 net
C. Exit width factors.
1. All occupancies.
a. Stairways: O.20-inches per occupant (automatic sprinklers).
b. Otheregresscomponents: 0.1S-inchesperoccupant
(automatic sprinklers).
D. Non-simultaneous uses.
1. Public area rest rooms, and the Lobby area outside of the Pre-
Function areas near the Ballroom areas, will be considered non-
simultaneously occupied within the area they serve. These Lobby
areas will be provided with sufficient exiting based on the use of the
area, however their loads will not be included in the overall loads for
the building. Pre-Function areas and Ballroom/Meeting areas are
considered simultaneously occupied as indicated on code summary
drawing AO20.2. Assembly occupancy exiting is addressed in
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page 15
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April27,2005
Appendix F Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-02334.
E. Exit routes from building.
1. Abovegrade levels.
a. Exits will be into enclosed stairwells.
b. Most stairwells will discharge directly to the exterior at grade
levels. Stairwells 2 and 3 exit through an exit component
combination consisting of an Exit Passageway and an Exit
Discharge Lobby before discharge directly to the exterior at
grade (Reference Appendix E Administrative Modification
Request PRJ04-0233-3).
c. Open stairs may be used as part of the exit system if they
complywith Section 1019.1, Exception 8.
F. Travel distances.
J. Travel distances will be limited as follows (automatic sprinklers):
a. Group B Occupancies: 300-feet.
b. Group S-2 (Parking Garage) Occupancies: 400-feet.
c. All. other occupancies: 250-feet.
K. Common path of egress travel.
a. Group B, F and S occupancies: lOGfeet (automatic
sprinklers).
b. All other occupancies: 75-feet. (Reference Appendix G
Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-5 for
details on Condominium Egress).
G. Separation of exits
1. Where two exits are required from an area as outlined in Table
1014.1, the exits will be separated by one-third of the maximum
overall diagonal dimension of the area served (Reference Appendix
G Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-5 for details on
Condominium Egress).
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Page 16
Apil27,2005
H.
2. As an alternative, where exit enclosures are interconnected by a
one-hour fire resistive corridor, the required exit separation will be
measured along a direct line of exit travel within the corridor, and
the exit enclosures will not be less than 3O-feet apart at any point
along a direct line of measurement.
Other exiting provisions.
1. Egress from a room or space will not pass through adjoining or
intervening rooms or areas, except where the adjoining rooms or
areas are accessory to the area served. Egress through multiple
intervening rooms is acceptable, provided all rooms are considered
accessory.
2. Except for dwelling units, exit access will not pass through kitchen
areas.
3. Exit access from rooms or areas will not pass through store rooms,
closets or similar uses.
4. Panic hardware will be provided on all exit doors serving assembly '
areas with an occupant load of 100 or more that are provided with a
lock or latch. This includes all doors on the egress route from these
areas. To assist with noise reduction as a result of occupants
exiting the assembly rooms (Ballroom, Meeting Rooms) during
normal operation (non emergency), the panic hardware will be
electrically activated to latch as a result of a level 1 fire alarm
notifying occupants to exit.
5. Exit doors will swing in the direction of exit travel when serving an
occupancy load of 50 or more.
Exit signs and exit illumination.
1. llluminated or selfluminous exit signs will be provided at stair
entrance doors and elsewhere as necessary to clearly indicate the
direction of exit travel.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL. COLOMDO
Page 17
April 27,2005
2. Exit illumination of not less than 1 footcandle provided with backup
power from the emergency generator, will be provided within exit
routes.
J. Plaza Exiting has been analyzed due to the relation of the Plaza being
inside the building footprint (Reference Appendix D Administrative
Modifi cation Request PRJ04-0233-2).
VI. EMERGENCY SIGNAGE
A. A sign stating "ln Cese op FtRe, Use SruRwnvs roR Extt. Do Nor usE
ELEVAToR" will be posted adjacent to each elevator call station. This sign
will also provide a pictorial representation to indicate that the elevator will
not operate during a fire and that exit stairs should be used.
B. Stairway identification signs will be provided in compliance with the lBC.
VII. SUPPRESSIONSYSTEMS
A. Automaticsprinklerprotection.
1. Wet-pipe, hydraulically calculated automatic sprinkler systems will
be provided throughout all areas. Where temperatures cannot be
maintained to prevent freezing of water in the automatic sprinkler
system, dry pipe systems or antifreeze systems will be installed.
Dry pipe systems are planned for areas such as the ramp entrance,
loading dock and truck yard. The two parking garage levels will be
heated to maintain temperatures above freezing, however,
activation of the carbon monoxide exhaust system in these areas
could result in freezing temperatures. Therefore, the parking garage
levels are also to be protected with dry pipe systems.
Antifreeze systems are planned for the Porte Cochere, east and
west Plaza Portals, Escalator Overhang at the north Plaza, Portico
at the southeast comer, and the Zamboni storage room, as well as
possible attic spaces.
2. Automatic sprinkler systems will be designed to comply with NFPA
13 and Town of Vail Amendments. Areas of coverage will be
increased by 30 percent for dry systems. Spacing and location of
automatic sprinkler heads will be modified to account for ceiling
slope and ceiling beams. In general, systems will be designed as
follows:
FIRE& LIFE SAFEWREPORT Page 18
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAfL, COLORADO APnl27,20OS
a. Light Hazard: 0.10 gpm per square foot over the most
remote 1,500 square feet. The large room rule for the
residential units will not be used.
b. Ordinary Hazard (Group 1): 0.15 gpm per square foot over
the most remote 1,500 square feet.
c. Ordinary Hazard (Group 2l:. 0.20 gpm per square foot over
the most remote 1,500 square feet.
3. Hazard classifications by area for the project are as follows:
Descriotion Lioht
Hazard
Ord.
Group I
Ord.
Groupll
Meetinq Rooms X
Ballrooms X
Lobby Areas / Girculation X
Guest Rooms / Condominiums X
Restauranb X
Mechanical rooms X
Soa / Locker Rooms Areas X
Retail X
Parkinq Garaqe X
ffices X
Storaqe (12 ft. or less)X
4. Automatic sprinkler system zohes will be designed to coordinate
with the respective building elements and the fire alarm system.
a. The maximum area per sprinkler zone on any floor level will
FIRE & LIFE SAFEWREPORT PAgE 19
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLOMDO APril 27,2005
not exceed 52,000 square feet or to the limits established by
NFPA 13.
b. The building will be provided with at least one sprinkler
system isolation valve per floor level and systems will not
extend to multiple floors.
5. Automatic sprinkler syslems will be served by risers separate from
the dry standpipe systems.
6. Exterior automatic sprinklers will be utilized in those areas where
exterior construction material has been agreed to present an
exterior vertical fire spread potential that is difficult for Fire
Department personnel to expeditiously defend against. Reference
Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-9 in Appendix K.
7. Alarm and Trouble Signals.
a. Waterflow devices will be provided at the lateral connection
to each sprinkler riser on each floor for each zone.
b. Electrical supervision will be provided on all sprinkler system
control valves and supervisory air pressure switches.
c. Proprietary monitoring will be provided for all alarm,
supervisory, and trouble signals at the Fire Command
Center and Security (24-hour location).
8. Sprinkler Types.
a. Quick response standard temperature sprinklers will be used
throughout all light hazard occupancies. Extended
covemge, quick response horizontal sidewall sprinklers may
be utilized in residential occupancies. Standard response
sprinklers will be used in all other areas. Flush, semi-
recessed, or low profile sprinklers will be used in all finished
areas.
FIRE & LIFESAFEry REPORT Page20
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO Apnl27,2005
B. Standpipes.
1. The building will contain a Class I manual-wet standpipe system as
required by the Town of Vail.
2. All standpipes will be interconnected at the base of the building.
3. Class I type outlets will be provided at every floor-level landing
within the stairways. Standpipe risers will be within the stair, and
will also be spaced in accordance with NFPA 14 criteria for
standpipe systems.
4. The standpipe outlets will be located 60-inches above the floor with
hose outlets pointed down. The valve outlet will be nominal2'112
inch diameter with 1-112 inch reducer. The valves will not be of the
pressure regulating type.
C. Water supplies.
1. A fire pump is not necessary for the project and therefore will not be
provided. Standpipes demands based on NFPA 14 will be served
by Fire Department apparatus.
2. Multiple remote fire department connection locations will be
coordinated with the Fire Department. These fire department
connections will be ananged to supply the sprinkler and standpipe
systems throughout the property. Separate connections will be
provided for the sprinkler and standpipe systems.
D. Kitchen hood systems.
1. All kitchen hoods and grease exhaust ducts will be provided with a
wet chemical, pre-engineered, self contained, automatic
suppression system that is UL 300 listed in accordance with NFPA
17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing SysfemC' and NFPA 96,
"Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operationf'.
2. The fire alarm system will monitor the activation of all hood and
grease exhaust duct extinguishing systems, and cause automatic
fuel shut-off for the area served as well as audibles and visuals in
associated areas as directed by the Fire Department.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL, COLOMDO
Page21
4pfl27,2OO5
3. Kitchen hoods and grease exhaust ducts will be provided without
fire dampers. Multiple appliance stations with kitchen hoods in a
single kitchen will share common exhaust duct. Kitchen hood
suppression systems for each kitchen hood will be designed to
protect not only the associated kitchen appliance and hood but also
the common exhaust ductwork. This will permit the discharge of
only the suppression system for the kitchen hood experiencing a
fire condition. However, all sources of fuel or electric power to
appliances and space under hood areas served by the common
exhaust ductwork will be designed to shut down upon activation of
any suppression system associated with the common exhaust
ductwork.
4. There will be no automatic sprinklers provided in the kitchen hood
exhaust ductwork.
5. Kitchen hood duct and exhaust equipment will comply with 2003
lMC, Section 506.
E. Fire extinguishers will be located in accordance with NFPA 10.
VIII. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
A. Fire alarm initiating devices will be addressed to correspond with
automatic sprinkler system zones and the respective building elements.
B. Operation of the fire detection and alarm system will be consistent with the
Fire Alarm and Smoke Management Seguence of Operation Matrix
provided as part of the fire alarm system design documents.
C. The system will be fully addressable and distributed using remote panels
located throughout the building.
D. Annunciation of all fire alarm system devices will be provided at the Fire
Command Center located at the approved location. In addition, an
annunciator will also be provided at hotel operations for in-house
operational use for monitoring fire alarms within the building.
E. The ArraBelle fire alarm system will monitor the fire alarm system
protecting the Eagle Bahn Gondola and future Tunnel connection to
ArraBelle as a supervisory alarm only. Likewise, the Eagle Bahn Gondola
and Tunnel fire alarm system will monitor the ArraBelle fire alarm system
as a supervisory alarm only.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page22
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April 27,2005
The ArraBelle and Tunnel connection to the Eagle Bahn Gondola will be
separated by a vestibule with one hour doors on each end of the vestibule.
These doors will be equipped with magnetic door hold devices connected
to the respective fire alarm systems on each side of the ArraBelleffunnel
separation for automatic closure of both sets of doors upon fire detection
by the fire alarm system.
F. All fire alarm circuits will be fully supervised to annunciate alarm
supervisory and trouble conditions as required by NFPA 72.
G. The fire alarm system will receive fire alarm signals from the following
initiating devices:
1. Automatic sprinkler system waterflow indicators.
2. Area smoke detectors.
3. Heat detectors.
4. In-duct and duct type smoke detectors.
5. Kitchen hood systems.
6. Manual fire alarm stations.
H. The fire alarm system will receive supervisory signals from the following
devices:
1. Automatic sprinkler and standpipe system control valve tamper
switches.
2. Smoke detectors within hotel guest rooms, employee housing units,
and residential units.
3. Low air supervisory switches for dry-pipe sprinkler systems.
4. Eagle Bahn Gondola/Tunnelfire alarm system.
l. Area smoke detectors will be provided at the following locations. Where
approved by the Fire Department, alarm verification will be provided for
these detectors.
1. Mechanical, electrical, telephone, transformer, elevator, and similar
equipment and machine rooms.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARRABELLE ATVAIL SOUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 23
April 27,2005
J.
2. Where fire-rated doors are held open by magnetic devices.
3. Elevator lobbies.
4. At combination fire and smoke dampers.
5. At locations housing fire alarm control panels.
6. Throughout all common areas of the building.
7. At the top of elevator hoist-ways.
8. All corridors serving residential units.
L Within residential units, including hotelguest rooms and suite,
condominium units. Smoke detectors will also be provided within
the main living units where sleeping may occur. These detectors
will sound a local alarm within the unit and also report on the fire
alarm control panel as a supervisory alarm. These devices are
smoke detectors and are not combination heaUsmoke detectors.
Duct type smoke detector will be provided at the following locations:
1. Main circulating air duct ahead of any fresh air inlet serving any
system providing more than 2,000 cfm. Where complete area
detection is provided throughout all areas served by an air-handling
units, the area detectors may be used to shutdown the unit in lieu of
induct detectors as allowed by Code.
Manual fire alarm stations will be provided throughout the facility, as
required by the Town of Vail and the International Fire Code for assembly
and residential occupancies.
Residential unit smoke detectors will be interconnected (e.9., all detectors
annunciate upon any detection activation) and installed in the residential
units as outlined below. These detectors are to be connected to the
building's fire alarm system to allow for monitoring by in-house personnel.
These delectors are intended to alert room occupants only.
1. Hotel guest rooms and suites.
a. In sleeping areas.
J.
FfRE&LIFESAFEWREPORT Page24
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAfL, COLORADO April27,2005
2. Condominium units.
a. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area
in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms.
b. In each room used for sleeping purposes, including the living
rooms.
Heat Detectors will be provided:
1. At all locations requiring area detection vvhere smoke detection is
not suitable for the environment, including the parking gange
areas. Heat detectors will not be provided within the loading dock,
truck yard, and ramp. Heat detection for the parking garage is being
provided to allow the owner to continue to utilize the parking gange
even when the automatic sprinkler protection may be out of service,
as directed by the Town of Vail Fire Department.
L. Recently RJA has been directed that a carbon monoxide system will be
provided as directed by Vail Resorts. A standalone carbon monoxide
system or devices integral with the fire alarm system will be provided.
IX. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
A. Voice alarm system.
1. An emergency voice alarm communication system will be provided
in accordance the proposed local amendments to the International
Fire Code.
2. The Fire Command Center will contain controls for manually
activating the voice alarm system throughout the facility.
3. The voice alarm/communication system will automatically sound an
alert tone followed by voice instructions in accordance with IBC
Section 907.2.12.2 and NFPA 72 requirements. The system will be
designed and installed to produce between 80 and 110 dB
(minimum 15 dB above ambient) of sound pressure throughout all
protected areas. Elevators and stairways are to be provided with
manual voice alarm capabilities only.
4. The voice alarm system, will be interconnected with other sound
systems (i.e., paging or music) in the protected areas, and will
automatically ovenide these systems when activated. The paging
FfRE&LIFESAFEWREPORT Page25
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril27,20O5
and music systems are to be silenced and not captured for
simultaneous rebroadcast.
B. Audible zones.
1. Fire alarm devices will initiate alarms within the buibing as outlined
within this report.
2. Specific fire alarm devices will initiate a general alarm on the floor
of origin, the floor above and the floor below.
3. Speakers within stairwells and elevator cabs will be provided with
manual live voice capabilities only.
4. Fire alarm priority one alarm will automatically disconnect
amplification power for areas where live music may be occurring
(ballroom, bar, and possibly restaurant).
C. Visualsignaling appliances will be provided:
1. At all areas where emergency waming systems are provided.
2. In all public rest rooms, public areas, accessible and hearing
impaired guest rooms and common use areas.
3. Visual signaling appliances will be UL Standard 1971 listed and
meet the requirements of ANSI, ADA and NFPA 72.
4. Visual signaling appliances will operate in unison with the voice
alarm system. Visual appliances in accessible units and hearing-
impaired guest rooms will operate with either the voice alarm
system or by activation of the guest room smoke detector. These
appliances will be permanent and connected to the fire alarm
system.
D. Fire Department phone jacks will be installed in each exit stair to allow
communication between the Fire Command Center and these areas.
E. Recently the design team was directed that a Public Safety Radio
Amplification System will be required for this facility by the Town of Vail.
That design will provided under separate cover as a deferred submittal.
The addition of an amplification system will eliminate the need for fire
department phone jacks.
FIRE& LIFESAFEWREPORT Page26
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAfL, COLORADO 4pn127,2005
X. FIRE COMMAND CENTER
A. Although the building is not considered a high-rise structure, the building
emergency control equipment will be located in a central location
designated as the Fire Command Center.
B. A separate annunciator will be provided at the alternate Fire Department
response point location (Front Desk). This annunciator will provide an
alpha-numeric display of all alarms on the system. This remote
annunciator will also be used by management to alert in-house operations.
C. Locations of panels in the Fire Command Centerwill be coordinated by
function.
D. Annunciation of all active fire protection systems will be provided at the
Fire Command Center. The following features will be provided and the
following devices and systems will be annunciated in the room on
indicating panels:
1. Fire alarm initiating devices (including residential unit smoke
detectors).
2. Annunciation for the fire alarm system.
3. Standby and emergency power status and controls.
4. Public address, voice alarm and fire-fighter's telephone system
status and controls and Public Safety Radio Amplification System.
5. Elevator status and controls. Including an elevator switch for
selecting the operation of a single elevator at one time when under
emergency power conditions.
6. Smoke management system component monitoring annunciation
and manual control.
7. A direct dial telephone.
8. A table for reviewing building plans and schematic diagrams.
9. Schematic building plans, including typical floor plans, egress
drawings, fire protection systems, smoke management diagrams,
fire-fighting equipment diagrams and fire department access
drawings.
FfRE& LIFESAFEWREPORT Page?7
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April27,2005
, E. Details of all annunciation and control panels, including all face plate
details and graphics, to be installed within the Fire Command Centerwill
be submitted to the Fire Department for review and approval prior to
fabrication and installation. Proposed locations of annunciation and
control panels will be submitted for Fire Department review and
concurence prior to any placement of this equipment. Proposed
equipment dimensions will also be submitted to the Fire Department for
review.
XI. SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A. Although the building is not considered a high-rise structure (Reference
Appendix H Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233€), the
design team and TOV Building and Fire Department agreed that fire
department access was not acceptable. Therefore, the building will have
selected stiair enclosures and elevator hoistways with pressurization
(Reference Appendix C Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-
1).
B. Air-handling units will be provided with smoke detection and controls for
shutdown to prevent the re.circulation of smoke within the building.
XII. EMERGENCY POWER
A. Emergency generator(s) will be provided and will supply emergency and
stand-by power to various systems within the building.
B. The emergency generator will supply power to the following life safety
systems:
1. Exit illumination.
2. Elevator car lighting.
3. Fire alarm and supervisory systems.
4. Fire detection and supervisory systems.
5. Sprinkler alarm and supervisory systems.
6. All required communication and public address systems.
7. Lighting circuits for elevator lobbies, Security, generator and main
FIRE& LIFE SAFEWREPORT Page28
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April27,20o5
switchgear room, and fire pump room.
8. Toilet exhaust fans.
9. Elevators (designated elevators). Emergency power will be capable
of operation of one elevator in the building at any one time.
10. Elevator machine room HVAC system.
11. Strairway and Hoistway pressurization fans.
C. Other loads connected to the generator will mmply with
NEC 700.5 (a) and (b).
D. Transfer Time.
1. 10 seconds for items 1 through 7 above.
2. 60 seconds to full power for items 8 through 10.
E. Fuel for the generator will provide at least a 2-hour fuel supply, although
much more is available as the fuel is natural gas. Fuel storage
anangements will be in accordance with International Building and Fire
Codes.
XIII. ELEVATORS
A. Standby power will be provided for one elevator car in the building at any
one time and will be manually transferable to any elevator in the building.
B. Shaft Protection.
1. All elevator hoistways will be of 2-hour construction.
2. All elevator doors will provide 1-112hour opening protection.
C, Hoist-way Venting.
1. Elevator shafts that extend through more than three floors will be
provided with vents.
2. The vent area will be at least 3.5% of the shaft area with at least 3
square feet per elevator.
3. Each hoistway will be vented independently of other hoistways.
FIRE&LIFESAFEryREPORT Page29
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO Apfl27,2005
4. Hoistways will not be vented through the elevator machine rooms.
5. Vents are normally closed and are powered open as a result of the
smoke detector in the top of the elevator shaft initiating a priority
one fire alarm.
D. Elevator Lobbies.
1. Where elevators open onto rated exit corridors, fire resistive
elevator lobbies will be provided except where elevator hoistways
have been selected to be pressurized. Pressurized elevator
hoistways are not provided with elevator lobbies by administrative
modification (Reference Appendix J Administrative Modification
Request PRJ04-0233-8). Elevator lobby walls will extend from slab
to slab and will provide a fire'resistance rating equal to the rating of
the conidor.
2. All elevator lobby doors will be 2Gminute fire-rated smoke and draft
assemblies and will be held open by magnetic door releases
actuated by smoke detection.
3. Each elevator lobby will be provided with area smoke detector(s)
installed within its/their listing(s).
4. Combination fire/smoke dampers will be installed on all ducts that
penetrate lobby walls.
E. Activation of an elevator lobby, elevator machine room, or top of elevator
hoistway smoke detector, will cause automatic recall of all elevators
serving that bank to return nonstop to the main floor (Phase l). This will
occur under either primary or secondary power. lf under secondary
power, the recall of elevators will occur in a preprogrammed sequence
throughout the building to accommodate available emergency power for
one elevator at a time. Manual control for elevator recall will also be
provided. lf the designated elevator lobby detector activates, elevator
recall will be to the alternate floor as designated by the Fire Department.
F. Manual Overrides.
1. A 3-position (on/off/bypass) key-operated switch will be provided at
grade level for each bank of elevators for emergency override.
2. A 3-position (on/offlhold) key-operated switch will be provided
inside each elevator cab.
3. Elevator keys will be provided for Fire Department use in case of
FIRE& LIFE SAFEWREPORT PAgE3O
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April 27,2005
emergency in a key box in the Fire Command Center.
4. An elevator switch will be provided in the Fire Command Center to
select a single elevator of operation under emergency power
conditions.
G. Fire and Emergency Elevator.
1. One main service elevator will access all levels and be avaihble for
fire and emergency use (Phase ll) and considered the primary
emergency elevator.
2. The controls will be designed so ihat key switches at the first floor
elevator vestibule will recall the elevator to the main floor.
3. A permanent sign on the elevator status panel in the Fire
Command Center will designate the primary emergency elevator.
4. The size of the primary emergency elevator will be able to
accommodate a 24-inch-by-76-inch stretcher in its horizontal
position. A minimum clear opening width of 42 inches will be
provided.
5. Other elevators are also available for fire and emergency use,
especially those pressurized.
H. Each elevator machine room will be provided with smoke detector(s)
installed within its/their listing(s).
PERIODIC OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Qualified individuals acceptable to the Fire Department will regularly test all active fire
protection systems and devices in accordance with applicable codes and standards.
Records of all maintenance and testing will be retained on site and presented to
authorized representatives upon request.
CONCLUSION
This report provides general fire protection guidelines developed for The ArraBelle at
Vail Square Project in Vail, Colorado. Working drawings and specifications will be
coordinated to comply with the fire protection features outlined in this document. There
also are administrative modifications that are in progress, reference Appendix for more
detail.
Prepared by:
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
ROLF JENSEN &ASSOCIATES, INC.
7.^,4
-/ \L;(j /Qry,*.,
Page 31
4pfl27,2005
4pn127,2005
Brian O. Thompson, P.E.
Reviewed by:
April2T,2005
Stephen C. Rondinelli, AIA
BOT/bot
September 30, 2005 THIRD PARTY TOWN OF VAIL - FIRST REVIEW
tfR .,loo No.: 2050304.001
Charlie Davis
Ghief Building Official, Building Safety & Inspection Services
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Golorado 81657
Fax: (970) 479-2452
Re: Plan Review: Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovementsAddress: 660 W Lionshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis:
Linhart P etersen P owersAs sociates ( LP2A) h as c ompleted a f irst review o f t he following
documents on behalf of the Town of Vail:
'1. Plans: Two (2) copies of sheets G001, A101 through E200 (8 sheets) dated ('delta 1")
August 15, 2005, PK2.1 through PK6.1 (3 sheets) dated August 15, 2005 by 4240
Architecture, Inc.
2. Sfuctural Calculations: Two (2) copies (17 pages) dated September 22,2005 by
Monroe & Newell Engineers, lnc.
3. Proiect Manual: Two (2) copies Volume 1 dated August 15, 2005 by 424O Architecture,
Inc.
The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review. Our comments
follow on the attached list.
Please have the applicant submit an itemized response letter and two (2) sets of complete and
revised documents with all revisions clouded directly to LP2A.
Sincerely,
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
Talat Abbasi, PE Norman Hong Jess Villar, P.E.
ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans Examiner Architect Mechanical Engineer
Supervising Plan Review Engineer Senior Plans Examiner ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans Examiner
Senior Associate Senior Plan Review Engineer
TAr'/NH/JBV plThird Partyvail2005\20503M.001-pc1.doc (Bin 265)
Enclosures
cc: Mr. Steve Roberts, 4240 Architecture: Fax (303) 292-31 13
Mr. Dan Feeney, Vail Resorts Development Co.: Fax (970) 84S2358; e-mail dfeeney@vailresorts.com
Lion Square Lodge Slle S GaraOf rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 20O5
Re:
fnia Qfirst Review -vait, Colozldo
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 2
Occupancy Groups:
Type of Gonstruction:
Stories:
Sprinklers:
Building Area (sq. ft.):
Condominiums R-2Hotel R-i
Enclosed Parking S-2
Yes
GENERAL COMMENTS:
A. The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review.
B. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached comment list or
creating a response letter. Indicate which detail, specification, or calculation shows the
requested information. Further, amendments to plans shall be identified by "clouding"
and "delta symbol". Your complete and clear responses will expedite the re-check
process and eventual approval of this project. Thank you for your assistance.
C. For the final set of drawings, please be sure to have designer's Vet" stamp and signature
on all sheets of plans and on mvers of specifications and calculations.
D. The f ollowing code comments reflect a review of building plans only. lf s ite-related
mmmentsareapplicabletothisproject,theywillbegeneratedbyothers(e.g.,City
Engineering, Public Works, Fire Department, Health, etc.).
ARCHITEGTURAL GOMMENTS:
1. SheetG001:
A. Amend plans to show the construction type for the building.
B. Confirm that building meets requirements for the construction type.
C. Also, please indicate number of stories and building area.
Response.' P/ease see aftached Sheet G001. Please note that the construction
type for this existing building is as nofed by the Town of Vail Fire Marshall (as
shown on attached 'New Additions to Adjacent Buildings Summary', June 7,
20A4, We do not have access to all the dafa necessary to confirm that the
building met construction type requirements at the time of its construction.
Please also note extent of building sprinkler coverage.
2. Sheet4103:
At Section 1/A103, amend plans to show hinged aluminum louver panels at the north
elevation to agree with North Elevation 5/A103.
Response.' Please see added note fo Sectfon 1/A103 on revised Sheet A103.
3. SheetA103:
Lion Square Ldge Site & GangQrovement
6ffi W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
rnin ) nrst Rewew -va , L;otoracto
LP2A Job No. : 20fi304.001
page 3
On this sheet amend plans to show that the mechanical structure conforms with IBC
Table 601. Indicate Type of Construction for the building and show that each of the
building elements meet the required fire-resistive rating.
Response.' Please see revised Sheet A103.
4. Sheet4103:
A. Amend drawings to show that the wood components for the fan enclosure (i.e.
plywood roof plywood, cedar cladding, cedar trim and siding) comply with
combustible material requirements in IBC 603.
B. For the roof plywood, indicate whether fire-retardant-treatment is required per
IBC 603.1.1 for roof construction.
Response.' IBC 603 references combustible material in Type I and Type ll
construction. The construction type we have selected tor the mechanical
enclosure is Type V-B based on the Construction Type assigned to the existing
buildings by the Fire Marshall. ft is our understanding the enclosure complies
with Section 14OO - Combustible Materials on the Erterior Side of Exterior Walls.
5. SheetA103:
At 5/A103, 4/A103 and 3/A103, amend louvers at exterior elevations to agree with louver
sizes shown on Sheet M100 Louver Schedule and louver designations shown on Sheet
M200.
Response; Please see attached Architect's Supplemental lnstruction Alo. I, Sepf
15, 2A05. The mechanical louver schedule is modified ta conform to architectural
dimensions.
6. Sheet C11and PK2.2:
Review width of drive lane at tunnel entry gates and north entry drive to confirm that
width is sufficient for fire vehicles.
Response.' Please see attached Sheet PK 2.3 for fire and other vehicle turning
sfudies.
DISABLED AGCESS GOMMENTS:
7. Sheet C11, Site Plan:
A. As the grade-level parking area has been redesigned, amend Site Plan to show
accessible routes within the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking
and accessible passenger loading zones and public streets or sidewalks to the
accessible building entrance served for both wings of Lionsquare Lodge and the
Parking Structure.
B. Provide complete accessibility details for the routes showing conformance with
accessibility requirements. IBC 1 104.1
C. Confirm on drawings that at least 50 percent of all public entrances are on
accessible route per IBC 1'105.1.
Lion Square Ldge Site & Gang?rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
Septembet 30, 20Os
rnira ) rirst Review - va , cotoncto
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 4
Response.' Please note that site accessibility has not been addressed. Prease see
the responseto item I A below.
8. Sheet C11, Site Plan:
Amend plans to show the following accessible parking requirements:
A. Drawings show that the gradeJevel parking has 69 spaces (See sheet L1) which
include only one accessible parking space, IBC table 1106.1 requires 3 accessible
parking spaces for 69 total parking spaces provided. Please review.
Response.' Please note thatthere is no change to the existing 27 parking stalls and
one accessibre parking stall adjacentto the south wing of the existing buildings. We
had heen informed that the Town of Vail had, in prtncipal, agreed to not require
additional accessib/e pa*ing spaces. Buf as of yet we have no documentation and
fhis issue is currenfy being investigated with the Town. As a result site
accessibility issses and details have not been addressed.
B. Amend drawings to show accessible pa*ing spaces per IBC 1106. Include location
of space per IBC 1106.6 and van spaces per IBC 1106.5. Provide details of
accessible parking areas including access aisles in accordance with the provisions
of ANSI.117 standards Section 501, signage, ramps and required slopes.
Response: The existing accessrbl,e parking space lb flush with the sidewalk.
Existing accessible parking signage is noted to be reused.
C. ldentify the accessible route of travel from each space to the nearest accessible
entrance.
Response.' Please see athched revised Landscape Site Plan, Sheet L1, illustrating
the accessible route oftravel from the one existing accessible parking space.
9. DetailH/C18:
Please show on plans the location of Typical ADA Ramp H/C18.
Response; Please note this curb ramp detail is not required for work under this
permit - the detail is referenced to ArraBelle project sitework under separate
permit.
MECHANICAL. PLUMBING. ELEGTRICAL GOMMENTS:
Mechanical:
10. Provide documentation to demonstrate that capacity of EF-1 unit is not less than 'l .5 cfm
per square foot of the garage floor area. Sheet M100, IMC 404.2.
Response.' The garage area is 10,000 S.F. Ihe tunnel is 1560 S.F. The air llow
rate at 1.5 CFM for both areas is 17,340 CFM.
11. Provide clarification for the ventilation requirement for the new tunnel. lt appears the
tunnel is a part of the garage area.
Lion Square Ldge srte & cara{ rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
,n,,6 { riot Review - vait, Cdondo- LP2A Job No.: 20il304.001
Page 5
Response.' The design did not include ventilation for the tunnel. The fan
schedule on M100 shall be revised to have the fan provide 17,310 CFM at 0.5'W.C.
with fan speed of 649 RPM and 6201 fpm tip speed.
12. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply and exhaust air. Show
on plan location of outside supply air that is approximately equal to the amount of
exhausted air by unit EF-1. IMC 403.1.
Response.' The tunnel does not have a door and is open to the outdoors, Supply
air comes in directly through the tunnel. Also, there is a stainrell on the south
side of the garage that is open to the outdoors and supply air can come down it as
well.
13. Location of exhaust opening for unit EF-1 is adjacent to parking spaces. Provide
confirmation this will not create a nuisance per IMC 401.5.2- Sheet L-1.
Response.' The exhaust air is at the front of a parking space, where people will
not be walking. The fan is sef fo start when the carbon monoxide concentration in
the garage is only 25 ppm, The velocity of the air leaving the louver is only 650
fpm. The air does not discharge on a walk way, is low velocity, and will be diluted
to less than 25 ppm CO when it leayes the louver. We do not feel the discharge
location is a nuisance.
Electrical:
14. Landscape Sheet L1 shows that along the street are two existing light poles which are to
be removed and 2 new light pole B. Please show electrical requirements on electrical
sheets.
Response.' Please referto drawing SE-l for new luminaries along street.
FIRE SPRINKLER COMMENTS:
15. As the opening from the underground tunnel into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage
violates IBC provisions for openings at property lines, previous agreements were made
with the TOV Building Department and Fire Department. As such, please provide the
following:
A. Provide the required Administrative Modification Request for formal approval of
alternate design for openings at the property line. The AMR is to provide full
justification of the altemate design and address the previous agreements
between the applicant and the TOV Building Department and Fire Department.
Please provide final approved AMR.
Response.' Please note that Building Deparlment did not require an
Administrative Madification for this work and had specifically requested
documentation only in the form of the referenced Life Safety Report. Please
contact Charlie Davis directly to confirm.
B. On Sheet FP100, show on Fire Protection Garage Plan the location ofthe
property lines.
Lion Square Lodgeslte & GaraO] rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
fnira) first Review - vail, Cotoraclo
LPZA Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 6
Response.' Please see updated Sheet FP1O0 with requested information.
C. Drawings show extending the LionSquare Lodge parking garage automatic
sprinkler system into the Lionsquare Lodge ramp to the property line placing
closely space sprinklers across the opening. However, the Rolf Jenson &
Associates Fire & Life Safety Report, The ArraBelle at Vail Square, dated April
27,2005, also requires extension of the AnaBelle ramp automatic sprinklers to
the property line and place closely spaced (6 ft. o.c.) automatic sprinklers across
the opening into Lionsquare Lodge. Please review and amend drawings.
Response.' Please see attached ArraBelle Sheet FP100.1H from Addendum no. 70,
dated 07.07.05.
STRUGTURAL GOMMENTS:
16. Sheet 3103:
Provide copy of geotechnical report to verify soils pressures used in foundation. See
Sheet 5103, Note 2.
Response.' Given that the geotechnical repoft is to be generated during
construction, we request that it be submitted as a deferred submittal. Please also
see a defened submittals list added to SheetG00l.
17. Sheet 3103
Amend plans to specify requirements for special inspection for the following:
A. Concrete in foundation wall.
B. Field welding for the structural frame.
Response; Please see attached rewsed Sfieet 51 03.
18. Sheet 5103, Section 1:
A. Provide structural calculations for the footing of retaining wall which is shown as
1'-4" wide
B. Show footing requirement for the large concrete beam adjacent to the W8x31 .
Show that the footing does not impose additional load on the existing footing of
the garage.
Response; Please see affacfted supplemental calculations.
19. Sheet S103:
Please show the lnfill Opening Detail on 1lA1O2 at new concrete wall patch.
Lion Square Lodgesrfe S GaraOQ rovement
6N W. Lionshead Place
September30, fr05
fnin ) first Review - vail, cotorado
LP2A Job No.:20tu3U.0O1
Page 7
Response.' Please see attached reference to detail on Sheet 4102.
20. Sheet3103:
Amend plans to show that roof sheathing is 5/8" pl)r\'/ood with 4O120 span rating as
shown in calculations
Response.' Please see aftached revised Sheet 5103.
lf you have any questions regarding the above comments, please contact Talat Abbasi (x222)
for structural questions, Norman Hong (1224) for general questions, or Jess Vllar (x235) for MEP
a19251226;1320 between 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.. M-F.
IEND OF COMMENTSI
September 30, 2005 THIRD PARTY TOWN OF VAIL - FIRST REVIEW
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Gharlie Davis
Chief Building Official, Building Safety & Inspection Services
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Golorado 81657
Fax: (970) 479-2452
Re: Plan Revierv: Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovementsAddress: 660 W. Lionshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis:
Linhart Petersen PowersAssociates ( LP2A) h as completed a f irstreviewof the following
documents on behatf of the Town of Vail:
1 . Plans: Two (2) copies of sheets G001 , A101 through E200 (8 sheets) dated ("delta 1")
August 15, 2005, PK2.1 through PK6.1 (3 sheets) dated August 15, 2005 by 4240
Architeciure, Inc.
2. Structural Calculations: Two (2) mpies (17 pages) dated September 22,2005 by
Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
3. Proiect Manual: Two (2) copies Volume 1 dated August 15, 2005 by 4240 Architecture,
Inc.
The 2003 lnternational Building Codes were used as the basis of the review. Our comments
follow on the attached list.
Please have the applicant submit an itemized response letter and two (2) sets of complete and
revised documents with all revisions clouded directly to LP2A.
Sincerely,
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
Talat Abbasi, PE Norman Hong Jess Villar, P.E.
ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans Examiner Architect Mechanical Engineer
Supervising Plan Review Engineer Senior Plans Examiner ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans Examiner
Senior Associate Senior Plan Review Engineer
TAA/NH/JBV plThird Partyvail2005\2050304.001-pc1.doc (Bin 265)
Enclosures
cc: Mr. Steve Roberts, 4240 Architecture: Fax (303) 292-3'1 13
Mr. Dan Feeney, Vail Resorts Development Co.: Fax (970) 84$2358; e-mail dfeeney@vailresorts.com
t6/rt /os
-'iio-Er'DTD LPLT+
Lion Square Lodge Siite &Ga, l9{rwement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 20Os
rnira Q rtrst Review - vait, cotorado
LP2A Job No.:2050804..001
Page 2
Re:Occupancy Groups:
Type of Construction:
Stories:
Sprinklers:
Building Area (sq. ft.):
Condominiums R-2Hotel R-l
Enclosed Parking S-2
Yes
GENERAL COMMENTS:
A. The 2003 Intemational Building Codes were used as the basis of the review.
B. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached mmment list or
creating a response letter. Indicate which detail, specification, or calculation shows the
requested information. Further, amendments to plans shall be identified by "clouding"
and "delta symbol". Your complete and clear responses will expedite the re-check
process and eventual approval of this project. Thank you for your assistiance.
C. For the final set of drawings, please be sure to have designer's \,vet" stamp and signature
on all sheets of plans and on covers of specifications and calculations.
D. The f ollowing code comments reflect a review of building plans only. lf s ite-related
commentsareapplicabletothisproject,theywill begeneratedbyothers(e.g.,City
Engineering, Public Works, Fire Department, Health, etc.).
ARCHITEGTURAL COMMENTS:
1. Sheet G001:
A. Amend plans to show the construction type for the building.
B. Confirm that building meets requirements for the construction type.
C. Also, please indicate number of stories and building area.
Response.' Please see attached Sheet G001. Please note that the construction
type for this existing building rb as nofed by the Town of Vail Fire Marshall (as
shown on attached 'New Additions to Adjacent Buildings Summary', June 1,
2004). We do not have access to all the dafa necessary to confirm that the
building met construction type requirements at the time of its construction.
Please also note extent of building sprinkler coverage.
Sheet A103:
At Section '11A103, amend plans to show hinged aluminum louver panels at the north
elevation to agree with North Elevation 5/A103.
Response; Please see added note to Section 1/A103 on revised Sheet A103.
Sheet A'103:
2.
3.
Lion Square Lodge Site & Gaag{rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
fnia {first Review -vait, cotorado
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
page 3
On this sheet amend plans to show that the mechanical structure conforms with IBC
Table 601. Indicate Type of Construction for the building and show that each of the
buibing elements meet the required fire-resistive rating.
Response,' Please see reyised Sheet 4103.
4. Sheet4103:
A. Amend drawings to show that the wood components for the fan enclosure (i.e.
plywood roof plywood, cedar cladding, cedar trim and siding) comply with
combustible material requirements in IBC 603.
B. For the roof plywood, indicate whether fire-retardant-treatment is required per
IBC 603.1.1 for roof construction.
Response.' IBC 603 references combustible material in Type I and Type ll
construction. The construction type we have selected for the mechanical
enclosure is Tynp_y8 based on the Construction Type assigned to the existing
buildings by the Fire Marshall. lt is our understanding the enclosure complies
with Section 1406 - Combustible Matertals on the Exterior Side of ExteriorWalls.
5. Sheet4103:
At 5/A103, 41A103 and 3/A1 03, amend louvers at exterior elevations to agree with louver
sizes shown on Sheet M100 Louver Schedule and louver designations shown on Sheet
M200.
Response.' Please see aftached Architect's Supplemental lnstruction lVo. 1, Sept
15, 2005. The mechanical louver schedule is moditied to conform to architectural
dimensions.
6. Sheet C1 land PK2.2:
Review width of drive lane at tunnel entry gates and north entry drive to confirm that
width is sufficient for fire vehicles.
Response.' Prease see attached Sheet PK 2.3 for fire and other vehicle turning
sfudies.
DISABLED AGGESS COMMENTS:
7. Sheet C11, Site Plan:
A. As the grade'level parking area has been redesigned, amend Site Plan to show
accessible routes within the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking
and accessible passenger loading zones and public streets or sidewalks to the
accessible building entrance served for both wings of Lionsquare Lodge and the
Parking Structure.
B. Provide complete accessibility details for the routes showing conformance with
accessibility requirements. IBC 1 104.1
C. Confirm on drawings that at least 50 percent of all public entrances are on
accessible route per IBC 1105.1.
Lion Square Lodge Site A GaraOf rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
rnira l) rirst Review - va , cotorado
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 4
Response.' Please note that site accessibility has not been addressed. Please see
the responseto item I A helow.
8. Sheet C11. Site Plan:
Amend plans to show the following accessible parking requirements:
A. Drawings show that the grad+level parking has 69 spaces (See sheet Ll ) which
include only one accessible parking space. IBC table 1106.1 requires 3 accessible
parking spaces for 69 total parking spaces provided. Please review.
Response; Please note that therc is no change to the existing 27 parking stalls and
one accessible parting stall adjacent to the south wing of the existing buildings. We
had been informed that the Town of Vail had, in principal, agreed to not require
additional accessrble parking spaces. Buf as of yet we have no documentation and
fhis lssue is currently being inv*tigated with the Town. As a result, site
accessibility rlssues and details have not been addressed.
B. Amend drawings to show accessible parking spaces per IBC 1106. Include location
of space per IBC 1106.6 and van spaces per IBC 1106.5. Provide details of
accessible parking areas including access aisles in accordance with the provisions
of ANS|.1 17 standards Section 501 , signage, ramps and required slopes.
Response; The existing accessible parking space is flush with the sidewalk.
Existing accessible parking srgnagre is noted to be reused.
C. ldentify the accessible route of travel from each space to the nearest accessible
entrance.
Response; Please see attached revised Landscape Site Plan, Sheet Ll, illustrating
the accessible route of travel from the one existing accessible parhing space,
L DetailH/C18:
Please show on plans the location of Typical ADA Ramp H/C18.
Response.' Please note this curb ramp detail is not required for work under this
permit - the detail is referenced to ArraBelle project sitework under separate
permit.
MEGHANICAL. PLUMBING. ELECTRIGAL COMMENTS:
Mechanical:
10. Provide documentation to demonstrate that capacity of EF-1 unit is not less than 1 .5 cfm
per square foot of the garage floor area. Sheet M100, IMC 404.2.
Response; The garage area is 10,000 S.F. Ihe tunnel r's 1560 S.F. The air flow
rate at 1.5 CFM far both areas is 17,340 CFM.
'11. Provide clarification for the ventilation requirement for the new tunnel. lt appears the
tunnel is a part of the garage area.
Lion Square Ldgesile & GaraOQ rot/ement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
12.
13.
rnira e rirst Review - vail, Cotondo
LPZA Job No.: 2O503U.001
Paae 5
Response.' The design did not include ventilation for the tunnel. The fan
schedule on M100 shall be revised to have the fan provide 17,340 CFM at 0.5" W.C.
with fan speed ot 649 RPM and 6201 fpm tip speed.
Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply and exhaust air. Show
on plan location of outside supply air that is approximately equal to the amount of
exhausted air by unit EF-1. IMC 403.1.
Response.' The tunnel does not have a door and is open to the outdoors. Supply
air comes in directly through the tunnel. Also, there is a stairurell on the south
side of the garage that is open to the outdoors and supply air can come down it as
well.
Location of exhaust opening for unit EF-1 is adjacent to parking spaces. Provide
confirmation this will not create a nuisance per IMC 401.5.2. Sheet L-1 .
Response.' The exhaust air is at the front of a parking space, where people will
not be walking. The fan is sef to startwhen the carbon monoxide concentration in
the garage is only 25 ppm, The velocity of the air leaving the louver is only 650
fpm. The air does not discharge on a walk way, is low velocity, and will be diluted
fo less than 25 ppm CO when it leaves the louver. We do not feel the discharge
Iocation is a nuisance.
Electrical:
14. Landscape Sheet L1 shows that along the street are two existing light poles which are to
be removed and 2 new light pole B. Please show electrical requirements on electrical
sheets.
Response.' Please refer to drawing SE-I for new luminaries along street.
FIRE SPRINKLER GOMMENTS:
15. As the opening from the underground tunnel into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage
violates IBC provisions for openings at property lines, previous agreements were made
with the TOV Building Department and Fire Department. As such, please provide the
following:
A. Provide the required Administrative Modification Request for formal approval of
alternate design for openings at the property line. The AMR is to provide full
justification of the alternate design and address the previous agreements
between the applicant and the TOV Building Department and Fire Department.
Please provide final approved AMR.
Response; Please note that Building Department did not require an
Administrative Modification for this work and had specifically requested
documentation only in the form of the referenced Life Safety Report. Please
contact Charlie Davis directly to confirm.
B. On Sheet FP100, show on Fire Protection Garage Plan the location ofthe
property lines.
Lion Square Ldge Site & Garagf rovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
Septenber 30, 2005
,n,^ Q Ho, Review - Vait, Cotondo
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 6
Response.' Please see updated Sheet FP100 with requested information.
C. Drawings show extending the LionSquare Lodge parking garage automatic
sprinkler system into the Lionsquare Lodge ramp to the property line placing
closely space sprinklers across the opening. However, the Rolf Jenson &
Associates Fire & Life Safety Report, The ArraBelle at Vail Square, dated April
27, 2005, also requires extension of the AnaBelle ramp automatic sprinklers to
the property line and place closely spaced (6 ft. o.c.) automatic sprinklers across
the opening into Lionsquare Lodge. Please review and amend drawings.
Response.' Please see attached AnaBelle Sheet FP100.1H from Addendum no. 14,
dated 07.07.05.
STRUCTURAL GOMMENTS:
16. Sheet 3103:
Provide copy of geotechnical report to verify soils pressures used in foundation. See
Sheet 5103, Note 2.
Response.' Given thatthe geotechnical repoft is to be generated during
construction, we request that it be submitted as a defened submit'tal. Please also
see a deferred submittals list added to Sheet G001.
17. Sheet 5103
Amend plans to specify requirements for special inspection for the following:
A. Concrete in foundation wall.
B. Field welding for the structural frame.
Response.' Please see affacft ed revlsed Sfi eet St03.
18. Sheet 5103. Section 1:
A. Provide structural calculations for the footing of retaining wall which is shown as
1'4" wide.
B. Show footing requirement for the large concrete beam adjacent to the W8x31 .
Show that the footing does not impose additional load on the existing footing of
the garage.
Response.' Please see affached supplemental calculations.
19. Sheet 3103:
Please show the lnfill Opening Detail on 1lAl02 at new concrete wall patch.
,0,^ Q r,* Review - vai!, cotondo
LP2A Job No.: 2050344.001
Page 7
Response.' Please see affached reference to detail on Sheet A102.
20. Sheet S103:
Amend plans to show that roof sheathing is 5/8" plyltrood with 40/20 span rating as
shown in calculations
Response; P/ease see affached revised Sheet St03,
lf you have any questions regarding the above comments, please contact Talat Abbasi (x222)
for structural questions, Norman Hong (x224) for general questions, or Jess Villar (x235) for MEP
at9251226-'1320 between 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.. M-F.
IEND OF COMMENTSI
Lion Squarc Lodgesite & Garagf rovement
6ffi W. Lionshead Place
Septenber 30, 2005
ffiHUN BOIF JEiISE]U A ASAOGNTES
FIFE PMIECNON EI\]GIGFIIG CDNSULTANTS
LIFE SAFEW REPORT
TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESS
WALKWAY PROJECT
VAIL, COLORADO
Prepared for:
Vail Resorts Development
137 Benchmark Road
Avon, Colorado 81620
ATTN.: Mr. Dan Feeney
Project #D37125
October 17,20Os
5460 South Oueboc St St€ g7O. OENVEF. Cn SO1l1.16tF USA, +'l gB 57&7848, FD( +1 3Og 57UB4S
w,l/w..ragtup. com
A tlJlSDneY O t tlA dOUr. |rc.
BOLF JEiISEN A ASSOCIATES, INC.
LIFE SAFETY REPORT
TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WALKWAY PROJECT
VAIL, CO
Prcjecl#D37125 Page 2
October 17 . 2OOs
INTRODUCTION
This report describes the life safety features for the Temporary Pedestrian Access
Walkway Project in Vail, Colorado. The Town of Vail requested a life safety report for
the subsequent release of permits for this project
This report describes the overall life-safety features of the project based on the current
codes. This pedestrian access walkway will be constructed before ski season opens in
November, 2005 and remain in place until the final paving of Arrabelle mall area is
completed in the fall ot 2OO7.
APPLTCAB-LE_COpES
This outline documents general life-safety features based upon applicable codes. The
applicable codes for this project include:
1. International Buildinq Code (lBC) - 2003 Edition.
2. International Fire Code (lFC) - 2003 Edition.
3. International Mechanical Code (lMC) - 2003 Edition.
4. International Enerqv Conservation Code (IECC) - 2003 Edition
5. Town of Vail Amendments
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This is a temporary pedestrian access walkway that will provide pedestrian access from
the north west corner of Lionshead Center mall area down to the Eagle Bahn Gondola
ski yard area as shown on the attached drawing (Attachment 1). The walkway will be
approximately 12' 10%" wide and will have a slope no greater than 5% over the entire
163' 10" length of the ramp. Based upon the slope, this walkway does not meet the
definition in the IBC of a "Ramp" and is not designed as such. The walkway will be
provided with a snow melt system built into the concrete walking surface of the ramp to
enhance pedestrian safety and meet the requirements of 2003 lBC, Section 1010.7.2
Outdoor conditions.
ROLF JEITISEN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
LIFE SAFETY REPORT
TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WALKWAY PROJECT
VAIL, CO
Project #D37125 Page 3
October 17.2OO5
The walkway will be constructed of steel with plywood and steel framed baniers
and guards along the sides. The walkway is considered as "egress discharge"
from the mall area and also from the ski yard area of the Eagle Bahn, Express 8
lifts, Ski School, and Ticket Trailers. As such, lighting will be provided the entire
length of the walkway in accordance with the requirements of 2003 IBC' 1006.2
(not less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux) at the floor level. Since there are no building
exits immediately adjacent to this walkway or that discharge directly to the
walkway, emergency power for lighting is not being provided as per 2003 IBC'
1006.3, exception 5.
The walkway will comply with 2003 lBC, Section 3103 Temporary Structures and is
being constructed with a design load of an exit of 100 pounds per sq. ft. in accordance
with 2003 lBC, Table 1607.1, Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads And Minimum
Concentrated Live Loads, ltem 35, Stairs and exits. Handrails and guardrails will be
provided as per Code requirements. The construction of this structure will require a
temporary closure of an exit from the adjacent Ski School. This issue will be addressed
under Related Egress lssues.
The walkway has a total area of approximately 2,109 sq. ft. with the typical person
accessing this walkway is expected to be carrying skis and poles. As such, RJA has '
selected a Maximum Floor Area Allowance Per Occupant from Table 1OO4.1.2 of 5 sq.
ft. per person. Given the area of this structure, the total Occupant Load is calculated to
be 421 people. Section 3103.4 of the IBC permits a maximum exit access distance of
100 feet for Temporary Structures. With a total length of just under 1 64 feet, the
greatest travel distance off the structure will be % the length (164 feetl2) or
approximately 82feet and is considered acceptable per the requirements.
RF LAT_E_p_ EG RESS rSS U ES
The construction of this walkway will require the temporary closure of the exit (Door A)
on the west side of the Ski School (See Attachment 2) due to the location of the support
structure and walkway location at the door location. To facilitate this closure, the interior
of the Ski School is being modified as shown on Attachemnt 2, which includes
relocation of the exit sign, a new interior doorway, and elimination of a portion of the
ticket counter in the Gondola Ticketing area.
With this rearrangement, personnel that would normally exit from Door A, will now exit
from Door B (2 - 36-inch doors). RJA has conducted a high level egress analysis to
assess the acceptability of this temporary change in the egress from the Ski School.
This high level assessment compared the egress capacity before and after the
proposed change against the occupant load of the school using a conservative estimate
of 15 sq. ft. per person. This factor was used over the entire 5,490 sq. ft. for the school.
ROLF JEIUSEN A ASSOCIATES, INC.
LIFE SAFEW REPORT
TEMPOMRY PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WALKWAY PROJECT
VAIL. CO
Prcject#D37125 Page 4
October 17 ,2005
While some areas of the school will have more personnel, other areas will have less
and with the use of benches, ski racks, ticket counters, etc. this factor is considered
conservative for the overall area. The egress analysis for the Ski School is given below.
Ski School Egress Analysis
Existing Egress Analysis
Door Designation Size (in.) Egress Width per Occupant * Egress Capacity
A
I
D
E
F
36
72
48
72
36
36
o.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
Total Egress Capacity
180
360
240
360
N. A. ""
180
1320
Proposed Temporary Egress Analysis
Door Designation Size (in.) Egress Width per Occupant * Egress Capacity
A 36 0.2 N.A.
360
240
360
N. A. "-'
180
1140
B
D
E
r
7248 0.272 0.2
JO V.Z
36 0.2
Total Egress Capacity
Total Estimated Occupant Load
O*" !l.,5t, Floor AreaAllowance*' occuPant Load
Summary
In each case noted above, the Egress Capacity significanlly exceeds lhe conservatively
calculated Occupant Load. Therefore, lhe egress capacity is found acceptable.
Notes: * Based upon non-sprinklered building since the entire building is not prolected.
** Based upon Assembly/Unconcentrated area for entire area - conseNative esl.
from Table 1004j.2,2003 lBC.
*** Door E is not considered an exit due to door swing into the area.
The above analysis indicates that even with the reduction of one exit (Door A), there is
egress capacity for up to 1,140 people, which is 287o/o of the calculated Occupant Load
of 396.
RJA has also evaluated the required separation of the exits in relation to IBC 1O14.2.2
that requires a separation of at least two exits from an area to be at least 50% of the
largest diagonal distance of the area under consideration. The largest diagonal
ROLF JEIUSEN A ASSOCIATES, INC.
LIFE SAFEry REPORT
TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WALKWAY PROJECT
VAIL, CO
Prolect#D37'125 Page 5
Oclober 17,20Os
distance from this area is approximately 116 feet measured from the north west corner
to the south east corner of the Ski School. This would require a separation of at least
58 feet between at least two of the remaining exits. RJA has found that at least three of
the remaining exits (Doors B, D, and F) are all separated by more than the required 58
feet. In reviewing the distribution of personnel among the available exits, the occupant
load of 396 people would largely exit through the three large exits on the south side of
the building. The fourth exit (Door F) discharges into the garage and would most likely
be used by employees only. While the exit loading is not fully balanced, it is reasonable
to expect that the majority of personnel would be able to exit from the south exits (Doors
B, C, and D).
Please note that while this area of the building is protected by automatic sprinklers, the
entire building is not protected. As such, RJA has not taken credit for automatic
sprinklers in this area in the above analysis. The fact that this area is protected by
automatic sprinklers does further support the conclusions drawn above that this is an
acceptable temporary reduction in the egress system from the Ski School'
SUMMARY
RJA believes that the temporary modifications for the Ski School can be accomplished in
accordance with the intent of the code requirements and will provide adequate egress
provisions given the measures taken above. In addition, RJA believes that the life safety
provisions for the temporary access walkway will meet and/or exceed the intent of the code
requirements.
Should you have any questions on this Life Safety Report please contact RJA, Inc. at
303-573-7848.
Prepared by:
'/$L-i i4*
William S. Fink
Rolf Jensen and Associates. Inc.
Reviewed by:
October 17,2005
Stephen Rondinelli, AIA
Vice President - Engineering Manager
WSF/wsf
Attachments
Date
:il1
l
r3
E:'::?T
!;3
:l
Ztil
\.
iN
lt
:l
*
b
6
1A
E8
?q
q:
I
:
EE
l*
:Q
E
g
t
6
E
ttl
i8
E'
g
e
!/
(
;e
€i
:2;'
-e! e IJ! -. --
;E 3iE. ;- l
'-ts ; g
>:_ t :q? E E
:E t -
E
6t
it
tts
e
3
;
6
ts
4t
tt
FI ;88
ii ;.. iil E;':. i;itr \;2ii::0!
iE6
t,
ri:8
a:
t:rf
it
i3
?a
ls
t
q
2
ti
il
i
I
,.i
:
:
" """'g''
i
'tlill,.*
Y,.?t
1lil:
";
''*:.4
,-. i1
!
i
:
'tiii
at
t;i;
i;:,t:
i;t;
'4x
i
iil'4
4:.;''tj
'.r1;:4
l:i,:; t
ii {rv' lt'ii
Aitr:
\
I I- ll-
5:
! tcr'|\ rFt- .F ..! - -
Ac{vrty:
Const Typ€i
Atchltec::
D€scflptlon;
Comment
Cotnme;it.
Ft^-.. ^ ^.^J t-,^--d^na-ra\EB-{-v r!l;i rrlalrtv..\i/rrr rr
Itemr
Reguestor:
As:laned To:- A;ilon:
Iten:
Rsqu€stor:
Item: 537 PI-AN-FINAL C.'C
Item: 538 FIRE-RNALC,O
Item: 539 F{J-Fl}tFL e,c
9C3
sP.{,;QTRUC.'':3t,i CCMPAIJY - Gary
ED
SFIA'.V CSI,ISTRUCTION CC:llFAltlf "Gary
Rlque:t:j TInn e: 39:iC A!.1' Phone: 970-989-5153
e-..r^.1 A, t,rAtacrc|Fl I frri\ErE!, s)
a^ -,.^ F. a.r Tt*^. .^.^n att
.,rrtct .!,vv /r..'' Phone: 97C-989-5153
Entarad E1': LCAMPBELL K
lnspection Request
Racuested lnsca;t Date: Fi':drv, Ncvsl?:bcr 19, 20C5
' f-^-^ -:.r^- a -^-, .,aa ''arlSiJe\rrlgi r ialca. ev
Sitc Adclress. 660 U3IJSHEAD P'..'JAiLI tr..\tt't. c/^l!^Fte I i.^Fa f al:)r^?
-.,1{:r :.t-aLJAiiL --,,J; \..r'1\.au E
80€.339? Ty;e: A.C?lrtM
Occucahcv.I AA^a rrrrr F+ .lLil./ll v\4i./trr\i. \.va rUL, /t)J\Jv .rt\- L I fr|.
4:1C ARSHI'ITCT-'RE, ri:C.
sFtAt.' :cISnuc':10t: ccr,'ilANY
gtlAw aOr,rSTRUCnON COMPANY
IMPROVEMENTS TO SURFACE PARKING. EXISTING UNDERGROUND GARAGE
? SETS OF PLANS FED EXED TO LPzA (9J2O2M$. 1 SET ROUIED TO FIRE - JSUTTIER
I rJfa.iiLy;Lgrvr./igllrlllYrJr\Lv|Jrrr tr-ia J,Ju,uJ rivslLr,vVljlrnlr.arJ iv rral|.l\l-rvl\ttinr\.v
nRg D=PT. 1C',031C5 - CDAYI9
FLA}Ig RECIEI,IED FROI,it LI-TA, RC'-TTED --O CPARLIE DA..':C JiI-'=SR
Page 5
ut€.tE
Ph:: e: 3C:.:9:::33r1r.^^.-. 6ta\ar't 6 ac; .rerrL. -/ J -'r- rr-!e
Phone: 970-!4?-3236
Status: ISSUED
lrrsp Area: CD
@91$€{59.k€re
Asslgne-d,To: CDAVIS
A!$\rr.-
Q- DSL
'tPxrft- Grrro-Pt- u^o;T- BL
4^x PL,IYD htku!^S Duz'Nb
:::r.;:::ni*sto* lut lit'z' ' &COQnNgCllRem: 1C BLDG-F: rtlncs,'gteet
:tem: :0 9LDC F::;Ci',I:n Slrii
Item: 3C SLDG-Framlnc ..1 t AIteft:: 30 SLDG'F:ar::l::: ,/) - I /1
i"ili 38 EfB3:5i.i;'1"."'i&'o"
=<"vn[_f
7f kr?r^t/ (elf,L-
Itarn: 70 BLDG-Mlsc.
Itern: 90 SLDC-Flml / \- t Itk.rlsItem: 530 BLOG-Temp.9O
Item: 532 PIV-TELrlP. CiO
Item: 533 PLAII-TEMP.C'O
REPT131 3905
"'
c'i i- i;-:003 rnspection rtequesi Reponin g f- rlqg Li
5:21 pm . - _. _ _ Vail, CO - Clty Of
Item: 54C EL0G-Flnal C.'O',!:.\: 2^, 9t*.rr!-!r-C Fcur4alll. lrlaI
Item: 32 PLrN lla::t::::i
{
!
.1
'i;1.I rri
t;
',1
REPT131
rl
.'rr (
Run Id: 3905
Monroe & Newell
Enllineers, Inc.
October 6,2005
4240 Architecture
l62l Eighteenth St., Ste 200
Denver, Colorado 80202
Attn: Mr. Steve Roberts
Re: Lionsquare Lodge Plan check comments.(M&N 6250.LSL)
Dear Steve:
The following is our responses to the plan check comments dated 9/30/05 by the town of
Vail.
Item 16: The geotechnical report shall be submitted as a deferred submittal.
Item l7: See revised plans.
Item l8: See attached supplemental calculations.
Item l9: Architect to show wall infill detail as directed.
Item 20: See revised plans.
If you have any questions or comments, please call.
Very truly yours,
MONROE & NEWELL ENGINEERS, INC.
.2005 Ptatinum Sponsor.. CCT I 3 2005
I ne Loloraoo L napter or
The American Inslitute ol Architects
i\' !! \\r. mo n roe-..*.,,llH*nffi
Street. Suite 200. Denver, Colorado 80202
G03) 523-6602 o email denver@ monroe-newe ll. com
Vail, colorado
I)enver, Colorado
Dillon, Colorado
1701 Vynkoop
Go3) 623-492l o FAX
Pr'.tse t
:t* rao
=w.,4
,/'
Monroe & Newell
Engllneers, Inc.
JOB
SHEET NO.
CALCULATEO BY DATE
CHECKED BY
SCALE
flE ,k vnrU w{"E
T 'n
\
2 a "\u ?"l di .A ^t 4'7a )-l 2
I
f I h 4 F gL tg p
tI t )CA tt tL lt r.t9,I7L,rgl ,7
t
.,I I
L l.F /6t 7t,b4tt-6""
'/F e
i:
!=:7utA7
'41 :a)f ,b l,l,
\
I
(I w Wt{u rl Yv 11t ?
,^al q :r ]7 ,,#)E
a ).t 0a I )ra-JIYra'A Y 2/=o n /t''>
,l 0
q
I
I I
I/(i /!u ,6 :t ,1.,e 2(
4,I I ,Lt J
/q
J 5 v 5 w ln -7 ?7 (I I
, )4,CI.I t I
/:c J {7 I
I
-E tt ,,/v t I >l ),h
A T D t 2
L 4 ,)ry I b I \
TiUe :
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Job #
Date: 9:35AM, 6 oCT 05
Code Ref: ACI 318-02, 1997 UBC, 2003 lBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
YiiSthl"-"',,?i;3'3i*,," Restrained Retaining Wall Design
Description
Criteria Soil Data
Allow Soil Bearing = 2,000.0 psf
Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method
Footing Strengths & Dimensions
fc = 3,000 psi Fy
Min. As %
Toe Width
Heel Width
Total Footing Width =
Footing Thickness
Key Width
Key Depth
Key Distance from Toe
Cover @ Top = 3.00in
Adjacent Footing Load
Footing Width
Eccentricity
Wall lo Ftg CL Dist
Footing Type
Base Above/Below Soil
at Back of Wall
0.0 lbs
0.00 ft
0.00 in
0.00 fr
Line
0.0 fi
Retained Height
Wall height above soil
Total Wall Height
Top Support Height
Slope Behind Wall
Height of Soil over Toe
Soil Density
Wind on Stem
10.00 ft
0.00 ft
10.00 ft
10.00 ft
0.00 : 1
30.00 in
110.00 pcf
0.0 psf
45.0 lbs
300.0 lbs
0.0 in
Heel Active Pressure
Toe Active Pressure
Passive Pressure
FootingllSoil Friction
Sojl height to ignore
lor passNe pressure
Lateral Load
...Height to Top
...Height to Bottom
= 60,000 psi
0.0014
0.33 ft
1.00
-i.gF12.00 in
0.00 in
0.00 in
0.00 ft
@ Btm.= 3,00 in
= 5U.U
= 0.0
= 250.0
= 0.300
= 0.00 in
Loads Uniform Lateral Load ADolied to Stem
Surcharge Over Heel = 0.0 psf
>>>NOT Used To Resist Sliding & Overturn 0.0 #/ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
Axial Dead Load
Axial Live Load
Axial Load Eccentricitv
Total Bearing Load
...resultant ecc.
ACI Factored @ Toe
ACI Faclored @ Heel
Footing Shear @ Toe
Footing Shear @ Heel
Allowable
Reaction at Top
Reaction at Bottom
1 ,970 lbs
0.87 in
994 psf
1,962 psf
1,437 psf
2,837 psf
3.3 psi OK
5.4 psi OK
93.'1 psi
833.3 lbs
2,191.7 lbs
Design h€ight
Rebar Size
Rebar Spacing
Rebar Placed at
Rebar Depth 'd'
@ Top Support
Stsm OK
10.00 ft
t?o
16.00 in
Edge
4.75 in
Mmax Between
Stem OK
4.22 ft#6
16.00 in
Edge
5.75 in
@ Base of Wall
Stem OK
0.00 ft#6
16.00 in
Edge
4.75 in
Thickness = 8.25 in Fy =
Wall Weight = 99.7 pcf fc =
Stem is FREE to rotate at top of footing
60,000 psi
3,000 psi
Soil Pressure @ Toe
Soil Pressure @ Heel
Allowable = 2,000 Dsf
Soii Pressure Less Than Allowable
OK
OK
Slidins Calcs Slab Resists A Slidino !
Lateral Sliding Force = 2,191.7 tbs
%*,
Factored Pressure =
-t,l3t
-ZFez ost
Mu' : Upward
Mu' : Downward
Mu: Design
Actual 1-Way Shear =
Allow 1-Way Shear =
Design Oata
lblFB + lalFa 0.000
0.0 ft+
6,571.9 fi+
0.0 lbs
0.00 psi
93.11 psi
zJ.oJ tn
o.677
5,452.8 ft+
8,056.9 ft#
25.63 in
0.000
0.0 ft+
6,571 .9 ft+
2,833.3 tbs
49.71 psi
93.1 1 psi
7.63 in
oo
?a
53
3.32
o? 1r
0ft#
85 ft+
85 ft+
5.36 psi
93.11 psi
Mu....Actual
Mn * Phi.....Albwabb
Shear Force @ this height =
Shear.....Actual
Shear.....Allowable
Rebar Lap Required
Rebar embedment into fooling
Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings:
Toe: None Spec'd
Heel: None Spec'd
Key: No key defined
-or- Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr
-or- Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr
-or- No key defined
Ti e :
Dsgnr:
D€scription :
Scope :
Code Ref: ACI 31842,
Job #
Date: 9:35AM, 6 oCT 05
1997 UBC, 2003 tBC,2003 NFPA 5000
Restrained Retaining Wall Design
Description
ofForces on F : Slab RESISTS stem is PINNED at
Forces acting on footing soil pressure
(laking moments about front of fooling to find eccentricity)
Surcharge Over Heel
Axial Dead Load on Stem =
Soil Over Toe
Surcharge OverToe =
Stem Weight
Soil Over Heel
Footing Weight
Total VErtical Force
Net Moment Used For Soil Pressure Calculations -143.4 tt4
lbs ft345.01bs 0.68 ft91.6lbs 0.17 ft
lbs ft
996.91bs 0,68 ft343.81bs 1.18 ft
193.31bs 0.67 ft
1,970.51bs Moment =
233.5ft+
152ft4
44
674,6ft+
404,5ft4
128.8ft+-----17567it+
Monroe & Newell
Englneers, Inc.SHEET NO,
CALCULATEO BY
CHECKED BY
scAtE
i lA IA 7.*T,u (,,#,/t
7 74,t rl1 r li "1 ..;-/
^
v tl :4 Wlr!
F
'lt')/,a)(l/r,7l 'a p .-it /k kt /->Erf
'L 4 la E h ,o,;/bi '"^
I I n ._1 V4 A
)A '),{/b 4 >(,{,t -/=I t->(7
J
7 8 t
A
/a :T 7t t4
^
l_\q
.'l ?z <-r a
.T 7
ll \a
J v/'?\_r)q 4 ,l C I u-.v 1 A QI,5 7
(I
l >.I )'l 4 /(a',
E 1.,f(7 4 E*/,,t/T4 ,p ,
4 E
Monroe & Newell
Dngineers, Inc.
CALCULATED BY
CHECKED BY
SCALE
.d,
lA Y,l
'Lt,
J.t:7t VL #4 z /
,{r'//i ,tj '/)fl''/
5,21
"/
lt 4t ?"'r\,4
a)a
t r,l Y ul (6 rs 'r
,T t
t,*A v *r /&,4 t_\
UA ),l */
{r ,t
l.
/l1 ,txfl r.-,{..
lr i,'fuD.,,L/$t vt
:4
-A
F1 ltrl Q ,tt n L ny'
A 4 4
t
7 0
)!f
|,.-l F<ol:I -u e 7(,I 7:i/O
I
I a
2 rrt TA 7t)fi U Aa 7 e ?)ri!>z,4L'9/u tA,ar (e
I 4 7 2:?{.t0 A /v V't'-t 7 le u ?'Vt I 7 /t 7,1 lt tt t)r 5,7t
I ,d
1 a,l I d I
tu,l:bq t
(-l A )j L:
"1,
)o,)d )ffi 'JrTIWr'tF (
f 7-("W"?I I
V t I ll r
I (?t e 7 d.il,
I Tt
'z
tt
nBln"ROLF JENSEN &ASSOCIATES, INC.
Town of Vail
OFF#SH fiOPY
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Prepared For:
42140 ARCHITECTURE
1621 Eighteenth Street, Suite 200
Denver, Golorado 80202
Attn : Robert Fitzgerald
Phone 303.292.3388
Facsimile 303.292.31 33
Presented To:
Town of Vail(TOV)
Building Department
Attn: Gharlie Davis, Chief Building Official
Vail Fire and Emergency Services
Attn: Mike McGee, Fire Marshal
TOV Project No. PRJ04-0233
RJA Project No. D32909
April27,2005
@ 2005 Rolt Jonsen & A$ociat$, Inc. All Rights Resalvad
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Page ii
April 27,2005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|NTRODUCT|ON.............. ...........4
FACILITY DESCR|PT|ON.................. ..............4
DEStcN TEAM .......... .................5
APPLTCABLE CODES........ .........6
KEY TSSUES ..........6
F|RE PROTECTTON OUTLTNE ........................7
r. occuPANCY CLASSrFlcATloNS............ .......................... 7
II. STRUCTURAL FIRE RESISTANCE ................8
ilt. tNTERTOR WALLS AND PARTIT|ONS............ ...................'t0
IV. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES.... ........,.......... 13
v. EGRESS...... ........13
VI. EMERGENCY SIGNAGE .........17
vil. SUPPRESS|ON SYSTEMS.................. .........17
VIII. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM ....................,...21
IX. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION AND ALARM SYSTEMS... .,,.,.......... 24
x. F|RE COMMAND CENTER.................. ......... 26
XI. SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. ...............27
XII. EMERGENCY POWER ............27
xilt. ELEVATORS .......28
PERIODIC OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .................30
coNcLUStoN .......,.......... ........ 30
APPENDIX AFIRE ALARM AND SMOKE MANAGEMENT SEQUENCE OF
OPERATION MATRIX
APPENDIX BADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST BASE
DOCUMENT (PRJ04-0233)
ADMINISTMTIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR FIRE
DEPARTMENT ACCESS LIMITATION MITIGATION
THROUGHHOISTWAY AND STAIRWAY
PRESSURIZATION AND FIRE COMMAND CENTER
APPENDIX C
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT Page iii
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April27,2005
FEATURES (PRJ04-0233-1 )
APPENDIX D ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR PLAZA
LEVEL EXrTr NG (PRJ04-0233-2)
APPENDIX EADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR EXIT
PASSAGEWAYS AND EXIT DISCHARGE LOBBIES FOR
EXIT DISCHARGE FROM EXIT ENCLOSURE STAIR 2
ANDSTAIR 3 AT PLMA LEVEL (PRJ04-0233-3)
APPENDIX F ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY EXITING (PRJ04-02334)
APPENDIX G ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
coNDoMrNruM EGRESS (pRJ04-0233-5)
APPENDIX H ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR LOW-
RrsE BUTLDTNG (PRJ04-0233-6)
APPENDIX I ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
TOILET EXHAUST FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER
ELrMr NATTON (PRJ04-0233-7)
APPENDIX J ADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR
ELEVATOR LOBBY ELtMtNATTON (PRJ04-0233-8)
APPENDIX KADMINISTRATIVE MODIFICATION REQUEST FOR EXTERIOR
FIRE SPREAD MITIGATION THROUGH EXTERIOR
AUTOMATTC SpRTNKLERS (PRJ04-0233-9)
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 4
April 27, 2005
INTRODUCTION
This document describes, in conceptual terms, the fire protection features of The
ArraBelle at Vail Square project in Vail, Colorado.
This package intends to describe, in performance-based language, the overall approach
to active and passive fire protection features in the facility, whether required by Code,
the Authority Having Jurisdictions, or as a result of an Owner request. lt also describes
the interaction of these systems in providing an overall coordinated fire protection
package.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION
The ArraBelle at Vail Square is a residential hotel and condominium building of 7
stories. The single building of mixed occupancy includes hotel guest rooms, whole
ownership residential condominium units, residential condominium lock-off units,
meeting and banquet facilities, a spa and fitness center, restauranUbar and associated
kitchens, retail, ski club locker areas, children's ski school, a ski company services and
mountain operations area, offices, and back-of-house support areas. Two levels of
below grade (G1 and G2) enclosed parking areas and receiving/loading dock are
additional levels in the building. The overall facility is considered a low-rise structure, as
the highest occupied floor (Level 7) is less than 7S-feet from the lowest level of Fire
Department vehicle access (reference Appendix H Administrative Modification Request
PRJo4-0233-6). The building mixed use classification is a non-separated use. The
building has a total approximate gross building area of 542,441ff and will be
constructed of Type l-B fire resistive construction.
The building will be constructed under the provisions of the 2003 editions of the
International Codes and the Town of Vail Amendments dated December 3, 2004. The
building will be treated as one overall building and will have non-separated uses as
allowed by code. Wood trim and fascia is proposed for placement on the exterior walls
of the building. These elements will not be considered building construction materials;
rather they will be considered exterior wall treatment and finishes. Where large wood
members are used, they will comply with the requirements for heavy timber.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
DESIGN TEAM
Owner / Developer
Vail Resorts Development Company
137 Benchmark Road
P.O. Box 959
Avon, Colorado 81620
Jack Hunn
970.845.2355 Direct
970.845.2555 Fax
Design Architect of Record
42140 Architecture, Inc.
1621 Eighteenth Streel, Suite 200
Denver, Colorado 80202
Robert Fitzgerald
303.292.3388 Office
303.292.3133 Fax
Structural Engineer
Monroe & Newell
70 Benchmark Road, Suite 204
P.O. Box 1597
Avon, Colorado 81620
Peter Monroe
970.949.7768 Office
970.949.4054 Fax
Mechanical / Electrical / Plumbing Engineer
Cator, Ruma & Associates, Co.
1550 Dover Street
Suite 2
Lakewood, Colorado 8021 5
Mike Meints
303.232.6200 Office
303.233.3701 Fax
Fire Protection / Building Gode Gonsultant
Rolf Jensen & Associates, Inc.
1324 1sth Street
Denver, Colorado 80202
Stephen Rondinelli
303.573.7848 Office
303.573.7843 Fax
Page 5
April 27, 2005
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Page 6
April 27, 2005
APPLICABLE CODES
This outline documents general fire protection features based upon the requirements of
the Town of Vail Building and Fire Departments. The applicable codes for this project
include:
1. InternationalBuilding Code (lBC)- 2003 Edition.
2. International Fire Code (lFC) - 2003 Edition
3. International Mechanical Code (lMC) - 2003 Edition
4. International Plumbing Code (lPC) - 2003 Edition
5. National Electric Code (NEC) - 2002 Edition
6. International Fuel Gas Code - 2003 Edition
7. International Energy Conservation Code - 2003 Edition
8. Town of Vail Local Amendments
This report addresses the key features of these Codes and Guidelines. The primary
intent of this document is to coordinate the fire protection approach between all design
disciplines. Details of compliance are left to the construction documents and the
contractors.
KEY ISSUES
Due to the unique nature of the project and the numerous meetings between the design
team and the Town of Vail Building and Fire Departments, this project has utilized a
series of administrative modification requests. These administrative modification
requests are being tracked and submitted under separate cover and submittal process,
however are included in the Appendix of this report. This Life Safety Report (LSR) will
reference these administrative modifications that are currently in progress as of the April
27,2005 submittal of administrative modification requests. Administrative modification
requests as of the April27,2005 separate submittal are provided in the Appendix of this
report. This LSR should not be referenced for any approvals of administrative
modification requests for this project.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT PAgE 7
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril 27' 2005
FIRE PROTECTION OUTLINE
This outline presents conceptual information regarding the proposed fire protection
systems and their performance. This report is intended to be coordinated with the permit
drawings for the facility. Where there are conflicts, this report will take precedence.
I. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS
A.
Occupancy Description Occupancy Glassification
Condominiums (67 Condos/4g Lockaffst R-2 and R-1
Hotel
Hotel Suites R-1
Conference Center A-3
Great Room A-3
NE Bakerv/Cafe
Restaurant / Bar
Restrooms Accessory
Valet Station B
Administation B
Lobby/Reqistralion B
Back-of-house Accesory
Spa
spa E
Fitness Center B
Soa Retail M
Bulldlnd SuDDort Areas lncidental
Reta
First Level M
Second Level M
Lower Level Garaoe Ski Tunino B
Pa*ino & Loadins Dock
Lower Level Garaqe ParkinE
UDDer Level Garaqe Parkinq s-2
Lor,/er Lavel Garaoe - Loadino 0ockMarehouse s-2
Lower Level Garaqe - Truck Yard s-2
Condo Owners' Lobbies Acqq!9gry
Condo Owners' Storaae s-1
Ski Club Lockers and Lobbv
Lower Garaoe Level E
Upper Garage Level B
Children's Ski Prooram
Reception/Sales/Reoistration M
Prooram Areas
Ski ComDanv
Activities B
Locker Rooms/Ski Storaqe s-1
Mountain ODerations
Mountain Dininq Warehouse s-1
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT PAgE 8
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAfL. COLORADO APril2T'2005
II. STRUCTURAL FIRE RESISTANCE
A. Fire-resistance rating of primary structural features (Type l-B per IBC
Section 602).
1. Structural Frame.
a. General: 2-hour.
b. Roof supports: Fire-resistance ratings of structural frame
and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1-hour
where supporting a roof only per IBC Table 601, Note b.
2. Exterior Walls.
a. Exterior bearing walls will be 2-hour.
b. Exterior non-bearing will be 1-hour.
c. Intersections of floors and exterior walls will be protected in
accordanc,e with IBC Section 713.4.
d. Exterior walls and openings will be protected in accordance
with IBC Tables 602 and7O4.8.
e. The opening from the ArraBelle truck load entrance ramp
into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage violates proximity
to property lines per the IBC and therefore requires special
opening protection. Due to the nature of the occupancies at
this opening it has been agreed to by the design team and
by the TOV Building Department and Fire Department
officials to provide the following to protect the opening:
o Extend the ArraBelle ramp automatic sprinklers to the
property line and place closely spaced (6 ft. o.c.)
automatic sprinklers across the opening into
Lionsquare Lodge.
. Extend the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage
automatic sprinkler system into the Lionsquare Lodge
ramp to the property line placing closely spaced
sprinklers (6 ft. o.c.) across the opening.
3. Floors.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 9
April 27, 2005
4.
a. General: 2-hour.
Roofs:
a. General: 1-hour when less than 20 feet above floor.
b. Fire resistance reduction (as permitted by IBC Table 601,
Note c): Except for Occupancies F-1, H, M and S-1, fire
protection of roof structural members shall not be required,
including protection of roof framing and decking where every
part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any
fl oor immediately below.
Shafts.
a. Stairs.
Stairways connecting four stories or more will be
enclosed in 2-hour construction with 1-1l2-hour
opening proteclion in accordance with IBC Section
707.4. Doors will be provided with "S' label listings
and be temperature control assemblies.
Stainrays connecting less than four stories will be
enclosed in 1-hour construction with 60-minute
opening protection. Doors will be provided with "S'
label listings and be temperature control assemblies.
Where stair enclosures transition horizontally, they will
be designed and constructed as exit passageways
per IBC Section 1020 requirements. The continuity of
the exit passageways will be in accordance with IBC
Section 706.4.
Exit enclosures will not contain equipment, ductwork,
piping, systems or devices that do not serve the exit
enclosure, per IBC Section 1017.1 .
Only those rooms or areas that are normally occupied
will open onto exit passageways. These openings
may be used for normal circulation in addition to
egress.
5.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
Page 10
April2T,2QOS
6) Stairs that interconnect only two levels may be open.
This will occur between Level 3 and Level 5 to
interconnect the public sPaces.
Efevator shafts will be 2-hour rated with 1'1|2-hour opening
protection provided.
Other shafts will be 2-hour rated construction with 1-1|2-hour
opening protection.
ilt.INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS
Occupancy separations.
1. The overall building will be constructed of Type 1B materials.
Except for the parking garage and storage areas, which will be
separated from the remainder of the building as required for
incidental use, all other uses have unlimited area requirements
based on Table 503. With the overall area of the garage and
storage uses being within the allowable area requirements, the
buitding will be treated as a non-separated mixed use occupancy as
outlined in IBC Section 302.3. Therefore, fire-separation
assemblies will not be provided between use groups. Fire rated
assemblies will be provided for incidental use areas as noted.
a. Elevator Machine Rooms - Not less than the elevator
hoist-way served
b. Electrical Generator and Transformer Rooms - 2 hour
walls, roof/ceiling, and fl oor/ceiling assemblies
c. Parking Garages - t hour Fire Barrier when provided
with automatic sprinklers
d. R Occupancy Demising Walls - t hour Fire Partition
Enclosure of special uses/rooms (building will be fully sprinklered).
1. Storage rooms over 100-square feet: no-rating (automatic
sprinklers).
2. Laundry rooms over 10O-square feet: no-rating (automatic
sprinklers).
b.
c.
A.
B.
F;RE & L;FE SAFEry REpORT Page 11
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APfl27'2005
3. Refrigeration machinery rooms: no-rating (automatic sprinklers).
4. Parking garage: 1-hour with automatic sprinklers
5. Furnace or boiler rooms: no rating (automatic sprinklers).
6. Fire pump room (if required): 1-hour.
7. Emergency generator rooms: 2-hour.
B. Corridors.
1. Ratings.
a. Residential occupancies with an occupant load greater than
10: 30-minutes (automatic sprinklers), however, no listing
supports this rating so 1-hour will be used.
b. All other occupancies: no rating required (automatic
sprinklers).
2. Dead ends.
a. Group B and F occupancies: S0-feet.
b. All other occupancies: 20-tee|*
c. All occupancies: May be extended up to 2.5 times the least
width of the dead end corridor.
C. Other permanent partitions.
1. Elevator lobbies: rated to match the corresponding corridor when
opening onto a rated corridor.
2. Elsewhere: noncombustible, as allowed by IBC Section 602.2.
3. Separating condo units, hotel guest rooms and suites: 1-hour.
D. Opening protection.
1. Door ratings.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page 12
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April27,2005
a. 2-hour walls: 1-1l2-hour.
b. Interconnecting doors between hotel guest rooms: Tn'hour
(no closers required per the Exception to IBC Section
715.3.7; however closures are being provided by
administrative modifi cation for egress purposes).
c. Exit enclosures: 1-1l2-hour with "S" label and heat rate of
rise rating per IBC Section 715.3.4.
d. Firs.resistive rated corridor walls and elevator lobbies: 20-
minute, "S" label.
e. Other 1-hour walls: 1-hour.
2. Through penetrations and membrane penetrations through rated
partitions will be protected with fire-rated sealant or fire-stop
material per their listing. Contractor shop drawings and/or permit
drawings will identify the UL listing number of the through-
penetration assembly.
3. Fire dampers will be provided as required by code unless a
combination fire/smoke damper is provided.
4. Smoke dampers
a. Located at:
1) Duct penetrations of rated corridors unless ducts are
26-gauge steel with no openings into corridor.
2) Shafts, except for toilet exhaust ducts serving
continuously operating fans on emergency power and
provided with 22-inch sub ducts. (Reference Appendix
I Administrative Modiflcation Request PRJ04-0233-7).
3) Elevator lobbies.
b. Activated by area smoke detection per IBC Section 716.3.2
as amended (duct detectors not allowed to activate).
c. Leakage rating of Class ll or better.
d. Fail in the closed position upon loss of power to the damper.
F;RE & L;FE SAFETy REpORT Page 13
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril 27' 2005
5. Fire dampers
a. Activated by fixed temperature.
b. Located at duct penetrations of fire barriers, shafts and fire
partitions.
IV. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES
A. Flame spread.
1. Wall and ceiling flame spread ratings will be based on Table 803.5
using automatic sprinkler protection provisions' Ratings will be
based on occupancies within the building and location of finishes.
2. Foam plastics will not be used as interior finish or trim, except as
provided in Sections 2603.8 or 2604.
3. Other insulation will have a flame spread of not more than 25
(Class A).
4. Textiles on walls or ceilings will not exceed a flame spread of 25
(Class A).
5. All other interior finish will have a flame spread not to exceed 200
(Class C).
B. Smoke developed will not exceed 450.
C. lf any plastics are proposed to be used as interior finish they will be
separately identified in subsequent amendments to this report.
V. EGRESS
A. Exit drawings, which show exit routes, capacities, and load factors, have
been developed as part of the permit packages.
FIRE & LIFE sAFEry REPORT Page 14
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLOMDO APril27,2005
B. Occupant load factors.
Load Factor
Occupancy (ftzlPerson)
1. Meeting & Banquet Rooms As shown on A020.2 dwg'
2. Ballrooms 7 net
3. Ballroom Pre-Function 15 net
4. Hotel Reception (e.9., check-in lines) 5 net
5. Hotel Lobby (e.9., circulation) 100 gross
6. Ballroom Pre-Function As shown on A020.2 dwg.
7. Guest Suites / Condominiums 200 gross
L Restaurants 15 net
9. Lounge areas 15 net
10. Spa Treatment Rooms 100 gross
11. Exercise Rooms 50 gross
12. Locker Rooms 50 gross
13. Retail 30 gross
14. Parking Garage 200 gross
15. Kitchen areas 200 gross
16. Mechanical equipment rooms 300 gross
17. Offices 100 gross
18. Storage 300 gross
19. SkiCenter 15 net
C. Exit width factors.
1. All occupancies.
a. Stairways: O.20-inches per occupant (automatic sprinklers).
b. Other egress components: 0.1 S-inches per occupant
(automatic sprinklers).
D. Non-simultaneous uses.
1. Public area rest rooms, and the Lobby area outside of the Pre-
Function areas near the Ballroom areas, will be considered non-
simultaneously occupied within the area they serve. These Lobby
areas will be provided with sufiicient exiting based on the use of the
area, however their loads will not be included in the overall loads for
the building. Pre-Function areas and Ballroom/Meeting areas are
considered simultaneously occupied as indicated on code summary
drawing A020.2. Assembly occupancy exiting is addressed in
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT Page 15
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAf L, COLORADO APril27,2005
Appendix F Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-4'
E. Exit routes from building.
1. Above-grade levels.
a. Exits will be into enclosed stairwells.
b. Most stairwells will discharge directly to the exterior at grade
levels. Stairwells 2 and 3 exit through an exit component
combination consisting of an Exit Passageway and an Exit
Discharge Lobby before discharge directly to the exterior at
grade (Reference Appendix E Administrative Modification
Request PRJ04-0233-3).
c. Open stairs may be used as part of the exit system if they
comply with Section 1019.1, Exception 8.
F. Travel distances.
J. Travel distances will be limited as follows (automatic sprinklers):
a. Group B Occupancies: 300-feet.
b. Group S-2 (Parking Garage) Occupancies: 400-feet.
c. All other occupancies: 250-feet.
K. Common path of egress travel.
a. Group B, F and S occupancies: 100-feet (automatic
sprinklers).
b. All other occupancies: 7S-feet. (Reference Appendix G
Administrative Modifi cation Request PRJ04-0233-5 for
details on Condominium Egress).
G. Separation of exits
1. Where two exits are required from an area as outlined in Table
1014.1 , the exits will be separated by one-third of the maximum
overall diagonal dimension of the area served (Reference Appendix
G Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-5 for details on
Condominium Egress).
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 16
April27,2O05
H.
2. As an alternative. where exit enclosures are interconnected by a
one-hour fire resistive corridor, the required exit separation will be
measured along a direct line of exit travel within the corridor, and
the exit enclosures will not be less than 3O-feet apart at any point
along a direct line of measurement.
Other exiting provisions.
1. Egress from a room or space will not pass through adjoining or
intervening rooms or areas, except where the adjoining rooms or
areas are ac@ssory to the area served. Egress through multiple
intervening rooms is acceptable, provided all rooms are considered
acc,essory.
2. Except for dwelling units, exit access will not pass through kitchen
areas.
3. Exit access from rooms or areas will not pass through store rooms,
closets or similar uses.
4. Panic hardware will be provided on all exit doors serving assembly
areas with an occupant load of 100 or more that are provided with a
lock or latch. This includes all doors on the egress route from these
areas. To assist with noise reduction as a result of occupants
exiting the assembly rooms (Ballroom, Meeting Rooms) during
normal operation (non emergency), the panic hardware will be
electrically activated to latch as a result of a level 1 fire alarm
notifying occupants to exit.
5. Exit doors will swing in the direction of exit travel when serving an
occupancy load of 50 or more.
Exit signs and exit illumination.
1. llluminated or selfluminous exit signs will be provided at stair
entrance doors and elsewhere as necessary to clearly indicate the
direction of exit travel.
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 17
April 27, 2005
2. Exit illumination of not less than 1 footcandle provided with backup
power from the emergency generator, will be provided within exit
routes.
J. Plaza Exiting has been analyzed due to the relation of the Plaza being
inside the building footprint (Reference Appendix D Administrative
Modification Request PRJ04-0233-2).
VI. EMERGENCY SIGNAGE
A. A sign stating "lN CASE oF FIRE, Use SrntRwnvs FoR Exlr. Do Nor use
ELEVAroR" will be posted adjacent to each elevator call station. This sign
will also provide a pictorial representation to indicate that the elevator will
not operate during a fire and that exit stairs should be used.
B. Stairway identification signs will be provided in compliance with the lBC.
VII. SUPPRESSIONSYSTEMS
A. Automaticsprinklerprotection.
1. Wet-pipe, hydraulically calculated automatic sprinkler systems will
be provided throughout all areas. Where temperatures cannot be
maintained to prevent freezing of water in the automatic sprinkler
system, dry pipe systems or antifreeze systems will be installed.
Dry pipe systems are planned for areas such as the ramp entrance,
loading dock and truck yard. The two parking garage levels will be
heated to maintain temperatures above freezing, however,
activation of the carbon monoxide exhaust system in these areas
could result in freezing temperatures. Therefore, the parking garage
levels are also to be protected with dry pipe systems.
Antifreeze systems are planned for the Porte Cochere, east and
west Plaza Portals, Escalator Overhang at the north Plaza, Portico
at the southeast corner, and the Zamboni storage room, as well as
possible attic spaces.
2. Automatic sprinkler systems will be designed to comply with NFPA
13 and Town of Vail Amendments. Areas of coverage will be
increased by 30 percent for dry systems. Spacing and location of
automatic sprinkler heads will be modified to account for ceiling
slope and ceiling beams. In general, systems will be designed as
follows:
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT PAgE 18
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril 27,2005
a. Light Hazard: 0.10 gpm per square foot over the most
remote 1,500 square feet. The large room rule for the
residential units will not be used.
b. Ordinary Hazard (Group 1 ): 0.1 5 gpm per square foot over
the most remote 1,500 square feet.
c. Ordinary Hazard (Group 2): 0.20 gpm per square foot over
the most remote 1,500 square feet.
3. Hazard classifications by area for the project are as follows:
Description Liqht
Hazard
Ord.
Grqup l
Ord.
Group ll
Meetinq Rooms X
Ballrooms X
Lobby Areas / Circulation X
Guest Rooms / Condominiums X
Restaurants X
Mechanical rooms X
Spa / Locker Rooms Areas X
Retail X
Parkinq Garaoe X
Offices X
Storaqe (12 ft. or less)X
4. Automatic sprinkler system zones will be designed to coordinate
with the respective building elements and the fire alarm system.
a. The maximum area per sprinkler zone on any floor level will
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT PAgE 19
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril2T'2005
not exceed 52,000 square feet or to the limits established by
NFPA 13.
b. The building will be provided with at least one sprinkler
system isolation valve per floor level and systems will not
extend to multiple floors.
5. Automatic sprinkler systems will be served by risers separate from
the dry standpipe systems.
6. Exterior automatic sprinklers will be utilized in those areas where
exterior construction material has been agreed to present an
exterior vertical fire spread potential that is difficult for Fire
Department personnel to expeditiously defend against. Reference
Administrative Modification Request PRJ04-0233-9 in Appendix K.
7. Alarm and Trouble Signals.
a. Waterflow devices will be provided at the lateral connection
to each sprinkler riser on each floor for each zone.
b. Electrical supervision will be provided on all sprinkler system
control valves and supervisory air pressure switches.
c. Proprietary monitoring will be provided for all alarm,
supervisory, and trouble signals at the Fire Command
Center and Security (24-hour location).
8. Sprinkler Types.
a. Quick response standard temperature sprinklers will be used
throughout all light hazard occupancies. Extended
coverage, quick response horizontal sidewall sprinklers may
be utilized in residential occupancies. Standard response
sprinklers will be used in all other areas. Flush, semi-
recessed, or low profile sprinklers will be used in all finished
areas.
FIRE & LIFE sAFEry REPORT Page 2o
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril27,2005
B. Standpipes.
1. The building will contain a Class I manual-wet standpipe system as
required by the Town of Vail.
2. All standpipes will be interconnected at the base of the building.
3. Class I type outlets will be provided at every floor-level landing
within the stairways. Standpipe risers will be within the stair, and
will also be spaced in accordance with NFPA 14 criteria for
standpipe systems.
4. The standpipe outlets will be located 60-inches above the floor with
hose outlets pointed down. The valve outlet will be nominal 2-112
inch diameter with 1-112 inch reducer. The valves will not be of the
pressure regulating type.
C. Water supplies.
1. A fire pump is not necessary for the project and therefore will not be
provided. Standpipes demands based on NFPA 14 will be served
by Fire Department apparatus.
2. Multiple remote fire department connection locations will be
coordinated with the Fire Department. These fire department
connections will be arranged to supply the sprinkler and standpipe
systems throughout the property. Separate connections will be
provided for the sprinkler and standpipe syslems.
D. Kitchen hood systems.
1. All kitchen hoods and grease exhausl ducts will be provided with a
wet chemical, pre-engineered, self contained, automatic
suppression system that is UL 300 listed in accordance with NFPA
17A,"Wet Chemical Extinguishing Sysfems" and NFPA 96,
"Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations".
2. The fire alarm system will monitor the activation of all hood and
grease exhaust duct extinguishing systems, and cause automatic
fuel shut-off for the area served as well as audibles and visuals in
associated areas as directed by the Fire Department.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL. COLOMDO
Page21
April27,2005
3. Kitchen hoods and grease exhaust ducts will be provided without .
fire dampers. Multiple appliance stations with kitchen hoods in a
single kitchen will share common exhaust duct. Kitchen hood
suppression systems for each kitchen hood will be designed to
protect not only the associated kitchen appliance and hood but also
the common exhaust ductwork. This will permit the discharge of
only the suppression system for the kitchen hood experiencing a
fire condition. However, all sources of fuel or electric power to
appliances and space under hood areas served by the common
exhaust ductwork will be designed to shut down upon activation of
any suppression system associated with the common exhaust
ductwork.
4. There will be no automatic sprinklers provided in the kitchen hood
exhaust ductwork.
5. Kitchen hood duct and exhaust equipment will comply with 2003
lMC, Section 506.
E. Fire extinguishers will be located in accordance with NFPA 10.
VIII. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
A. Fire alarm initiating devices will be addressed to correspond with
automatic sprinkler system zones and the respective building elements.
B. Operation of the fire detection and alarm system will be consistent with the
Fire Alarm and Smoke Management Sequence of Operation Matrix
provided as part of the fire alarm system design documents.
C. The system will be fully addressable and distributed using remote panels
located throughout the building.
D. Annunciation of all fire alarm system devices will be provided at the Fire
Command Center located at the approved location. In addition, an
annunciator will also be provided at hotel operations for in-house
operational use for monitoring fire alarms within the building.
E. The ArraBelle fire alarm system will monitor the fire alarm system
protecting the Eagle Bahn Gondola and future Tunnel connection to
ArraBelle as a supervisory alarm only. Likewise, the Eagle Bahn Gondola
and Tunnel fire alarm system will monitor the ArraBelle fire alarm system
as a supervisory alarm only.
FIRE&LIFESAFETREPORT Page22
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril 27' 2005
The AnaBelle and Tunnelconnection to the Eagle Bahn Gondola will be
separated by a vestibule with one hour doors on each end of the vestibule.
These doors will be equipped with magnetic door hold devices connected
to the respective fire alarm systems on each side of the ArraBelle/Tunnel
separation for automatic closure of both sets of doors upon fire detection
by the fire alarm system.
F. All fire alarm circuits will be fully supervised to annunciate alarm
supervisory and trouble conditions as required by NFPA 72.
G. The fire alarm system will receive fire alarm signals from the following
initiating devices:
1. Automatic sprinkler system waterflow indicators.
2. Area smoke detectors.
3. Heat detectors.
4. ln-duct and duct type smoke detectors.
5. Kitchen hood systems.
6. Manualfire alarm stations.
H. The fire alarm system will receive supervisory signals from the following
devices:
1. Automatic sprinkler and standpipe system control valve tamper
switches.
2. Smoke detectors within hotel guest rooms, employee housing units,
and residential units.
3. Low air supervisory switches for dry-pipe sprinkler systems.
4. Eagle Bahn Gondolaffunnelfire alarm system.
l. Area smoke detectors will be provided at the following locations. Where
approved by the Fire Department, alarm verification will be provided for
these detectors.
1. Mechanical, electrical, telephone, transformer, elevator, and similar
equipment and machine rooms.
F;RE & L1FE SAFETy REpORT Page 23
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril 27' 2005
2. Where fire-rated doors are held open by magnetic devices.
3. Elevator lobbies.
4. At combination fire and smoke dampers.
5. At locations housing fire alarm control panels.
6. Throughout all common areas of the building.
7. At the top of elevator hoist-ways.
8. All corridors serving residential units.
9. Within residential units, including hotel guest rooms and suite,
condominium units. Smoke detectors will also be provided within
the main living units where sleeping may occur. These detectors
will sound a local alarm within the unit and also report on the fire
alarm control panel as a supervisory alarm. These devices are
smoke detectors and are not combination heaUsmoke detectors.
J. Duct type smoke detectors will be provided at the following locations:
1. Main circulating air duct ahead of any fresh air inlet serving any
system providing more than 2,000 cfm. Where complete area
detection is provided throughout all areas served by an air-handling
units, the area detectors may be used to shutdown the unit in lieu of
in-duct detectors as allowed by Code.
J. Manual fire alarm stations will be provided throughout the facility, as
required by the Town of Vail and the International Fire Code for assembly
and residential occupancies.
K Residential unit smoke detectors will be interconnected (e.9., all detectors
annunciate upon any detection activation) and installed in the residential
units as outlined below. These detectors are to be connected to lhe
building's fire alarm system to allow for monitoring by in-house personnel.
These detectors are intended to alert room occupants only.
1. Hotel guest rooms and suites.
a. In sleeping areas.
FIRE&LIFESAFETREPoRT Page24
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril27,20O5
2. Condominium units.
a. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area
in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms.
b. In each room used for sleeping purposes, including the living
rooms.
Heat Detectors will be provided:
1. At all locations requiring area detection where smoke detection is
not suitable for the environment, including the parking garage
areas. Heat detectors will not be provided within the loading dock,
truck yard, and ramp. Heat detection for the parking garage is being
provided to allow the owner to continue to utilize the parking garage
even when the automatic sprinkler protection may be out of service,
as directed by the Town of Vail Fire Department.
L. Recently RJA has been directed that a carbon monoxide system will be
provided as directed by Vail Resorts. A standalone carbon monoxide
system or devices integral with the fire alarm system will be provided.
IX. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
A. Voice alarm system.
1. An emergency voice alarm communication system will be provided
in accordance the proposed local amendments to the International
Fire Code.
2. The Fire Command Center will contain controls for manually
activating the voice alarm system throughout the facility.
3. The voice alarm/communication system will automatically sound an
alert tone followed by voice instructions in accordance with IBC
Section 907.2.12.2 and NFPA 72 requirements. The system will be
designed and installed to produce between 80 and 110 dB
(minimum 15 dB above ambient) of sound pressure throughout all
protected areas. Elevators and stairways are to be provided with
manual voice alarm capabilities only.
4. The voice alarm system, will be interconnected with other sound
systems (i.e., paging or music) in the protected areas, and will
automatically override these systems when activated. The paging
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT PA1EZ5
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril 27' 2005
and music systems are to be silenced and not captured for
simultaneous rebroadcast.
B. Audible zones.
1. Fire alarm devices will initiate alarms within the building as outlined
within this report.
2. Specific fire alarm devices will initiate a general alarm on the floor
of origin, the floor above and the floor below.
3. Speakers within stainnrells and elevator cabs will be provided with
manual live voice capabilities only.
4. Fire alarm priority one alarm will automatically disconnect
amplification power for areas where live music may be occurring
(ballroom, bar, and possibly restaurant).
C. Visual signaling appliances will be provided:
1. At all areas where emergency warning systems are provided.
2. ln all public rest rooms, public areas, accessible and hearing
impaired guest rooms and common use areas.
3. Visual signaling appliances will be UL Standard 1971 listed and
meet the requirements of ANSI, ADA and NFPA 72.
4. Visual signaling appliances will operate in unison with the voice
alarm system. Visual appliances in accessible units and hearing-
impaired guest rooms will operate with either the voice alarm
system or by activation of the guest room smoke detector. These
appliances will be permanent and connected to the fire alarm
system.
D. Fire Department phone jacks will be installed in each exit stair to allow
communicalion between the Fire Command Center and these areas.
E. Recently the design team was directed that a Public Safety Radio
Amplification System will be required for this facility by the Town of Vail.
That design will provided under separate cover as a deferred submittal.
The addition of an amplification system will eliminate the need for fire
department phone jacks.
FIRE & LIFE sAFEry REPORT Page 26
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APril2T'2005
X. FIRE COMMAND CENTER
A. Although the building is not considered a high-rise structure, the building
emergency control equipment will be located in a central location
designated as the Fire Command Center.
B. A separate annunciator will be provided at the alternate Fire Department
response point location (Front Desk). This annunciator will provide an
alpha-numeric display of all alarms on the system. This remote
annunciator will also be used by management to alert in-house operations.
C. Locations of panels in the Fire Command Center will be coordinated by
function.
D. Annunciation of all active fire protection systems will be provided at the
Fire Command Center. The following features will be provided and the
following devices and systems will be annunciated in the room on
indicating panels:
1. Fire alarm initiating devices (including residential unit smoke
detectors).
2. Annunciation for the fire alarm system.
3. Standby and emergency power status and controls.
4. Public address, voice alarm and fire-fighter's telephone system
status and controls and Public Safety Radio Amplification System.
5. Elevator status and controls. Including an elevator switch for
selecting the operation of a single elevator at one time when under
emergency power conditions.
6. Smoke management system componenl monitoring annunciation
and manual control.
7. A direct dial telephone.
8. A table for reviewing building plans and schematic diagrams.
9. Schematic building plans, including typical floor plans, egress
drawings, fire protection systems, smoke management diagrams,
fire-fighting equipment diagrams and fire department access
drawings.
t'
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page27
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO APtit27,20Os
E. Details of all annunciation and control panels, including all face plate
details and graphics, to be installed within the Fire Command Center will
be submifted to the Fire Department for review and approval prior to
fabrication and installation. Proposed locations of annunciation and
control panels will be submitted for Fire Department review and
concurrence prior to any placement of this equipment. Proposed
equipment dimensions will also be submitted to the Fire Department for
review.
XI. SMOKEMANAGEMENTSYSTEM
A. Although the building is not considered a high-rise structure (Reference
Appendix H Administrative Modiflcation Request PRJ04-0233-6), the
design team and TOV Building and Fire Department agreed that fire
department access was not acceptable. Therefore, the building will have
selected stair enclosures and elevator hoistways with pressurization
(Reference Appendix C Administrative Modifi cation Request PRJ04-0233-
1).
B. Air-handling units will be provided with smoke detection and controls for
shutdown to prevent the re-circulation of smoke within the building.
XII. EMERGENCY POWER
A. Emergency generator(s)will be provided and will supply emergency and
stand-by power to various systems within the building.
B. The emergency generator will supply power to the following life safety
systems:
1. Exit illumination.
2. Elevator car lighting.
3. Fire alarm and supervisory systems.
4. Fire detection and supervisory systems.
5. Sprinkler alarm and supervisory systems.
6. All required communication and public address systems.
7. Lighting circuits for elevator lobbies, Security, generator and main
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT Page 28
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
vAfL. coLoMDo APril27,2005
switchgear room, and fire PumP room.
L Toilet exhaust fans.
9. Elevators (designated elevators). Emergency power will be capable
of operation of one elevator in the building at any one time.
10. Elevator machine room HVAC system.
11. Stairway and Hoistway pressurization fans.
C. Other loads connected to the generator will comply with
NEC 700.5 (a) and (b).
D. Transfer Time.
1. 10 seconds for items 1 through 7 above.
2. 60 seconds to full power for items 8 through 10.
E. Fuel for the generator will provide at least a 2-hour fuel supply, although
much more is available as the fuel is natural gas. Fuel storage
arrangements will be in accordance with International Building and Fire
Codes.
XIII. ELEVATORS
A. Standby power will be provided for one elevator car in the buibing at any
one time and will be manually transferable to any elevator in the buiHing.
B. Shaft Protection.
1. All elevator hoistways will be of 2-hour construction.
2. All elevator doors will provide 1-112 hour opening protection.
C. Hoist-way Venting.
1. Elevator shafts that extend through more than three floors will be
provided with vents.
2. The vent area will be at least 3.5% of the shaft area with at least 3
square feet per elevator.
3. Each hoistway will be vented independently of other hoistways.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEW REPORT
THE ARRABELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL. COLORADO
Page 29
April 27, 2005
D.
4. Hoistways will not be vented through the elevator machine rooms.
5. Vents are normally closed and are powered open as a result of the
smoke detector in the top of the elevator shaft initiating a priority
one fire alarm.
Elevator Lobbies.
1. Where elevators open onto rated exit corridors, fire resistive
elevator lobbies will be provided except where elevator hoistways
have been selected to be pressurized. Pressurized elevator
hoistways are not provided with elevator lobbies by administrative
modifi cation (Reference Appendix J Administrative Modification
Request PRJ04-0233-8). Elevator lobby walls will extend from slab
to slab and will provide a fire-resistance rating equal to the rating of
the corridor.
2. All elevator lobby doors will be 20-minute fire-rated smoke and draft
assemblies and will be held open by magnetic door releases
actuated by smoke detection.
3. Each elevator lobby will be provided with area smoke detector(s)
installed within its/their listing(s).
4. Combination fire/smoke dampers will be installed on all ducts that
penetrate lobby walls.
Activation of an elevator lobby, elevator machine room, or top of elevatot
hoistway smoke detector, will cause automatic recall of all elevators
serving that bank to return nonstop to the main floor (Phase l). This will
occur under either primary or secondary power. lf under secondary
power, the recall of elevators will occur in a preprogrammed sequence
throughout the building to accommodate available emergency power for
one elevator at a time. Manual control for elevator recall will also be
provided. lf the designated elevator lobby detector activates, elevator
recall will be to the alternate floor as designated by the Fire Department.
Manual Overrides.
1. A 3-position (on/off/bypass) key-operated switch will be provided at
grade level for each bank of elevators for emergency override.
2. A 3-position (on/off/hold) key-operated switch will be provided
inside each elevator cab.
3. Elevator keys will be provided for Fire Department use in case of
E.
F.
FIRE & LIFE SAFEry REPORT Page 30
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SOUARE
VAIL, COLORADO April 27, 2005
emergency in a key box in the Fire Command Center.
4. An elevator switch will be provided in the Fire Command Center to
select a single elevator of operation under emergency power
conditions.
G. Fire and Emergency Elevator.
1. One main service elevator will access all levels and be available for
fire and emergency use (Phase ll) and considered the primary
emergency elevator.
2. The controls will be designed so that key switches at the first floor
elevator vestibule will recall the elevator to the main floor.
3. A permanent sign on the elevator status panel in the Fire
Command Center will designate the primary emergency elevator.
4, The size of the primary emergency elevator will be able to
accommodate a 24-inch-by-76-inch stretcher in its horizontal
position. A minimum clear opening width of 42 inches will be
provided.
5. Other elevators are also available for fire and emergency use,
especially those pressurized.
H. Each elevator machine room will be provided with smoke detector(s)
installed within its/their listing(s).
PERIODIC OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Qualified individuals acceptable to the Fire Department will regularly test all active fire
protection systems and devices in accordance with applicable codes and standards.
Records of all maintenance and testing will be retained on site and presented to
authorized representatives upon request.
CONCLUSION
This report provides general fire protection guidelines developed for The ArraBelle at
Vail Square Project in Vail, Colorado. Working drawings and specifications will be
coordinated to comply with the fire protection features outlined in this document. There
also are administrative modifications that are in progress, reference Appendix for more
detail.
Prepared by:
FIRE & LIFE SAFETY REPORT
THE ARMBELLE AT VAIL SQUARE
VAIL, COLORADO
ROLF JENSEN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
7.^,4/ v;c/-t-J a
Page 31
April27,2005
April27,20O5
Brian O. Thompson, P.E.
Reviewed by:
April2T ,2005
Stephen G. Rondinelli, AIA
BOT/bot
ffiGtr[\TED
SEP ? ? 2OO5
,rt-,"tHffi
1701 Wynkoop
(3o3) 623-4927 . FAX
Monroe & Newell
Enginee$, Inc.
2005 Platinum Sponsor
The Cobrado Chapter of
'fhe American lnstitute of Architects
www'. monroe-newell.com
Street. Suite 200. Denver, Colorado 80202
e03) 623-6602 r email: denver@ monroe- newell. com
Town of Vail
Vail, Colorado
Denver, Co lorado
Dillon, Co lorado
f,*$;ff#ffiffi ffifl)PY
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS
For:
Lionsquare Lodge Site Improvements
Vail, Colorado
M&N # 625O.LSL
PI.AN REWEWAPPBOYAT
Noy 0 120a5
fiflffrmmflmmMtm
These calculations are the property of Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc. Any use or reproductions ofthese
calculations without the expressed witten permission of Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc. is strictly
prohibited.
*tP.E. stamp on sheet applies to the following calculation pages and indicates that have been reviewed.
This includes all sheets attached to this cover.
September 22,2005
llt=ftrmrl
!N\rISltrrt-
-\rt'-'Z:r--i7Eii-
,"" L/ar/AQt*#i& t*r>F&$
Monroe & Newell
Engineers, Inc.
Monroe & Newell
Engineers, Inc.
JOB
SHEET NO.
CALCULATED 8Y OATE
CHECKED BY
SCAL€
OATE
Monroe & Newell
Englneers, Inc.
JOB
SHEET NO.
CALCULATED BY OATE
CHECKED BY
Pnm$I?01.1 lsinCh Sild5l 26.1 lhddtd)
Monroe & Newell
Englneers, Inc.
JOB
SHEET NO,
CALCUIATED 8Y DATE
CHECKED BY DATE
Ot ,A)
=#.7.tg J il
I
d 2r 7L [zt
,ll/I {
)
(
a,{r:
-,'.'t.'f,'t :nJ t ,A {t /t tL_(;Vt tl ,/-
1 a,,)lt l^2 I le'''>t*
il 4 l^)L
ll It
*I fr 7
a v ,,)4 :J -1
t
6 {e I
-r /4
]T,
5\
.'|r v :7 cl
rl
l.)l-.4 ;(;)(.II
2 4
I'
lt I
lCllfitLl tsi* lh|nl ?llll aPdt'l!
v%rw,w
>fixby'lz -l
5_,lipx€', ipr,l
tuL-E nfiC!"f 4W
wtut+)
t1-;z l)0I'I
T;q14t'14
&+lbiW)
"{f;/iu} *,u
t' r?
#{olb"
rw,
3" ct frfiY-
z--M +or Pfullan7 1r/ 1rz1 v1 r'-r'-r
ll+ttwblo'
l
br^VW
| .- v/E!i.7 qvttlM
WkT@+
Wr{vw#L
---1
r: tii j\,'i1
Z),fJdylZ
it I#s
\N
z#{
{el 1tpfi,rttr-
b
s
lvt$trI
Hj*iXEk:rR
^^-^^^.,vur I rp€rr ryDesiqner '.
Job Number :
Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
Monroe & Newell En!ineers Inc.
Auo 9. 2005
9:1-l AM
Checked By:
Disolav Sections for Member Calcs 5
Include Sh YesYes ,
Area Mesh in^2)144
P-Delta Analvsis Tolerance 0.50%
Vertical Axis ::' , .
Hot Rolled Steel Code AISC:ASD gth
Cold Formed Steel Code ,, ', :,AlSl 99: ASD :,,
NDS Wood Code NDS 91:
< 100F
Concrete Code ACl1999
Number of Shear Reoions 4
Biaxial Column Method PCA Load Contour
Concrete Stress Block Rectanqular
Use Cracked Sections Yes
Bad Framinq Warninos No
Unused Force Warninos Yes
General Material Properties
Hot Rolled Steel Properties
A36 29000 .65 49 50
?A57?Grade5o 11154 3 65 49
3 A992 29000 1q, /.J _trc 49
A ' 29000 1trA .3 | .65 49 ,4?
5 A500 46 29000 lFA .3 .65 49 40
General Secfion Sefs
Hot Rolled Stee/ Secfion Sets
RISA-3DVersion 5.0d [D:\Projects\Craig's Box.r3d]Page 1
Comoanv : Monroe & Newell Enqineers, Inc.
Desiqnei : Monroe & Newell En!ineers Inc.
Job Number :
Auo 9. 2005
9: 1-1'AM
Checked By:
Member Primarv Data
Member Advanced Data
J o i nt Coordi nates a nd Tem oeratu res
Joinl Boundarv Conditions
Hot Rolled Steel Desiqn Parameters
RISA-3DVersion5.Od [D:\Projects\Craig'sBox.r3d]
Comoanv :Desiqnei .
Job Number :
Monroe & Newell Engineers. Inc.
Monroe & Newell Engineers Inc.
Auq 9, 2005
9:1-1 AM
Checked By:
Desiqn Size and Code Check Parameters
Member Point Loads
Distributed
ic Load Cases
RISA-3D Version 5.0d fD:\Projects\Craig's Box.r3d] Page 3
Comoanv : Monroe & Newell Enqineers, Inc.Desidnei : Monroe & Newell EnEineers lnc.
Job Number
Auo 9. 2005
9:1-1 AM
Checked By:
mbinati
Load Combination Desiqn
E nv elo oe Jo i nt D i s ol a cem ents
Envelope Joint Reaction s
RISA-3D Version 5.0d ID:\Projects\Craig's Box.13d]Page 4
^^-^^^.,vur Lrp<r ry
tlacr.lnar
Job Number :
Monroe & Newell Engineers, lnc.
Monroe & Newell Engineers lnc.
Auo 9, 2005
9:1-l AM
Checked B
Envelope Member Section Forces
RISA-3DVersion 5.0d [DlProjects\Craig's Box.r3d]
Com oanvDesionei :
Job Number :
Monroe & Newell Engineers, lnc.
Monroe & Newell Engineers lnc.
Auo 9. 2005
9:1-1 AM
Checked By:
Envelope Member Section Stresses
RISA-3DVersion 5.0d lD:\Projects\Craig's Box.r3dl Page 6
Company : Monroe & Newell Engineers,.lnc 0i9 X',OU
?fot'ftlil'",. : Monroe & Newell Enlineers Inc' checked By:-
E nvel o pe M em ber S ecti on Def lecti o n s
RISA-3DVersion 5.0d [D:\Projects\Craig's Box.r3d]
a.^-^-^.,\Jur rr yo J'
uesrqner
Job Number :
Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
Monroe & Newell Engineers Inc.
Auo 9. 2005
9:1-1 AM
Checked By:
RISA-3D Version 5.0d [D:\Projects\Craig's Box.r3d] Page B
Comoanv : Monroe & Newell Enqineers. Inc.Designei : Monroe & Newell Enlineers lnc.
Job Number :
Auo 9, 2005
9:1-l AM
Checked By:
E n vel o pe M em b er S ecti o n D ef I ecti o n s ( C o n ti n u edl
Envelope ASD Steel Code Checks
Material Takeoff
Envelope Plate/Shell Principal Stresses
Envelone Plate Forces ber ft)
No Data to Print ...
E nvel o pe P I ate/Sh el I Corn er Fo rces
RISA-3DVersion 5.0d [DlProjects\Craig's Box.13d]Page 9
Comoanv : Monroe & Newell Enqineers. Inc.Designei : Monroe & Newell Enlineers lnc.
Job Number :
Auq 9, 2005
9:11 AM
Checked By:-
Solution Warninq Loq
RISA-3DVersion5.0d [D:\Projects\Craig's Box.r3d]Page 10
Lionsquare Lodge
Site & Garage
Improvements
Town of Vail
*'**ffi ,oo5 oFFfrfrffi ffi0PY
Mechanical
Specifications
Section I 5975 Sequence of Operation.
3.1 C, G, and H. The exhaust fan's minimum fan speed shall be field determined to
provide a minimum flow rate of 500 CFM. Set the variable frequency drive's minimum
speed accordingly. Regardless of airflow rate the minimum drive speed shall not be less
than25Yo to protect the fan motor.
Section 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
Add 1.1 B. Work with the controls contractor to set up the minimum fan speed of EF-1.
Drawings
Ml00
Revise the louver schedule as follows.
L-2 andL-4: Change the length to 68" and the free area to 4.55 S.F.
L-3: Change the length to 90" and the free area to 6.15 S.F.
L-5 and L-6: Change the length to 44" and the free area to 3.00 S.F.
o |.;s
c
T&
'i\
I
za
€e
EEJ<
o
s s
;o)
€9
cri
s s
'o llF'3
q !:t
C'F
s
I
9-g5U s s
?c>g
tr. v
B
)i .- ..'
E FH<o{3
a8
6.E
'Ilc
E
s.-a! &glEe,s9a
? 6'E
€el€.i;t.|
.ec
F!J
i r€tt .Y ope9
5b{ i;Fs
E.E g
€€ E
F.; \t9Eo
$ !Es c'iigtCrE.i
€, 5.a oi ,9Cl-!
s$'lg€a - r$;3, gt
lolELltstr
NT
91
I
.,
oll
:=
rg
>!'.3<q,i o
,E E.Iv,=xi ! >rxgl. "rEr
o -Eoi ,' LAE
Po
€-t
E9EA
E!
69
60 ?;
9p* o
E EF
i nE ,.H
Ee a iE€9,3€ 8i E.E.}E5 S diEg €E
F:8 E A-= - ox
:B* ESEgffl TE:
E &".s g Et
s; i E g j
:is !;gRBi ssc
E EE EE!
s g!' aEE
Hg B H HT
Bg€ 3g$i
E3TF.aEf
€ HEE E"HE
E 8c? 8 8E
sEflE"E€ g
o; v A; ,)i t
3.l=€ I l's
E€g€;;#
o{
c
c6
I
P
t
o
I
'
I
P
OD
h0
'! h0
-g .E}E
z
F.
N
ot';
€,-z
N s
o
!.i !'
CtF 7
Fg
FEE*(/) -p€
*$
i,,5
A&
a;
ts
X .- .n
E HE9Esr<o.:3
*o t
E€sf! F !>
E Flg
g5E€
I-9 8 Fr
E€gEE
N.n a|.|\o
/q.?U lr?try,(/,Pta,4;y
September 30, 2005 THIRD PARTY TOWN OF VAIL - FIRST REVIEW
LPzA Job No.: 2050304.001
Gharlie Davis
Chief Building Official, Building Safety & Inspection Services
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Golorado 81657
Fax: (970) 479-2452
Re: Plan Review: Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovementsAddress: 660 W. Lionshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis:
Linhart Petersen Powers Associates (LP2A) has completed a first review of the following
documents on behalf of the Town of Vail:
1. Plans: Two (2) copies of sheets c001, A101 through E200 (8 sheets) dated ("delta 1')
August 15,2005, PK2.1 thrqugh PK6.1 (3 sheets) dated Au.gust 15,2005 by 4240
Architecture,Inc. fl't7? 4nS' QA/ gll g*7 ta/dfrai
2. Structural Calculations: Two (2) copies (1 7 pages) dated September 22,2005 by
Monroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
3. Proiect Manual: Two (2) copies Volume 1 dated August 15,2005 by 4240 Architecture,
lnc.
The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review. Our comments
follow on the attached list.
Please have the applicant submit an itemized response letter and two (2) sets of complete and
revised documents with all revisions clouded directly to LP2A.
Sincerely,
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
Talat Abbasi, PE Norman Hong Jess Villar, P.E.
ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans Examiner Architect Mechanical Engineer
Supervising Plan Review Engineer Senior Plans Examiner ICBO/ICC/lRC Plans Examiner
Senior Associate Senior Plan Review Engineer
TAA/NH/JBV plThird Partyvail2005\2050304.001-pc1.doc (Bin 265)
Enclosures
cc: Mr. Steve Roberts, 4240 Architecture: Fax (303) 292-31 13
Mr. Dan Feeney, Vail Resorts Development Co.: Fax (970) 845-2358; e-mail dfeeney@vailresorts.com
Lion Square Lodge Slfe & Garage lmprovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30,2005
Occupancy Groups:
Type of Gonstruction:
Stories:
Sprinklers:
Building Area (sq. ft.):
Third Party First Review - Vail, Colorado
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 2
Re:Condominiums R-2
Hotel R-l
Enclosed Parking S-2
Yes
GENERAL COMMENTS:
A. The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis of the review.
B. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached comment list or
creating a response letter. Indicate which detail, specification, or calculation shows the
requested information. Further, amendments to plans shall be identified by "clouding"
and "delta symbol". Your complete and clear responses will expedite the re-check
process and eventual approval of this project. Thank you for your assistance.
C. For the final set of drawings, please be sure to have designer's 'wet" stamp and signature
on all sheets of plans and on covers of specifications and calculations.
D. The following code comments reflect a review of building plans only. lf site-related
comments are applicable to this project, they will be generated by others (e.9., City
Engineering, Public Works, Fire Department, Health, etc.).
lfr
A. Amend plans to show the construction type for the building. /
B. Confirm that building meets requirements for the construction type.
-,.C. Also, please indicate number of stories and building area. t/
Response: Please see attached Sheet G001. Please note that the construction type for
this existing building is as noted by the Town of Vail Fire Marshall (as shown on attached
'New Additions to Adjacent Buildings Summary', June 1, 2004). We do not have access
to all the data necessary to confirm that the building met construction type requirements
at the time of its construction. Please also note extent of building sprinkler coverage.
, ,/2'o Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated sheet G001 for clarification tov building construction types.
Sheet A103:
At Section 1/A103, amend plans to show hinged aluminum louver panels at the north
elevation lo agree with North Elevation 5/4103.
Response; Please see added note to Section 11A103 on revised Sheet 4103.
Uon Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
Third Pafiy First Review - Vail, Colorado
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 3
Sheet 4103:
On this sheet amend plans to show that the mechanical structure conforms with IBC
601. lndicate Type of Construction for the building and show that each of the
building elements meet the required fire-resistive rating.
Resoonse: Please see revised Sheet A1 03.
2'd Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated fire resistive data for Construction
Type lB and general notes for fire resistive wood and steel structural frame
components on Sheet A103.
Sheet A103:
Amend drawings to show that the wood components for the fan enclosure (i.e.
plywood roof plywood, cedar cladding, cedar trim and siding) comply with
combustible material requirements in IBC 603.
2"o Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated fire resistive data on Sheet 4103'
the roof plywood, indicate whether fire-retardant-treatment is required per
603.1.1 for roof construction.
Response: IBC 603 references combustible material in Type I and Type ll construction.
The construction type we have selected for the mechanical enclosure is Type V-B based
on the Construction Type assigned to the existing buildings by the Fire Marshall. lt is
our understanding the enclosure complies with Section 1406 - Combustible Materials on
the Exterior Side of Exterior Walls.
/" Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated general notes for fire retardant
treated roofing components on Sheet A103.
Sheet A103;
At 5/A103, 4lA1O3 and 3/A103, amend louvers at exterior elevations to agree with louver
sizes shown on Sheet M100 Louver Schedule and louver designations shown on Sheet
M200.
Response: Please see attached Architect's Supplemental Instruction No. 1, Sept '15,
2005. The mechanical louver schedule is modified to conform to architectural
d imensions.
Sheet C11andPK2.2:
Review width of drive lane at tunnel entry gates and north entry drive to confirm that
width is sufficient for fire vehicles.
Response: Please see attached Sheet PK 2.3 for tire and other vehicle turning studies.
Sheet C11, Site Plan:
A. As the grade-level parking area has been redesigned, amend Site Plan to show
accessible routes within the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking
Lion Square Lodge Site & Garcge lmprovement
660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
Third ParA First Review - Vail, Colorado
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 4
and accessible passenger loading zones and public streets or sidewalks to the
accessible building entrance served for both wings of Lionsquare Lodge and the
Parking Structure.
2fd Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated Landscape / Site PIan Ll dated
10.31 .05 for accessihle route noted from fhe accessible building entrance to a
public sidewalk in ihe public way. Public transportation stops, accessrbre parking
andiccessible passenger ioading zones do not abutthe property.
B. Provide complete accessibility. details for the routes showing conformance with
accessibility requirements. IBC 1'l 04.1
ld Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated Landscape / Site Plan L1 dated
10.31.05 for a detail for hvn^d"qqllg;equired at a ramp plong an accessible route.
The ramp does not exceed,"qJ;J3S-Iope in the direction of travel and does not
e x c,@ d_AJ;48-cros$_ slope..r--dnF@,
C. Gonfirm on drawlngs that at least 50 percent of all public entrances are on
accessible route per IBC 1105.1.
Response: Please note that site accessibility has not been addressed. Please see the
response to item 8 A below.
2'o Response, 10.28.05. 4! ng alterations are proposed to existing building
facilities above grade, and since below grade modifications are limited to traffic
control and ventilation in a private parking garage, it is our understanding that
existing facility accessibility need not be addressed per IBC Secfions 1103.2.2 and
Section 3409, Accessihility for Existing Buildings.
t C11, Site Plan:
plans to show the following accessible parking requirements:
Drawings show that the grade-level parking has 69 spaces (See sheet L1) which
include only one accessible parking space. IBC table 1106.1 reqqigs 3 accessible
parking spaces for 69 total parking spaces provided. Please review.
Response: Please note that there is no change to the existing 27 parking stalls and one
accessible parking stall adjacent to the south wing of the existing buildings. We had been
informed that the Town of Vail had, in principal, agreed to not require additional accessible
parking spaces. But as of yet we have no documentation and this issue is currently being
investigated with the Town. As a result, site accessibility issues and details have not been
addressed.
2no Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated Landscape / Site-Plan Ll dated
10.31 .05 for a total of 3jccessible oarki"g The van accessible._space is----------\-r-L"as.a.por+aaneffily:-;,llgd s-Eade. lt is proposed that the remdiqlng 2
be s ha red-srisiloa-ancL}ffieffbrl&-Epaagg.gs d es c ri be d i n the f ol I \v i ng
"The Lion Sguare Lodge parking area is a combined public & private parking area
for condominium awners, rental unit customers, and restaurant and meeting room
Lion Equare Lodge Sife & Garage lmprovement. 660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
Third Party First Review - Vail, Colorado
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
Page 5
visitors. At the present time there is one ADA compliant parking space along the
north side of the Lion Square Lodge south building. IBC 2003, Table 1106.1
requires 3 accessible parking spaces for parking of 51-75 spaces. Since the
parking area is being repaved, this would qualify as a renovation that would
reguire an up grade to the Code reguirements for accessible parking.
Since fhrs is a private parking lot with limited general public use, it is proposed to
provide two of the three accessible parking spaces in combination with the use of
designated public parking spaces for "visitors". IBC 2003, Section 1110.1
requires signage for accessible parking spaces, except when the public parking
area is limited to four or less spaces. ll is proposed to add two public parking
spaces designated as "Visitor", adjacent to the existing accessible parking space.
These "Visitor" spaces for public use will be laid out and stripped per accessible
requirements.
As reservations are made and additional accessib/e parking spaces beyond the
one permanent space are required, site management will designate the Visitor
spaces as accessib/e parking. This transition from Visitor to Handicapped
Parking will occur through the use of accessible signage as required by IBC 2003,
Secfion 1 1 10.1 that will be moved to the space(s) as needed. Since the large
majority of visitors at the Lion Square Lodge make reservations before arriving at
the Lodge and since the parking /ot has limited general public use' if is helieved
that this hybrid approach meets the spirit and intent of the code."
B. Amend drawings to show accessible parking spaces per IBC 1106. Include location
of space per IBC 1106.6 and van spaces per IBC 1106.5. Provide details of
accessible parking areas including access aisles in accordance with the provisions
of ANS|.117 standards Section 501 , signage, ramps and required slopes.
Response: The existing accessible parking space is flush with the sidewalk. Existing
accessible parking signage is noted to be reused.
2fd Response, 10.28.05. Please see updated Landscape / Site Ptan LI dated
10.31.05 for accessible parking spaces, and an accessrb/e van space. Signage,
striping and marking details are noted in details 3, 4 and 6 on that sheet.
C. ldentify the accessible route of travel from each space to the nearest accessible
entrance.
Response: Please see attached revised Landscape Site Plan, Sheet L'l , illustrating the
accessible route of travel from the one existing accessible parking space.
2lo Response, 10.28.05. P/ease see updated Landscape / Site Ptan Ll dated
10.31.05. A paved path of travel from accessible spaces to the nearest accessible
entrance does nof exceed a 1:20 slope in the direction of travel and a cross srope
greater than 1:48.
Detail H/C18:
Please show on plans the location of Typical ADA Ramp H/C18.
Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage lmprovement
. 660 W. Lionshead Place
September 30, 2005
Third ParU First Review - Vail, Colorcdo
LP2A Job No; 2050304.001
Page 6
Response: Please note this curb ramp detail is not required for work under this permit -
the detail is referenced to ArraBelle project sitework under separate permit.
MEGHANICAL. PLUMBING. ELECTRIGAL COMMENTS:
Mechanical:
Provide documentation to demonstrate that capacity of EF-1 unit is not less than 1.5 cfm
per square foot of the garage floor area. Sheet M100, IMC 404.2.
Response: The garage area is 10,000 S.F. The tunnel is 1560 S.F. The airflow rate at
I .5 CFM for both areas is 17,340 CFM.
Provide clarification for the ventilation requirement for the new tunnel. lt appears the
tunnel is a part of the garage area.
Response: The design did not include ventilation for the tunnel. The fan schedule on
M100 shall be revised to have the fan provide 17,340 CFM at 0.5" W.C. with fan speed
of 649 RPM and 6201 fpm tip speed.
Ad Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply and exhaust air. Show
n on plan location of outside supply air that is approximately equal to the amount of' \ exhausted air bv unit EF-1. IMC 403.1.
Response: The tunnel does not have a door and is open to the outdoors. Supply air
comes in directly through the tunnel. Also, there is a stairwell on the south side of the
garage that is open to the outdoors and supply air can come down it as well.
19\ Location of exhaust opening for unit EF-1 is adjacent to parking spaces. Provide
( - confirmation this will not create a nuisance per IMC 401.5.2. Sheet L-1.
Response: The exhaust air is at the front of a parking space, where people will not be
walking. The fan is set to start when the carbon monoxide concentration in the garage is
only 25 ppm, The velocity of the air leaving the louver is only 650 fpm. The air does not
discharge on a walk way, is low velocity, and will be diluted to less than 25 ppm CO
when it leaves the louver. We do not feel the discharoe location is a nuisance.
Eleclrical:
Landscape Sheet L1 shows that along the street are two existing light poles which are to
be removed and 2 new light pole B. Please show electrical requirements on electrical
sheets.
Response: Please refer to drawing SE-1 for new luminaries along street.
FIRE SPRINKLER COMMENTS:
I
M As the opening from the underground tunnel into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage
l/\ violates IBC provisions for openings at property lines, previous agreements were made7 \ with the TOV Building Department and Fire Department. As such, please provide the
following:
Lion Square Lodge Srte & Garage lmprovement Third Pafty First Revlew - Vail,,Colorcdo
, 660 W. Lionshe;d Place LP2A Job No.: 2050304'001
Seplember30,2005 Page I
A. Provide structural calculations for the footing of retaining wall which is shown as
1'-4" wide.
B. Show footing requirement for the large concrete beam adjacent to the W8x31.
Show that the footing does not impose additional load on the existing footing of
the garage.
Response: Please see attached supplemental calculations.
Sheet 5103:
Please show the Infill Opening Detail on 11A102 at new concrete wall patch.
Resoonse: Please see attached reference to detail on Sheet 4102'
r
-Zp. Sheet 5103:
\|\ Amend plans to show that roof sheathing is 5/8" plywood with 40/20 span rating as
\ shown in calculations
Response: Please see attached revised Sheet S103.
lf you have any questions regarding the above comments, please contact Talat Abbasi (x222)
for structural questions, Norman Hong (x224) for general questions, or Jess Villar (x235) for MEP
a19251226-1320 between 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., M-F.
IEND OF COMMENTSI
September 30,2005 THIRD PARTY TOW}[ OF VAIL - FIRST RE\TIEW
LP2A Job No.: 20503M.001
Charlie Davis
Chref Building Official, Building Safety & lnspection Services
Town of Vail
75 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Fax: (970) 479-2452
Re: Plan Review: Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage Improvements
Address: 660 W. Lionshead Place
Dear Mr. Davis:
Linhart Petersen Powers Associates (LP2A) has completed a lirst review of the foltowing documents on behalf of
the Town of Vail:
1. Plans: Two (2) copies of sheets G001, Al01 through E200 (8 sheets) dated ("delta I ") August 15, 2005,
PK2.l through PK6.1 (3 sheets) datedAugust 15,2005 by 4240 Architechre, Inc.
2. Structural Calculations: Two (2) copies (17 pages) dated September 22,2005 by Monroe & Newell
Engineers, Inc.
3. Proiect Manual: Two (2) copies Volume I dated August 15, 2005 by 4240 Architecture, Inc.
The 2003 Intemational Building Codes were used as the basis of the review. Our comments follow on the
attached list.
Please have the applicant zubmit an itemized response letter and two (2) sets of complete and revised documents
with all revisions clouded directlv to LP2A.
Sincerely,
LINHART PETERSEN POWERS ASSOCIATES
Talat Abbasi, PE
ICBO/ICCIRC Plans Examiner
Supervising Plan Review Engineer
Senior Associate
TAA/NWJBV
Enclosures
Mr. Steve Roberts,4240 Architecture: Fax (303) 292-3113
Mr. Dan Feeney, Vail Resorts Development Co.: Fax (970) 845-2358; e-mail
dfeeney@vailresorts.com
Norman Hong
Architect
Senior Plans Examiner
Jess Villar, P.E.
Mechanical Engineer
ICBO/ICC/IRC Plans Examiner
Senior Plan Review Engineer
(Bin 265)
Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage Improvement
, .'Third Parg First Review - Tail, Colorado. 66011. Lionshead Plaee
LP2A Job No.: 2050i04.001
September j0, 2005
Paee l
Re: Occupancy Groups: Condomlniums R-2
Hotel R-1
Enclosed Parking S-2
Type of Constructionl
Stories:
Sprinklers: Yes
Building Area (sq, ft,):
GENERAL COMMENTS:
A. The 2003 International Building Codes were used as the basis ofthe review.
B. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached comment list or creating a response
letter. Indicate which detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Further,
amendments to plans shall be identified by "clouding" and "delta symbol". Your complete and clear
responses will expedite the re-check process and eventual approval of this project. Thank you for yow
assistance.
C. For the final set of drawings, please be sure to have designer's "wet" stamp and signature on all sheets of
plans and on covers of specifications and calculations.
D. The following code comments reflect a review of building plans only. If site-related comments are
applicable to this project, they will be generated by others (e.g., City Engineering, Public Works, Fire
Depadment, Health, etc.).
ARCHITECTURAL COMMENTS:
l. SheetG00l:
A. Amend plans to show the construction type for the building.
B. Confirm that building meets requirements for the construction type.
C. Also, please indicate number of stories and building area.
Response: Please see attached Sheet C001. Please note that the constrttction type for this existing
bnilding is as noted h), the Town of Vsil Fire Marshall (as shown on attached 'New Adtlitions to
Adjnceut Buildings Summury', June I, 2004). Ll/e do not have access to ull the datd ecessary to
conlirm thut the building mct constructio,t type requiremenls at the time of its conlstnrction. Please ulso
note extent ol'huildittg sprinHer coverage,
2. SheetAl03:
At Section 1/4103, amend plans to show hinged aluminum louver panels at the north elevation to ag.ree
with North Elevation 5/A103.
Response: Please see added rtote to Sectio,t I/A103 on revised Sheet A103,
3. Sheet A103:
Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage Improvement
, . 'Third Party First Review - Yail, Colorado' 660ll. Lionshead Place
LP2A Job No.: 2050304.001
September j0, 2005
Page 2
On this sheet amend plans to show that the mechanical structure conforms with IBC Table 601. Indicate
Type of Construction for the building and show that each of the building elements meet the required
fire-resistive rating.
Response: Please see revised Sheet A 103.
4. Sheet Al03:
A. Amend drawings to show that the wood components for the fan enclosure (i.e. plywood roof
plywood, cedar cladding, cedar trim and siding) comply with combustible material requirements
in IBC 603.
B. For the roof plywood, indicate whether fire-retardant-treatrnent is required per IBC 603.1.1 for
roof constnrction.
Response: IBC 603 references combustible matarial in Type I and Type II conslntction. The
constructiort lype we have selecte for the nechsuical enclosure is Type V-B based on lhe Construction
Type ussigned to the axisting btriltlirtgs b),the Fire Marshall. It is our unclarstanding the encktsure
complies with Sectiou 1406 - Conhustiblc ll[aterials on the Extcrior Side of Exterior lYalls.
5. Sheet Al03:
At 5/4103,4/A103 and 3/A103, amend louvers at exterior elevations to agree with louver sizes shown on
Sheet M100 Louver Schedule and louver designations shown on Sheet M200.
Reqtonse: PIeuse see uttuchetl Architect's Snpplenrcntal Instntction No. 1, Sept 15,2005. The
mechanical ktuver schedule is nodiJied to conform to architectural dimensiorts.
6. Sheet Cl land PK2.2:
Review width ofdrive lane at tunnel entry gates and north entry drive to confirm that width is sufficient for
fire vehicles.
Ilesponse: Pleasa see uttuched Sheet PK 2,3 fitr.flre tnd other vahicle turning studies,
DISABLED ACCESS COMMENTS:
7. Sheet C 11. Site Plan:
A. As the grade-level parking area has been re-designed, amend Site Plan to show accessible routes
within the site from public transportation stops, accessible paxking and accessible passenger
loading zones and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance served for both
wings of Lionsquare Lodge and the Parking Stnrcture.
B. Provide complete accessibility details for the routes showing conformance with accessibility
requirements. IBC I 104. I
C. Confirm on drawings that at least 50 percent of all public entrances are on accessible route per
IBC 1105.1.
Respouse: Please note that site ttccessibility has rutt been udtlressed. Please see tha response to iten I A
bektw.
Lk;n Squura Lodge Sitc <k Guragc Inprovclnent
-'Thinl Par!' F-ir.st Revier, - L'uil. Colorcukt
660 W. Lionshcud Plucc
\P2,4 Job itio.: J05()304.001
Septcnltt,r 30, 2005
l'age 3
8. Sheet Cl1, Site Plan:
Amend plans to show the following accessible parking requirements:
A. Drawings show that the gradeJevel parking has 69 spaces (See sheet Ll) which include only one
accessible parking space. IBC table 1106.1 requires 3 accessible parking spaces for 69 total
parking spaces provided. Please review.
Response: Please note thst there L; no change tu the e-risting 27 parking stalls and one flccessible
parking stall atfacent to the south wing oJ the existittg buildings. lle ha been inJormed thut the Town
ol l,'uil had, in principal, agreed to not require additional accessihle parkittg speces, But as of let B,e
have no documentalion an.l tltis issue is currently being investigutetl *'ith the Town. As a result, site
occessibili4t issues arul details ltuve not lteen a.ldressed.
B. Amend drawings to show accessible parking spaces per IBC 1106. Include location ofspace per
IBC 1106.6 and van spaces perIBC 1106.5. Provide details of accessible parking areas including
access aisles in accordance with the provisions of ANSI.I 17 standards Section 501, signage,
ramps and required slopes.
Responsa: The existittg uccessible parking space is flush *'ith tha sidewalk. E.tisting uccessible porking
signage is note.l to he reused.
C. Identiff the accessible route of travel from each space to the nearest accessible entrance.
Response: Please see sttnched refised Landscape Site Plan, Sheet LI, illustrtting the accessihle route of
travel Jrom the one existing accessible parking sp{,ce.
9. Detail lVCl8:
Please show on plans the location of Typical ADA Ramp lVC18.
Responst:: Please note this curb ramp dettil is not reqaire .for work unlcr this permit - the detail is
reJerenced to ArraBelle project sitework under sepurulc permit.
MECHANICAL. PLUMBING. ELECTRICAL COMMENTS:
Mechanical:
Provide documentation to demonstrate that capacity ofEF-1 unit is not less than 1.5 cfm per square foot of
the garage floor area. Sheet M100, IMC 404.2.
Response: The garage areu is 10,000 S.F. The tunnel is 1560 5.F.. The uir.flotv rute ut 1.5 CFM Jbr
botlt areas is 17,340 CFM.
Provide clarification for the ventilation requirement for the new hrnnel. It appears the tunnel is a part of the
garage area.
Response: T'he design did not include ventilution .lbr the tunnel. The.fan scherlule on MI00 shall he
revised to have the.fan providc 17,340 CFM at 0.5" W.C. with fan speed of 649 RPM und 620I.fpnt tip
speed.
10.
I t.
Lion Square Lodge Sik .U Garuge Iflpru'ane l
Thirrl Part1, First Ret'ic'n' - l'uil. Colorudo
66() lV. Lionshead Plutc
1P2.1 Job No.: )05844.001
Seprcntber J0, )005
Page 4
12. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided by a method of supply and exhaust aL. Show on plan location of
outside supply air that is approximately equal to the amount of exhausted air by unit EF- 1 . IMC 403. I .
Reslxtnse: The tannel doe:; not have a door and Lt open to the outtloors. Sapply uir cor,tes it, directl!
through the tunnel, Also, there ts s stairwell on the south skle of the garage thal is open lo tlre outdoors
and snpply air can co te dawn it n n'cll.
13. Location of exhaust opening for unit EF- 1 is adjacent to parking spaces. Provide confirmation this will not
create a nuisance per IMC 401.5.2. Sheet L-1.
Response: Tlre exhaust uir is ut the front of o purking space, where people b'ill not he x,ulkittg. The fan
is set to stdrt when the c'urhon monoxide cot,centrotiott in the garage is only 25 ppn, The velocity of the
air leuving the louver is only 650 fpn, The air does not disclnrge on a xwlk b,av, is lot! velocity, ltul
will be liluted to less than 25 ppn CO v'hen it leaves the louver. IYe do notfcel the discltargu location is
u rtuissnce.
Electrical:
14. Landscape Sheet Ll shows that along the street are two existing light poles which are to be removed and 2
new light pole B. Please show electrical requirements on electrical sheets.
Response: Please refar to dron'ing SE- I .l'or ne x' Iuminaries alo g street.
FIRE SPRINKLER COMMENTS:
15. As the opening from the underground tunnel into the Lionsquare Lodge parking garage violates IBC
provisions for openings at property lines, previous agreements were made with the TOV Building
Department and Fire Department. As such, please provide the following:
A. Provide the required Administrative Modification Request for formal approval of alternate design
for openings at the property line. The AMR is to provide full justification of the altemate design
and address the previous agreements between the applicant and the TOV Building Department and
Fire D€partment. Please provide final approved AMR.
llesponse: Please note tlut Br.tiklitrg Dep rlment did ttot require an A ministrative MotliJicntion Jbr this
work and hnd speciJicalll, requcste rlocumentation onlv in 11tu 7or,tt oJ'the referenced LiJb SaJetv
Report. Plcuse contact Charlie Dwis directly to cottfirn.
B. On Sheet FP100, show on Fire Protection Garage Plan the location ofthe property lines.
Ilesponse: Please see updnted Sheet I;P | 00 with ruluested informution.
C. Drawings show extending the LionSquare Lodge parking garage automatic sprinkler system into
the Lionsquare Lodge ramp to the property line placing closely space sprinklers across the
opening. However, the Rolf Jenson & Associates Fire & Life Safety Report, The AnaBelle at
Vail Square, dated April 2'l,2005, also requires extension of the AnaBelle ramp automatic
sprinklers to the property line and place closely spaced (6 ft. o.c.) automatic sprinklers across the
opening into Lionsquare Lodge. Please review and amend drawings.
.Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage Improyement
. . Third Party First Review - Yail, Colorado' 660 W. Lionshead Place
LP2A Job No.: 20503M.001
September 30, 2005
Page 5
Respottse: Please see frttdched ArraBelle Sheet FPI00,IH from Aildendunt no. 10, dated 07.07.05.
STRUCTURAL COMMENTS:
16. Sheet 5103:
Provide copy of geot€chnical report to veriry soils pressures used in foundation. See Sheet 5103, Note 2.
Response: Given that the geotechnical report is to be genernted during constrttctiorr, x,e request thal il
be submitted as s deferred ntbmittul. Please also see a deJerred submittals list added to Sheet G00L
17. Sheet Sl03
Amend plans to speciry requirements for special inspection for the following:
A. Concrete in foundation wall.
B. Field welding for the structural frame.
Response: Please see attached revised Sheet 5103.
18. Sheet 5103, Section 1:
A. Provide structural calculations for the footing of retaining wall which is shown as l'-4" wide.
B. Show footing requirement for the large concrete beam adjacent to the W8x3l. Show that the
footing does not impose additional load on the existing footing of the garage.
Response : Please see attdched supplemental calculation s.
19. Sheet Sl03:
Please show the Infill Opening Detail on l/A102 at new concrete wall patch.
Response: Please see attached reference to detail on Sheet A102.
20. Sheet Sl03:
Amend plans to show that roof sheathing is 5/8" plywood with 40/20 span rating as shown in calculations
Response: Please see attached revised Sheet 5103.
If you have any questions regarding the above conrments, please contact Talat Abbasi (x222) for structural
questions, Norman Hong (x224) for general questions, or Jess Villar (x235) for MEP at 925 /226-1320 between
8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., M-F.
IEND OF COMMENTSI
. Lion Square Lodge Site & Garage Improvement
- . Third Party First Review - Vail, Cololado, 660 W. Lionshead Plqce
LP2A Job No.: 20503U.001
September 30, 2005
Page 6
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Project Manual
Construction Documents
Permit Issue
i$VOLUME I
Division 0 - 16
15 August 2005
R.As-a?S) u"".i::'":fiffi#"*H{"-'
rRrEcErvErD
t)-- vr1-' rr Avon, cororado 81620
sEp 2 I 2005*i:i'"'t',f:Hj"' txtFrdmmJm
Suite 200
Denver' colorado 80202
Town of vail'
OFFICIEGOPY
sEcrIoN 00001
PROFESSIONAL SEALS PAGE
Uwe hereby certi$ that these Contract Documents have been prepared by me/us or under mylour direct supervision
in accordance with the rules and regulations goveming the Architects/Engineers practicing in the State of Colorado.
ARCHITECT
4240 Architecture Inc
1621 l8rh Sreet, Suite 200
Denver. Colorado 80202
CIVIL ENGINEER
Alpine Engineering, Inc.
34520 Highway 6, Unit A-9
Edwards Business Center
Edwards, Colorado 8 1632
-. trySTRUCTTJRAL ENGINEER
Monroe & Newell
70 Benchmark Road, Suite 204
Avon- Colorado 81620
MECHANICAL / PLI]MBING / ELECTRJCAL ENGINEER
Cator, Ruma & Associales, Co.
1550 Dover StreeL Suite 2
Lakewood, Colorado 80215
(J€{26036
o5
R\i$t\\
S*;l,i.k,
!!JKiKr.-
FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER
RolfJensen & Associates, Inc.
1324 lsthStreet
Denver, Colorado 80202
ENDOFSECTION
00001 - I5., Professional Seals Page Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
10r.0(%\
%-rrE6.,w$r8*ili,?
ffiij,,m!-.;dtr r </k..
w1:!:[r :\9
7r\'
sEcTtoN 00002
LIST OF CONSULTANTS
ARCHITECT
4240 Architecture lnc
l62l l8th Slreet
Suite 200
Denver, Colorado 80202
CIVIL ENGINEER
Alpine Engineering Inc.
34520 Highway 6, Unil A-9
Edwards Business Center
Edwards. Colorado 81632
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
Monroe & Newell
70 Benchmark Road
Suite 204
Avon, Colorado 8l 620
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
DHM Design Corporation
| 390 Lawrence Streel
Suire 100
Denver. colorado 80204
WATERPROOFING/ROOFING Mf,CHANICAL. PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL
wiss, Janney, Etstner, Associates, Inc- 3it::I1"*", & Associates, co.
10881 West Asbury Avenue 1550 Dover Slreet
Suite 110 Suite 200
Lakewood, Colorado 80227 Lakewood, Colorado 80215
LIFE SAFETY PARKING
(FIRf,, PROTECTION/FIRE ALARM)
Rolf Jensen & Associates, Inc. Watry Design, Inc,
1324 Fifteenlh Street 1700 Seaport Blvd, Suite 210
Denver, Colorado 80202 Redwood City, CA94063
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
List of Consultants 00002 - r
SPECIFICATION SECTIONS
DIVISION I 4ENERAL REQIREMENTS
SECTION OOOO5
TABLE OFCONTENTS
DATE ISSUE
00001
00002
00005
00860
01000
0t005
01010
0r039
01040
01o45
01050
0r078
0r090
0t200
01300
01400
01410
01500
01550
01600
01630
0t700
0r 730
DIVISION 2SITEWORK
02220
02230
02260
02300
02370
02580
02630
02720
02740
02'750
027st
02752
02760
02815
02834
o2900
o29lo
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Tab of Contents
Volume I
Site Demolition
Site Clearing
Excavation Support and Protection
Earthwork
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Electric and Communications Systerns
Storm Drainage
Unbound Base Course
Flexible Pavement
Rigid Pavement
Concrete Paving Joints
Concrete Paving Curing
Pavement Marking
Irrigution
Rock Walls
Landscaping
Topsoil and Revegetalion
8/ I 5/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15105 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/l 5i05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permit
8/l 5/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permil
8/15/05 Permit
8i 15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permit
8l15l05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15105 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8i l5l05 Permit
8/15i05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
Professional Seal Page
List of Consultants
Table of Contents
List of Drawings
General Provisions
Administration Provisions
Summary of Work
Project Start-Up
Project Coordination
Cutting and Patching
Field Engineering
Definilions and Explanation
Reference Standards
Projecl Meetings
Submittals
Quality Control
Testing and Inspection Services
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Access Roads and Parking Areas
Materials and Equipment
Producl Options and Substilutions
Contract Closeout
Operation and Maintenance Data
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
00005 - l
03100
03200
03300
Concrele Form and Accessories
Concrete Reinforcement
Casl-ln-Place Concrele
8/l s/05
8/15i05
8i l5/05
Permit
Permit
Permit
DIVISION,IMASONRY (ne++sed}
04065 Masonry Mortar & Grout
04400 Stone Yeneer
DIVISION 5-METALS
05400
05s00
07140
07462
0761I
07620
07900
n l50
11151
DIVIS|ON S{)OORS AND WINDOWS (not used)
DIVISION 9FINISHES
09250 Gypsum Board Assemblies
09900 Painting
DIVISION l0 - SPECIALTIES (not used)
DtvtsloN t1{QTPMENT
DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS
06105 Wood Blocking and Curbing
DIVISION TTHERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Cold Formed Metal Framing
Metal Fabrications
Spray Applied Waterproofing for Vertical Surfaces
Siding ond Trim
Sheet Metal Roofing
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
Joint Sealers
Parking Control Equipment
Retractable Bollard
8/I 5/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permit
AI5/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15i05 Permil
8/15/05 Permit
8/ I 5i 05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/l5l05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
8/15/05 Permit
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Veil, Colorado
l5 August 2lXf5
DIVISION 12 +URNISHINGS (not used)
DMSION 13 €PECIAL CONSTRUCTION (not used)
DlvlSlON I4CONVEI\G SSTEMS (not used)
DIVISION I5 +IECHANICAL
| 5010 Basic Mechanical Equipments
15040 Mech./Elec. Requiremenls for Mechanical Equipment
1585 | Air Handling Fans
15891 Melal Ductwork
15932 Air Outlets and Inlets
Tah of Contents
Volume I
00005 - 2
r 5933
159721
t5975
15990
Air Terminals
Electric Control Systems
Sequence of Operations
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
8/15t05
8/15/0s
8/15/05
8/15/05
Permit
Permil
Permit
Permit
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010
l6t l0
16t20
r6t35
16142
t6t43
16190
16195
16515
16535
General Electrical Requirernen8
Raceways
Wires and Cables
Cabinels, Boxes and Fitlings
Electrical Conneclions for Equipments
Wiring Devices
Supporting Devices
Eleclrical ldentifi cation
Ughting
Emergency Lighting
8/15/0s
8i 15/05
8/15/0s
8n5t0s
8/15i05
8/15/05
8/15i05
8/15/05
8/15/05
8/15/05
Permit
Permit
Permit
Permil
Permit
Permil
Permit
Perrnit
Permit
Permil
DIVISION ITCOMMUNICATIONS (not used)
Trh of Contents
Volume I
ENDOFSECTION
Lion Squrre Lodge
Site end Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2lD5
rxxt0s - 3
SECTION 00860
LISTOFDRAWINGS
PART I GENERAL
I.OI LJST OF DRAWINGS
A. The following overall Project Documents, each dated as follows, form a part of the basis for the
Contracl Documents:
SHEETNUMBER TITLf,DATE ISSUE
08/ l5/05 Permit
VOLUME I
GENERAL
Sheet Index & Project InformationG00l
CIVIL
c00
c0l
c02
c03
c04
c05
c06
c0'7
c08
c09
cl0
c rl
ct2
c13
cl4
c15
c16
cr7
c18
LANDSCAPE
Cover Sheet
Town of Vail Construction Notes
Property Line and Easement Plan
Existing Conditions Plan
Existing Utility Demolilion Plan
Tree Demolition Plan
Site Demolition Plan
Drainage Plan
Drainage Profiles
Grading Plan
Grading Profiles
Horizontal Layoul PIan
Town of Vail Utility Trench Plan
Erosion Control Plan
Grading and Erosion Control Details
Drainage Details
Drainage Details
Shallow Utility Details
Hardscape Details
08/15/05 Permit
08/l 5/05 Permit
08i 15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08i l5/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permil
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permil
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/I5i05 Permit
08/l 5/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15i05 Permit
LI
L700
L70l
L702
ARCHITECTURAL
Landscape Site Plan
Irrigation Plan
Inigalion Details
Irrigation Details
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15i05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
Al0l
Al02
Al03
List of Drawings
Garage Parlial Lower Level Plan
Garage Demolition and Floor Plans
Carase Section and Elevations
08/15/05 Permil
08/ | 5/05 Permit
08/l 5/05 Permit
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
00E60 - l
STRUCTURAL
s 103
MECHANICAL
Plans and Details 08/15/05 Permit
Mt00
M200
Lion Square Lodge Garage Level Mechanical Plan
Lion Square Lodge Grade Level Mechanical Plan
08i l5/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
ELECTRICAL
Et00
E200
FIRE
PROTECTION
Lion Square Lodge Electrical Legends and Schedules
Lion Square Lodge Parking Structure Electrical Plan
08/15/05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
FP IOO
PARKING
Fire Protection Garage Plan 08i l5105 Permit
PK 2.I
PK2.2
PK 6.I
PART 2
PART3
Partial Plan Entry Exit
Enlarged Plan Entry Exit
Parking Details
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
EXECUTION (Not Used)
ENDOFSECTION
08/15/05 Permit
08/l5i05 Permit
08/15/05 Permit
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
List of Drawings 00860 - 2
B.I
l.0t
1.02
1.03
sEUt000GIL TISID
GIL
SECT]ON INCLUDES
General Requiremenls.
Conlract Administration.
C. Specifications.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Subject to THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, the requirements of the Contract Documents
and Divisions 00 and 0l sovern the work of this Section.
B. The Contractor shall join EPA's Green Seal Environmental Partner Program and seek out Green
Seal Certified and recommend products and place priority on their use.
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
A. The Architect will render interprelations necessary for the proper execution or progress of the
work, with reasonable promptness and in accordance with agreed upon time limits. lnterpretations
and decisions ofthe Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from
the Contract Documents, and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such
interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both
Orvner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will render said interpretations or
decisions in good faith.
B. The Architect's decision on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the
intent expressed in the Contract Documents.
C. The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, and as per
agreement with the Owner to become generally familiar with tbe progress and quality of the Work
and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract
Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site
inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on-site observations, the
Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress ofthe rvork and will endeavor to guard the
Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor.
D. Neither the Architect nor the Owner will be responsible for, or have control or charge of,
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precaulions and
programs in connection with the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the
Architect nor the Owner will be responsible for, or have control or charge over, the acts or
omissions of the Contractor, subcontractors, or any of their agents or employees, or any other
persons performing any of the Work.
E. lt is to be anticipated that exact localions of all items of the work (i.e., receptacles, 'J' boxes,
outlets, fire protection heads, overhead fixtures, etc.) may not be shown on the Contract Drawings.
The Contractor shall diligently review the documents prior to construction and shall bring to the
Architect's attention all specific oversights and/or discrepancies. These specific clarification
requests shall be submitted with need dates as it rclates to schedule, with reasonable notice, in
advance of respective discipline construction of that work. The Owner and Architect shall strive
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
General fovisions 01000 - t
F.
to
respond with appropriate information no less than five (5) working days prior to need date. Any
rework or time extension request as a result of this information shall not be the responsibility of
the Owner nor its Consultants.
It is to be understood by the Contractor that this is a "custom" (not "standard") commercial
construction Project. If on any occasion the Contractor feels the Owner or its Consultants are
requiring work beyond the Contract Documenls, it must be immediately brought forth formally to
the Owner's attention per the provisions of the General Conditions so that a prompt resolution may
be determined with the Owner. Without this notification, any claims for additional compensation
based on excessive construction quality standards shall be waived.
It is to be understood by the Contractor that in accordance with industry practice, it is probable that
all specific construction field conditions are not detailed on the Contract Documents, In the event
of these occurrences, the Contractor shall submit its proposal of a detail in accordance to
acceptable industry standards and governing Codes as well as the Design Intent of the Contract
Documents. The Owner and/or its Consuhants shall review said detail for approval or necessary
altemate equal industry standards. The Owner and its Consultants shall not be responsible for
additional costs or claims to the work within the aforesaid policy.
Any funing or widening of studs or stud wall construclion that may be required to enclose
concealed Work shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
G.
H,
1.04 SPECIFICATIONS
B.
C.
D,
The Specifications are generally divided into trade sections in accordance with the Construction
Specifications Institute (CSI) Master Format for Construction Specifications for the purpose of
convenience and reference onlv.
It is the intenl that the work included under each Section of the Specifications shall cover the
manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation and/or erection and performance, with all
incidentals thereto as required for a complete project, unless otherwise noted or specified.
The Contractor is cautioned thal when a "Work Included" or "Section Includes" paragraph is
included, it is intended to be general and in no way limits or qualifies the Contract requirements.
Specifications and Drawings are intended to agree and be mutually explanatory and shall be
accepted and used as a whole and not separately. Should any item be omitted from the Drawings
and be included in the Specifications or vise-versa, it shall be execuled the same as if shown and
contained in both, at no exlra cost to the Owner. Should anything be omitted from the Drawings
and Specifications necessary for the proper construction of the Work, or should any error or
disagreement between the Specifications and Drawings exist or appear to exist, the Contractor
shall not avail itself of such manifestly unintentional error or omission, but must have same
qualified or adjusted by the Owner prior to undertaking the work. It is the intent of the documents
for the Contractor lo provide complete working systems unless noted otherwise. Any conflict or
inconsistency between the Drawings and Specifications, and any discrepancies within the
Drawings and/or Specifications shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect with copies
sent to the Owner for intemretation.
Not Used
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
osBI
Ceneral hvisions 01000 - 2
RI f,n
Not Used
DEN
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
General hvisions 01000 - 3
sEcTroN 01005
ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
PART I
l.0l
GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
Contract Method.
Work Sequence.
Contractor Use of Premises.
References.
Construction Documents.
D.
1.02
1.03
CONTMCT METHOD
Construct the Work under a Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) Agreement.
WORK SEQENCE
A. Construct Work in stages, if required, to accommodate the Owner's occupancy requirements
during the construction period; coordirfate construction schedule and operations with the Owner
and Architect.
I.O4 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Limit use of premises for Work and for construction operations.
B. Coordinate use ofpremises under direction ofthe Owner.
C. Each Conractor and subcontractor shall confine its equipment, storage ofmaterials and operations
of its workmen to limits directed by the Owner. Materials shall not be brought onto the site until
reasonably required for progress of work. Storage space will be confined to desigrated areas of
the work site. When the site is not in condition to receive a material shipment, the Contractor shall
have materials properly stored elsewhere at no additional cost to the Owner, including insurance
coverage for off-site storage. Only bonded warehouse facilities shall be used for off-site storage of
materials. Said Contractor will secure permission from the Owner prior to off-site storage of
material.
I.O5 REFERENCES
A. For Products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of the
standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable Codes.
B. The date ofthe standard is that in effect as ofthe Contract Documents date.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
Administrative Provisions 0100s - |
I.06 CONSTRUCTION DOCI]MENTS
The Contractor urill be provided with one sa of unbourd, full-size bond originals of the CqnEact
Drawings, srd one sct ofunbound, singlesided bond originals of the Specifications, rpor Notice
to Proceed. Any additional sets requird to complete the Project shall be the r,esponsibility of Oe
Contractor, unless otherwise provided by the Consuuction Contract.
PART 2 PRODUC'TS
Not Used
EXECUTION
Not Used
PART3
ENDOFSECTION
Llon SquareLodgc
Slte end Garage lmprovencntr
Vr[ Colando
15 Augurt 2005
Adminlrtrrtive Provlslons 01005 - 2
sEN 01010SU
f,.I. GtL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. ContractVScope.
B. Work Under Other Contracts.
C. Owner Fumished Work.
D. Contractor Use of Site.
1.02 CONTRACTS/SCOPE
A. Work of this Contract comprises the general construction and site work for "Lion Square Lodge"
in Vail, Colorado.
B. Construct the Work under TE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT.
C. Scope of Work-
L The "Project" consists of above grade parking lot and below grade improvements. Above
Grade: new parking lot pavement and layout, new drainage, new traffic control gates and
parking lot entrance apron, new ventilation fan and enclosure. Below Grade: new
ventilation shafi and louver at enclosed gnrage, new traffic control gates, extension of
sprinklers and lights at new garage tunnel entrance.
I.03 WORKJNDER OTBR CONTRACTS
A, The Owner reserves the right to enter into separate Contracts for related Work to be completed
concurrently with this Contract.
B. ltems noted "OFCI" (Owner Fumished Contractor Installed) will be fumished by Owner, but
installed by the Contractor as part of this Contmct.
C. Items noted "NIC" [Not in Contract) or "OFOI" (Owner Furnished Owner Installed) are not in the
Contractor's Contract, and will be supplied and installed by the Owner or i1s Contractor.
I.O4 OWNER FURNISM WORK
A. Specific Work to be firmished by the Owner, if applicable, will be identified in the Construction
Contract.
B. Owner's Responsibilities:
L Coordinate with the Contractor and its Subcontractors to all said Work.
2. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Dala and Samples to
the Contractor.
3. Arrange and pay for Product delivery to site.
4. On delivery, inspect Products jointly with the Contractor.
5. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective or deficient
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O SummarpllYk 0t0t0 - I
Items.
6. Arrange for Manufacturers' warranties, inspections and service.
C. Contractor's Responsibilities:
l. Coordinate with the Owner and its Consultants, Contractors and Suppliers relative to all
said Work.
2. Review Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
3. Receive and unload Products at site; inspect for cornpleteness or damage jointly with
Owner.
4. l*rdle, store, install and finish Products.
5. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt at no cost to the Owner.
6. lnstall said Products, unless it is "OFOI" Product.
7. Clean Products for Proiect Closeout.
I.O5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE
A. Limit Use of Site to Allow:
l. Work by Others.
2. Access by Owner-defined personnel.
3. Owner Occupancy.
4. Time restriclions for performing Work as agreed with Owner.
RI ES
Not Used
Rt (n
Not Used
DEN
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garege lmprovements
Vail, Coloredo
15 August 2lX)5
Summarp$Yk 01010 - 2
s6n 01039IT SXD
Rl' Gf,L
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Construction Organization and Start-Up.
B. Construction Mobilization.
C. Schedules.
D. Field Engineering.
E. Coordination of Utilities.
I.O2 CONSTRUCTION ORGANUITION AND START-UP
A. Establish on-site lines ofauthodtv and comrnunications.
B. Establish schedule of Pre-construction Meetings, Progress Meetings and Pre-installation Meetings,
and as required by the Owner or Architect.
I.O3 CONSTRUCTIONMOBILIATION
A. Cooperate with the Owner in allocating the mobilization areas of the site for field o{fices and
sheds, subcontractor and supplier access, traflic, and parking facilities.
B. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through Owner.
C. Comply with Owner's and Architect's procedures for Project communications, submittals, reports
and records, schedules, Coordination Drawings and recommendations; and resolution of
ambiguities and conflicts.
D. Comply with Owner's instructions for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities.
E. Coordinate field engineering and layout Work.
I.O4 SCHEDULES
A. Submit preliminary schedule on submittals of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples in
accordance with Section 01300 - Subminals, for review and compliance with Contract
Documents, for field dimensions and clearances, for relocation to available space, and for relation
to work ofseparate contracts. Revise and resubmit as required.
B. Submit preliminary construction schedule, indicating start date, mobilization date, critical
milestone dates, substantial completion date and tum over date. Provide detail schedule in
accordance with Section 01310 - Construction Schedule and Reports.
I.05 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Colorado and acceptable to Owner, Architect
and Engineer, under provisions ofSection 01050 - Field Engineering.
01039 - | Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
O bitstart-P
1.06 COORDINATION OF UTILITIES
tl
The Contmctor shall be responsible for coordination of all utilities to be installed for service to the
Project and shall cooperate with all utility agencies. Utilities may include, but are not limited to
natural gas, telephone, electrical and cable television. The Contractor shall maintain
communication with the utilities in order to coordinate time and requirements of t}e utilities'
installation.
The Contractor shall provide all work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Contract
Documents for work by the utility company that does not meet the Contract Docurnents
requirements, or for work that is distributed by the utility installation.
The Contractor shall be responsible to locate and protect existing utilities.
ilr
Not Used
xeD
Not Used
DOF
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Coloredo
15 August 2lX)5
A,
B.
c.
RI
bitStart-p 01039 - 2
sEFl040
IT CBIN
Ll GtL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. General Requirements.
B. Administrative, Supervisory Personnel and Workmen.
C. Equipment, Staging, Hoists, Tools and the Like.
D. Coordination and Proiect Conditions.
E. Coordination of Space.
F. Mounting Heights.
G. Coordination of Various Trades.
H. Meetings-
I. Coordination of Submittals.
J. CoordinationofcontractCloseout.
K. Conservation and Salvage.
I.O2 GENERALREQUIREMENTS
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in
Division 00 thru 17 ofthese Soecifications.
B. Minimum administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordination of Work on the
Project include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Coordination and meetings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Surveys and records or reports.
4. Limitations for use of site.
5. Generalinstallationprovisions.
6. Cleaning and protection; construction cleaning.
7. Conservation and salvage where applicable and possible.
8. Coordination and scheduling ofWork related to local utilities.
9. Coordination and scheduling of Owner Fumished, Contractor Installed Work (OFCI).
10. Coordination and scheduling of Owner Fumished, Owner lnstalled Work (OFOI).
I.O3 ADMINISTRATIVE, SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL AND WORKMEN
A. Shall be qualified to perform the duties assigned to them in administering, supervising and
performing the Work, and shall be acceptable to the Owner. Management personnel including
superintendents shall not be removed, reassigned or relieved without written consent of the Owner.
oro4o-l
siteand""."#tYJ:ff"::1?:
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O hitCoordination
C.
Contractor shall require that all subcontractors have a competent Supervisor on the Project
whenever their Work is being performed.
Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the Owner and Architect when their presence is required
for special consultations, examinations or decisions, and shall cooperale with the Owner and
Architect to arrange such.
Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the Contraclors
employees, subconlractors and their agents and employees, and any other persons performing any
Work under contract with the Contractor, or claiming by, through, or under the Contractor, and for
any damages, losses, costs and expenses resulting from such acts or omissions.
Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among its employees, agenls,
subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, and their employees and agents, and shall not employ on
the Work any unfit penon, or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to tbem.
Contractor shall lay out the Work in conformity with the requirements and intent of the Drawings,
and shall be held responsible for the proper establishment and maintenance of all lincs, dimensrons
and grades.
l. Before ordering material or commencing any work, the Conlmctor and its subcontraclors
shall verify all measurements and conditions at the sile, and shall be responsible for the
correctness of the same.
Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Conlract Documents and shall at once report to
the Owner and Architect any error, inconsistency or omission therein that it may discover, and any
variance from the requirements of all regulatory authorities with jurisdiction to prescribe and
enforce standards or regulations, with respect to the Project or applicable local, state and federal
laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, orders, rules and regulations; including but not limited lo
applicable zoning, building and fire codes, standards of the Board of Fire Underwriters, Factory
Mutual System, slate and federal OSHA and EPA requirements (collectively the "Legal
Requirements").
l. Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for any damage resulting from any such errors,
inconsistencies or omissions in the Conlract Documents that Contractor has reported lo
the Owner. If however, the Contractor performs any work knowing ofany such erors,
inconsistencies, omissions or variances, and without notice to the Owner, the Contractor
shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs atlributable thereto.
Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents
or, where required, approved Sbop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion
of the Work.
F.
EQUIPMENT, STAGING, HOISTS, TOOLS AND THE LIKE
A. Except as modified by THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, it is the Contractor's responsibility
to arrange and pay for their use, wilhout additional cosls to the Owner, and which are required by
the Contraclor, subcontractors and sub-subcontmctors for performance of the Work as required
under the Contract Documents.
COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building
utilities. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for
installing, connection to, and placing in service, such equipment.
B. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical Work,
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
B.
D.
E.
G.
l 04
r.05
hit Coordination 01040 - 2
(_-
which are indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts,
and conduit, as closely as praclicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces
efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs.
Coordinate completion and clcan up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial
Completion.
Afier Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for conection ofdefective Work and
Work not in accordance with Contract Documents. to minimize disruption of Owner's aclivities.
I.06 COORDINATION OF SPACE
In addition to, and per the requirements of Section 01000 General Provisions, Section 01039 -
Project Start-Up and Section 01300 - Submittals, coordinate use of Projecl space and sequence of
installation of mechanical and electrical Work that is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings.
Follow routings shorvn for pipes, ducts and conduits as closely as practicable with due allowance
for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to
maximize accessibility for other installations and for maintenance and repairs. Insure sequencing
of work is not adversely affected by lack of proper time allowed for submittal submission and
review.
l. h shall be understood that all Drawings are diagrammatic, except where specifically
dimensioned, and that field conditions may arise that will prevent Work from being
installed as indicated. Each subcontractor shall fully acquaint itself with the Drawings
and Specifications conceming other trades and subcontracts, and shall coordinate its
installation with the Work of others. It shall be the duty of the Contractor and its
subcontractors lo consult with each other and verifo existing conditions, and in cases
where there is question or doubt as to the adequacy of space or indicated arrangements, to
submit a workable solution to the Owner and Architect for their approval prior to
installing the Work in question.
2. Contraclor and subcontractors shall prepare and submit to the Owner and Architect
Coordination Drawings ("Composite Drawings") of all special systems, electrical,
mechanical, plumbing and fire protection Work, in relation to the structural and
architectural plans, per Section 01300 - Submittals. All areas of conflict shall be
identified and brought to the attention of the Owner and Architect, with a suggested
workable solution. Obtain Owner and Architect approval prior to commencement of
Work.
3. Contractor shall submit plans indicating locations of all required access panels for
MEPFP Work, and shall receive approval from the Architect prior to the installation of
the Work requiring the access panel. Such locations shall not be altered without
Architect's approval.
4. Contractor shall submit composite plans indicating all underground site utilities. All
areas of conflicl shall be brought to the attention of the Architect/Engineer prior to
installation of the Work.
5. Contractor shall prepare plans for review by the Architect/Engineer showing all items to
be embedded in concrete, including but not limited to, MEP rough-in boxes and sleeves,
structural and miscellaneous steel attachments, and architectural items.
6. Contractor and subcontractors shall be responsible for correcting, at their cost, any
conflicting Work installed prior to submittal, review and approval of the above referenced
Coordination Drawings by the Architecti Engineer.
Contractor shall require Installer (subcontractor) of each major unit of Work to inspect the
substrate to receive Work and conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The Installer
shall report all unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Contractor. Do not proceed with the
Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grrage lmproYemcnts
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
D.
B.
hlt Coordination 01040 - 3
C.
D.
Failure by the Contractor or subcontractors to provide nolification, or comrnencement of any work
by the Contractor or subcontractors without such notification, shall constitute acceptance by the
Contractor and subcontractors ofany and all claims arising from disputes related to such Work.
In all areas, the fire protection Work shall be considered to be installed as "centered" in each
sprinkler head's immediate installation area. Sprinkler heads that may be shown on Drawings are
intended for general Design Intent only, and are not intended to indicate every Code required
location. Required layout shall be coordinated with structural, architectural, and MEP
requiremenls, and be included in the Coordination Drawings. Final required layout may require
additional heads not required by Code, but required due 1o Architectural placement.
In Back-of-House Areas, all intentionally exposed pipe, duct and conduit Work shall be located in
an inconspicuous and workmanlike manner, acceptable to the Owner and Architect. This
coordination and effort shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
ln all Finished Areas, pipe, duct, and conduit Work shall be concealed within the construction.
Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
Contractor and subconlractors shall diligently cross-reference all Contract Documents. Should the
Contractor or subcontractors note obvious technical oversights (i.e. exhaust fan with no electrical
hookup, washing machine without water, toilets without tissue dispensers), this Work shall be
included within the base Contract at no additional cost to the Owner.
MOUNT]NG HEIGHTS
A. Where mounting heights are not indicaled, or where questionable mounting heights are indicated,
confirm with Architect for desired mounting heights. Because of the nature of this Work, industry
standards may not be acceptable.
COORDTNATION OF VARIOUS TRADES
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and Work of the various Sections to assure efficient and orderly
sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be
installed later, sucb as fumiture and Owner's equipment.
B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment and all various building
systems and components are compatible; coordinate Work ofvarious Sections having independent
responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment, building
systems and components.
C. Contractor shall participate and cooperate in scheduling meetings and coordinating the Work
performed by other prime Contractors, simultaneously with its Work.
MEETINGS
r,-
F,
G.
t.07
1.08
1.09
A. Hold coordination meetings under provisions of Section 0l 200 - Project Meetings.
I.IO COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule and coordinate submittals specified in Section 01300 - Submittals.
B. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibililies for installing,
connecting to, and placing in service such equipment.
C. Requests for Substitutions must be submitted per requirements of Section 0l 630 - Product Options
and Substitutions.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
bit Coordination 0r040 - 4
I.I I COORDINAT]ON OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial
Completion.
After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by various trades for corection of
defective Work and Work not in accordance with Conrract Documents to minimize disruption of
Owner's activities.
C. Assemble and coordinale closeout submiltals as soecified in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
CONSERVATION AND SALVAGE
RI
A. It is required that supervision and administration of the Work be carried out with the maximum
possible consideration given to the conversation of energy, water and materials. In addition,
maximum consideration shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved in
performance of the Work, but not incorporated therein. Refer to otber Sections for required
disposition of salvage materials that are the Owner's property.
E$
Not Used
x eml
Not Used
B.I
DEN
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
B.
t.r2
hit Coordination 01040 - 5
soN 0104s
CNANfItr
Rl' Gf,L
I.O1 SECT]ON ]NCLUDES
A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work.
L Cutting and patching incidental to Work of the Section.
2. Advance notification to other Sections ofopenings required in Work ofthose Sections.
3. Limitations on cutting structural members.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written request in advance ofcutting or alteration that affects:
1. Structural integrity ofany element ofProject.
2. Integrityofweather-exposedormoisture-resistanlelement-
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities ofsight exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate Confactor.
B. Include in Request:
l. Identification of Project.
2. Location and description of affected Work.
3. Necessity for cutting or alteration.
4. Description ofproposed Work and products to be used.
5. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
6- Effect on Work of Owner or separate Contractor.
7. Written permission of affected separate Contraclor-
8. Date and time work will be executed.
1.03 PROJECTCONDITIONS
A. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform cutting and patching.
B. Execute cutting, fining and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete Work and to:
| . Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work.
2. Uncover Work to install or conect ill-timed Work.
3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work.
4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing.
5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical
Work.
C. Identifo hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to the Owner and
ArchitecVEngineer for decision or remedy.
tr ns
2.OI MATERIALS
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
Cutting and fttrg 01045 - I
A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation.
B. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution as
specified in Section 0l600 - Material and Equipment.
nt xEF
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to damage or
movement during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering existing Work, assess condilions affecting performance of Work.
C. Beginning ofcutting or patching means Contraclor's acceptance ofexisting conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. No cutling, drilling or modifying of structural system shall take place without review by the
Structural Ensineer.
B. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and
methods to protect other portions ofProject from damage.
C. Provide protection from elements for areas that may be exposed by uncovering Work.
D. Maintain excavations {iee of water.
3.03 CUTTING
A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide proper surfaces
to receive patching and finishing.
B. Uncover Work to install improperly sequenced Work.
C. Remove defective or non-conforming Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide
means of restoring products and finishes to original condition,
D. Remove samples of installed Work for testing, when requested.
E. Provide openings in Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical Work.
F. Employ skilled and experienced laborer to perform cutting for weather-exposed, moisture-resistant
elements and sight exposed surfaces.
G. Cut rigid materials using appropriate saw or drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed without prior
approval.
3.04 PATCHING
A. Execute patching to complement adjacent Work.
B. Fit products together to integrate with other Work.
C. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate
Cutting and fthg 01045 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
D.
surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
Employ original installer to perform patching for weather-exposed, moisture-resistant elements
and sight exposed surfaces, wherever possible.
Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
Fit Work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces.
Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids.
At penetrations of fire-raled walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids
with fire-rated material in accordance with the Drawings and Section 07840 - Firestopping, to full
thickness of penetrated element.
When new Work abuts or aligns with existing, provide a smooth and even transition. Patch Work
to match existing adjacent Work. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish for a uniform
appearance. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an
assembly, refinish enlire unit.
1. Where a uniform transition in appearance could not be achieved, submit recommendation
for providing a smooth transition to Architect/Engineer for review and acceptance.
DSn
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
F.
LI
Cutting and fthrg 01045 - 3
GTLRI'
sEn 01050
IBD CIN
I.O1 SECT]ON INCLUDES
A. General Requirements.
B. @lifications of Land SurveyorEngineer.
C. Survey Reference Points.
D. Project Survey Requirements.
E. Records-
F. Submittals.
1.O2 GENERALREQIREMENTS
A. Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project.
l. Survey work required in execution of the Work.
2. Civil, structural or other professional engineering services specified, or required to
execute the Contractor's construction methods.
3. Establish grades, lines and levels by use of recognized engineering survey practices.
B. Contractor shall identif existing control points and property line comer stakes indicated on the
Documents and as required.
C. Contractor shall complete the layout of all Work and shall be responsible for all requirements
necessary for the execution of any Work in accordance with the locations, lines, and grades
specified or shown on the Drawings, subject to such modifications as the Owner may require as
the Work progresses.
D. If the Contractor, subcontraclor, or any of their representatives or employees, move or destroy or
render inaccurate, any survey control point or monument, such control point or monument shall be
replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense. No separate payment shall be made for survey
work performed by the Contractor.
I.O3 QALIFICATIONS OF LAND SUREURENGINEER
A. Contractor shall engage and pay a Land SurveyorEngineer experienced and specialized in land
survey Work, registered in the State of Colorado, to perform the services specified in this Section.
Owner and Architect shall approve the Land SurveyorEngineer
1.04 SURFREFERENCEPOINTS
A. Control datum for survey is that established by the Owner-provided survey. Locate and protect
control and reference points.
l. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Architect.
2. Report to the Architect any reference point that is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation
because ofnecessary changes in grades or locations.
Eld lgineering 0f050 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garge Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 Augusi 2005
B.Locate and protect control points prior to starting site Work and preserve all permanent reference
poinls during conslruction.
l.
3.
Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Architect.
Report to the Architect any reference point that is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation
because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
Require Surveyor to replace Project control points that may be lost or destroyed.
a. Establish replacements based on original survey control.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garge lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
PROJECT SURFREQIREMENTS
A. Establish a minimum of fwo (2) perrnanent benchmarks on site, and additional benchmarks as
required, referenced to data established by survey control points.
l. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.
2. Before proceeding with the layout of actual Work, verifo the layout information shown on
the Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. As work
procceds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. Maintain a surveyor's log
or record book of such checks. Make this log or record book available for the
Architect'sEngineer's reference. Record de viations from required lines and levels and
advise the Owner and ArchitectEngineer pr omptly upon detection of deviations that
exceed indicated or recognized lolerances. Record deviations that are accepted and not
correcled on Project Record Drawings.
B. General:
l. Work from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish and maintain
benchmarks and other dependable markers. Establish bench marks and markers to set
lines and levels for work at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to
properly locate each element of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions
as shown within recognized tolerances. Drawings shall not be scaled to determine
dimensions. Advise entities performing work of marked lines and levels provided for
their use.
Establish lines and levels, locate and layout, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means.
I . Site improvements.
a. Stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement.
b. Utility slopes and invert elevations.
2. Baller boards for structures.
3. Building foundation, column locations and floor levels.
4 Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical trades.
M-if setbacks and easem ents; confirm drawing dimensions and elevations.
At intervals necessary to ensure correct localions of permanent construction, verif layouts by
same methods.
I.06 RECORDS
Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey Work as it progresses.
Incorporate results of survey Work into Project Record Documents as specified in Section 0100 -
Conlract Closeout.
r.05
B.
Eld fgineering
C.
D.
E.
A.
01050 - 2
I.O7 SUBMITTALS
B.
c.
Submit name, address and qualificatiom of Land SurveyorEngineer to the Owner and Architect.
On request of the Owner and Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field
engineering Work.
Certification of Suwey of Building Location.
l. Registered Land Surveyor shall certify exact location of the completed building, show
and record any deviations from Contnct Documents, and submit as a final survey per
Section 0100 {ontract Closeout.
2. Final survey shall be at the Contractor's expense.
ilr
Not Used
xcD
Not Used
DGD
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garge Improvements
Vail, Colorrdo
15 August 2lXl5
RI
tl
Eld fgineering 01050 - 3
SECTIN OIO78
NBAI BAAD
GTL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Definitions ofcerlain terms used in lhe Specifications, explanalion of the language, abbreviations thereof
formal and certain conventions used in the Soecifications and associated Contracl Documents.
I.O2 DEFINITIONS
Project Manual: The term "Project Manual" refers to a bound, printed volume, which includes
Conditions ofthe Contract and the Specifications. Itmay also include bidding requirements, contract
forms, delails, schedules. surveys, reports or other relevant items which may or may not be Contract
Documents.
General Requirements: Provisions and requirements of other Division I Sections apply to the enlire
work ofthe Contract and, r,r.here so indicated, to other elemenls which are included in the Project.
C. Indicated: The term "indicate" is a cross reference to graphic representations, notes or schedules on
the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specificaiions, and to similar means of
recording requirements in lhe Contract Documenls. Where terms such as "shown", "noted",
"scheduled" and "specified" are used in lieu of"indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader
accomplish the cross reference, and no limitation is intended excepl as specifically noted.
D. Directed, Requested, etc.: Terms such as "directed", "requested", "aulhorized", "selected",
"approved", "required", "accepled", and "permitled" mean "directed by the Architect", "requested by
the Architect", elc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to exlend the Archilect's
responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision.
E. lnstaller: The entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contraclor or its Subcontractor or sub-
subcontraclor for the performance ofa particular element ofconstruclion at the Project site, including
inslallation, erection, application and similar required operations. It is a general requirement that
Installers be expert in the operations lhey are engaged to perform-
l. Where the Specifications require Installer experience or other qualifications, such
requirements apply to the firm and not to its employees or individual members.
2. \*/here firm ownership has changed afler the required experience occurred, Architect and
Or,l'ner reserve lhe right to consider the ownership change as invalidating the experience
requtremenls,
F. Testing Laboralory: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the
work, either at the Project site or elsewhere; and to reporl and (if required) interpret the results of
those inspections or tests.
G. Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's or the Archilect's Professional Consultants
response lo submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reporls and claims by the Contractor, lhe
meaning of the term "approved" will be held to the limitations of the Archilect's responsibilities and
duties as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Conlract. ln no case shall
"approval" by the Architect be interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibilities to
fulfill requirements ofthe Contracl Documenls or acceptance of the r",ork, unless otherwise provided
by requiremenls of the Contact Documents.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
Enitions and panation 01078 - l
1.03
Contractor's Option: Where materials. products, systems or methods are specified to be at the
Contractor's option, the choice of which malerial, method, product or system will be used is solely
lhe Contractor's. There will be no change in Contracl Sum or Time because ofsuch choice.
L Fumish: The term "fumish" is used lo mean, "supply and deliver to the Project sile, ready for
unloading, unpacking, assembly and installation, and similar operalions".
J. lnstall: Tbe lerm "install" is used lo describe operations at lhe Project site including lhe actual
unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying. working to dimension,
finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance.
K. Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use".
L. Guarantee: The narrow definition of the term'larranty" is hereby established as applying 10 botb
'Vananty'' and "guarantee" which lerms are used interchangeably.
SPECIFICATION EXPLANATIONS
lmperative Language:
1. Used generally in the Specificalions. Requiremenls expressed imperatively are 1o be
performed by lhe Contractor.
2. At certain localions in the lext, for clarity, contrasling subjective language is used lo
describe lhe responsibilities which must be fulfilled eilher indirectly by the Contractor or,
when so noted, by others.
Specifi cation Content Conventions:
l. OverlappingRequirements:
a. Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of requirements is
specified, and overlapping of those requirements also establishes different or
conflicting minimums or levels of quality, the more stringent requirement will be
enforced unless the Contract Documents specifically indicate otherwise-
2. Refer to apparently equal bul different requirements and uncertainties as to which level of
quality is required to the Architect for decision before proceeding.
3. In cerlain circumstances, language used in the Specifications and other Conlract Documents
is of the abbreviated type. Implied words and meanings will be appropriately intelpreted.
Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular
where bpplicable and where the full context ofthe Contracl Documents so indicates.
f,s
Nol Used.
xeD
Not Used.
B.
tf
RT
DON
01078 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
ffnitions and panation
sEN 01090
RE SIIN
RI GIL
1,OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality Assurance.
B. Schedule of References.
I.O2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with
requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by
applicable Codes.
B. The date oflhe standard is that in effect as ofthe date of the Contract Documents, except when a
specific date is specified.
C. When required by individual Specification Sections, obtain required copy of reference standard.
Maintain copy at jobsite during submittals, planning and progress of the specific Work, until the
Date of Substantial Completion of the Work.
D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
the Arcbitect/Engineer before proceeding,
E. Neither the contractual relationship, duties and responsibilities ofthe parties in Contract, nor those
of the Architect/Engineer, shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or reference
olherwise, in any of the reference documents.
I.O3 SCHEDULEOFREFERENCES
AA Aluminum Associalion
AABA American Air Banier Association
AAMA AmericanArchitecturalManufacturersAssociation
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ABAA Air Banier Association of America
ACI American Concrete Instirute
ADA American's With Disabilities Act of 1991, U.S. Department of Justice
Office of the Attomey General; Public Law 101.336 (ADA)
ADC Air Diffusion Council
AGA American Gas Association
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
Al Asphalt lnstitute
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Erene Standards 01090 - I
AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American lron and Steel lnstitute
AITC American lnstitute of Timber Construction
ALBA American Log Builders Association
ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APA American Plywood Association
ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration lnstitute
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWI Architecrural Woodwork Institute
AWCI Association of Wall and Ceiling Industries
AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Associalion
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association.
BIA Brick Institute of America
CISPI Cast lron Soil Pipe Institute
CRI Carpet and Rug Instirute
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
DHI Door Hardware lnstitute
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
FCMA Flat Glass Marketine Association
FM Factory Mutual Syslem
f,Drene Standards 01090 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
FS Federal Specification - General Services Administration, Specifications and
Consumer lnformation Distribution Section (WFSIS)
GA Gypsum Association
GANA Glass Association of North America
IEEE lnstitute ofElectrical and Electronics Ensine
IGCC Insulated Glass Certification Council
IMI Intemational Masonry Institute
IMIAC Intemational Masonrv Industrv All-Weather Council
ITS Inteftek Testins, Services
LSGA Laminators Safety Glass Association
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
MIA Masonry Institute of America
MLSFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
MSJC Masonry Standards Joint Committee
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Melal Manufacturen
NBS National Bureau of Standards
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
NEBB National Environmental Balancins Bureau
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NFPA National Forest Products Association
NiDI Nickel Development Institute
NRCA National Roofme Contractorc Association
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
NSWMA National Solid Wastes Manasement Association
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association
PCA Portland Cement Association
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
Srene Standards 01090 - 3
PDCA Painting and Decorating Contractors of America
PS Product Standard, U.S. Department of Commerce
RIS Redwood lnspection Service
SDI Steel Deck Institute
SDI Steel Door lnstitute
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council
SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacnuers Association
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
SPIB Southem Pine Inspection Bureau
SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
SWI Steel Window Instirute
SWRI Sealant Waterproofing and Restoration Institute
TAS Technical Aid Series - Construclion Specifications Institute
TCA Tile Council of America. Inc.
TMS The Masonry Society
TRI Tile Roofing Institute
UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WHI Wamock-Hersey Institute
WSRCA Westem States Roofing Contracton Association.
WWPA Westem Wood Products Association
Rn ES fNot Used)
RI X ED {Not Used)
DEf,ll
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fl)5
Erene Standards 01090 - 4
o
sEN 01300
SNLS
I,I GIL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures.
B. Contractor's Review.
C. Architect's Review.
D. Retum of Submittals.
E. Transmittal Letter.
F. Grouping of Submittals.
G. Submittal Procedure.
H. Resubmiftal Reouirements.
I. Quality Assurance.
J. Schedule of Values.
K. Submittal Schedule.
L. Shop Drawings.
M. Product Data.
N. Samples.
O. Manufacturer's Certificates.
P. MEPFP Coordination Drawings.
a. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
R. Warranties. Guarantees and Bonds.
I.O2 PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals as required by the Contract Documents; revise and resubmit as required to
establish compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Submittal Definitions:
l. Shop Drawing Submittals: Drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specifically
prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, or Distributor
to illustate some portion of the Work.
2. Product/Catalog Data Submittals: Standard illustrations, schedules, performance charls,
instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information firmished by the Contractor to
Suhrittals 01300 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
illustrate a material, product, or system for some portion of the Work.
3. Samplc Submittals: Physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials,
equipment or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
C. Submittals shall contain on the submittal, where praclical, and on the accompanying transmittal,
the followinp information:
l.
z-
3.
4.
The date of submission and the dates of any
drawing).
The Project name, date, month and year of Project.
Contract identifi cation.
The names of:
previous submissions (by individual
a-
b.
c.
Contractor-
Supplier.
Manufacturer.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
I l.
12.
lJ-
ldentification of the product, with reference to Specification Section number.
Reference to Drawing number(s).
Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.
Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
An 8 inch x 4 inch blank space for the Contractor's, Architect's and the Architect's
professional Consultant review stamps.
Contraclor's review stamp, Subcontractor's review stamp as applicable, initialed or
signed, certifoing prior review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements
and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the subminal
with reouirements of the Work and of the Contract Documenrs.
D.
E.
Submittals for each portion of the Work shall be complete and accurate. Incomplete or partial
submittals will not be recognized, will be rejected, and will require resubmittal when returned.
l. Submittals may be made of portions of the Work, but each submittal shall be complete in
all respects, with the information necessary for proper review by the Architect and/or the
professional Consultants.
Comply with Construction Schedules for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate
submittal of related items.
F. Distribute copies of approved submittals to applicable subcontractor(s), jobsite file, and to other
concemed parties. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.
G. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other submittals in a timely manner in
accordance with the Submittal Schedule and with allowance for resubmittal time as reouired to
meet the Construction Schedules.
Review by the Architect of submittals is not an authorization for Change Order. Any item
requiring Change Order shall follow procedures described elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Submit all reproducibles, prints, product data, test reports, brochues, literature, certifications and
samples in accordance with the "Submittal Procedure" described at the end of this Section. The
Contractor shall submit all submittals directly to the Architect as specified herein.
Make submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples, Substitution Requests and other items in accordance
with the provisions of this Section, using a submittal transmittal approved by the Owner and
Architect.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
H.
J.
Subrittals 0r300 - 2
K.Channel of Submission: All Submittals lrom Subcontractors shall be processed through the
Contractor. Only the Contractor shall submit the Submittals to the Architect. No Submittals shall
be processed for review to the Architect or Architect's Consultants if received directly from a
Subcontractor, Manufacturer or supplier.
L.
I.O3 CONTRACTOR'SREVIEW
C.
Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and veriff field measurements, field construction
criteria, Manufacturer's catalog numbers, and similar data and conformance of submittal, with
requirements of Contract Documents and coordination with all other Work.
l. Contractor's Responsibility for Coordination: Where the dimension, size, shape,
location, capacity or other characteristics ofan item to be provided is dependent on some
characteristic ofanother item, and where the Contractor has selection or fabrication of the
actual product to be used, the Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of related
items, and shall insure that a proper exchange of information takes place prior to, or
during, preparation ofeach submittal, which shall reflect such coordination. The notation
"verifo" on the Drawings indicates lhe necessiry for Contractor coordination if the
panicular instances used.
2. Submittals that have not been revierved by the Contractor for complete and proper
inclusion of all items stated in the technical provisions, per the requirements of the
Contract Documents for coordination with all applicable portions of the Work, shall not
be processed or reviewed by the Architect or Consultant, and will be retumed to the
Contractor.
3. Coordinate each submittal wilh requirements of the Work, the Construction Schedules
and the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility for deviations from rcquirements of the
Contract Documents by the Architect's review or aclion of Shop Drawings, product data, samples,
or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically: l) Informed the Architect in writing
of such deviation at the time of submittal, 2) Indicated on the submittal the deviation, or 3)
Architecl has given written approval to the specific deviation. All substitution requests must be
submitted as per the requirements of this Section. The Contractor shall not be relieved of the
responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, product data and samples, or similar
submittals by the Architect's review.
l. Contractor Review: In reviewing submittals of subcontractors and suppliers, the
Contractor shall mark all sets, indicating their corrections and comments, in green.
Apply Contractor's review stamp to each sheet of Shop Drawings, product data, and sample labels,
signed by the Contractor, certirying approval, review, and verification of products, field
dimensions, construction criteria and coordination of information that submittals comply with the
Contract Documents.
Do not fabricate products, or begin Work that requires submiftal, until retum of submittal afler
Architect or Consultant review. The Architect shall consider submittals that have not been
processed through the Architect invalid; such submittals shall be returned without action.
Submittals, wilhout the Contractor's review comments and signature indicating conformance to the
above requirements, shall be considered invalid and retumed without action by the Architect.
E.
Subrittals Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Contractor shall be responsible for the
submittals that must be resubmitted a
submittal and resubmittal.
associated costs of the Architect's/Engineer's review of
second time due to noncompliance with the original
B,
D.
01300 - 3
F. The Contractor is responsible for all delays caused by improper submittal procedures.
I.O4 ARCHITECT'SREVIEW
Correclions or comments madc on Shop Drawings during review shall not relieve the Contractor
from compliance with the requirements of Drawings and Specifications. The Architect's review is
only for review of general conformance with the Design Concept of the Project and general
compliance with information given in the Contract Documents.
The decision of the Architect shall be final.
No action will be taken on "rough-in" Shop Drawings for plumbing and electrical connections
when the items of equipment are nol included in the same submittal.
Review Time:
l.On a normal basis, each submittal 10 the Architect will be returned to the Contractor
within l0 working days of the date it is received by the Architect and deemed properly
submitted.
lf for any reason the above schedule cannot be met, the Contractor shall be so informed
and the Schedule of Submittals revised to allow for immediate processing of priority
items. The Architect and the professional Consuhants will employ their best efforts to
review each submittal within the shortest practical time- The Contractor shall be in
constant communication with the Architect in order to prioritize lhe review of submittals
per the Contractor's needs in the event the Architect or the professional Consultants are
backlogged due to an inordinate volume of submittals for review.
E.For changes shown by the Architect during the Architect's review, relative to a change in scope
(time or cost), the Contractor shall promptly notiry the Owner and proceed per the provisions of
THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, including the General Conditions, and in no case proceed
with the changes without Owner's written approval.
I.O5 RETURN OF SUBMITTALS
A. After review, each submittal will be retumed to the Contractor accompanied by the submittal
transmittal form. Comments will be marked in red and each item, or sheet, will be stamped and
marked to indicate one of the following:
1. No Exceptions Taken: No discrepancies found with conformance to the Design Concept
and the Contract Documents.
2. Exceptions As Noted: Minor discrepancies have been found with conformance to the
Design Concept and the Contract Documents.
3. Reviewed For Information Onlv: No Architect comment required. Pertains mostly to
review by Architect's Consuhants.
4. Retained For Record: Submittal retained for Architect and/or Consultant record file only.
Pertains mostly to calculations and engineered systems Work.
5. Revise and Resubmit: Submittal does not meet the requirements of the Design Concept
or the Contmct Documents. The Contractor shall promptly correct and resubmit.
I.06 TRANSMITTALLETTER
Subminal Transmittal
l. The Subminal Transmittal is used to document the review progress by the Architecl and
professional Consultants, and to document its retum back to the Contractor. Each
submittal must have a seDarate transmittal sheet. The transmittal becomes the "cover
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B,
C.
D.
2.
Suhrittals 01300 - 4
sheet" for the submittal; each successive block is completed during the review as it flows
from the Contractor to the Architect, the Architect to the Consultant(s) and back (where
applicable), and back to the Contractor.
a. Use the Submittal Transmittal provided under Section 00500 - Agreement
Forms.
b. Each subminal shall bear the following information:
l) Name of originating organization.
2\ Submittal identification (name and number).
3) Date prepared.
4) Date Submitted.
c. In addition, items resubmitted shall have the following information listed in the
letter or transmittal.
1) Dates ofprevious submission.
2) Revisions, other than those specifically requested, shall be specifically
noted.
I.O7 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise specified, make submittal in groups containing all associated items to assure that
information is available for checkine each item when it is received.
B. Coordinate submittals into logical groupings and sequence to facilitate interrelation of the several
items.
l. Finishes which involve Architect's selection ofcolor, textures or pattems.
2. Associated items that require correlation for efficient function or installation.
C. Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with the provisions of the Contract.
l. The Contractor will be held liable for delays so occasioned.
D. Multiple submittals will not be allowed under a single transmittal.
I.O8 SUBMITTALPROCEDURE
A. Quantity and Types of Submittals:
Item Submitted to Architect Retumed to Contractor
Shop Drawings 4 copies l original and I copy
Product Data (Literature) 4 copies 2 copies
Samples 2 (U.O.N per Section) I
B. Submittal Numbering System:
l. Each submittal shall be assigned a unique number by the Contmctor using the following
system:
SubmittalNumber XXXXX-YY-I,2,3...
Where: XXXXX Specification Section Number
YY Submittal Number
I lnitial Subminal
2 First Resubmittal
3 Second Resubmittal
Etc.
01,02,03... SequentialNumber
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
Subrittals 01300 - 5
Examples:
If the first submittal on a Project is for Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts with 50 sheets, the
submittal number will be 08410-01-1,2,3,...50 (each sheet will have a separate sequential number).
lf sheet #'s 10-20 require resubmittal, only those sheets shall be resubmitted with submittal
numbers 08410-02-10...20. If a second resubmittal were required for those same sheels, they
would be numbered 08410-03- | 0...20, and so on for subsequent resubmittals. lf subsequent
submittals occur within the scope of the same Specification Section, the nexl initial submittal
would be numbered 08410-01-51 and the whole process starts over. This system allows for the
tracking of individual drawings of all submittals independent of other drawings originaliy
submitted with it. Samples are to be handled the same way. Product data and literature should be
given a single sequential number for each group of information, but cutsheets should be numbered
individually.
I.O9 RESUBMITTALREQUIREMENTS
A. Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect and/or professional
Consultanls and resubmit when the Architect's stamp requires Resubmittal, or as required by the
timelv completion of the Work.
l. Contractor shall provide Owner with one record copy of resubmitted, reviewed and
retumed submittals.
B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
l. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
2. ldentif any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Architect
and/or the professional Consultants by "clouding", or other suitable means acceptable to
the Architect. Only changes that have been "clouded" and changes requested by the
Architect and/or the professional Consultants will be reviewed on a resubmittal. The
Architect and/or the professional Consuhants will not assulne responsibility for the
review ofany unrequested change that is not "clouded" on a resubmittal-
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal and subsequent resubmittals.
D. The Contractor is responsible for all delays caused by the resubmittal process.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor may require its subconlractors to provide additional drawings, setting diagrams,
and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall remain between the
Contractor and its subcontractors and will not be reviewed by the Architect.
B. The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all guarantees, dimensions, selecting
fabricating process and techniques of construction, furnishing specified finishes, and performing
the Work in a safe manner.
l.ll
l. In addition to Shop Drawings, product data and samples, the procedures stated in this
Section shall also apply to submittal of other items required in the various Technical
Seclions, including certifications, warranties, guarantees, test data and reports, operating
and maintenance manuals and parts lists.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A,
Suhittals
Within 30 days from the Notice to Proceed by the Owner, and prior to thc first Application for
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
01300 - 6
Payment, submit typed Schedule ofValues.
B. Format: Follow the Table of Contents of this Project Specifications Manual. ldenti$ each line
item with number and title of the major Specification Sections.
C. For unit cost allowances, give quantities measured from the Contract Documents multiplied by the
unit cost equal to the total for the item.
D- Provide a subschedule for each separate stage of Work including General Conditions.
E. Submit revised Schedule of Values reflecting changes since previous submittal with each
Afrplication for Payment. Identify all changes since previous submiltal.
F. Revise Schedule of Values to list executed Change Orders. Keep Change Order amounls on a
separate line item with a scparate and complete schedule of values for each Directive within each
Change Order.
1.12 SUBMITTALSCHEDULE
A. Within a reasonable time, but not exceeding 90 days, and affer execution of the Owner/Contractor
Agreement, or earlier as required by the status of Work, submit a Submittal Delivery Schedule.
No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work until acceptance of thc source or
Manufacturer is received from the Owner and Architect. The Contractor shall allow adequate time
for the proper submission procedures, distribution, review, reproduclion, and retum to the
Contractor when developing the Submittal Schedule. Consideration should also be made by the
Contractor so as no1 to overburden the Architect and Consultants with unreasonable amounts of
submittals to be processed in short time frames. The Owner and Architect shall not be held liable
for delays caused by such overburdening by the Contractor.
1. The schedule shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following:
Shop Drawings.
Products.
Samples.
Mockups.
Color selections.
Preinstallation conferences.
Tests and certifi cations.
Items of Work required at Substantial Completion.
Closeout items.
l) Warranties and Guarantees.
2) Record documents and as-builts.
3) O & M Manuals.
4) Owner instructions.
2. List items required for submittal. In the event the Technical Provisions include items not
covered in the list, lhe requirements of the Technical Provisions shall govem. Submittal
data may be required on any item, even though submittal requirements are not given in
the Specifications.
3. ldentification of Submittal: Submittals, including resubmittals, shall be numbered in
accordance with the "Submittal Procedure" as described in this Section.
After review by the Architect, revise and resubmit as required within l0 days.
Prepare Submittal Schedule to comply with the Construction Progress Schedule for submittals
related to Work progress. Coordinate submittals of related items.
Submit revised Submittal Schedules reflecting changes since previous submittal with each
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
h.
i.
B.
C.
D.
Subrittals 01300 - 7
Monthly Report. Identify all changes since previous submittal.
I.I3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Prepare and present Shop Drawings in a clear and thorough manner. Do not reproduce Contract
Documents for use as Shop Drawings unless specifically and individually approved by the Owner
and Architect.
l. Identifo details by reference to sheet and detail, schedule, or room number as shown on
the Contract Drawinss.
B. Submit in form and quanrity"in accordance with the "submittal Procedure" as described in rhis
Section. After the Architect's review, reproduce and distribute to subcontractors and suppliers as
required.
I.14 PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation:
t. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacilies.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
B. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams:
l Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information that is not applicable to the Work.
2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the
Work.
I.I5 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples identical to lhe precise product proposed to be provided.
B. Submit full range of Manufacturers' standard colors, textures and pattems, except when more
restrictive requiremenls are specified for the Owner's review and Archilect's selection.
C- Submit samples lo illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and
attachmenl devices. Coordinate submittal ofdifferent categories for interfacing Work.
D. Include identification on each sample, giving full information.
E. In addition to samples submitted for approval, maintain field samples of finishes at jobsite, at
location acceotable to Owner and Architect.
I,I6 MANUFACTURERSCERT]FICATES
A- Submit in accordance with requirements of each Specification Section.
I.I1 MEPFP COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor and a representative of each MEPFP trade involved shall meet with the Owner and
Architect and determine mutually with the other where composite Coordination Drawings shall be
prepared and originated.
B. The Contractor and its MEPFP subcontractors shall review the Contract Documents diligently
Suhrittals 01300 - 8 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
C.
prior to Bid. There shall be no additional reimbursement/cost af,ler award of Bid for the purpose of
coordinalion effort or additional work as the result of oversight or improper review of Contract
Documents.
Under the direction of the Contractor, the appticable trades shall coordinate and prepare the
Coordination Drawings. The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Coordination Drawings to
each involved trade after review and approval by the Architect.
Prepare Coordination Dnwings on the same size sheets as the Contract Drawings and submit as
required for Shop Drawings.
lnclude necessary plan views and sections drawn to scale. Include dimensions where necessary
and as directed by the Architect.
Draw plans at a minimum scale of 1i4" = l'-0".
Ensure each trade checks proposed locations of their Work with the requirements of all related
Work to verify non-interference and compliance with ceiling heights, obstructions imposed by
recessed Iighting fixtures, shaft spaces and other limitations. Indicate all access door locations.
Check each conflict and direct which trade has priority and the sequence in which Work is to be
installed. lnsralled Work that blocks, or otherwise inhibits the proper Work of any other trade,
shall be removed and relocated by the Contractor at no increase to the Contract Sum.
Verify all trades have reviewed composite Coordination Drawings prior to commencement of
Work in question.
The Owner and Architect may request additional Coordination Drawings as construction proceeds
ii in the Architect's opinion, additional drawings are required for the proper coordination of the
Work.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Submit all O & M Manuals in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 01730 -
Operation and Maintenance Data.
l. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials,
and suggested schedule after installation of materials.
WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES AND BONDS
A. Provide as required by Technical Sections of the Specifications. Submit in accordance with the
requirements specified in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
l. Receipt and approval by the Architect shall be considered part ofthe requirements for the
Architect to cerlify Substantial Completion.
E$
Not Used
xgD
Not Used
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
l.l8
l.l9
l'x
RI
Suhrittals 01300 - 9
DSn
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2lX)5
Suhrittals 01300 - r0
sEnl400
SLIY CI
RI
1.01
Gf,L
SECTIONS INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
J.
K.
Quality Control Program.
Quality Assurance.
Manufacturer's Instructions.
Manufacturer's Certifi cates.
Manufacturer's Field Services
Mockups.
Reference Standards, Codes and Specifications.
Testing - General.
Contractor's Quality Control System.
Minimum Construction Tolerances: Standards.
General Work Requirements.
1.02 QUAL]TY CONTROL PROGRAM
A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain a Contractor's Quality Control Program for all items of
Work, including the Work of subcontractors to ensure the Work conforms to the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
B. The Owner and Architect will periodically review the Work in progress for compliance with the
Contract Documents and will present reports of such reviews to the Contractor who shall then take
the corrective action required. However, neither the performance nor lack of performance of such
review by either the Owner or the Architect shall relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for
quality conlrol.
C. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work, except where more stringent
tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards and workrnanship.
D. Ensure appropriate facilities, instruments and devices required for performance of Contractor's
Quality Control is available on-site.
E. Comply with Manufacturer's instructions, including each step in sequence.
F. Protect and maintain material and equipment during storage and installation, and until final review
of the completed Work.
I.O3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Maintain quality control over supervision, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, products,
QlitSControl 01400 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
services, workmanship and site conditions 1o produce Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B. Workmanship: Provide suitably qualified personnel to produce Work of specified quality.
C. Quality of Construction: Notwithstanding anything lo the contrary set forth herein or in any of the
plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Work is not to be considered "standard
commercial construction", but shall be considered "custom" construction. All Work shall be
completed in accordance with the highest standard of workmanship by all trades.
I,O4 MANUFACTURER'SINSTRUCTIONS
C.
When required in individual Specification Sections, submit Manufacturer's printed instructions in
the quantity required for product data, for delivery, handling, storage, assembly, installation,
startup, adjusting, balancing and finishing as appropriate, to the individuals involved and maintain
one set in the field office.
The Contractor shall comply with Manufacturer's instructions in full detail including each step in
sequence. Should instruction conflict with the Contract Documents, request clarification from
Architect before proceeding.
L Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected,
erecied, used, cleaned and conditioned as per the Manufacturer's printed directions,
unless specifi ed otherwise.
2. All materials and equipment shall be new, firsl quality products employed in the manner
for which lhey were intended by the Manufacturer. Manufacturer's specifications, where
referred to, become a part ofthese Specifications.
a. Wherever tbe Manufacturer has knowledge of an improper use of its product(s),
the Manufacturer shall fumish such information in writing to the Architect. This
type of information and communication shall emanate from the Manufacturer's
technical staff (application, engineering and research divisions).
3. The Manufacturer shall be responsible for the failure of its product to perform in
accordance with written data supplied by itselfor its authorized representatives, as well as
misrepresentations of such data. Responsibility extends to related products affected by
the failure.
4. The Manufacturer shall investigate tbe relation of its product to other products used in
association with its producl. Such information shall be available to the Architect.
5. The Contractor shall inform the Manufacturer conceming the application ofthe products
it used and follow the directions ofthe Architect and Manufacturer.
6. In the event of disagreement between the Contract Documents and the Manufacturer's
directions, the Contractor shall obtain written instructions from the Architect before
proceeding with the installalion.
lf the Contractor has knowledge of, or reason to believe the likelihood of failure, the Contractor
shall transmit such knowledge to the Architect and ask for written instructions before proceeding
with the Work.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIF]CATES
When required or specified in individual Specification Sections, Contractor shall require Supplier
or Manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces
and installation, quality of workmanship, testing and to make appropriate recommendations.
Manufacturer's representative shall submit a written report to the Architect and responsible
Engineer listing observations and recommendations.
B.
A.
B.
Qlitpontrol Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
01400 - 2
I.06 MANUFACTURER'SF]ELDSERVICES
When requircd in individual Specification Sections, have Manufacturer or supplier provide
qualified representative to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality
workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to
make rvritten report ofobservations and recommendations to the Architcct.
Submit qualifications of representalive to Architect and Owner 30 days in advance of required
observalion.
I.O7 MOCKUPS
Erect field samples and mockups at jobsite if required:
l. As required per the Specification Sections.
Construct mockup using products, materials and methods identical to those to be utilized in the
Work.
C. Provide adequate supports, foundations and bracing as required to properly stabilize mockup.
D. Construct mockup in accordance with approved submittals. Deviations from, or additions to
details indicated on approved submittals, are subjecl to the Architect's approval.
E. Structural components and conditions of attachment of the mockup shall accurately reflect actual
Project work conditions for profile and structural integrity.
F. Mockups shall be made available for review by the Orvner and Architect at least two (2) weeks
before approval is needed by the Contractor to maintain schedule.
I.O8 REFERENCE STANDARDS. CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Building Codes: The Work shall be perlormed in compliance with all applicable Codes. These
include, but are not limited to the following:
Intemational Building Code (1BC), 2003 Edition.
Intemational Mechanical Code (lMC), 2003 Edition.
Intemational Plumbing Code (lPC), 2003 Edition.
National Electric Code (NEC), 2002 Edition.
Intemational Fire Code (lFC), 2003 Edition as referenced by IBC.
American with Disabilities Act (ADA): Federal Register/Vol. 56, No- 144lPart III,
Department of Justice, Office of lhe Attomey General, 28 CFR Part 36 -
Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disabilitv bv Public Accommodations and in
Commercial Facilities; Final Rule/July 26, l99l (Revised July I, 1994).
7. ICC/ANSI Al l7.l-1998: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.
8. ASME A17.1-1993: Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.
9. Intemational Energy Conservation Code (IECC),2003 Edition.
10. lntemational Fuel and Gas Piping Code (IFGPC), 2003 Edition.
I l. Any amendments to Building Codes by local authorities having jurisdiction-
B. All permits issued for Work.
C. All applicable State and Federal requirements and Codes.
D. Standards and Specifications: Standards published by various organizations and govemment
agencies are referred to by title in various Sections of these Specifications. Such standards and
Qlitpontrol 01400 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
A.
B.
u-
I.
t-
J-
A
5.
(r.
published Specifications are hereby included in their entirety, together with applicable addenda
and interpretations, and shall have the same force as ifprinted herein.
I,O9 TESTING - GENERAL
A. The term "testing" as used herein is defined as testing and/or inspection under provisions of
Section 01410 - Testing and Inspection Services.
B. The Contractor shall not use any materials or equiprnent represenled by samples until tests, if
required, have been made and the materials or equipment found to be acceptable. Any product that
becomes unfit for use after acceptance shall not be incorporaled into the Work.
C. AII materials or equipment proposed may be tested at any time during their preparation or use.
The Contractor shall furnish the required samples without charge and shall coordinate testing with
the Architect, responsible Engineer and lndependent Testing Agency to allow sufficient time for
testing before placing orders or starting work. Products may be tested either prior to shipment or
after being received at the jobsite.
D. The specific information conceming testing methods, sample sizes, etc., if required, is included
under respective Sections of the Specifications.
E. The Contractor shall conform to the testing requirements of the jurisdiction where Project is
located and as required by any other authority having jurisdiction.
F. ContractorTestingRequirements
l. General: The following testing shall be performed by and at the expense of the
Conlractor installing the material being tested:
a. Material or Method Substitution: Any tests of basic material, fabrication
equipment or a Substitute for specified items or methods on which a test may be
required in order to prove its compliance with the Specifications.
b. Product Performance Verification: The supplier of products specified based on
performance criteria shall, at the request of the Architect or responsible
Engineer, inspect the installed product and certiry conformance of the product to
specified criteria under the installed conditions.
c. See respective Specification Sections for specific testing requirements.
2. Tests shall be performed by an accredited Testing Agency with minimum five years
experience in the specific type of testing to be performed. Except as otherwise
provided, sampling and testing of all materials, and the Testing Agency methods and
testing equipment, shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative
methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM).
3. Corrective measures resulting from any test that fails shall be paid for by the installing
Contractor and shall be subject to the following conditions:
a. Quantity and nature of additional testing, if required, shall be determined by the
responsible Engineer.
b. All additional lests shall be taken in the presence ofthe responsible Engineer or
its representative.
c. Proof of noncompliance will make the installing Contractor liable for any
corrective action which the responsible consultant feels is prudent, including
complete removal and replacement ofdefective malerial.
4. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the installing Contractor does not have
the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for their own information
and job control, so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for costs or for
giving them consideration when appraising quality of materials.
l.r0 coNTRAcToR's QUALTTY CONTROL SYSTEM
QlitlControl 01400 - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
A. General: The General Contractor shall establish a quality control system and shall perform
sufficient inspection and tests ofall items of Work, including that of their subcontractors, to ensure
conformance to the Contract Documents for materials, workmanship, construclion, finish,
functional performance and identification. Contractor's quality control system is the means by
which they assure themselves that the construction complies with the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Controls shall be adequatc to cover all construction operations.
l. Inspect each item of material or equipment immediately prior to installation. Reject
damaged and defective items.
2. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for sccuring Work. Secure
Work true to line and level, and within specified tolerances or recognized industry
tolerances, whichever is stricter. Allow expansiorycontraction and building movement.
Provide uniform joint width in exposed Work. Anange joints in exposed Work to obtain
the best visual effect. Refer questionable visual effect choices to the Architect for final
decision.
3. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the Work as an inlegral step of staning each
inslallation.
4. Install each unit-of-work during weathcr conditions and Project status that will cnsure the
best possible results in coordination with the entire Work. lsolale each unit of Work from
incompatible Work as necessary to prevent deterioration.
5. Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections and tests so as to minimize
necessity of uncovering Work lor that purpose.
B. Records: Contractor shall maintain correcl records on an appropriate form for all inspections and
tests performed, inslructions received from the Architect, responsible Engineer or Testing Agency,
and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the
required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or
tests, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.), proposed or directed remedial action and
corrective action taken. Contractor shall document inspeclions and tests as required by each
Section of the Specifications.
I.I I MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES: STANDARDS
These provisions, standards and tolerances shall apply to all Work under this Contract. Where
stricter standards and tolerances are specified elsewhere in these Specifications, or in references
specified in these Specifications, they shall take precedence over these slandards and tolerances.
Build and install pans of the Work lcvel, plumb, square and in correct position, unless specifically
shown or specified otherwise.
l No part shall be out of plumb, level, square, or correct position so much as to impair the
proper functioning of the part of the Work as judged by the Architect.
2. The following tolerances shall apply to plane surfaces. Consult Architect for applicability
ofthese tolerances beforc bcginning Work.
B.
a-
b.
c.
d.
No point in plane surface shall be out ofcorrect position by more than l/8 inch.
No straight-line tangent to the plane surface shall vary from the plane surface by
more than 1/8 inch in l0 feet; non-cumulalive.
Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of Products to produce
acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.
Comply with manufacturer's tolerances. Request clarification from Architect
before proceeding when Manufacturer's tolerances conflict with Contract
Documents.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
C. Make joints tight and neat. Ifnot possible, apply sealant or otherjoint treatment as directed by the
Architect. as required.
Qlitpontrol 01400 - 5
D. Under potentially damp conditions, provide galvanic isolation between different metals that are not
adjacent on the galvanic scale.
E. All fasteners used by all trades on the exterior, and where dampness and corrosion can reasonably
be anticipaled, shall be corrosion resistant.
l. Fasteners for carpentry on the exterior, or in potentially damp locations, shall be stainless
steel, aluminum or double hot-dip galvanized steel.
2. Fasteners for copper, brass and bronze in all locations, and under all conditions, shall be
coppeq brass or bronze.
3. Fasteners for stainless steel shall be stainless steel.
4. Fasteners for aluminum shall be stainless steel or aluminum where exposed to view, and
stainless steel, aluminum or double hot-dip galvanized steel where not exposed to view.
5. Fasteners for ferrous melals shall be galvanized or stainless steel.
6. Fasteners for other materials on the exterior, in cellars and crawl spaces, embedded in
exterior walls, at the rooi and other places where dampness and corrosion can reasonably
be anticipated, shall be ofone of the types specified above.'7. If corrosion-resistant fasteners are not available. notifu Architect. Architect will direct
altemative prolections.
F. Apply protective finish to parts of the Work before concealing parts. For example, paint door tops
and door bottoms prior to hanging doors, and paint conodible mounting plates before installing
parts over them.
I . Paint aluminum embedded in masonry with bituminous paint.
2. Use treated wood al all locations exposed to dampness or in contact with concrete or non-
compatible materials.
3. Paint other concealed materials and products with same primer and finish specified for
exposed surfaces. If concealed materials are fully covered, primer alone is suflicient
unless specified otherwise.
4. Concealed products that are already corrosion protected need not be protected further
unless specified otherwise.
G. Manufacturers, subcontractors and workmen shall be experienced and skillful in performing the
work assigned to them.
H. Verify critical dimensions in the field before fabricating items that must fit adjoining construction.
I. Where accessories are required in order to install parts of the Work in usable form, provide such
accessones.
J. All paint used on all products shall conform to ANSI 266.1, "Specifications for Painrs and
Coatings Accessible to Children to Minimize Dry Film Toxicity".
K. Follow Manufacturers' instructions for assembling and installation- Where Manufacturers'
instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request interpretations from Architect and follow
the interpretation.
L. Adjust and operate all items ofequipment, leaving them fully ready for use.
M. All warranties, guarantees and service maintenance agreements shall commence on the date of
Substantial Completion of the Work, or of the item being guaranteed, whichever is later, so that
the Owner receives full use ofthe item for the guarantee or wananty period.
N. All materials and equipment shall comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Act, including
Qlitpontrol 01400 - 6 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
l.t2
B.
all amendments.
GENERAL WORK REQUIREMENTS
A. Examination:
C.
l.Verifo existing conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work.
Beginning new Work means acceptancc of existing conditions.
Verifo existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work
being applied or attached.
Examine and verifo specific conditions described in individual specificalion scctions.
Vcrifu utility services are available, ofcorrect characteristics, and in correcl locations.
2.
4.
Preparation:
l. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
2. Seal cracks, joints and openings to make exterior skin of building watertight. If methods
ofdoing so are not specified or indicated on the Drawings, notifo Orvner and Architect of
altemative solutions and proceed as directed at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer or conditioner prior to
applying new material or substance in contact or bond.
4. Provide adequate blocking, backing, bracing, nailers, fasteners and other supports to
install products of the Work securely. Installed products shall be able to withstand 2-l12
times the maximum anticipated load as estimated by the product Manufacturcr. Blocking,
backing, bracing, nailers, fasteners and other supports shall be of a type not subject to
deterioration or weakening as the result of environmental conditions or aging.
a. Anchor all railings and attachments to resist a lateral forcc of 200 lbs applied
horizontally and 50 lbs/linear foot at any point rvithout damage or permanent set.
b. Pipe hammer will NOT be allowed; provide adequate blocking and anchorage as
required.
5. Provide bases, pads, inserts, blockouts, and other supporting struclurcs as required for all
portions of the Work, even if not specified or indicated on the Drawings, but as
nonetheless required for a complete installation, at no additional cost to the Owner.
Cracks, chips, stains or spalling of the hardscape finisb will not be acceptablc. lf required by the
Architect, the Contractor shall replace the unacceptable Work at no additional cost to the Owner.
All non-prefinished, exposed area development metallic objects such as unistrut, grates, manhole
covers, valves, pipes, hydrants, etc. shall be finish painted with colors as selected by the Architect.
As part of warranty specified in the General Conditions, repair cracks and other damage that occur
as a result of settlement and shrinkage during the firsl year after Substantial Completion. This
requirement does not include cracks and other damage that are determined to be from abuse of the
Project, or abnormal faults that result from inadequate design.
os
Not Used
KEN
Not Used
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 Aueust 2005
D.
E.
AI
BI
Qlitpontrol 01400 - 7
DCD
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
VaiL Colorado
15 August 2005
QlitlControl 01400 - I
sB[} 01410
NAWNIICS
RI GIL
I.OI SECTION ]NCLUDES
A. General: The Owner will employ and pay for the services ofan Independent Testing Agency to
perform inspections, tests and other services. Services shall be performed in accordance with
requirements of goveming authorities and with specified standards.
l. Contractor shall cooperate with the Testing Agency personnel and shall fumish tools,
samples of materials, design mixes, equipment and assistance as requested. Refer to
succeeding Specification Sections for specific Contractor duties for each Section.
2. Contractor shall provide and maintain, for the sole use of the Testing Agency, adequate
facilities for the safe storage and proper curing of concrete test cylinders on thejobsite for
the first 24 hours after casting, as required by ASTM C3l, "Method of Making and
Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field".
3. Contractor shalt notifo the Testing Agency at least 72 hours prior to expected time for
operations requiring testing or inspeclion services.
4. Contractor shall make arrangements with the Testing Agency and pay for tests made for
the Contractor's convenience, or for re-testing of failed samples.
5. For deficiencies requiring corrective action, the Contractor shall submit in writing a
description of the deficiency and a proposed correction to the Architect and responsible
Engineer. After review by the Engineer, the corrective action shall be implemented by
the Contractor and inspected by the Testing Agency. lt shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to ascertain that the deficiency is corrected and inspected prior to the Work
being covered.
6. Retention of a Testing Agency by the Owner shall in no way relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for performing all Work in accordance with the Contract requirements-
I.O2 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS
A. Conditions of the Contract: Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations, orders or approvals ofpublic authorities.
I.O3 LIMITAT]ONS OF AUTHORITY OF THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY
A. The Testing Agency is not authorized to:
l. Release, revoke, alter, relax or enlarge on requirements ofthe Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform anv duties ofthe Contractor.
I.O4 CONTRACTOR'SRESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with the Testing Agency personnel, at all times provide access to the Work, storage
areas and to Manufacturerb onerations.
B. Secure and deliver to the Testing Agency adequate quantities (as determined by the Owner,
Architect and responsible Engineer) of representative samples of materials proposed to be used
and which require testing.
C. Cooperate with the Testing Agency personnel in securing samples of materials to be used for
testing purposes.
Gting and lnspetion Servies 01410 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Ensure the Testing Agency access to all fabricalion plants and concrete plant for inspections and
testing as required by the Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer.
Fumish copies of product test reports to Owner, Architect, Contractor and responsible Engineer,
unless otherwise directed by Owner and Architect.
Fumish incidental labor and facilities:
I . To provide access to Work to be tested.
2. To obtain and handle samples at the jobsite or at the source of the product to be tested-
3. To facilitate inspections and tests.
4. For storage and curing oftest samples.
Based on the Project schedule and Project inspection dates required, notiry the Testing Agency
minimum 72 hours in advance of operations to allow for the Testing Agency assignment of
personnel and scheduling of tests.
l. lf such scheduled tests or inspections could not be perfomed afler such notice, through
no fault of the Testing Agency personnel, reimburse the Owner for the Testing Agency
personnel time and travel expenses incurred.
Make anangements with the Testing Agency and pay for additional samples and tests required for
the Contractor's convenience.
Make arrangements with the Testing Agency and pay for additional inspections, sampling and
testing required, when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with the Contract Documents.
I.O5 OBSERVATION
A. Provide access to the Work and source ofsupply ifthe Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer
wish to observe inspection or testing.
I,06 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY
A. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", published by
American Council of Independent Laboratories.
B. For each type of inspection and testing service to be performed, the Testing Agency shall submit
certification, signed by the Testing Agency's licensed Professional Engineer, of compliance with
ASTM E329, "Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of
Materials used in Construction", latest edition. To quali$ for approval, the Laboratory shall be
capable of performing all tests and inspections specified in the Contract Documents according to
the appropriate ASTM standards. Other tests not referenced in the documents need not be
included.
C. Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located.
D. Jobsite Technicians: Testing and inspection services shall be performed only by trained and
experienced technicians cuffently qualified for the Work they are to perform. Documentation of
such training and experience shall be submitted to the Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer
upon request. Minimum qualifications of testing and inspection personnel shall be:
I . Soils: National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technicians (NICET) Level ll, and
two (2) years minimum experience under a NICET Level lV, or licensed Professional
Engineer familiar with soil testing.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
D.
E
F.
G,
H,
iliting and Inspetion Servies 01410 - 2
2. Concrete:
a. Testing of fresh and hardened concrcte shall be by American Concrete Institute
certified Level I Field Technicians.
b. Concrete reinforcing steel shall be inspected by personnel experienced in
reinforced concrete construclion and acceptable to the Building Ofhcial and
Structural Engineer. Personnel who are currently certified by the American
Concrete lnstitute as a Concrete lnspector Level II will be accepted.
E. Testing Equipment:
l. Calibrated within the last year by devices ofaccuracy traceable to either:
a- National Burcau of Standards.
b. Accepted values ofnatural physical conslants.
2. When requested, fumish evidence, satisfactory 10 the Architect and responsible Engineer,
that all equipment to be used has been calibrated in accordance with applicable ASTM
slandards within the last year and is in proper rvorking order.
I.07 AUTHORITIES AND DUTIES OF THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY
A. General: The Testing Agency inspectors shall familiarize themselves with all applicable portions of
the Contract Documents pertaining to the area of Work and shall perform their duties in such a
manner that neilher fabrication nor construction is unnecessarily delayed or impeded. In NO instance
shall the inspector recommend or prescribe a method of repair for a defect.
B. Cooperate with the Orvner, Architect, responsible Engineer and Contractor; and to provide
qualified personnel after due notice.
C. Perform specified inspections. sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction:
I . Comply with specified standards.
2- Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of the Contract Documents.
D. Promptly notif,/ the Architect and Conlractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of Work or
products.
E. Submit written reports ofall inspections on a weekly basis. Include in each report:
I . Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Independent Testing Agency name, address and telephone number.
4. Name and signature ofthe Testing Agency inspector.
5. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
6. Record oftemperature and weather conditions.
7. Date oftest.
8. Identification ofproduct and Specification Section.
9- Location ofsample or test in the Project.
10. Type ofinspection or test.
ll. Results of tests and interpretation of test results, and compliance with the Contract
Documents.
a. Tesl reports shall include a description of deficiencies noted. and corrective
action undertaken to resolve such deficiencies.
b. Deficiencies observed shall immediately be brought to the attention of the
Contractor's field superintendent, and trade foreman. ln the event deficiencies
are not corrected, or if an interpretation of the Contract Documents is required,
the Testing Agency shall immediately notify the Architect and Owner.
c. The Testing Agency shall maintain a deficiency list of all items not corrected
Eting and lnspetion Servies 01410 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
F.
EF
G.
H.
and sball re-inspect the area after the deficiency has been corrected. The list
shall include a description of the deficiency, the date and time the deficiency
was observed, who was notified, the date of re-inspection and description of
corrective aclion taken. Distribute the deficiency list at least once per month.
12. Upon completion of the Project, the Testing Agency shall fumish to the Owner, Architect
and responsible Engineer, a statement certified by a Notary Public that all required tests
and inspections were made in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
Perform additional tests as required by the Owner, Architect and/or responsible Engineer.
Obtaining Product and Material Certifications: The Testing Agency shall be responsible for
obtaining all product and rnaterial certifications from Manufacturers and suppliers as specified in
the Specifications.
Limitations of Authority: The Testing Agency is not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge
upon, or release any requirements of the Specifications, or to approve or accept any portion of the
Work, or to perform any duties ofthe General Contractor or its subconlractors.
Specific Testing Agency testing and inspection requirements are contained in, but are not limited to,
the following Specifi cation Sections:
l. Section 02300 - Earthwork.
2. Section 03300 - Cast-ln-Place Concrete.
3. Othen as specified in appropriate Sections.
Not Used
Not Used
DOD
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
asRI
Ll
iBting and Inspetion Servies 014t0 - 4
sEn 01500clncr|,lBArEs
TI GIL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Contractor's Field Offices.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies.
C. General Requirements.
D. Temporary Electricity and Lighting.
E. Temporary Heat and Ventilation.
F. Temporary Telephone Service.
G. Temporary Water.
H, Temporary Toilets.
l. Construction Aids.
J. Enclosures.
lC Mainte,nance of Traffic.
L. Fire Protection.
M. Barriers.
N. Cleaning During Construction.
O. Project Identification and Construction Signs.
P. Sheds.
a. Removal.
R. Site Access.
S. Water Control.
T. Dust Conhol.
U. Erosion and Sediment Control.
V. Pollution Control.
W. Noise Control.
X. Security.
Conslrution Hitles and
ihpora4Controls
Llon Square l,odgc
Site and Gerage Improvemcnts
Veil, Colorado
15 August 2fi15
01500 - I
Y. Prolection.
Z. Use and Protection of Buildins and Site.
AA. EnvironmentalConditions.
BB. Construction Operations at the Project Sile.
I.O2 CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICES
A. The location of desigrrated parking, staging, storage, and administrative office areas shall be
coordinated with and approved by the Owner.
B. All Contractor administrative offices shall be located in the Contractor's staging area only. No
other administrative offices will be allowed on site unless specifically approved by the Owner.
C. At Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be used.
I . Mobile homes, when used, shall be modified for office use.
2. Do not use mobile homes for living quarters.
D. Job Built Type:
l. Structurally sound, weathertighl, with floors raised above ground.
2. Temperature Transmission Resistance: Compatible with occupancy and slorage
rcquirements.
3. Size: As required for Contractor's field office personnel, plus one spare work station for
incidental use by subcontractor's personnel.
a- Include meeting space as required for job meetings.
E. Construct temporary field offices and storage sheds on prop€r foundations; provide connections for
utility services.
l. Secure portable or mobile buildings when used.
2. Provide steps and landings at entrance doors.
3. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide surface drainage.
F. Maintenance and Cleanins:
I . Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures, firmishings,
equipment and services.
I.O3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY ACENCIES
A. Comply with the lntemational Building Code,2003 Edition, and all other applicable Codes and
Regulations.
B. Comply with Federal, State and local Codes and Regulations and with utility company
requirements.
I.O4 GENERALREQUIREMENTS
A. Materials for construction lacilities and temporary controls may be new or used, but shall be
adequate in capacity for the required usage; shall not create hazardous or unsafe conditions and
shall conform with requirements ofapplicable codes and regulations.
Constrution fflities and
iftnpora4Controls
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Lnprovements
VaiL Colorado
l5 August 2005
01500 - 2
Consult and coordinate with the Owner and Architect lo review sitc conditions and factors which
affect construction facilities and procedures including adjacenl property which may be affected by
execution of the Work. Coordinate construction facilities with other Contractors and the Owner's
own forces working at the site.
Maintain and operate systems to assurc continuous scrvice.
Modify and extend scrviccs and syslems as required by progress of, the Work as directed by the
Owner.
Remove all temporary controls and construction facilities upon completion of Work as directed by
the Owncr.
Contractor shall coordinate with local power authority for final hook up of permanent utilities as
well as for temporary utilities.
The Owner will fumish NO utilities of any nature to the Contractor during the entire construction
process, regardless ofthe location of the Contractor's officcs, unless othcrwise provided for in the
Construction Contract-
I,O5 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC]TY AND LIGHTING
C.
Arrange with utility company to provide service required for construction operations.
Install main panels, circuits, breakers, and branch rviring with area distribution boxes located to
allow pou'er and lighting by means of construction-type power cords and conduits as required-
Provide artificial lighting for construction operations when natural light is not adequate for work,
and for areas accessible to the public. Provide minimum 200-rvatt lamp lor each 400 sf of building
area. Prior to final finish material installation, provide temporary lighting equal to that ofthe final
designed lighting condition, if final lighting is not yet in place or operable.
Locate distribution boxes so that power for power tools is available, al a minimum. thoughout the
construction area by the use of 100-foot maximum length conslruction type power cords.
Permanent lighting may be used during construction subject to approval of the Owner. Maintain
lighting and make routine repairs. Replace all defective or damaged fixtures and relamp all
fixtures prior to final acceptance by the Owner.
Pay all costs for installation, maintenance, operation, removal, service charges and power used
until final acceptance by the Owner.
I.06 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
C.
Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions
to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for construction
operations, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature and humidity.
Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials and to
prevent hazardous accumulations ofdust, fumes, vapors, gases and other contaminants.
Ponable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls.
Do not use open salamanders or olher heaters that emit visible smoke. Prevent discharge from
unvented heaters from contacting uncured masonry and concrete.
B.
(_.
D.
E,
F.
G.
B.
D,
F-
B.
D.
Constrution fflities and
ilinporarpontrols
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
01s00 - 3
1.07
1.08
E. Do not start finishing operations until building is enclosed and dried. After finishing operations
have started, regulate heat or air conditioning so as to prevent rapid temperature changes inside
building.
t. Finish materials having a specified moisture content shall have air humidity appropriately
provided and controlled.
F. If permanent HVAC system is used during construction period, the waranty period shall
nevertheless begin at the time of Substantial Completion so that the Owner receives use of the
plant for a full period of guarantee. Provide fuel used for temporary HVAC use.
G. Permanent heating and ventilating apparatus, when available, may be used for temporary heat and
ventilation. Pay for temporary connections and disconnections and be responsible for any damage
to the system and equipment during such lempomry use.
l. Prior to operation ofpermanenl facilities for temporary purposes, verifo that installation is
approved for operation and that new filters are in place.
2. Provide and maintain clean temporary filters during construction period.
3. Conlractor shall be responsible for restoration or replacement of all Work affected, but
not limited to, dirty equipment and ductwork and mildew growth. Apparatus shall be
restored to "like-new cleanliness" prior to acceptance by Owner.
H. Pay all costs for installation, mainlenance, operation and removal, and for energy and fuel used
until final acceptance by the Owner.
TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Provide direct line telephone service to Contractor's field oflices for operations.
B. Pay all costs for installation, mainlenance and removal, and service charges.
TEMPORARY WATER
C.
Arrange with utility company; provide water for construction purposes.
Contractor shall be responsible for all temporary and permanent connections. Temporary
connections shall be removed when permanent connections are made.
L Inslall branch piping with laps located so that water is available throughout the
construction area. Keep all joints and hoses watertight; provide watertight hose nozzles
to prevent leakage.
2. Protect piping and fittings against freezing.
Potable Water:
L An adequate supply ofpotable water shall be provided in all places for all employees.
2. Potable water containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable ofbeing tightly
closed and equipped with tap. Dipping from container or use of a common drinking cup
is prohibited.
3. Where single service cups (to be used once) are supplied, both a sanitary container for
unused cups and a covered receptacle for disposal ofthe used cups shall be mandatory.
D. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for the water used
until final acceptance by the Owner.
B.
I.O9 TEMPORARY TOILETS
Constrution fflities and
iDnpora4Controls
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
0r500 - 4
I .10
A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations for male and female employees.
B. Type of facilities shall meet with the Owner's approval. Chemical portable toilets may be used.
C. Clean, service and maintain required facilities and enclosures.
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances, standards and codes, construction aids
and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; scaffolds,
staging, ladders, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, personnel elevators,
temporary stairs, etc.
B. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of the Work, by storage requirements, and to
accommodate legitimate requirements of the Owne r, Architect and other Contractors.
C. Provide and operate drainage and pumping equipment; maintain excavations and site free of
standing water.
D. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and energy used until final acceptance by the Owner.
ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary, insulated, wealher tight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide
acceptable working conditions and protection for materials; to allow for temporary HVAC and to
prevent entry ofunauthorized persons. Provide doors with self-closing hardu,are and locks-
ACCESS AND PARKING AREAS
l.t I
t.t2
Meet and comply with authorities having jurisdiction on obtaining and maintaining access to the
site-
Construcl access road and parking areas under provisions of Section 01550 Access Roads &
Parkins Areas.
I.13 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
A. Ensure all signs, barricadcs, barrels, channelizing devices, lights, flagmen or other devices that are
used for the purpose of regulating, warning and guiding traffrc, conform to the applicable
standards ofthe authorities having jurisdiction; as well as to the Owner's requirements.
B. Locate, install and arrange all traffic control devices in accordance with the applicable standards of
the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. Be responsible for the proper location, installation,
maintenance and arrangement of all traffic control devices necessary for operations. The location
of the traffic control devices shown is dependent on field conditions. Ensure no device is located
in a manner that will block existing traffic control devices, obstruct pedeslrian traffic or interfere
with vehicular movements, unless that is the specific intent of the installation. The installation,
location and maintenance of all traffic control devices are subject to approval of the authorities
having junsdiction.
C. lmmediately remove or cover all construction traffic control devices that are not necessary after
construction operations are completed and the roadways are re-opened to normal traffic operations.
D- Notify the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction prior to any lane closures. Be responsible for
obtaining all permits necessary to accomplish the street work and lane closures- Before all lane
B.
Constrution fdities and
ilinporarpontrols
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
01500 - 5
closures, notiry the authorities having jurisdiclion.
E. Be responsible for making any signage or pavement marking revisions determined to be necessary
by the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, or the Owner, in order to remedy any traffic
operalional problems which may develop during the duration oflhe lane modifications.
1.14 FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide an adequate number of fire extinguishers placed strategicaily in the area of work during
the full period of this Contract, per the requiremenls and approval of the authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Inspect all work areas at completion ofeach workday to insure that no potential fire hazards exist;
eliminate anv that do exisl.
C. Coordinate tr,u,,ur,on and operation of permanent fire protection system with requirements of
local authorities having jurisdiction as may be necessary to insure the unintemrpted progress of the
Work.
D. Provide access for fire fighting equipment to the site at all times per the requirements and approval
of the authorities having jurisdiction.
I.I5 BARRIERS
A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect adjacent properties
from damage during construction operations.
B. Provide construction fencing and erosion control as indicated on the Drawings; supplement and
relocate as required so as to accommodale sequencing of the Work.
C- Repair damage to adjacent properties as required by the Owner or authorities having jurisdiction.
I.I6 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute daily cleaning to keep the Work, the construction site, and adjacent properties free from
accumulation of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction
operatlons.
l. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prcvent accumulation of debris at the
construction site, storage and parking areas, or along multi-use access roads and haul
routes.
2. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillage on multi-use access and haul routes. Do
not block multi-use access routes.
3. Contractor shall support environmental conservation efforts through recycling whenever
possible, or when requesled by law or local authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Provide on-site containers for the collection ofwaste materials, debris and rubbish.
C. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off-site at legal disposal areas periodically or as
directed by the Owner.
D. Clean interior areas prior to the start of finish Work, maintain areas free of dusl and other
contaminants during finishing operations on an as needed basis, or as directed by the Owner.
E. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, above ceilings, atlics, crawl spaces, and
other closed or remote spaces, prior to closing the space.
Constrution fdities and 01500 - 6 Lion Square Lodge
iffinporarpontrols Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
F. Schedule cleaning operations to ensure that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning
operations will not damage wet or newly coated surfaces.
1.17 PROJECT IDENTIFICAT]ON AND CONSTRUCTION SIGNS
A- Structure and Framing: Structurally adequate.
B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, minimum 3/4 inch thick,
standard large sizes to minimize joints.
C. Rough Hardware: Galvanized.
D. Primers and Paint: Exterior quality, two coats; sign background ofcoloras selected by Owner.
E. Lettering: Exterior quality paint; contrasting colors as selected by Owner.
F. One painted sign erected at location as designated by the Owner, in conformance with local
jurisdictional standards.
G. Content:
l. Project name, logo, and name ofOwner as indicated on the Contract Documents.
2. Names and tilles of authorilies.
3. Names and titles of Architect and Prime Consultants
4- Name of Prime Contractor and major Subcontractors.
H. Graphic Design, Colors and Style of Lettering: As designated by the Owner.
l. Provide painted informational signs of same colors and lettering as Project ldentification Sign, of
standard products; size oflettering to provide legibility at a distance of 100 feet.
J. Provide at each field office and slorage shed, directional signs to direct traffic into and within site.
Relocate as Work progress.
K. lnstall Project ldentification Sign within 30 days after the date established by the Notice to
Proceed.
L. Erect supports and framing on secure foundation, rigidly braced and framed to resist wind loads.
M. lnstall sign surface plumb and level, with butt joints. Anchor securely.
N. Paint exposed surfaces ofsign, supports and framing.
O. Maintain signs and supports clean; repair deterioration and damage.
P. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations at completion ofProject and restore the area.
a. Additional signs must be approved by the Owner and in accordance with controlling ordinances.
1.I8 SHEDS
A. Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, standards, codes, and Manufacturer's requirements.
B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials and Equipment: Structurally sound, weathertight, with raised
floors, with heat and ventilation for products requiring controlled conditions, with adequate space
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Constrution fBities and 01500 - 7
for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials.
C. Do nol use Contractor's office for materials storage.
D. Secure as required to prevent lheft and/or vandalism.
I.I9 REMOVAL
A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services and construction prior to Substantial
Completion inspection, or when directed by the Owner and Architect.
B. Clean and repair any damage caused by installation or use ofconstruction facilities and temporary
controls. Cleaning and repair shall be acceptable to the Owner and Architect.
C. Remove temporary underground installations and utilities as required to perform the Work and as
required by the Owner.
D. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified condition and as acceptable
to the Owner.
l. Prior to final inspection, remove lemporary lamps and install new lamps; remove and
clean or replace filters.
E. AII existing conditions off the immediate Project site disturbed due to the Contractor's activities
shall be repaired to equal or better condition as determined and approved by the Owner.
I.2O SITE ACCESS
A. Access to the Project site shall be via designated routes. Vehicular traffic to the jobsite shall be
limited to vehicles required to deliver labor and materials. Vehicles not actively supporting jobsite
operations are not permitted to remain on the jobsite.
B. Maintain clear and safe access throughout the progress of the Work for vehicular and pedestrian
traffic 10 all areas designated by the Owner.
C. Maintain access to the jobsite and all office trailers free from debris, ruts and muddy conditions.
Provide all required signage per approval of the Owner.
I.2I WATER CONTROL
A. Grade site to drain. Surface or subsurface water or other fluid shall not be permitted to accumulate
in excavations or under structure. Should such conditions develop or be encountered, water and
other fluids shall be controlled and suitably disposed of by means of temporary pumps, piping,
drainage lines and ditches, dams, and other methods as required. Excavated water shall not be
pumped into the river unless approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Provide, operate and maintain pumping equipment.
C. Prctect jobsite from puddling or running water. Provide fabric barriers as required to protect
jobsite from soil erosion.
1.22 DUST CONTROL
A. Execute Work by methods to eliminate raising dust from construction operations.
B. Provide positive means to prevent air-bome dust from dispersing into atmosphere.
Constrution fflides and 01500 - 8 Lion Square Lodge
ilinporarpontrols Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O t.23 ERosroN AND sEDTMENT coNTRoL
Constrution Bities and
iDnporarpontrols
A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from
borrow, and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.
l. The primary purpose of erosion control Work is to prevent pollution of water, prevent
detrimental effects to public or private property adjacent to project site, and to protect and
prevent detrimental effects to the jobsite.
2- Erosion conffol measures consist of construclion and maintenance of temporary erosion
control features, and in some instances, permanent erosion control featurcs; all as
indicated on the Drawings or as may be directed by the Owner.
B. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly provide
coreclive measures.
1.24 POLLUT]ON CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and fbcilities to prevent contamination of soil, water and atmosphere
from discharge of noxious, loxic substancas, and pollutants produced by the construction
operatjons.
1.25 NOISE CONTROL
A. The noise generated by construction Work may at times create a problem for the Owner.
However, the Owner recognizes that during cerlain construclion Work (for instance, power driven
equipment, jackhammer operations. prolonged power sawing, etc.) the noise levels will usually be
higher than normal.
l. These higher levels of noise generation may conflict with specific noise abatement
regulations of authorities having j urisdiction.
2. It is required that an agreement be secured from the Contractor and these authorities prior
to scheduling any such unusual noise activity and that the Contractor and all
subcontractors cooperate accordingly.
3. Ifany on-going activity becomes objcctionable by its longevity, a time schedule shall be
prepared for approval by the authorities to enable this type of activity to continue
satisfactorilv to all concerned.
B. Choice of equipm.nt ,hutt be such so as to keep noise to a minimum; gasoline or diesel powered
equipment, including all trucks, shall be provided with proper mufflers for noise abatement.
l. Personnel shall refrain from loud boisterous shouting or use ofprofanity.
2. Equipment or personnel not satisfoing above requirements shall be promptly replaced as
directed bv the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.26 SECURITY
A. Contractor is responsible for alljobsite security.
1.27 PROTECTION
A. Contractor shall employ methods to protect all Work in place. Responsibility to repair and/or
replace Work due to subsequent damage to finishcd Work shall be that of the Contraclor.
1.28 USE AND PROTECTION OF BU]LDING AND SITE
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
01500 - 9
A. Confine construction operations to minimum reasonable area. With the Owner's approval, restore
those portions of the jobsite where no new Work is indicated. Restoration shall include:
l. Replace and regrade loam.
2. Restore original contours.
3- lf areas were formally covered with natural vegetation, prune remaining plants.
4. If areas were formerly covered with grass, perform seeding and/or sodding and
maintenance as directed by the Owner.
5. ln other cases, proceed as directed by the Owner to restore jobsite as nearly as possible to
original condition, or better.
B. Provide mud and erosion protection and other protection required by environmental control
agencies having jurisdiction.
l. Protect the Work in progress against erosion. Conform to the requirements of the
environmental protection agencies having jurisdiction.
2. lf seeding, sodding, planting and mulching are not done before Substantial Completion,
provide protection to prevenl erosion and runoff. Submit intended methods to the Owner
for approval. Methods of protection include sodding instead of seeding, temporary
mulch, and seeding with rapidly growing annual grasses to be replaced with permanent
grass.
C. Contractor shall provide safety barricades at open excavations thal present hazardous
ctrcumstances.
1.29 ENVIRONMENTALCONDITIONS
A. Throughout performance of the Work, the Contractor shall conduct all operations in such a way as
to minimize impact upon the natural environmenl and comply with all laws, regulations and rules
applicable to thejob site. Contractor shall provide:
l. Maintenance and dust abatemenl ofall access roads. The jobsite shall be included within
this Scope of Work and will be done in a manner acceptable to the Owner.
2. Dust abatement for all other site areas including, but not limited to, excavations, materials
and disposal areas.
B. Contractor shall plan and conduct its operation as so as not to:
L Enter upon lands in their natural state unless authorjzed in writing by the Owner.
2. Damage, close, or obstruct any utility installation, highway, road or other property until
permits and approvals have been obtained.
3. Disrupt or otherwise interfere with the operation of any pipeline, telephone, electric
transmission line, ditch or structure, unless olherwise specifically authorized under this
Contract and coordinated with the Owner and appropriate utility company.
4. Contractor shall provide suitable equipment, facilities and precautions to prevent
discharge of contaminants which may pollute the atmosphere, any body of water or land
area, or which may harm fish or wildlife.
a. Provide equipment and personnel capable of performing emergency measures
required to contain spillages and to remove contaminated soils or liquids.
b. Take special measures to prevent any harmful substances from entering public
walers.
l) Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals or other such
substances into sanitary or storm sewers.
c. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
l) Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals-
2) Prevent harmful dispersal ofpollutants into the atmosphere.
Constrution Bities and 01500 - l0 Lion Square Lodge
ilinporarpontrols Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
L30
5. Unnecessarily damage to, or destruction of, vegetation such as trees, plants, shrubs, and
grilss on or adjacent to the jobsite Work areas that, as determined by the Owner, do not
interfere with the performance of the Contract. This includes damage arising from
performance of Work through operation of equipment or stockpiling of materials.
6. Any temporary off-road access development that may require culverts shall be included
within this Scope of Work. Temporary alteralions of drainage patterns may only be done
with the approval of the Owner. Upon completion of the Work, the Conractor will
remove any such temporary culverts and rcstore the area to a condition equal to that rvhen
Work was initiated.
7. Prior to final cleaning and flushing of the mechanical and plumbing systems, the
Contractor shall verifo with the goveming authorities the acceptability of chemical agenls
utilized that the Contractor intends to deposit into existing sanitary or storm sewers.
8. All storm water systems must be thoroughly cleaned prior to operational interface with
existing systems. Toxic residues as a result of construction must be contained and
disposed of in a manner acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction.
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE
All on-site temporary roads as required for execution of the Work and emergency access, as well
as the maintenance for the duration of the Contract, shall be considered to be included in the
Contract price.
Contractor shall cause no dirt or debris to be deposited on any Owner or public roadways, and
must clean up same ifsuch dirt or debris occurs due to the consiruction operation.
Contractor shall leave clean all tires of vehicles prior to leaving Project Site and entering public
roadways.
Off road type construction vehicles shall not be permitted to execute Work in, or across Owner or
public roads.
Material deliveries shall generally be made during normal working hours.
ES
Not Used
XED
Not Used
rAEN
B.
C.
D.
E.
RT
RI
Constrution ffl ities and
ifnporadontrols
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
01500 - I l
ctLB.l
grB.I
Rf
soN 01550
ACCnSmAnNArs
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preparation.
B. Access Roads-
C. Removal and Repair.
2.OI MATERIALS
A. Temporary Construction: As per plans and approved by Owner.
B. Earthwork, Paving Base, Topping, and Striping Which Will Become Permanenl Construction: As
specified in Division 2.
KEN
3.OI PREPARATION
A. Clear areas, provide surface and storm drainage of premises and adjacent areas. Prepare areas
designated for construction access and staging as indicated on the Drawings.
3.O2 ACCESS ROADS
A. Construcl temporary all-weather access roads from public thoroughfares to serve construction area,
of a width and load bearing capacity to provide unimpeded traffic for construction purposes.
Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage.
B. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage.
C. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles as required by the Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction. Maintain minimum 20 foot width driveways with tuming space between and around
combustible materials.
D. Provide and maintain access to any fire hydrants and control valves fiee ofobstructions.
3.03 REMOXL AND REPAIR
A. Remove temporary materials and construclion at Substantial Completion-
B. Remove existing and to-be-abandoned underground Work to a depth of4 feet; fill and grade site as
specified.
C. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, to original condition.
DEN
01550 - r Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Aess &ds and hk ing Areas
l.0l
seDl600
RLAIQII
GIL
SECTION INCLUDES
Products.
B. Transportation and Handling.
C. Storage and Protection.
D. Repairs and Replacements.
E. Safety Requirements.
PRODUCTS
Products include material, equipment and systems.
Comply wilh the Contract Documents and referenced standards as minimum requirements.
Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification Section shall be the same
and shall be interchanseable.
1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
Arrange delivery of products in accordance with the construction schedules; coordinate deliveries
to avoid conflict with the Work and with conditions at the jobsite.
All orders for materials, subcontracts, and work performed by the Contractor shall be properly
inspected by the Contractor to ensure the quality of the Work and expedited by the Contractor to
ensure the Work is executed in a timely manner. Contractor, subcontractors, and material
suppliers, ofany tier, shall at times be subject to quality inspection and expediting by the Owner or
a named representative who shall be afforded full and free access to shops, factories, or other
places ofbusiness for the purpose of inspection and expediting.
Transport, deliver, handle and store materials at the jobsite in the Manufacturer's original
container with labels intact and legible in such a manner as to prevent damage; including damage
which might result from the intrusions offoreign matter or moisture from any source.
l. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use.
2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the jobsite and promptly
replace with material meeting the specified requirements at no additional cost to the
Owner.
Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage.
Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements of the Contract
Documents and reviewed submittal, quantities are correct and products are properly protected and
undamaged.
The Owner and Architect may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear
identification satisfactory to the Owner or Architects as to Manufacturer's instructions, grade,
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
1.02
B.
C.
B.
C.
D.
F.
Dlerial and $ipment 01600 - I
quality and other pertinent information.
I.O4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in accordance with Manufacturer's inslructions, with seals and labels intact and
legible. Store sensitive products and products subject to moisture absorption in weather tight
enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by Manufacrure/s
instructions in areas conditioned with moisture control.
B. For exterior storage offabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground; prevent soiling
or staining. Cover producls subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign
matter.
D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection and verification. Periodically inspect to assure
products are undamaged and are maintained under required and specified conditions.
E. After installation, provide coverings to protect products form damage from traffic and any
construction operalions: remove covering prior to final cleaning.
F. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, through
which equipment and materials are handled.
G. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or
materials to be moved over such surfaces.
H. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred and suitably protected until accepted by the Owner.
l. Storage at Jobsile:
l. CementitiousMaterials:
a. Store packaged materials in dry storage, offthe ground.
2. Metals:
a. Dry storage, all undercover, vented to prevent build-up of humidity, off the
ground to provide air circulation.
3. Lumber:
a. Stack to provide air circulation.
b. Store materials for which maximum moisture content is specified in an area
where moisture contenl can be maintained.
4- Acoustical Materials:
a. Materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in unbroken containers labeled and
clearly marked. Malerials shall not be removed from containers until ready to
install, but shall be stored in dry area with cartons neatly stacked. Before
installation. acoustical board shall be stored for not less than 24 hours in the
work area at the same temperature and relative humidity.
5 Linear ltems:
a. Store in dry area with spacers to provide venlilation. Stack linear items to
prevenl warping, complying with Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Paints - Matile Materials:
a. Stored materials within building shall be in a location approved by the Owner
and shall comply with all fire and safely Codes.
b. Matile liquids shall be kept in approved safety containers.
c. Glass jugs shall NOT be permitted.
d. Storage area for paint shall be equipped with not less than 2 fire extinguishers
Merial and fiuipment 01600 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
(CO2 type) sufficient to discharge a distance of25 feet when fully charged; with
curTent tags.
e. No other building materials shall be stored in this area.
f. Paint rags shall be removed daily from the building. Clean rags shall be stored
in metal closed containers.
7. All Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Equipment:
a. All mechanical, electrical, and plumbing equipment that will be installed in
interior spaces must be stored in a manner such that it is entirely protected from
the weather. Failure to protect such equipment fiom the elements constitutes
grounds for rejection of the equipment by lhe Owner, Architect and/or
responsible Engineer.
I.O5 REPA]RS AND REPLACEMENTS
A. ln the event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs per the original Contract
requirements and at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the
Owner or Architect to justiry an extension in the Contract time or completion.
1.06 sAFEry REQIREMENTS
A. lnspection and certificate shall be displayed on all hoisting machinery signed by a competent
person, or by a government or private agency recognized by the Department of Labor. The
Contractor shall maintain records and dates of the results of such inspections for each hoisting
machine and piece of equipment.
RI AS
Not Used
RI RN
Not Used
Dtrru
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
D'{erial and fluipment 01600 - 3
sEnrfi()
ADAtrBTD
AI GIL
I.O1 SUMMARY
A. This Section describes product options available to the Bidders and the Contractor, plus
procedures for securing approval of proposed Substitutions.
B. Relatcd Work:
l. Documents affecting Work of this Section include, but are not limited to, General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these
Specifications.
2. The Bidding Documents provide space for Bidders to propose Substitutions prior to
award ofthe Contract.
3. Make submittals in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 01300 - Submittals.
4. Submission for cach request in writing on the Substitution Request form provided under
Section 00500 Asreemenl Forms.
1.O2 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. This Contract is based upon the standards of quality for all producls and matcrials established per
the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor may propose a substitute product that will completely accomplish the purpose of
the Contract Documents. Submit each request for substitution in writing on lhe Substitution
Request form provided under Section 00500 - Agreement Forms.
C. The Owner and Architect will consider reouests from the Contractor for Substitutions only under
one or more ofthe followine conditions:
l. Substitution is required for compliance with subsequent interpretation of Code
requ irements or insurance regulations.
2. Products become unavailable due to no fault ofthe Contractor.
3. Subsequent information discloses inability of specified product to perform properly, or to
fit in designated space, or product Manufacturer refuses to certiry or warrant performance
of product as required.
4. When, in the Architect's judgment, a substitution would be substantially in the Owner's
best interests, because ofcost, time, or other considerations.
D. Afier the Contract has been executed, the Owner and Architect will only consider a substitution
via a formal request by the Contractor in writing, documenting each substitution request with
complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with the Contracl Documents.
Submit substantiating data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including the following:
l. Reason for Substitution Request.
2. Catalogs and drawings showing capacities, operations, functions, dimensions,
construction details, methods of assembly, connections and installation to the Work.
3. Laboratory and performance tesl data.
4. Comparison ofthe qualities ofthc proposed Substitutions with that specified.
5. Changes required in other elements of the Work because of the Substitution.
6. Effect on the Construction Schedule.
7. Detailed cost data acceptable lo the Owner and Architect comparing the proposed
Substitution with the product specified.
ftidut $ions and SuHitution 01630 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 Ausust 2005
8.
9.
10.
I l.
12.
Any required license fee or royalties.
Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement malerials.
All variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Any effect of Substitution on Work under separate Contract to the Owner.
Name and address of Projects that proposed Substitution has been used, including date of
installation.
Manufacturer's data that is readily available to the Architect may not be acceptable for
establishing proof of equality. Provide laboratory test data performed by a nationally recognized
independent testing laboratory known for its testing expertise. The laboratory lest must include the
types of materials used in the product, including their thickness and strength, and a direct
comparison to that specified for capacities, capabilities, coating, functions, life cycle usage and
operations. Where materials and equipment will be exposed, and where systems will be used, no
change in the Architect's design and engineering intent will be allowed.
Request for Substitution constitutes a represenlation that the Contractor:
l. Has investigated proposed Substitution and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all
respects, the specified product.
2. Shall provide the same warranties, bonds and certifications for Substitution as for
specified product.
3. Shall coordinate installation and make other changes that may be required for the Work to
be complete in all respects without changing the original intent, function or aesthetics at
no increase to the Contract Sum.
4. Shall certify that substituted product meets all Code requirements in same manner as
original product specifi ed.
5. Shall certi$ that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under
this Contract, except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional
costs related to the Substitution which subsequently becomes apparent.
6. Shall be solely responsible for compliance with the Department of Labor Safety and
Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970 (PL 9l-696), and under Section 107 ofthe Contract Work Hours and
Safety Standard Act (PL 9l -54) and latest amendments.
The burden of proof shall be upon the Contractor that the proposed substitution is equal to that
specified in type, design, quality, operation, function, use, appearance, capability, manufacture,
etc-
Substitutions WILL NOT be considered when they are merely indicated or implied on Shop
Drawings or Product Data submittals without separate written request minimum l0 days prior to
substitution submittal, or when approval will require substantial revision to the Contract
Documents.
The Owner and Architect will determine acceptability of proposed Substitution, and will notifu the
Contractor of approval or rejection in writing within a reasonable time; normally within I 5
working days.
If a proposed Substitution is approved by the Owner, after the Architecl's review, the Contract
Sum shall be adjusted by Change Order reflecting extra costs or credits involved.
Should a proposed Substitution be approved, submit Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples in
accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals.
I.O3 REIMBURSEMENT OF ARCHITECT'S COSTS
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmproYements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
E.
F.
G.
H.
K.
hdut Sions and SuEitution 01630 - 2
In the event Substitutions are proposed to the Architect after the Contraci has been awarded, the
Architect will record all time used by the Architect and the Architect's Consultants in evaluating
each sucb proposed Subsitution.
Whether or not tbe Architect approves a proposed substitution, the Contraclor, promptly upon
receip of the Architecfs billing shall reimburse the Architect at the mte of the direct cost to the
Architect, and the Architect's Consultants, for all time spent in evaluating the proposed
Subsinrtion.
I.O4 DELAYS
A. Delays in constnrction arising by virtue of the non-availability of a specified material and/or
method will not be considered by *le Architect as justi$ing an extension of the agreed Time of
Completion.
tl FT
Nol Used
KED
Not Used
rl
DEN
Lion Squrre Lodge
Site and G.ragc lmprovemG g
Vail, Colorado
t5 August 2005
A.
B.
hdut pions and Sulitution 01630 - 3
sEN 01700
clcT cl,6l,
RI Gf,L
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Final Cleaning.
B. Project Record Documents.
C. Closeout Procedures.
D. Closeout Submittals.
E. Warranties and Bonds.
F. Extra Materials.
I.O2 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute prior to Substantial Completion and review by the Owner and Architect so that the Work
is ready for use without cleaning.
1 . Any Work performed after Substantial Completion shall be thoroughly cleaned
immediately.
B. Employ skilled workers for final cleaning.
C. Quality Assurance.
l. Conduct full inspection of all areas as necessary to verifo that requirements for
cleanliness are being met.
2. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with pertinent requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with Codes, Ordinances, Regulations
and Anti-Pollution Laws.
D. Cleaning Materials and Equipment.
l. Provide required personnel, equipment and materials needed to maintain the specified
standard of cleanliness.
E. Compatibility.
l. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment that are compatible with the surface being
cleaned as recommended by the Manufacturer of the material.
a. Use only those cleaning materials which shall not create hazards to health or
property and which will not damage surfaces.
F. Schedule for Final Cleaning.
l. Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Owner and Architect to enable the Owner lo
accept a completely clean Project.
2. "Clean", for the purpose of this Section and except as may be specifically provided
ContratCloseout 01700 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness garerally provided by
skilled cleancrs using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials.
3. Prior to cleaning, remove mockups, after the Work has been accepted and approved by
Architect, unless otherwise agreed by Owner.
4. Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the jobsite all tools, surplus materials,
equipmenl, storage sheds, debris, waste and temporary services.
5. Site:
a. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Owner, broom clean on-site paved
areas and public paved areas adjacent to the site.
b. Completely remove resultant debris.
c. Remove temporary materials and construction.
d. Remove existing and to-be-abandoned underground Work to a depth of4 feet;
fill and grade site as specified.
e. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, including temporary roads and natural
grade and landscaping, ifapplicable, to original condition.
6. Structures:
a. Exterior:
l) Visually inspect exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste
materials, smudges and other foreign matter-
2) Remove all traces ofsplashed materials from adjacent surfaces.
3) lf necessary to achieve a rmiform degree of cleanliness, hose down
exterior of the structure; as many times as may be required.
4\ In the event of stubbom stains not removable with water, the Owner
and Architect may require light sandblasting or other cleaning at no
additional cost to the Owner.
b. Interior:
l) Visually inspect interior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste
materials, smudges and other foreign matter.
2\ Remove all traces ofsplashed materials from adjacent surfaces.
3) Remove paint droppings, spots, stains and dirt from finished surfaces.
c. Polished Surfaces: To surfaces requiring routine application of buffed polish,
apply the polish recommended by the Manufacturer of the material being
polished.
d. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other
foreign materials from sight on exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
e. Wash glazing inside and out; shine mirrors.
f. Polish glossy surlaces to a clear shine.
g. Remove temporary protection.
h. Clean floors; polish those required to have polished finish. Vacuum clean all
carpets and mats. Steam cleaning of carpets or mats to remove stains will not be
allowed or accepted; replace stained carpets or mats.
i. Clean all tile Work.
j. Clean and polish all fumishings supplied by this Contract.
k. Clean all omamental Work; polish or shine as may be required.
l. Clean all lighting fixlures and replace bumed out bulbs.
m. Clean all finish hardware.
n. Ventilating Systems:
l) Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were
operated during construction.
2\ Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated during
construction.
G. Unexposed Areas.
l. ln addition to cleaning exposed surfaces, clean surfaces not ordinarily visible, such as
tops of ducts, insides of convectors, insides of cabinets, tops of doors and door frames,
Contrat Closeout 01700 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
and equipment in mechanical spaces.
H. Final Inspection of Cleaning.
l. Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all Work areas to verifo that the entire
Work area is clean.
2. If surfaces cannot be restored to condition equivalent to new by cleaning, refinish or
replace them as directed by the Owner and Architect.
3. Notify Owner and Architect in writing when final cleaning is complete and ready for
Owner occupancy.
I. Cleaning During Owner's Occupancy.
L Should the Owner occupy the Work, or any portion thereof, prior to its completion by the
Contractor and acceptance by the Owner, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning
shall be as determined in accordance with THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT.
I.O3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain at the jobsite one ( | ) Project Record set of:
l. Drawings, including cunent drawing list with separate notes indicating pending changes.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. Field Orders or written instructions.
6. Shop Drawings, product data and samples with the Architect's review stamp.
7. Field Test Records.
8. Construction Schedules.
9. Inspection Certificates.
10. Manufacturer'sCertificates.
I l. MEPFP Coordination Drawings.
12. ldenti$ each of the documents with the title; "PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS -
JOB SET''.
B. Store documents and samples in the Contractor's field office separate lrom those used for
construction.
l Provide files and racks for storage ofdocuments.
2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage ofsamples.
C. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI Format.
D. Maintenance of Documents and Samoles.
l Maintain the in-progress job set of Project Record Documenls completely protected from
deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all
recorded data to the final set of Project Record Documents.
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the
Owner's and Architect's approval.
a. Such means shall include, if necessary in the opinion of the Owner and
Architect, removal and replacement of concealing materials.
b. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the
Contract Documents.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Contrat Closeout 01700 - 3
E.
F-
Maintenance of Job Set.
l. Preservation:
a. Considering the Contract completion and tbe probable number ofoccasions upon
which the job set must be handled for new entries and for examination, and the
conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable
method for protecting thejob set to the approval ofthe Owner and Architect.
b. Do not use the job sel for any purpose except for entry of new data, and for
review by the Owner and Architect, until start of transfer of data to final Project
Record Documenls.
2. Making entries on Documents:
a. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil) clearly describe the
change by graph line and note as required.
b. Date all entnes.
c. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
d. ln the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping
changes.
e. ldentifu Request for Interprelation (RFI) entries.
f. Contractor to verifu that all entries have been transferred to all reissued
documents.
3. Make entries to other pertinenl documenls as approved by the Owner and Architect.
Make documenls and samples available at all times for review by the Owner and Architect.
Delegate the responsibility for maintenance ofthe Project Record Documents to one person on the
Contractor's staff as approved by the Owner and Architect.
Accuracy of Records.
t.Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Project Documents, making adequate and
proper entries on each page of the Specifications and each sheet of the Drawings, and
other documents where such entry is required to properly show the change.
Accuracy of records shall be such that future searches for items shown in the Contract
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project
Record Documents.
The Owner and Architect's approval ofthe cunent status ofthe Project Record Documents may be
a prerequisite for their approval ofthe requests for progress payment and request for final payment
under the Contract.
J- Prior to submitting each request for progress payment, secure the Owner's and Architect's
approval of the current slatus ofthe Project Record Documents.
L.
Prior to submitting the request for final payment, submit the final Project Record Documents to the
Owner and Architect and secure their approval.
Record information concurrently while construclion progresses. Do not conceal any Work until all
required information is recorded. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that
change has been made.
Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction on full-size reproducibles as provided by
the Architect:
G.
H.
K.
M.
l.
z-
Contrat Closeout
Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to bench mark datum.
Horizontal and vertical localions of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced
to permanent surface improvements.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
o0t700 - 4
3. Location of intemal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced
to visible and accessible features ofthe structure.
4. Field changes of dimension and detail including as-built survey data.
5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
6. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
7. Substitutions and revisions.
8. Final Survey.
N. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each Section to record:
l. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
O. Changes Subsequent to Acceptance.
l. The Contractor has no responsibility for recording changes in the Work after Final
Completion, excepl for changes resulting from Work performed under guarantee.
I.O4 CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES
A. Comply with procedures stated in THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT for issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, and for the administrative procedures in closing out the
Work to provide for an orderly and efficient transfer of the completed Work to the Owner.
B. The Owner may occupy designated portions of the Project for the purpose of installation of
equipment and to conducl business, under provisions stated in THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT.
C. The Contractor shall designate a "Punch-Out Team" being responsible for coordinating and
scheduling the review and acceptance of the Work with all the appropriate personnel of the
Architect and Owner.
D. When the Contractor considers the Work has reached substanlial completion, the Contractor shall
submit written certification (work list indicating the Contractor's punch list items, signed off as
complete by the appropriate supervisory personnel) 1o the Architect and Owner indicating that the
Contract Documenls have been reviewed, the Work or designated portion thereof has been
inspected, and that the Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, and ready
for the Architect's and Owner's review. Included with such written certification, lhe Contractor
shall also submit the followins:
l. A substantial completion checklist generated liom the Contractors submittal schedule.
2. A list of items to be completed or corrected.
3. The HVAC Test and Balance Reports.
4. Operating and Maintenance Data and Instructions to Owner's Personnel.
E. Within a reasonable time after receipt of certification, the Architect and Owner shall make a
review of the Work to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of
the certification.
F. Should the Architect or Owner considcr the Work to be incomplete or defective:
1. The Architect or Owner shall, within l0 working days after review, noti! the Contractor
in writing, listing the incomplete or defective Work.
2. The Contractor shall prepare and submil to the Architect and Owner, for review and
approval, a schedule of deficiency corrections indicating that the Contractor shall take
ContratCloseout 01700 - 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
immediate action to remedy the deficiencies.
When the Work is correct and complete, the Contractor shall submit a second written
certification, in the form ofa "Punch List", to the Architect and Owner indicating that the
Contract Documents have been reviewed, the Work has been inspected, and that the
Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, and ready for the
Architect's and Owner's final review.
Within a reasonable time after receipt of certification, the Architect and Owner shall
again review the Work and prepare a final list of items requiring remedial action that
constitutes the "Final Punch List": referred to within and to be attached to the Certificate
of Substantial Completion, submitting it to the Contractor for its written acceptance of the
responsibilities assigned to them in lhe certificate.
As rooms or areas are deemed complele and accepted by the Owner, that portion of the
Work will be "locked off' with restricted access.
When the Architect and Owner agree that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents,
they shall request the Contractor to make the closeout submittals.
Owner occupancy ofthe Project or designated portions ofthe Project.
l. Contractor shall:
a. Obtain certificate for partial occupancy
b. Perform final cleaning of designated areas prior to partial Substantial
Completion.
2. Owner will occupy the Project or desigrated portions of the Project under provisions
stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
Final Completion.
I . When the Contractor considers the Work to be complete, the Contractor shall submit
written certification that:
a. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
b. Work has been inspected for compliance with the Contract Documenls.
c. Work has been compleled in accordance with the Contract Documents.
d. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner and
Architect.
2. Architect and Owner shall make an observation to verifo the status of completion wifi
reasonable promptness, generally within five working days after receipt of such
certification.
3. Should the Architect or Owner consider the Work to be incomplete or defective, the:
a. Architect will promptly noti$ the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or
defective Work.
b. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send
a second written certification to the Architect and Owner that the Work is
complete.
4. When the Architect and Owner agree that the Work is acceptable under the Contract
Documents, they shall request the Contractor to make the closeout submittals.
Observalion Fees.
l. Should the Architect, professional Consultants, or Owner perform additional observalions
due to the failure of the Work to comply with the claims of final completion made by the
Conlractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of the Architect's,
professional Consultant's or Owner's additional services.
I.O5 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
I 5 August 2005
3.
4.
5.
G.
H.
Contrat Closeout 01700 - 6
A. In addition to the submittals required by THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, provide to the
Owner and Architect evidence of compliance with requirements of lhe governing authorities and
the following:
l. Certificate of Occupancy (to be obtained by the Contractor)
2. Certificates oflnspection; as required, other than Certificate ofOccupancy.
3. Mcchanical.
4. Electrical.
5. Certification of Survey ofbuilding location; by Contractor.
6. Bonds for extended warranties; as required by each Contractor/subcontractor.
7. Project Record Doouments.
8 Warranties and Bonds.
9. Keys and Keying Schedule.
t 0. Attic stock, spare parts, maintenance materials and O & M Manuals; as required by
various Sections of the Specihcations.
11. List of subcontractors, service organizations and principal vendors, including names,
addresses and lelephone numbers where they can be reached for emergency service at all
times including nights, weekends and holidays.
B. Instruct the Owner in propcr operation and maintenance of systems, equipment and similar items
that were provided as part of the Work. Refer to Section 01730 - Operation & Maintenance Data.
C. Submit a final statemenl of accounting indicating the following:
I . The original Contract Sum.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders.
b. Unit Prices.
c. Deductions for uncorrected Work.
d. Deductions for damages
e. Penalties.
f. Deductions for reinspection fees.
C. Other adjustments.
3. Total Contract Sum as adjusted.
4. Prcvious payments.
5. Requested remaining sum due.
6. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: In accordance with conditions of each
Contract.'7. Consent ofSurety to Final Payment for each Bonded Contractor/subcontractor.
8. Certificates of Insurance for products and completed operations in accordance with THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT,
D. The Owner will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum
not previously made by Change Order.
E. Submit Application for Final Payment in accordance with provisions of THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT.
1-06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Submit all warranties, bonds, certifications issued by Manufacturers for material and equipment,
covered under thc Contract Documents tvhich fully covers the warranty requirements set lorth in
the Contract Documents, on letterhead ofthe provider.
B. In addition to the Contractor's standard one (l) year warranty on the total Project, provide
ContratCloseout 01700 - 7 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
C.
D.
warranties, guarantees and bonds as may be required in each individual Section of the
Specifications. The Contractor will be co-responsible with the Manufacturer and/or subcontractor
for all extended warranty Work identified in the Specifications.
The Contractor will noti! the Owner, not later than two (2) weeks prior to the expiration date of
each wananty, guarantee or bond, and anange for a final reinspection to determine the need for
any corrective Work. Failure to provide such notification and reinspection will result in the
extension of the warranty, guarantee, or bond period until compliance by the Contractor.
Form of Submittals.
l.Bind in commercial quality 8-l/2 inches by 1l inches, three-ring side binders with
hardback, cleanable plastic covers. Provide 3 sets.
Label cover of each binder with typed or printed title, "WARRANTIES AND BONDS",
with title of Project name, address and telephone number ofthe Contractor; and name of
the responsible principal.
Table of Contents: Neatly typed in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project
Manual with each item identified by the number and title ofthe Specification Section in
which specified, and the name of the Work item.
Separate each waranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents
listing. Provide full information using separate typed sheets as necessary. List
subconlractor, supplier and Manufacturer with the name, address and telephone number
of the responsible principal.
E,Preparation of Submittals.
z.
3.
.t.
L
z-
4.
5.
Obtain warranties and bonds, properly executed and notarized (three each), by the
responsible subcontractors, suppliers and Manufacturers within l5 calendar days after
complelion of the applicable item of Work. Except for items put into use with the
Owner's permission, leave the beginning date of warranty open until the date of
Substantial Completion is determined.
Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.
Co-execute submittals when required.
Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.
Bonds shall be oblained from a company having a raring of AAAAA.
Time of Submittal.
l. Submit all warranties and bonds prior to Final Application for Payment. For equipment
put into operation for the Owner's use prior to acceplance of the entire Work, submit
within l0 working days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially
beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, as determined by the Architect, provide
updated submittal within l0 working days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as
start of warranty period.
I.O7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Included in the Contract Sum shall be the Owner's extra materials ("Attic Stock") as referenced
below; which shall be in addition to the quantities identified in the individual Specificalion
Sections.
B. Quantities of Owner's extra materials shall also apply to accepted substitutions for specified
materials, as well as to quantities of similar or specified materials affected by Change Order.
C. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal describing inventory of each specified extra material
item and submit to the Owner for inventory review and approval. This transmittal shall be
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
F.
Contrat Closeout 0r700 - I
included in the closeout documents.
l. Paint: One gallon for each type, color and sheen specified.
2. Elecnical: Ten percent extra stock of lamps for each specified light fixture q4e.
tl Es
Not Used
II XGD
Not Used
Lion Squarc Lodge
Site and Garage Improvernente
Veil Coloredo
15 August 2lXl5
ContretCloseout 01700 - 9
GILB.l
sEN 01730
INMINEN
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A- Quality Assurance.
B. Submittals.
C. O & M Manual Format.
D. O & M Manual Contents.
E. Inslruction of Owner.
I.O2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preparation ofdata to be performed by Contractor's/subcontractor's personnel:
l. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of their described products, items
and systems.
2. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data.
3. Skilled as a dmftsman to the extent required to prepare accurate and complete, essential
drawings.
I-03 SUBMITTALS
A. O&M Manual - General:
l. Submit two copies of a preliminary draft of the proposed Manual to the Owner and
Architect for review and comments. Architect will review draft and return one copy with
comments.
2. Submit two copies of the completed volumes in final form within 15 working days prior
to Final Inspection to Owner and Architect. One copy will be retumed after Final
Inspection with the Owner and Architect's commenls.
3. Following the indoctrination and instruclion of the Owner and Architect, review the
required revisions with Owner and Architect.
4. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal in strict accordance with
the approved prcliminary draft and the Owner and Architect's comments.
5. Submit three copies of the revised volumes of data in final form within 10 working days
after Final Inspection.
B. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated
by the Owner, submit documents within l0 working days after acceptance.
l. Copy ofthese documents shall be incorporated into the final O & M Manual.
I.O4 O&MMANUALFORMAT
A. Where submission of instruction manuals are required under other Sections ofthese Specifications,
prepare in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
B. Format the Manuals into separate Volumes: Ganeral, Mechanical and Plumbing, and Electrical.
Fration and Dfttenane Da 01730 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Each volume shall be identified properly with the following information on the spine and
on the cover:
l-
J.
a.
b.
d.
tr
Each volume shall be formatted and tabbed in accordance to Specification Sections.
a. Each tabbed flysheet shall be prepared neatly with Section number and Title.
Materials and Size:
Binder: Use heavy-duty plastic or fiberboard covers with binding mechanism
concealed inside the Manual; three inch 3-ring 'D' binders will be acceptable; all
binding shall be subject to Architect's approval.
Paper: White bond, at least 20 lb. weight. 8-l/2 inches x ll inches. Larger
sheets for drawings folded to I I inches in height to bind with the text or to fit in
pocket of Manual are acceptable; provide with reinforced punched binder tabs.
A Information:
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Name and address of Work
Name of Contraclor
General subiect of this Manual/Volume
Space for approval sienature of the Owner and Architect. and the aooroval date
Text: Neatly wrilten or printed. Copies of faxed material are NOT acceptable.
Drawings: Drawings shall be of appropriate scale suitable for the type of
information.
Measurements: Provide all measurements in U.S. standard units such as feet
and inches, lbs- and cfm; where items may be expected to be measured within l0
years in accordance with metric formula, provide additional measurements in
"lnternational System of Units" (SI).
b.
1.05 O&MMANUALCONTENTS
For Each Volume Provide:
1. Table of Contents: Provide titles of Project; names, addresses and telephone numbers of
Architect, responsible Engineer and Contractor, with name of responsible parties;
schedule ofproducts and systems, indexed to content ofthe volume.
2. For each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of
subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
3. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identifo specific products and component parts,
and date applicable to installation; delete inapplicable information.
4. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of
equipment and systems to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record
Documents as maintenance drawings, but coordinate with them-
5. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of
instructions for each procedure, incorporating Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Provide written text as required to supplement the product date for the particular
installation, organized in a consistenl format under separate headings for different
procedures. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
7. Provide information sheet for the Owner's personnel. Indicate proper procedures in the
event of failure of products or systems. Indicate instances of actions that might affect the
validity of the warranties and bonds.
8. Warranties and Bonds: Bind in one copy of each.
Manual for Materials and FinishesB.
t. Building Products, Applied Materials and
number, size, composition and color, and
reordering custom manufactured products-
2. Instructions for Care and Maintenance:
Finishes: lnclude product data with catalog
texture designations- Provide information for
Include Manufacturer's recommendations for
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmproYements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
Sration and Dtttenane Ia 0l?30 - 2
cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and
recommended schedule for cleaning, maintenance and repair.
Contenl for moisture-protection and weather exposed products:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on producls. Include:
1) Applicable standards.
2) Chemical composition.
3) Details of installation.
b. lnslructions for inspection, maintenance and repair.
4. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Specification Sections.
5. Provide a listing in the Table of Contenls for design data with tabbed flysheet and space
for insertion of data.
C. Manual for Equipment and Systems
l.Each ltcm of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system and
component parts. Give function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions.
Include performance curves with engineering data and tests, complete nomenclature and
commercial number of replaceable parts.
a,
b.
Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics,
controls and communications.
Include as-installed color-coded wiring diagrams.
Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in and routine normal operating
instructions and sequences. lnclude regulations, control, stopping, shutdown and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter and any special operating instructions
and interfacing requirements with other systems.
Maintenance Requiremenls: Include routine procedures and guide for troubleshooting;
disassembly, repair, and re-assembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing
and checking instructions.
L.
J.
a.
b.
c.
d.
f
Provide servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required.
Include Manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
Include sequence of operation by controls Manufacturer.
Provide original Manufacturer's pans list, illustralions, assembly drawings and
diagrams required for maintenance.
Provide predicted life ofparts subject to wear.
Provide list of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
ReJamping schedule including sources and Manufacturers.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Provide as-installed control diagrams by conlrols Manufacturer.
Provide Contractor's Coordination Drawings with as-installed color-coded piping.
Provide charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve clearly
keyed to describe flow line and conlrol diagrams.
Provide list of original Manufacturer's spare parts, cunent prices and recommended
qualities to be maintained in storage.
Include Test and Balancing Reports.
Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during
instruction of the Owner's oersonnel.
t.06 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER
A. Before final inspection, instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of
products, equipment and systcms. at agreed upon times. For equipment requiring seasonal
operation, perform instructions for olher seasons within 6 months.
l Use Operation and Maintenance Manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of
Manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
2. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for
such data becomes apparent during instruction.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Sration and lf,itenane Da 0r730 - 3
II trS
Not Used
RI XED
Not Used
DED
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Sration and llrtenane Da 01730 - 4
scE2220
SIIN
BI GIL
I.O1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Removal and satisfactory disposal ofbuildings, foundations, fences, signs, structures,
pavements, traffic control devices, utilities, and other obstructions not designated or permitted lo
remain.
B. Related Work:
l. Sile Clearing: Section 02230
2. Earthwork: Section 02300
3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370
I.O2 PERMITS
A. Fugitive Dust
B. Road Cut
C. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)
D. ConstructionDewatering(NPDES)
E. 404 Permit
I.O3 JOB CONDIT]ONS
Protection: Protect all vegetation, utilities, structures, and other facilities to remain, from damage in manner
acceptable to Engineer. Maintain designated temporary roadways, walkways, and detours.
EI A$
None
nl Kn
3.OI PAVEMENTS, CURBS, GUTTER, FLATWORK
A. Rernove all pavements, curbs, gutter, and flatwork not designated to remain. Where existing
construction is to be partially removed, saw edges to remain in place on straigbt line with vertical face.
B. Break up concrete to be broken and left in place so largest fragment does not exceed one (1) square
yard surface area.
3.02 BRIDGES, SEWERS, CULVERTS, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
A. Do not remove structures in use until arransements have been made to accommodale traffic.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Site Dnolition 02220 J
B. For structures removed down to natural sfeam bottom, remove those parts outside stream to I' below
ground. Remove all portions within limits of new construction as necessary to accommodate new
work.
C. Maintain satisfactory traffrc bypass at all times.
3.03 STRUCTURES
Remove structures within project limits or as shown on drawings. Protecl portions lo remain from damage.
Damage to be repaired at Contractofs expense.
3.04 UTILIT]ES
Remove designated utility lines within project limits, properly capping or plugging existing lines to remain.
3.05 DISPOSAL
Deposit all removed material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and
reseeding ofsite ifrequired. Where disposal sites are not designted, remove and dispose ofall waste materials
offsite.
3.06 RESTORATION
After removal ofobsruction, fill and compact to finish grade in accordance with these specifications.
END OF SECTION
Lion Squrre Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vall, Colorado
15 August 2005
Site Dnolition 022202
l.0l
SEru2230
SIDLf,KI
GIL
DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Clearing, grubbing, removing and disposing of all vegetation and debris within work
limits and from bonow pits, and such other areas as required, excepl objects designated to remain or to
be removed. Also includes presewation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and objects
designated to remain.
B. Related Work:
t.
2.
J.
4.
1.02 PERMITS
1.03
TI
3.01
3.02
B.
C.
D.
Fugitive Dust
srormwarer Discharge Permil (NPDES)
Construction Dewatering (NPDES)
404 Permit
JOB CONDITIONS
Protection: Protect trees, shrubs and planted areas to remain from damage or from unnecessary vehicular
traffic, in manner acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Prolect benchmarks, staking, existing structures, roads,
sidewalks, paving, and curbs from damage. Maintain designated temporary roadways, walkways, and detous.
Buming is not permitted.
D
EI
CLEARING
A. Clear and/or grub all surface objects and all trees, stumps, roots, bushes and other protruding
obstructions, not designated to remain.
DISPOSAL
Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site to satisfaction of Engineer.
Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose ofall waste materials offsite.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Site Demolition: Section 02220
Earthwork: Section 02300
Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370
Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 0292l
BI
Site Clearing 02230 J
sEn2260
KAVAEI,IN
Rr. GTL
I.OI SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
l. Design and installation of shoring and underpinning system to protect excavation
perimeter from movement or collapse.
2. Prolection of adjacent buildings and improvements from movement, settlement or
collapse.
B. Related Sections:
Earlhwork: Section 02300
I.O2 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
A. Design Criteria: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of shoring and undeqpinning
system as required to resist laleral earth pressures and surcharges due to traffic, storage of
materials, adjacent stmctures and all other loads imposed on adjacent soil during the construction
period. Comply with requirements ofsoil and foundation investigation. Type of system used
must be compatible with construction procedures and structural details and acceptable to the
Structural Ensineer and General Conlractor.
O l.o3 euALrrY AS',RANCE
A. Regulatory Requirement: Obtain permits and permission of adjacent property owners as required.
I-04 PROJECTCONDTTIONS
A. Existing Conditions: Investigate to determine the location of adjacent existing underground
improvemenls.
B Subsurface Investigation: A subsurface investigation report has been prepared for the Owner.
RI'ONT
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Excavation Support System: Provide piles, piers, walers, lagging, sheeting, anchors and structures
as required.
02260 - | LionSsquare Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Dation Support and htetion
tlxn
3-OI EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: Examine existing condilions to determine shoring and underpinning
requirements. Examine existing adjacent improvements to determine their condition before
starting work. Record their condition by wrinen report, suwey and photographs as required.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Take all necessary precautions and make provisions to protect adjacent existing improvements
from damage from shoring, underpinning and excavation operations.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Design and install systems as required.
B. Make proper allowances for building structure and improvements including waterproofing, damp
proofing and foundation drainage systems.
C. Install shoring as concrete formwork for oulside walls where required.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Make periodic inspections and surveys ofexisting adjacenl improvements. Keep accurate records
of movements or changes in their condition.
3.05 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
A. Repair any damage or replace damaged existing adjacent improvements.
3.06 REMOVAL
A. Remove shoring and underpinning systems as required after permanent structure is in place.
Leave shoring in place where required.
END OF SECTION
LionSsquare Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi15
Dation Support and fttetion 02260 -2
GIL
SED23OO
AT
Suitable Material: Earth fill material consisting of on-site or similar non-organic sands,
gravels, clays, silts and mixtures thereof with maximum size of 6". Bedrock that bteaks
down to specified soil types and sizes during excavation, hauling, and placement may be
considered as suitable material. Unsuitable Material: Any material containing vegetable or
organic matter, muck, peat, organic silt, topsoil, frozen malerials, trees, stumps, certain
manmade deposits, or industrial waste, sludge or landfill, or other undesirable materials.
Unclassified Excavation: Any and all materials, including surface boulders, encountered
during construction. Rock formations that can be removed by ripping with D-9 tractor in
good repair with single tooth hydraulic ripper are considered as unclassified excavation.
Rock Excavation: Rock formations which cannot be excavated without blasting. Includes
removal and disposal of all rock.
Backfill and Embankment: Embankments, including preparation ofarea upon which they are
to be placed, dikes within or outside right-of-way. Placing and compacting approved
material within areas where unsuitable materials have been removed. Placing and
compacling of material in holes, pits and other depressions to lines and grades shown on
drawings. Use only suitable materials in construction of embankments and backfills.
Borrow: Backfill or embankment material which must be acquired from designated borrow
areas to make up deficiencies which cannot be completed from excavation within work
limits- Borrow material must be approved by the Engineer and Soils Engineer.
Proof Rolling: Applying test loads over subgrade surface by means ofheavy pneumatic-tired
roller ofspecified design, to locate weak areas in subgrade.
Fugitive Dust
Road Cut
Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)
Construction Dewatering (NPDES)
404 Permit
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
I,OI DESCRIPTION
B.
C,
Work Included: Excavation and borrow pits, removing and satisfactorily disposing ofall materials
taken from within work limits, including excavalion for ditches and channels, inlet and outlet ditches
for culverts and structures, all necessary shaping and sloping for the construction, preparation, and
completion of all backfill, embankments, subgrade shoulders, slopes, gutters, intersections,
approaches, and driveways, to required alignment, grade, and typical cross section shown on drawings.
Related Work:
I . Site Demolition: Section 02220
2. Site Clearing: Section 02230
3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370
4. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921
Definitions:
J.
A
l.
6.
5.
l.
2.
J.
J.
7.
1.02 PERMITS
Dthrk 023001
RX
2.01
2.02
ar
FILL AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL
Any suitable material or borrow as defined above. Free-running water shall be drained liom materials before
placement.
CONSTRUCTION WATER
Acceptable water shall be provided at Contraclor's expense.
KNRI
3.OI EXCAVATION
3.02
Unclassified Excavation: All excess or unsuilable excavated materials, including rock and boulden, that cannot
be used in backfill and embankments, shall be placed in designated disposal areas or disposed of off site.
Where shown on drawings or considered necessary, construct intercepting ditches above top ofcui slopes and
carry lo outlets near ends of cuts- To blend intersection of cut slopes with slope of adjacent natural ground
surfaces in uniform manner, shape tops ofall cut slopes, except those in solid rock, for flattening and rounding
in accordance with details shown on drawings. Treat earth overburden above solid rock cuts in same manner as
earth cut. Engineer reserves the right to change cut slopes during progress ofexcavation. Scale all exposed
rippable rock cuts of loose, potentially falling rock at Contracto/s expense.
PROOF ROLLING
Proofrolling may be required to determine whether certain areas of subgrade meet compaction requirements.
Proofroll designated areas with heary rubber-tired roller approved by Engineer. Areas found to be weak or fail
the test shall be repaired in accordance with recommendations by the Engineer.
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Adjust completed subgrade from slope or grade stakes to assure surface width conforms to typical section,
dimensions, lines, and grades on drawings. Compact subgrade in accordance with compaction requirements.
EMBANKMENT AND FILL CONSTRUCTION
3.03
3.04
Place earthfill materials for backfill or embankment in thin horizontal layers and compact as specified
before next layer is placed. Use eflective spreading equipment on each Iift to obtain uniform thickness
prior to compacting. As compaction of each layer progresses, continuously level and manipulate to
assure uniform density. Add or remove water as necessary to obtain maximum density. When
directed by Engineer, remove excess moisture in bridging across streams, ponds, and swampy ground.
Place embankment in layers not gr€ater than 18" which have been demonstrated to meet compaclion
standards.
When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be
compacled against existing embankments, or when embankmenl is built one-half width at a time,
slopes which are steeper than 4:l measured longitudinally or at right angles to roadway shall be
continuously benched over as work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed into existing
slopes a minimum of 8' wide. Begin each horizontal bench at intersection oforiginal ground and sides
of previous benches- Material benched shall be excavated and recompacted along with new
embankment material at Contractor's expense.
Rock fill embankment material consists predominantly ofrock 6" to 2' in diameler placed in loose lifts
up to average rock dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
frLrk
C.
02300 4
D-
thickness may be agreed to by Engineer provided material is carefully placed, large stones well
distributed. and voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth
each layer with suilable equipment, distributing soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose
layer as necessary to facilitate compaclion prior to placing additional lifts. Embankmenls consisting
predominantly ofrock larger than 8" in greatest dimension, shall not be construcled above an elevation
2'below finishcd subgrade. Balance ofembankment shall be composed ofsuitable material smoothed
and placed in layers not exceeding 8" in loose thickness and compacted as specified.
Remove all sod and vegetable matter from surface upon which embankment is to be placed.
Completely break up cleared surface by plowing, scarifoing, or stepping a minimum of 6" to insure a
bond between embankment and original ground. Recompact to specifications.
Frozen materials shall not be used in construction ofembankments.
F. During construction maintain area in such condition that it will be well drained at all times.
G. At the end ofevery construction day all fill arcas must be flat rolled to provide proper drainage.
BORROW
Provide test pit ifrequired by Engineer to evaluate acceptability and limits ofsource at Contractor's expense.
Ifmore borrow is placed than required, amount of ovemrn will be deducted from borrow volume. Contractor
shall notify Engineer at least I 0 working days in advance of need before opening borrow area.
Strip all borow pits of sod, topsoil, and unsuitable materials. Restore borrow area, grade and shape to provide
proper drainage before placement oftopsoil, to the satisfaction ofthe Engineer.
DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
Deposit all surplus materials or unsuitable materials in such places as designaled on drawings or approved by
Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designaled waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete
topsoil and reseeding of site ifrequired. Where drsposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose ofall
waste material off site.
COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS
Thoroughly scarifo surface upon which cmbankment is to be placed to depth of6".
Compact scarified materials and embankments to following % AASHTO T99. Moisture content shall
be within 2% of optimum.
3.05
3.06
3.O7
B.
l.
2.
J.
4.
Landscaped area 95Vo
Roadway 95oZ
a- 0-5Fill Depth95%
b. Over 5'Fill Depth 100%*
lnterior Slab on Grade
a. 0-5'Fill Dcpth 95%
b. Over 5Fill Depth 100%*
Beneath Footings 1007o
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 Ausust 2005
ftLrk 02300 3
C.
5. Hardscape (sidewalk, paver, flatwork)
a. O-5'Fill Depih 95%o
b. Over 5Till Depth 100%*
To include I : I 6ne of Influence
Where Engineer agrees to rock fill material embankments constructed without moisturc and density
control, place in loose lifts up lo average rock dimansion not exceeding 2'. Apply water as necessary
to facilitate compaction. Route construction equipment, compactoN, or both, unifonnly over each Iift
prior to placing additional lifts. Apply sufficient compactive effort to each liff to achieve uniform,
well-compacted rock fill. Distribute rocks throughout layer, spaced far enough apart to allow
compaction equipment to pass between and permit cross rolling. Place, move and compact
embankment materials, and apply waler to facilitate compaction and prevent voids in embankment.
Number ofpasses required will depend on available compaction equipmenl to achieve compactive
effort agreed to by Engineer.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
frttrk 02300 4
sBF2370xa,B|mI
RI GTL
I.OI DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Excavation, grading, and installation ofriprap, filter material, jute netting, straw bale
sediment barriers, and all necessary appurtenances.
B. Related Work:
1. Site Clearing: Section 02230
2. Earthwork: Section 02300
3. Storm Drainage: Section 02630
4. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921
I.O2 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports: If requested, fumish copies of tests from certified and acceptable testing labontory
l. Gradation and Soundness of Riprap.
2. Gradation of Filter Material.
TI ilT
2.OI RIP RAP
Hard, dense, sound, rough fractured stone meeting AASHTO T 85. Excavated shot rock may be used if agreed
to by the Owner's representative and the Engineer. Neither breadth nor thickness ofsingle stone to be less than
one-third its length.
Nominal Size Min. Volume Min. Weight
9" 0.25 CF 30 lbs.
12" 0.5 CF 75 lbs.
18" 1.8 CF 250 lbs.
24" 4CF 600 lbs.
Size ofstone and total thickness ofriprap as shown on drawings. Stone well graded so voids can be filled, and
at least 50oZ of mass equal to or larger than size called for on drawings.
2.02 FILTER MATERIAL
Aggregate Filter: Conform to following gradation:
Sieve Size
J
3/4"
No.4
No.200
Percentage by Weight Passing
Square Mesh Sieves
100
20-90
u20
G3
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fl)5
Bsion and Sedimentation Control 02370-r
2.03 FILTER FABRIC
Manufactured especially for stability of erosion
polypropylene yams, in accordance with following:
Weight
Thickness
Grab Strength
Elongation Break
Burst Strength
Trapezoid Tear Strength
Water Permeability
Water Flow Rate
Equivalent Opening Size
2.04 ruTENETTING
2.05
control construction.
4.0 ozlyd
l5 mils
l30 lbs.
62%
125 psi
70 tb.
0.02 cm/se
4.80 gal/min/ft
70-100 U.S. Sieve
Made from polyethylene and
ASTM DI9IO
ASTM DI777
ASTM DI682
ASTM DI682
ASTM D7742
ASTM 2263
CFMC
CFMC
ASTM D422
Heavy-wovenjute mesh ofa rugged construction. Made ofundyed and unbleached, twistedjute fibers, having
smolder resistant treatment. Provide in rolls 225' by 4' wide containing 100 square yards weighing
approximately 90 pounds.
SILT FENCE
Silt Fence Fabric: The fabric shall meet the following specifications:
Fabric Properties
Grab Tensile Strength (lbs)
Elongation at Failure (%)
Mullen Burst Strength (PSl)
Puncture Strength (lbs)
Slurry Flow Rate (gallmin/sf)
Equivalent Opening Size
Ultraviolet Radiation Stability %
Minimum Acceptable Value
90
50
t90
40
0.3
40-80
90
Test Method
ASTM DI682
ASTM DI682
ASTM D3786
ASTM D75t (modified)
US Std Sieve CW-02215
ASTM-G-26
B.
D.
C.
Fence Posts (for fabricated units): The length shall be a minimum of 36 inches long. Wood posts will
be of sound quality hardwood with a minimum cross sectional area of 3.0 square inches. Steel posts
will be standard T and U section weighing not less than 1.00 pound per linear foot.
Wire Fence (for fabricated units): Wire fencing shall be a minimum | 4- l /4 gage with a maximum 6"
mesh opening, or as approved.
Prefabricated Units: Envirofence or approved equal may be used in lieu of the above method
providing the unit is installed per manufacturer's instructions.
xan
3.OI FILTER FABRIC
PIace fabric over shaped surface loosely where, when large stones are placed, they will not cause stretching of
fabric beyond elastic limits. Overlap joining sections 2' at edges. Secure overlapped edges to subgrade with
cinch pins. If riprap is dropped, place aggregate bedding 2" thick over fabric. Place riprap in a manner that
fabric will not be damaged by stretching, punching, or ripping.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Bsion and Sedimentation Control 02370 2
3.02 RIP RAP
A. Reasonably well-graded from smallest to maximum size specified. Stones smaller than l0% of
smallest size not permitled. Control gradation of riprap by visual inspection to assure thickness of
riprap conforms with drawings.
B. Hand Placed: Rectangular to facilitate butt placement. Fill openings with loose, well-graded road
aggregate base material.
3.03 FILTER MATERIAL
We1 subgrade, reasonably shape, and compact prior to placing filter material. Filter material may be
backdragged with loaderbucket to a reasonably smooth surface forplacement to Iines and grades ofdrawings.
3.04 WATERBARS/INTERCEPTORTRENCHES
Construct ditch in accordance with drawings. Flow line of water bar nol steeper than 1"/o. Discharge on
existing vegetated slopes altemately to avoid erosion.
3.05 STRAW BALE SEDIMENT BARPJER
Use straw bale barriers at storm drain inlets, across minor swales and ditches, and other applications where
barrier is of temporary nature. Bind straw bales with nylon or baling wire, not twine. Anchor bales to ground
with two posts per bale.
3,06 ruTENETTING
Start jute roll at top of slope or channel and unroll down grade. Lay second strip parallel to first and allow 2"
overlap. Bury top end of roll in trench, minimum 4" deep. Anchor jute roll to earth surface with stakes of 8
gauge steel, 8" long, approximately 12" apart. Staple outside edges 4 to l0'apart and along overlap edges.
Overlap end rolls by 4" and anchor securely.
3.07 CHECK DAMS
lnstall bottom ofcheck dam at leasl 6" below maximum depth of newly graded channel. Extend to 6" above
maximum design water depth. lnstall materials in accordance wilh drawings.
3.08 FILTER BERM/SEDIMENT POND
Field construct berm as directed by Engineer. Place washed l" to l-1/2" aggregate with 2'top and 3:l side
slopes extending to bottom ofcharmel. Berm 1o retain sediments by retarding and filtering runoff. Place sand
on face of berm for future replacement of filter material. Construct in accordance with drawings.
3.09 SILT FENCE
Install silt fence in accordance with drawines.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
bsion and Sedimentation Control 02370 3
sExD2580
EOrcAf,[ADSYnl
B.I GTL
I.OI DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Excavation, rock excavation, blasting, rock disposal, dewatering, backfill, bedding,
compaction, installation ofconduits, vaults, pads and all necessary appurtenances and coordination with
the telephone, cable television, electric companies.
B. Related Work:
l. Site Clearing: Section 02230
2. Topsoil and Revegelation: Section 02921
C. Definitions:
L Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along trench other than rock
excavation.
2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a backhoe
with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force 35,000 lbs each, and
requiring drilling and blasting. Boulders and large rocks one cubic yard or larger, are
considered rock excavation.
D. Utility Company Specifications: All work shall conform to the standard specifications of the telephone
company, the cable television company, and the electric company.
I.O2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings orproduct data showing specific dimensions and construction materials forpipe,
fittings, and vaults; or certifications that producls conform wilh specifications.
B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization materials, concrete
mix design, and compression test.
C. Permits: Submit copies ofall permits issued for project.
I.O3 JOB CONDITIONS
Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending air
temperature in shade and away from artificial heat, falls below 35 degrees F, and there is frost in subgrade. When
concreting is permitted during cold weather, lemperature of mix shall not be less than 60 degrees F at time of
placing.
E.I ES
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): 2"-8", Schedule 40 PVC.
2-02 VAULTS
All switchgear, transformer, splice vaults, pads. and bases tobe suppliedby Holy Cross Electric Association, Inc.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Crading lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
Ebiqnd Communietions Sgems 02580 - I
2.03 BEDDING
A. Granular material - 3/4" screened rock.
B. On-site 1-l/2" minus well gra.ded screened material, free from organic materials, chunks ofsoil, frozen
material, debris, or other suitable materials. Use of on-site bedding material must have prior written
approval of the utility company and Engineer.
2.04 CONCRETE MATERIAL
A. General: All materials fumished from sources agreed to by the District.
B. Cement: ASTM C-150 for Portland Cement, Type II. Cement which bas become partially set or
contains lumps ofcaked cement shall be rcjected.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or
organic materials harmful to concrete,
2.05 CONCRETE MIX
A. Design Mix
L Proportions:
Cement 5-l/2 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregale - 43%
Water - 5.5 gallons per sack
Maximum size aggegate - 314"
2. Slump: 4" maximum
3. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days
4. Air Content: 5% - 7%
B. Job-Mixed Concrete
Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacturers Bureau
ofAssociated General Contractors ofAmerica. Mixershall be capable ofcombining aggregates, cement,
and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Dscharge entire contents of drum before
recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than ten ( l0) minutes after all materials are in
drum.
C. Ready Mixed Concrete
Proportioned, mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plasic and
workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
RI NN
3.01 TRENCH]NG
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notiff Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading I mprovernents
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Eticand Communiotions SSems 02580 - 2
C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local
authority havingjurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be transported, handled,
stored and used in accordance with the laws ofthe local, state and federal govemments, as applicable.
All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or faciliry. The protection of life
and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons conducting the
blasting operation. The hours ofblasting shall be in accordance with lhe permit ofthe local authority.
Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24 hour notification 1o Owner, Engineer and Fire Department.
D. Trench Support: The trench shall be adequately supported and the safety ofworkers provided for as
required by tbe most recent standards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required to prevent any
excessive widening or sloughing ofthe trench. which may be detrimental to human safety, to the pipe
and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing structures, or to any other existing
facility or item.
UNSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM AND EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL
If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to bc soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders. refuse,
vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments ofinorganic material that cannol satisfactorily
support the pipe or structure, then the Contractor shall furthcr excavate and remove such unsuitable material.
Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the Engineer.
BEDDING
Install in conformance with drawings. Place lrom minimum of 3" below bottom of pipe to centerline for entire
width of trench.
3.M TINDERDRAIN
3.02
3.03
3.05
3.06
A. Water seeping from trench banks, but not flowing in trench bottom: Install gravel underdrain in
accordance with drawings.
B. Water flowing in trench bottom: Install underdrain pipe in addition to gravel where water volume will
fill a 4" pipe 1/4 full. Cleanouts at each manhole in conformance with drawings-
C. Daylight all underdrains as shown on drawings or as directed by Engineer.
PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Construct pipe accurately to linc and grade shown on drawings. Remove and replace pipe not
conforming to line and grade at Contractor's expense.
B. Install to manufacturer's recommendations, continuously upgrade. Bell ends face upgrade. Prior to
making joints, clean and dry all surfaces. Use lubricanls in conformance with manufacturer's
recommendations for insertion ofpipe injoint. Set pipe in position and check line and grade. Keep dirt
from entering all exposed pipe ends. Joints watertight.
PADS AND VAULTS
Install pads and vaults to line and grade shown on drawings.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
BFiond Communietions Sgems 02s80 - 3
3.07 PULL STRING
3.08
Pull string shall be placed in all conduit to facilitate placing cable.
CONCRETE WORK
Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as uniformly as
possible in order to minimize amount of additional spreading. Place and consolidate with suitable tools
to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms.
Retcmpering: Do not retemper concrele or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or
without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required for
immediale use.
Curing: Protect against loss ofmoisture, rapid lemperature change, rain, and flowing water, for not less
than two days from placement ofconcrete. Immediately after finishing, cover concrete surface with
curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. Protect exposed edge of
concrete slabs exposed by removing forms immediately to provide these surfaces with continuous curing
treatment.
3.09 BACKFILL
A. One FootOverPipe: Use3/4" screened rock or on-site screened material (ifapproved by Engineer) for
cover malerial and backfill by approved mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean soil, free
from organic materials, chunks ofsoil, frozen malerial, debris, or other unsuitable materials. Place and
compact starting at top ofpipe bedding extending upwards to above top ofpipe for entire lrench width.
Place in lifts to a density of 90% AASHTO T99.
B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same malerials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No
boulders over 6" in diameter in top 12" oftrench. No backfill material with boulders larger than 18" in
diameter. Carefully lower boulden larger than | 2' in diameter into trench until backfill is 4' over top of
pipe. No boulden over 6" in trench backfill for trenches located within the Town of Vail right-of-way or
those portions ofTract C Vail/Lionshead, Third Filing owned by the Town of Vail.
3.10 COMPACTION
Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for uniform
density throughout depth of each lift. Alter construction methods until providing one accepable to
Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or compaction is not being
achieved, then demonstrate new method.
Compaction requirements for all trenches:
l. Predominantly ofcohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procedures are applicable: Compacted
uniformly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99-
2. Predominately of rock 18" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension.
Placing ofoccasional boulders ofsizes largerthan maximum layer thickness may be agreed to
by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and large stones well distributed with voids
completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each layer to
distribute soils and finer liagments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate
compaction prior to placing additional lifts.
3. Trenches outside road right-of-way: Compact to 95% AASHTO T99.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
fI.
B.
C.
A.
B.
Rtrisnd Communistions S$ems 02580 - 4
3.I I PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose ofexisting surface and
aggregate base course leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side oftrench. After trench has been backfilled
and properly compacled, place aggregate base course in accordance with permit requirements, or minimum
thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95% AASHTO T180. Replace pavement in
accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact asphalt to 957o
ASTM DI559: consolidate concrete with vibrators.
3.r2 FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL
A. Notif Engineer at least 24 hours in advance ofpipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until
observed by Engineer. Notifo Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested.
B. Testing
L General: Conduct testing in accordance with procedures approved by the appropriate utility
company.
3.I3 CLEANUPANDRESTORATION
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other sffuctures or
surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all waste
material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding of site, is
required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste material offsite.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grading lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
Etricand Communiations Spems 02s80 - 5
t.0l
SEru2630
SII!IGE
GTL
DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Excavation, backfrll, bedding, and installation ofpipe, manholes, catch basins, inlets,
outlets, rmderdrains, irrigation ditches, channelization, detention storage, siphons and all necessary
appunenances.
B. Related Work:
l. Site Clearing: Section 02230
2. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921
C. Definition:
l. Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along trench other than rock
excavation.
2. Rock Excavation: AII solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a backhoe
with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force of35,000 lbs. each,
and requiring drilling and blasting. Boulders, large rocks, and chunks of concrete three cubic
yards or larger, considered rock excavation.
SUBMITTAL
A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction materials for:
L Precast Manholes
2. Precast Catch Basins
3. Frames, Grates, Covers
B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization materials,
concrete mix design, and compression test.
C. Permits:
I . Fugitive Dust
2. Slormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)
3. ConstructionDewatering(NPDES)
4. 404 Permil
JOB CONDITIONS
Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending air
temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F. and there is frost in subgrade.
When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature of mix shall not be less than 60 degrees F. at
time of placing.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
1.02
1.03
Storm Dinage 02630 - r
Rl as
2.OI PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C14
B. Reinforced Concrele Pipe: ASTM C76, circular; ASTM 506, arch; ASTM 507, vertical or horizontal
elliptical- Class pipe as shown on drawings.
C. Concrete End Section: Same ASTM specification as pipe. Equivalent in area as circular pipe.
D. Conugated Steel Pipe and Arches: AASHTO M36, gauge as shown on drawings. Bands shall
conform to following:
Pipe Size Comrgations Number
Bolts
Inches 2-2/3" x 1/2" 3' x I "
o
6-30
36-60
6G120
T-t2" 14"
24" 20"
2ea
3ea
5ea
Thickness of band one gauge less than pipe but not less than l6 gauge.
E. Comtgated Steel Pipe End Section: Sizes and dimensions shown on drawings. Materials same as
comrgated steel pipe.
F. Bituminous Coating: Where required on comrgated steel pipe and finings, AASHTO M 190, Type A,
with minimum thickness of 0.03". Coupling bands firlly coated.
2.02 UNDERDRAIN PIPE
A. Comrgated Steel: AASHTO M36 Type lll. Holes 3/8" double row each side of pipe for 6"-10" size
pipe. Triple row each side of pipe ft 12"-21" pipe. Spaced in center of each depressed comrgation
nearest to center pipe. lnstall hole row each side of pipe for 6"- 10" pipe; triple row each side of pipe
for 12"-2I"pipe.
B. Rigid PVC Schedule 35.
C. FlexiblePolypropeleneorPolyethylene/Hancor.
2.03 PREFABRICATED INLETS AND OUTLETS
A. Comrgated Steel Units: Conform to drawing dirnensions, AASHTO M36. Bituminous coating when
specified, AASHTO MI90, Type A. Steps fabricated into units.
B. Precast Concrete Units: In accordance with drawings, ASTM C4?8 and C789, wall "B", wall
thickness 1/12 intemal diameter. Steps precast into units.
2.04 MANHOLE
A. Manhole Bases: Precast concrete. Manhole base and first barrier section cast monolithic per ASTM -
c478.
Lion Squere Lodge
Site and Garage Improvemenls
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
Storm Dinage 02630 - 2
B. Manhole Sections: ASTM C478. Precast concrete with minimum wall thickness 1/12 of intemal
diameter. Cones eccentric.
C. Manhole Ring and Cover: Cast iron, ASTM A48. Ring and cover combined weight greater than 400
lbs., machined to fil securely. Non-rocking cover. Hot dipped in asphalt.
D. Manhole Steps: Two non-skid grooves in the surface ofstep and capable ofcarrying load of I ,000 lbs.
6" from face of manhole.
E. Manhole Joint Sealant: RubberNek.
2.05 SLOTTED DRAIN
AASHTO M36 with grate assembly, ASTM ,ar123. Joint and couplers of ring compression type. Where
required, expanded wire mesh attached across top of drain opening. Fittings provided with annular ends for
hugger-type bands.
2.06 FRAMES, CRATES, COVERS, AND STEP
Metal units conform to drain dimensions and to following for designated material.
A. Gray Iron Castings: AASHTO Ml05.
B. Carbon-Sleel Castines: AASHTO M103.
C. Ductiie lron Castines: ASTM A536.
D. Structural Steel: AASHTO Ml83 and ASTM A283, Grade B. Galvanizing, where specified,
AASHTO MI I I.
2.07 BEDDING
A. Pipe and culvert - roadbase, percent by weight passing square mesh sieves: 3/4", 100; No.4,30-65;
No. 8, 25-55; No.20O,3-12.
B. Underdrain - washed gravel: percent by weight passing square mesh sieves: 1", 100%; 3/4",95'
100%; No.4,0-5%.
2.08 CONCRETEMATERIALS
A. General: All materials fumished from sources approved by Engineer.
B. Cemenl: ASTM Cl50 for Portland Cement, Type II. Cement which has become partially set or
contains iumps, caked cemenl and have been exposed to inclement weather shall be rejected.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or
orsanic materials harmful to concrete.
02630 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
a Storm Dinage
2.09 CONCRETE M1X
A.Design Mix:
t.
2.
3.,
Proportions:
Cement 5- li2 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregate 437o
Water 5.5 Gallons per sack
Maximum size aggregate 3/4"
Slump: 4" maximum
Strength: Minimum 3750 psi at 28 days
Air Content: 5%-7%
Job Mixed Concrete: Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer
Manufacturers Bureau of Associated General Contractors of America. Mixer shall be capable of
combining aggregates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire
contenls ofdrum before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than 10 minutes after
all materials are in drum.
Ready Mixed Concrete: Proportioned, mixed, and transponed in accordance with ASTM C94. Any
concrete not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
XN
3.OI TRENCH]NG
3.02
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notify Engineer ofareas requiring rock excavation.
C. Blasting: In general blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local
aulhority having jurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances sball be transported,
handled, stored and used in accordance with the laws ofthe local, slate and federal governments, as
applicable.
All blasting shall be controlled so as nol to injure any existing structure or facility. The protection of
life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons
conducting the blasting operation. The hours ofblasting shall be in accordance with the permit ofthe
local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24-hour notification to Engineer.
UNSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM, EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL
lf the bottom ofthe excavation al subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse,
vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fiagments ofinorganic material that cannot satisfactorily
support lhe pipe or structure, then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such unsuitable material.
Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the Engineer.
BEDDING OTHER THAN UNDERDRAINS3.03
Pipe: Install in conformance with drawings- Place from minimum of 4" below bottom of pipe to
centerline for full width oftrench.
Culvert: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 6" below bottom of pipe to
centerline ofpipe for entire width oftrench.
B.
C.
B.
Storm hinage Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
02630 - 4
3.O4 PIPE INSTALLAT]ON
General: For new embankments, place fill so width each side of pipe is at least five (5) times pipe
diameter. After embankment is placed, proceed with trenching.
Begin all pipe installation at downstream end. Bell or groove ends of rigid conduit and outside
circumferenlial laps offlexible conduit facing upstream. Place flexible conduits with longitudinal laps
or seams at sides.
Comrgated Steel Pipe: Remove all loose excavated materials from bottom of trench and install
bedding to required thickness. Install pipe true to line and grade. Install remaining bedding material
along sides of pipe to avoid any voids. Repair bituminous coating damage using similar coating
material. Lubricate coupler bands. Vertical elongation caused by backfill operation shall not exceed
3% ofpipe diameter. Compact backfill to 8r% 90% AASHTO T99 and continue to I'overtop of
plpe.
Concrete Pipe: Extend bedding around bell where bell and spigot pipe is used. Place pipe on bedding
as shown on drawings. Place remaining bedding along pipe sides with no voids. Compact backfill to
90% AASHTO T99 and continue to l'over pipe.
Underdrain Pipe :
l. General: Install to lines and grades shown on drawings. Extend underdrain material a
minimum of 6" over top of pipe. Cover underdrain material for entire width of trench with
filter fabric. If shown on drawings, line trench with fabric before installing pipe and
underdrain material.
2. Concrete Pipe: Install with bell resting on trench bottom facing up grade, with underdrain
material supporting pipe.
3. Comrgated Steel or PVC Pipe: Holes or perforations placed down with maximum 1"
underdrain material under pipe. Joint according to manufacturer's recommendations.
3.06
SLOTTED DRAIN INSTALLATION
Install in accordance with drawings. Trench as narrow as possible and backfill to create uniform foundation
side suppon. lnstall true to line and grade.
MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION
Manlrole: Construct in accordance with drawings- Extend concrete manhole base at least 8" below
pipe barrel. Slope floor of manhole from centerline ofpipe to maximum of2" above top ofpipe at
face of manhole. Shape invert after manhole is set. Construct side branches with as large radius of
curvature as possible to connect to main invert. Inverts shall be smooth and clean with no
obstructions, allowing insertion of expandable plug in pipe. Place complete and continuous roll of
joint sealant on base ring in sufficient quantity, so there will be no spaces allowing infiltration. Join
each succeeding manhole section in similar manner. Trim away all excess material and repair all
lifting holes. Tum eccentric cone and steps away from roadway ditch.
Manhole Ring and Cover: Install at grade of finished surface. Where surface rvill be completed after
manhole construction, set top ofcone so maximum ofsix (6) two inch thick reinforced concrete rings
will adjust ring and cover to final grade.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
A
B.
C.
D.
3.05
A.
B.
Storm hinage 02630 - 5
3.O7
3.08
CONNECTION TO EX]STING MANHOLE
Make connections to existing manholes, where no pipe is stubbed out, in similar manner as new manhole.
Break small opening in existing manhole as necessary to insert new pipe and attain watertight seal- Chip
exisling concrete bench inside manhole to provide enough thickness for mortar bed to make new smooth
continuous invert. Place expandable waterstop around portion of sewer pipe inserted into existing manhole.
Use expandable grout to completely fill hole in manhole lo create watertight repair.
CONCRETE WORK
C.
Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as uniformly as
possible to minimize amount of addilional spreading. Place and consolidate with suitable tools to
avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms.
Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or
without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required for
immediate use.
Curing: Protect against loss ofmoisture, rapid temperature change, rain. or flowing water, for not less
than two days from placement of concrete. lmmediately after finishing, cover concrete surface with
curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. Protect exposed edge
of concrete slabs by removing forms immediately to provide these surfaces wilh continuous curing
treatment.
3.09 BACKFILL
A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" road base for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical
methods. Cover material shall be clean, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, fiozen material,
debris or other unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top of pipe bedding extending
upwards to I' above top ofpipe. Place in lifts to a density of90% AASHTO T99, at a point 6" above
top ofpipe.
B. Remainderof Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No
boulders over 6" in diameter in top I 2" oftrench. No backfill material with boulders larger than I 8" in
diameter. Carefully lower boulders larger than 12" in diameter into trench until backfill is 4' over top
ofpipe. No boulders over 6" in lrench backfill for trenches located within the Town of Vail right-of-
way or those portions of Tract C Vaililionshead, Third Filing owned by the Town of Vail.
3.10 COMPACTION
Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for uniform
density throughout depth ofeach lifi. Alter construction methods until providing one acceptable to
Engineer. Continue same procedure until sigrrificanl change in soils occurs, or required compaction is
not being achieved, then demonstrate new method.
Compaction requirements for all trenches within limits ofpavement, shoulders, or back ofcurbs:
l. Predominantly of cohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procures are applicable: Compact
uniformly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99.
2. Predominantly ofrock, to 18" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension.
Placing ofoccasional boulders ofsizes larger than maximum layerthickness may be agreed
to by Engineer, provided material is carefirlly placed and large stones well distributed with
voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each
layer to distribute soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to
facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
A.
B.
A,
B.
Storm hinage 02630 - 6
3.11
J.tz
3.13
3.14
CONCRETE STRUCTURES
A. General: Cast-in-place concrete conforming to dimensions shown on the drawings and accurate to
tolerances ofl/4". Inslall forms so all finished lines will be true and straight. Install reinforcing steel
with the spacing between the forms and between bars as shown on drawings- Keep excavation dry
during construction. Compaction requirements same as above.
B. lnlets and Outlets: Either cast-in-place or precast units, in accordance with drawings. When required,
set caslings accurately to grade with adjustment cowses of brick in full mortar beds. Construct pipe
inverts or smooth concrete inverts same size as pipe up to centerline ofpipe, with bench to stand on.
C. Frames, Grates, Covers, and Steps: Install accurately according to drawings. Anchor castings in place
and set in adjustment mortar to assure firm foundation.
D. Trash Guards: Install in accordance with drawinss and manufacturer's recommendations.
PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing surface
and aggregate base course. Leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side of trench. After rench has been
backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with permit requirements or
minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95% AASHTO T180. Replace
pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact
asphalt to 95% ASTM Dl559; consolidate concrete with vibrators.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Notifu Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until observed by
Engineer.
CLEANUP AND RESTORATION
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other structures or
surf,aces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all
waste materials in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding of
site if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste materials offsite.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Storm hinage 02630 -7
sErs2720ilsrE
RI GTL
I.O1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Preparing surface ofsubgrade affer utility contractors have completed installation of
all utilities and fumishing and placing one or more courses of aggregate in conformance with lines,
grades, and typical sections shown on drawings.
B. Related Work:
1. Earthwork: Section 02300
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports: lfrequested, furnish proposed source ofmaterials and copies oftests from certified and
acceptable testing laboratory:
1 . Sieve analysis - ASTM C 136
2. Wear Abrasion - ASTM Cl3l
3. Liquid Limit - AASHTO T89, T90
4. Moisture Density Curves - AASHTO T99
r.t a$
2.OI AGGREGATE
A. Aggregate shall conform to following gradation:
Sieve Percentage by Weight Passing square Mesh Sieves
Size
Class 2 Class 4 Class 5 Class 6
3' 95-100
2" - 100t-,/2" - 90-100
I' 100
3/4"-50-90-100
No.4 - 30-50 30-70 30-65
No. 8 - 25-55
No.200 3-15 3-12 3-15 3-12
Liquid limit not greater than 35 for Class 2; 30 for Class 4, 5, or 6.
Plasticity Index not exceeding 6.
B. Requirements for this Project:
Fumish Class 6 aggregate for this Project.
02720 - 1 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
O tbund *e Course
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
hbund Be Course 02720 - 2
T.I BN
3.OI PREPARATION
A. Staking: Contractor will provide at his expense all additional staking necessary to ensure work
conforms with drawings.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Shape and compact to crown, line, grades, and typical cross section shown on
drawings before placing base material. Compact to 95% AASHTO T99.
3.02 MIXING
The Contractor shall mix the aggregate by methods that insure a thorough and homogeneous mixture.
3.03 PLACEMENT
If required compacted depth of aggregate base course exceeds 6", construct in two or more layers of
approximately equai thickness. Maximum compacted thickness of any one layer shall not exceed 6". When
vibratory or other approved types ofspecial compacting equipment are used, compacted depth of single layer
may be increased to 8" upon approval of Engineer.
3.04 SHAPING AND COMPACTION
Compact each layer to 957o AASHTO T180. Maintain surface ofeach layer during compaction so that uniform
texnre is produced and aggregates are firmly keyed. Apply water uniformly during compaction so moisture
content is within 20% of optimum.
END OF SECTION
02720-3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
- hhrnd Be Course
-
sEn2740
EBB,VII
Rt' GTL
I,OI DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Fumishing, laying, and compacting hot-mixed asphaltic concrele pavement in
conformance with lines, grades, and typical cross-sections shown on the drawings.
B. Related Work:
l. Unbound Base Course: Section 02720
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source: Engineer shall have access to batching plant at all times work is in progress.
B. Record of Work: Contractor shall keep record of time and date of placement, temperature, and
weather conditions. Retain until completion and fumish copy to Engineer.
C. Owner will arrange and pay for all field tests to determine compliance ofbase course and pavement
materials and compaction with the specification and the approved design mix formula.
I.O3 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Ifrequested, provide samples ofproposed materials.
B. Test Reports: If requested, fumish copies of tests from certified and acceptable testing laboratory:
l. Aggregare - AASHTO T96
2. Tar - AASHTO M52 Grade RTC B-5, Ml I8.
3. Liquid Asphalt - AASHTO M8l, M82; ASTM D2026
4. Emulsified Asphalt - AASHTO Ml40
5. Compaction - AASHTO T230
6. Stabilitv and Flow - AASHTO T245
C. Job Mix Formula: Provide Engineer proposed mix design based upon aggregates to be used.
1. Submit design mix to Engineer for approval along with Marshall series performed by an
independent laboratory.
2. Stability per ASTM D1559: 1500 Ib minimum
3. Flow per ASTM D1559: .08 to .16 inch
4. Air Voids percentage per ASTM D1559: 3 to 5 percent
5. Use an anti-stripping additive from the approved list of additives in Chapter 400 of the
Colorado Department of Highways Field Materials Manual
6. Minimum Asphalt content: 5.8%
I.O4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Transport mixtures from mixing plant in trucks having tight, clean, non-sticking compartments. When
transporting, provide covers to protect from wealher and prevent loss ofheat when temperature is
below 50 degrees F. During temperatures below 50 degrees F on long distance deliveries, provide
insulation around entire 1ruck bed surfaces.
02740-l Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvernents
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Elr hement
I.O5 JOB CONDIT]ONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Do not place asphaltic concrete on wet surfaces, or when temperatue is
below 40 degrees F, unless agreed to by Engineer.
B. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on asphaltic concrete pavement until
cooled and hardened. Provide barricades, flagmen, and warning devices as required to protect
pavement. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular traffic as required. Cover openings of structures in
paving until permanent coverings are placed.
C. Confirm in writing, aggregate base course constructed by others has been compacted to requirements
of these specifications. Use any means necesst!ry to proof roll or test to confirm aggregate base is
satisfactory to receive asphaltic concrete. Notiry in writing to Owner any deficient areas so they may
be broughr into conformance wirh specifications prior to placement ofasphaltic concrete,
l.t E$
2.OI AGGREGATE
Clean, hard, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed gravel, natural gravel, or crushed slag with not more
than 450lo of wear, AASHTO T96.
Sieve Percentage by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves
Gradins
SX
1-112"
t"
314" 100
1/2" 90-100
3/8'
#8 28-58
#30
#200 2-10
Sizes #8 and larger, tolerances + 8%; #30 + 60/o; #200 + 3%; where I 00o/o passing, no tolerance.
Use Grading SX for this project.
2.02 ASPHALTIC CEMENT
AASHTO M226, Penetration Grade 85-100. Use AC-l0 for all paving.
2,03 PRIME COAT
One of the following, grade and type as recommended by supplier:
A. Slow curing, ASTM D2026
B. Medium curing, AASIITO M82
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Elr hement 02740 -2
2.04 TACK COAT
One of the following, grade and type as recommended by supplier:
A. Emulsified asphalt, AASHTO M 140
B. Carionic emulsified asphalt, AASHTO M208
2.05 MIX DESIGN
A. Determine design mix based upon aggregates to be used.
1. Submit design mix to Engineer for approval along with Marshall series performed by an
independent laboratory.
2. StabilityperASTM D1559: 1500 lb minimum
3. Flow perASTM D1559: .08 to.l6 in.
4. Air Voids percentage per ASTM D1559: 3 to 5 percent
5. Use an anti-stripping additive from the approved list of additives in Chapter 400 of the
Colorado Department of Highways Field Materials Manual.
6. Minimum Asphalt content: 5.8%
B. Fumish aggregate gradation.
C. Accepted design mix shall meet compaction requirements of these specifications.
2.06 MIXTNG
A. General: Comply with ASTM D995 for material storage, control, mixing, and plant equipment and
op€ration.
B. Aggregates: Keep each component of various-sized combined aggregates in separate stockpiles.
Maintain so separate aggregate sizes will not be intermixed and to prevent segregation. Heat-dry
aggregates to reduce moisture conlent to not more than 2Yo. Deliver dry aggregate to mixer at
recommended lemperature to suit penetration, grade, and viscosity characteristics ofasphaltic cement,
ambient temperature, and workability of mixture.
C. Asphaltic Cem€nt: Heat bitumen to viscosity at which it can be uniformly distributed throughout
mixture. Select temperature range of275 degrees F to 350 degrees F to suit temperature - viscosity
characteristics ofasphalt. Do not exceed 350 degrees F.
D. Mixing: Accurately weigh or measure dry aggregates and weigh or meter asphaltic cement to comply
with job-mix formula requiremenls. Mix aggregate and asphaltic cement to achieve 90-95% coated
particles for base mixtures and 85-90% coated particles for surface mixtures when tested in accordance
wilh ASTM D2489.
RT f,N
3.OI PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. Base Course: Blade, shape, and smooth aggregate base course lo uniform section. Remove loose
malerials. Clean the surface to be paved by mechanical sweepers, blowers, or hand brooms, until
surlace is free from dust.
lf time lapse from final shaping to placement is longer than 24 hours, reshape, wet and compact
surface, or apply prime coal. When prime coat is used, apply at rate of 0.3 gallons per square yard as
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Rib hement 02740 - 3
3.O2
3.03
soon as practicable after surface has been prepared and is sufficiently dry. Calibrate distributor and
furnish calibration to Engineer. Adjust spray nozzles and spray bar to provide uniform distribution of
prime coat. Cease immediately upon clogging or interference of any nozzle and correct before
distribution is resumed.
Protect adjacent surfaces from prime coat material. Remove prime coat from adjacent surfaces.
Retum to same condition prior to work beginning. Maintain prime coat and/or base course surface
until covered by asphaltic concrete. Where prime coal has b€en applied for48 hours, and has not dried
sufficiently, materials may be blotted with aggregate in manner agreed to by Engineer. Clean any
damaged area ofall loose material, and repair base course to satisfaction ofEngineer. Reapply prime
coal.
B. Existing Surfaces: Clean of all foreign materials. Fill holes and lowplaceswith leveling courses and
compact prior to surface placement. Tack coat existing surfacing at 0. I gallon per square yard. Apply
only to areas on which surfacing is to be placed immediately. Do not extend more than 2000' ahead of
paving equipmenl. Prevent traffic from traveling on tack coat.
FRAME ADJUSTMENTS
Set frames of structures to final grade. Place compacted asphaltic concrete to top offrame. lfpermanent covers
are not in place, provide temporary covers over openings until compaction is complete. Where frames and
covers are paved over, mark so crews can find on emergency basis until cut out and adjusted 1o final surfacing.
PLACEMENT
Place at temperatures of not less lhan 280 degrees F, or more than 350 degrees F. If temperature is
below 50 degrees F and falling, asphaltic concrete mix shall not be less than 300 degrees F, while on
trucks just prior to laydown. Mechanical, self-powered pavers shall be capable of spreading mix
within specified lolerances, true to line, grade, and crown as indicated on drawings. Road grader
equipped with automatic blade control may be used for leveling courses. Pavers shall be equipped with
hoppers and distribution screws which place mix evenly in front of adjustable screeds. Screed shall be
adjustable for height and crown, equipped with controlled heating device for use as required. Screed
shall strike off mix without tearing, shaving or gouging surface, to depth and cross-section specified,
without aid of manual adjustment during operation. Paver shall be capable of placing courses in
thicknesses from 1i2" to 4" and from widths of 8' to l5'. Extensions and curoff shall oermit chanees
in widths by increments of 6".
Strike finish surface smooth; true to cross section; uniform in density and texture; free from hollows,
transverse corrugations, and other inegularities. Paint contact surfaces between gutters, manhole rings,
catch basins, and other similar structures with thin, uniform coating of tack coat. Final surface shall be
l/4" above all structures and gutte$ sloping away from paving, flush with gutters sloping towards
paving.
Hand Placement: Where certain areas because of irregularity, inaccessibility, or unavoidable
obstacles, do not lend themselves to machine placement, Engineer may agree to hand placement.
Spread and compact to same finish and compaction tolerances ofthese specifications-
Joints: Make joints between old and new pavement, or between successive day's work, to insure
thorough bond between old and new surfaces. Clean surfaces free of sand, dirt, dust, or other
materials, and apply tack coat. Construction joints must have same lexture, density, and smoothness
tolerances as other surfacing.
1 . Construct transverse joinls to existing material by cutting material back to expose full depth
edge. Paint thin uniform tack coat on joint and place new asphaltic concrete.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
B.
L.
D-
Rlr hement 02740 - 4
2- Prepare longitudinal joints by overlapping screed I " on exisling surflace. Deposit sufficient
material to complete joint. Push excess by hand rake l/2" on new mat leaving vertical
uncompacted face approximately | " high. Compact against joint by rolling equipment. No
depression allowed exceeding l/8" for width of6", after final compaction.
E. Finish Tolerance: Place leveling courses within 1/2" ofdesign grade. Finished surfaces will be tested
with 10'straight edge, parallel to center line at location ofwheel paths for each lane. Straight edge will
be advanced 5' and space under straight edge shall not exceed l/4". Correct areas deficient in
smoothness by completely removing surface material and replacing. Overlay corrections may be made
only if approved by Owner.
F. Thickness Tolerance: Compacted thickness shall be no less than that shown on drawings. Any
surfacing which does not meet minimum thickness shall be removed and replaced.
3,04 COMPACTION
General: Provide one pneumatic{ired and one steel-wheel roller to obtain required density, surface
texture, and rideability. Begin rolling operations immediately following placement of asphaltic
concrele. Do not permit heavy equipment, rollers, etc. to stand on finished surface where deformation
may occur. End each pass ofroller in diflerent place.
Rollers
L Steel-wheel rollers self-propelled, developing contact pressure undet compression wheels of
250 to 350 psi per inch ofwidth of roller wheel. Rollers equipped with adjustable scrapers
and means for keeping wheel wet to prevent mix from sticking.
2. Pneumatic-tired rollers self-propelled, developing contact pressure under each tire of85 to
110 psi. Wheels so spaced that one pass will accomplish one complete coverage equal to
rolling width of machine. Wheels oscillate but not wobble. Remove and replace
immediately any tires picking up fines.
Compaction Procedures
l. Compact longitudinaljoints and edges first, starting at outside edge and gradually progress
towards center ofpavement- Begin superelevated curves rolling on low side on previously
transversely compacled material. Successive passes should overlap by one half width of
roller. Mat temperature must not be below 150 degrees F.
2. Immediately follow rolling of longitudinal joint and edges with breakdown rolling. Place
drive wheel nearest paver and pull roller towards paver. Return roller to existing surface and
make gradual shift to overlap previous pass by half roller width. Operate pneumatictired
rollers as close to paver as necessary to obtain density required. Make enough passes for
reasonably smooth surface.
3. Final rolling by a combination of steel and pneumatic rollers to obtain density, surface
texture, and surface lolerances required.
Compact to minimum of 95olo Marshall Design method data submitted, or from field samples taken by
Engineer, and prepared in accordance with ASTM D|550. Re-compact asphaltic concrete not
conforming to density standards to these specifications. Remove and replace any sections not meeting
specifications. Cut out compaction test plugs as directed by Engineer- Contractor shall cut test plugs,
fill, and repair test holes at his expense.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
| 5 August 2005
B.
C.
D.
Eib hement 02740 - 5
3.05
3.06
PATCHING
Cut out and fill with fresh, hot asphaltic concrete. Remove deficient areas for full depth of surface and base
course. Cut sides perpendicular and parallel, and perpendicular to direction oftralfic to extent offailure. Apply
tack coat to exposed surfaces before placing new pavement. Compact and finish to specification.
CLEAN UP
After completing operations, clean surfaces, pick up excess paving materials, and clean work area.
ENDOF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovementr
Veil, Coloredo
15 August 2fi)5
Db lVement 02740 -6
sExD2750
rcI|lVI
RI GIL
1.OI DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: USE THIS SECTION FOR ALL EXTERIOR SITEWORK CONCRETE. DO NOT
USE SECTION 03100 OR 03301 Furnishing, forming, jointing, placing and curing of concrete
pavement, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, cross-pans, in conformance with lines, grades, and typical
cross sections shown on the drawings.
B. Related Work:
1. Earthwork: Section 02300
2. Unbound Base Course: Section 02720
1.O2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source: Engineer shall have access to batching plant at all times work is in progress.
B. Record of Work: Contractor shall keep record of time and date of placemenl, temperature, and
weather conditions. Retain until completion and fumish copy to Engineer.
1,03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Reinforcement, precast sections.
B. Manufacturers Data: Additives, joint materials, curing compounds.
C. Mix Design: Proportions offine and coarse aggregate, water, cemenl, air content, admixtures.
D. Placement: Method proposed, if requested.
I.O4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending air
temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F, and there is frost in
subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature of mix shall not be less than
60 degrees F at time ofplacing.
B. Hot Weather: When air temperature in shade exceeds 90 degrees F, concrete mix at delivery shall not
exceed 80 degrees F. Fog sprayers or special wetting agents may be required for protection.
RI OT
2.01 READY.MIXEDCONCRETE
AASHTO MI57
2.02 CEMENT
AASHTO M 85, TYPE II,564 pounds/cubic yard
02750 - f Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
O llid rVement
2.03 AGGREGATES
A. Fine Aggregate - AASHTO M 6, 33 to 39% total
B. Coarse Aggregate - AASHTO M80, size 67, 357, or 467
2.04 WATER - AASHTO T26
A. Slump I'to4"
B. Water cement ralio - 0.45 maximum
2.05 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entraining Agent - AASHTO M154, plus-minus l-l/2%
Aggregate Size Air Content o%
3t8" 8
1t2" 7
3t4" 6
l" and larger 5
B. Chemical-AdmixturesAASHTOMl94
C. Do not use anv flv ash.
2.06 QUAL]TY
A. Follow agreed mix design
B. Conform to applicable requirements of ACI 301
C. Field rylinders shall produce 28-day minimum compressive strenglh of4500 psi. Cement contenl564
lb/cy minimum.
2.0'1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Deformed and plain billet-steel bars AASHTO M3l
B. Fabricated steel bar rod mats, steel wire fabric AASHTO M 54
2.08 JOINT MATERIAL
AASHTO MI73
2.O9 CURING MATERIALS
A. Burlap cloth from jute or kenaf - AASHTO M I 82
B. Whiteliquidmembrane-AASHTOMl48, I gal/l50SF
C. Sheet Materials - AASHTO M l7l . 4 mil
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
llid llement 02750 -2
En
3.01
3.02
3.03
3.04
3.05
3.06
EN
SUBGRADE/BASE COURSE
A. Check for soft spots by proof-rolling or other means prior to setting forms. Remove soft yielding
material and replace. Compact to specification. Wet to optimum moisture to 6" deep, not more than
l2 hours prior io placement so subgrade will not absorb moisture from concrete.
B. Test for crown and./or elevalion by subgrade planer to assure specified thickness. lf additional
material used to bring subgrade to correct elevation, compact to specification. Before placing
concrete, clean subgrade of all loose materials. No disturbance inside forms after fine grading
subgrade.
FRAME ADJUSTMENTS
Set frames of structures in full mortar bed to provide proper bearing and to final grade. Form construction
joints and blockouts in accordance with drawings.
FORMS
A. Capable of supporting loads imposed by construction equipment, with marimum deflection of l/4".
Straight and free from warp, with maximum deviation of surlace 1/8". In good condition, clean, and
strong enough to resist pressure of concrete when placed. Joined neatly and accurately to line and
grade, and mechanically tampcd to assure firm placement. Oil prior to concrete placement.
B. Set dowels, expansion joints, preformed construction joints, and header boards in accordance with
drawings. Securely stake preformed baskets to prevent movement. Grease dowels on one side of
joints with caps on greased end.
C- Backfill behind forms as required to prevent water from entering subgrade.
REINFORCEMENT
Place as shown on drawings. Hold all tie and marginal bars in proper position by sufficient supports or pins. If
center longitudinal joint sawed in lieu ofplacing metal or plastic strip, bars may be mechanically installed or
placed on supports. Where rod mats or steel wire mesh is required, place on freshly deposited concrete struck
offto required elevation for steel placement. Where two layers of mesh are required, support bottom layer by
bar chairs with separators for top mesh, if strike-off cannot be properly used. Lap adjacent mesh sheets in
accordance with drawings. Laps and ties of bars in accordance with drawings.
PLACEMENT
Deposit near final position on grade with minimum segregation and without damage to subgrade. Operate
transit mixer outside forms a1 all times, excepl in locations agreed to by Engineer. Place concrete on subgrade
in successive batches for full width between forms in manner requiring as little rehandling as possible. Spread
mechanically to prevent segregation and separation ofmaterials. Additional spreading may be by hand shovels.
Deposit excess concrete to provide roll ahead of strike off screed for full length of screed. Consolidate
concrete with vibrators and spade next to forms, so final surlaces will not have holes or honeycombs.
FIN]SHING
A. Use equipmenl designed to spread, consolidate, screed and float fieshly placed concrete in one pass,
providing well consolidated, homogenous mixture, requiring minimum of hand finishing to meet
surface tolerances. Strike hand finished surfaces to tolerances by methods agreed to by Engineer.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
[id hement 02750 - 3
B. Finished surfaces will be tested with l0' straight edge parallel to centerline immediately following fint
floating of surface. Straight edgewill be advanced 5'and space under straight edge shall not exceed
3^6".
C. Final finish pavements after floating and straight edging with canvas belt, other suitable belting 12"
wide, or rubbing. Work belt longitudinally wilh crosswise motion. Curbs, gutler, cross-pans, and
sidewalks finished with burlap drag, wood float, or brush.
3.07 CUR]NG
Apply curing compounds, sheets, or burlap immediately after finishing and water film has evaporaled from
surface. Do not mark or mar finished surface. Coat sides within one hour after form removal.
3.08 PROTECTION
A. Have plastic sheeting or other suitable materials available at all times to protect fiesh uncured surfaces
from rain.
B. Provide full protection from freezing. Admixtures (calcium chloride) are not acceplable for freeze
protection.
C. For hot weather, use fog spray or water retarding additives. Do not throw water directly on surface.
3.09 JOINTS
A. Contraction joints, minimum depth l/4 thickness ofconcrete.
l. Hand formed with tool, header board, or trowel pushed into surface to move all aggregale
from joint.
2. Saw joints as soon as concrete can support equipment without marring, no later than 12 hours
afler placement- Fint joints sawed approximately 60 feet apart, intermediate joints sawed
after initial joints. Joints to be straight, true and perpendicular to centerline.
B. Longitudinal joints in conformance with drawings.
| . Fabricated steel or plastic strip held rigidly in place wilh adequate pins driven into subgrade.
2. Joints constructed by forms with recess and tie bars.
3. Sawedjoints, with suitable guidelines to ensurejoint is true to line. Sawas soon as possible
to prevent erratic or uncontrolled cracking.
C. Construction joints perpendicular to centerline at end of each day's work. Use dowels, bars or load
transfer devices in alI construction joints in accordance with drawings.
D. Expansion joints with preformed joint filler in a vertical position, deviating not more than I /4" from a
straight line. Install at all existing and proposed structures projecting through, into, or against
pavement, in accordance with drawings.
E. Install joint sealant at temperatures above 50 degrees F. in accordance with manufacture/s
recommendations. Clean all dust, debris and water from ioint.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
!!id hement 02750 - 4
3.IO T}IICKNESS
Remove and replace work less than 95% of thickness according to drawings at Contractot's expense.
3,I I CLEANUP
After completing concrete operations, clean surfaces, pick up excess materials, and clean work area.
3.12 OPENING TOTRAFFIC
After 7 days or concrete has attained 550-psi flexural strength. No vehicle loads exceeding design loading. No
equipment permitted on new pavement until strengrh attained.
END OF SECTION
02750 - 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvernents
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O !!id hement
sem275t
COI.VIBil
RI GTL
I.OI DESCRIPTION
Work ofthis section generally includes provisions forjoints for concrele paving;concrete sidewalks;curbs,
and curb and gutter;and saw-culting existing concrete or asphalt pavements for new joints.
I.O2 RELATED ITEMS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
General and Supplemental Conditions and all of Division One Sections govem and are hereby made a part
ofthe work of this Section.
A. Earthwork: Section 02300
B. Concrete Paving Curing: Seclion 02752
C. Flexible Pavement: Section 02740
D. Rigid Pavement: Section 2750
I.O3 MEASUREMENT
A. No measurement will be made for streel pavement load transfer expansion joints. Include cost in
unit price for concrete paving.
B. No measurement will be made for saw-cutling exisling concrete or asphalt pavemenl for new
joints or existing concrele curbs. Include cost in unil price for concrete paving.
C. No measurement will be made for formed or sawed street pavement contmction joints;
longitudinal weakened plane joints and non-load transfer expansion joints regardless of material.
Include cost in unit price for Concrete Paving.
D. No measurement will be made for joint for Curb, Curb and Gutter;Concrete Sidewalks;and
Concrete Driveways. Include cost in unit price for Curb and Gutter; Concrele Sidewalks;and
Concrete Drivewavs.
I.O4 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement.
B. ASTM D994 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion loint Filler for Concrete
pituminous Type)
C. ASTM Dl75l - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joinl Filler for Concrete Paving
and Structural Construciion Non-extru ding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
D. ASTM D3405 - Standard Specification for Joint Sealant, HolPoured, for Concrete and Asphalt
Pavements.
o2lsr -r
s*e and.",*Jt*Jff""-*?:
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Conrete hing dints
I.05 SUBMIT'TALS
A. Submit product dala and samples in accordance with requirements of Section 01300 Submittals.
B. Submit product data forjoint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval.
C. Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval.
tr os
2.OI MATERIALS
A. Board Expansion Joint Material: Filler board of selecled slock- Use wood of density and type as
follows:
I . Clear, all-heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic fool, after being oven
dried to constanl weight.
2. Clear, all-heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot, after being
oven dried to constant weisht.
B. Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Bituminous fiber and bituminous composition material
conforming to ASTM D994 and ASTM Dl75l.
C. Joinl Sealing Compound: Silicon based mastic, color to match paving, conforming to ASTM
3405.
D. Load Transmission Devices:
L Smooth, steel dou/el bars conforming to ASTM 4,615, Grade 60. When indicated on O
Drawings, encase one end ofdowel bar in approved cap having inside diameter li l6 inch
greater than diameter of dowel bar.
2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A,615, Grade 60.
E. Melal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ melal supports of approved
shape and sie that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct position during
placing and finishing of concrele. Space supports as directed by the Engineer.
RI (N
3.OI PLACEMENT
A. When new work is adjacent 1o existing concrete, place joinls at same location as existing joints in
adjacent pavement.
B. If the limit of removal of existing concrele or asphallic pavement does not fall on existing joint,
saw cut existing pavemenl minimum of | -l/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint
surface without chipping, spalling or cracks.
3,02 CONSTRUCTIONJOINTS
A. Place transverse conslruction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30
minules. Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No. 6
deformed tie-bars, 30 inches long and spaced l8 inches on centers.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Concete hing rilints 02751 -2
3.03
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.O7
3.08
3.09
EXANSION JOINTS
A. Place 3/o inch expansion joints at radius points of curb returns for cross street intersections, or as
located in adjacent pavemenl but no further than 60 feet apart. Use not boards shorter than 6 feet.
When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, use nol more than 2 lenglhs of board. Secure pieces lo
form straight joint. Shape board filler accurately to cross-section of concrete slab. Use load
transmission devices of type and sie shown on Drawings. Seal with joint sealing compound.
CONTRACTION JOINTS
A. Place conlraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on
Drawings. Place smoothed, painted and oiled dowels accurately and normal to joint. Seal groove
with joint sealing compound.
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
A. Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Drawings. Seal groove with joint
sealing compound.
SAWED JOINTS
A. Conlractor may use sawed joints as an altemate to contraclion and weakened plane joinls.
Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of nch wide. Depth
shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 'lnch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete
has hardened sufficienlly to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or learing and prior to
iniliation ofcracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued unlil 24 hours of concrete
placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence in concrete placement.
B. Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequale in power to complete sawing to required
dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order.
Maintain sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete
placement.
JOINTS FOR CURB, CURB AND GUTTER
A. Place t/t inch expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraclion
joints in pavement;at end ofradius retums al slreet intersections and driveways and at curb inlets.
Maximum spacing shall be 120 foot centers.
JOINTS FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
A. Provide % inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM Al75l along and across sidewalks at back
of curbs, at interseclions with driveway, steps, walls and across walk at intervals not to exceed 36
fee1. Provide expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994 for small radius curves and
around fire hydrants and utility poles. Extend the expansion joinl material full depth of the slab.
JOINT SEALING
Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperalure is above 50 degrees F and
less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy.
Joint sealing equipment shall be in first class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer.
Use concrele grooving machine or power-operaled wire brush and other equipment such as plow,
brooms, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required 1o produce satisfactory joints.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
A.
B.
Conrete hing rlints 0275r - 3
Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces,
expansion joints, dummy groove joinls or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose
material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints.
D. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to deplh shown, Pour sufficient joint sealer inlo joints so that,
upon completion, surface ofsealer within joint will be 'ihch below level of adjacent surface or at
elevation as directed.
PROTECTION
A. Maintain joints in good condition until completion of work.
B. Replace damaged joints material wilh new materials as required by this Seclion.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage f mprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
C.
3. r0
ConEete hing dints 02751 - 4
RI
l.0l
sof,D2752
COBVIB CN
Grt.
DESCRIPTION
A. Work in this section includes curing of Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
RELATED ITEMS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
General and Supplemental Conditions and all of Division One Sections govem and are hereby made a part
of the work of this section.
A. Earthwork - Section 02300
B. Rigid Pavement - Section 02750
C. Concrete Paving Curing - Section 02752
REFERENCES
A. ASTM ClTl - Standard Specificalions for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrele.
B. ASTM C309 - Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing
Concrete.
SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform 1o requirements of Section 0l300-Submittals.
B. Submit manufacturer's product data for cover materials and liquid membrane-forming
compotmds.
os
COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING
A. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following:
t . Polyethylene Film: Opaque pigmented white film conforming to requirements of ASTM
cl'il.
2. Walerproofed Paper: Paper conforming to requirements of ASTM C171.
3. Cotton Mats: Single layer of cotton filler completely enclosed in cover of cotton clolh.
Mats shall contain not less than % of a pound of uniformly dislribuled colton filler per
square yard of mat. Cotton cloth used for covering materials shall weigh not less than 6
ounces per square yard. Mats shall slitched so thal mat will conlact surface of pavemenl
at all points when saturated with waler.
L]QUID MEMBRANE - FORMING COMPOUNDS
A. Liquid membrane-forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C309. Membrane shall restrict
loss of water to not more than 0.5 5 Kglmz of surface in 72 hours.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
1.02
1.03
1.04
RI
2.01
2.02
Conrete lving Curing 02752 - |
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Conrete hing Curing 02752 -2
RI RD
3.OI.I GENERAL
A. Concrele pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period ofnot less
than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing
for concrele pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete.
B. Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies.
Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting
operalrons.
3.02 POLYETHELENE FILM CURING
A- lmmediately after finishing surface, and afier concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in the
form of a fine spray. Cover surface with polyethylene film so film will remain in intimate contact
wilh surface during specified curing period.
3.03
3.M
3.05
B. Cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slab. Joints in film sheets shall overlap
minimum of l2 inches. lmmediately repair tears or holes occurring during curing period by
placing acceptable moisture-proof patches or by replacing.
WATERPROOFED PAPER CURING
A. Immediately afler finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply water in form
of fine spray. Cover surface wilh waterproofed paper so paper will remain in intimate contact
with surface during specified curing period.
B. Prepare waterproofed paper to form blankets of sufficient width to cover entire surface and both
edges of pavemenl slab, and not be more than 60 feet in length. Joints in blankets caused by
joining paper sheets shall lap not less than 5 inches and shall be securely sealed with asphall
cemenl having melting point of approximately 180 degrees F. Place blankets lo secure an overlap
ofat least l2 inches. Tears or holes appearing in paper during curing period shall be immedialely
repaired by cemenling patches over defects.
COTTON MATCURING
A. Immediately after finishing surface, and afler concrele has laken its initial set, completely cover
surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner thal they will
contact surface ofpavement equally at all points.
B. Mats shatl remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when
lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or collon mat covering
edges saturaled.
LIQUTD MEMBRANE - FORMINC COMPOUNDS
A. Immediately after finishing surface, and afler concrete has taken its initial sel, apply liquid
membrane-forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Concete hing Curing 02752 - 3
sEF2760BVrc
tt crt.
I.OI SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes:
l. Layout and painl lines and direction arrows, signs, handicapped designalions, etc. at:
a. Parking garage slabs
b. Asphaltic and concrele vehicular paving
2. Paint curbs as indicated
B. Related Sections:
l. Asphalt Paving: Section 02740 Flexible Paving
2. Parking Garage Slabs: Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrele
3. Cement Paving: Section 02750 Rigid Pavement
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in pavement marking with proper equipment for
pavement marking project of this size.
I.O3 PROJECTCONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Do nol apply pavement marking in wet weather or when
temperature is below 40 degrees F.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.OI STRIPING PAINT
A. Paint: Solvent base paint complying with Colorado State Highway Department Specifications.
l. Color: White or yellow as directed by Archilect and Civil Engineer.
RI trN
3.OI MARKING
A. Preparation and Layout:
l. After paving is fully cured, sweep paving clean.
2. Layout: Layout and paint symbols, direclion arrows, signs, etc., on asphalt paving,
concrele paving and parking garage slabs as indicated on Drawings.
3. VeriS, marking layouts with Archilect before proceeding.
02760-l Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O hement Df,lng
B. Markings:
l. Lines: Four inches wide painted by mechanical raiping machine.2. Markings: Apply lining and othcr na*ings suffcient quantity to prtlircc conplgEly
opaque lines and rnarkings.
ENDOFSECTION
Llol Squarclodgc
Site end Grrage Inprovcmcffi
Veil, Colorrdo
15 Augurt 2005
IVcment lllog un6lt-2
sEcTroN 02815
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PART I - GENERAL
| .01 WORK INCLUDED - Work of this Section generally includes provisions for lhe inslallation of an
underground landscape irrigation system including the following:
A. Static pressure verification and coordination of inigation system installation with landscape material
installation.
B. Trenching, stockpiling excavalion malerials, refilling and compacting trenches.
C. Complete inigation system including bul not limited to piping, backflow preventer assemblies, valves,
fittings, heads, controllers and wiring, and final adjustments to insure complele coverage.
D. Waler connections.
E. Replacement ol unsatisfactory maledals.
F. Clean-up, Consultanl Reviews, and Prqiect Acceplance-
G. Tests-
1.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Examine all sections related to project work.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. Perform Work in accordance with requirements of Conditions of the Contmct and Division 0l -
General requiremenls as well as provisions of all applicable laws, codes, ordinances, rules, and
regulalions.
B. Conform 1o requirements of reference information listed below except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified in Contract Documents.
l- American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - Specifications and Test Methods
specifically referenced in this Seclion.
2. Underwrilers Laboratories (UL) - UL Wires and Cables.
I.O4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications - Installer shall have had considerable experience and demonstrale abilily in
the installalion of irrigation system(s) of specific type(s) in a neat orderly, and responsible manner in
accordance with recognized standards of workmanship. To demonstrate ability and experience
necessary for this Project, and financial stabilily, submit if requested by Consultant, prior to contract
award the followins:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
lrrigation 028t 5-r
C.
l. List of 3 projects completed in the last 2 years of similar complexity to this Project.
Descriplion of projects shall include:
a. Name of project.
b. Location.
c. Owner.
d. Brief description ofwork and project budget.
Special Requirements:
l. Work involving subslantial plumbing for installation ofcopper piping, backflow
preventer(s), and relaled work shall be executed by licensed and bonded plumber(s). Secure
a permit at least 48 hours prior to start of installation.
2. Tolerances - Specified depths of mains and laterals and pitch of pipes are minimums-
Seltlement of trenches is cause for removal of finish grade treatment, refilling, compaction,
and repair offinish grade treatmenl.
3. Coordinalion with Other Conlraclors - Protect, mainlain, and coordinate Work with Work
under olher Section.
4. Damage To Other Improvements - Contractor shall replace or repair damage to grading, soil
preparation, seeding, sodding, or planting done under olher Sections during Work associated
with installation ofirrigation system al no additional cost to Owner.
Pre-Construclion Conference - Conlractor shall schedule and conducl a conference lo review in detail
quality control and construction requirements for equipment, malerials, and systems used lo perform
the Work. Conference shall be scheduled not less than l0 days prior lo commencement of Work. All
parties required 1o be in attendance shall be nolified no later than 7 days prior lo dale of conference.
Contractor shall notify qualified representatives of each party concemed witb thal portion of Work to
attend conference, including but not limited to Architect, Consultanl, Contraclor's Superintendent, and
Installer.
l. Minutes of conference shall be recorded and distributed by Conlractor to all parties in
attendance within five days of conference.
1.05 SUBMITTALS - Preoare and make submiltals in accordance with conditions of the Contract.
Materials List - Submit six copies of a complete materials list indicating manufacturer, model number,
and description of all materials and equipment to be used. Show appropriate dimensions and adequate
detail to accuralely portray intent ofconstruclion.
Record Drawings (As-Buills):
l. At onsel of irrigation installation secure Aulocadd files oforiginal inigalion design from
Owner. At the end of every day, revise as-built prints for work accomplished that day in red
ink. As-built field prints shall be brought up-lo-dale al the close of the working day every
Friday by a qualified draftsperson. A prinl of record plan(s) shall be available at Project
Site. Indicate zoning changes on weekly as-built drawings. Indicate non-pressure piping
changes on as-built- Upon completion ofProject, bul prior lo scheduling ofsubstantial
acceptance walk{hrough, submit for review a final set ofas-built mylars and an Autocadd
disk copy. Dimensions, from two permanent points of reference (building comers,
sidewalk, road intersections or permanent structures), location of following items:
a. Connection 1o existing water lines.
b. Rouling ofsprinkler pressure lines (dimension maximum 100 feel along routing).
c. Sprinkler control valves.
d. Quick coupling valves.
e. Manual drains and stoD and wasle valves.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lrnprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
B.
A.
B.
Irrigation 02815-2
f.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Drip line blow-out stubs.
Conlrol wire routing ilnot wilh pressure mainline.
Gale valves.
Conlrol wire and communication cable splices
Water meters
Localions of all sleeving including size, quantity and deplh ofsleeve
Flow sensors
1.06
1.07
m. Pressure regulating valves
2. Owner's Represenlative will not certify any pay request submitted by the Contmctor if the
as-built drawings are nol current, and processing ofpay request will not occur until as-builts
are up-dated.
C. Operalion Instructions - Submit 3 written operating instructions including winterization procedures
and start-up, with cut sheets ofproducls, and coordinate controller/rvatering operation instruction with
Owner maintenance personnel.
l Controller Charts:
a. Do not prepare charts until Consuhanl has reviewed record (as-built) drawings.
b. Provide one controller charl for each automatic controller installed.
l) Chart may be reproduction of record dralving, if scale permils fitting of
conlroller door. lf photo reduction prinls are required, keep reduclion to
maximum size possible to retain Full legibility.
2) Charl shall be blueline print of actual "as-built" syslem, showing area
covered by lhat controller-
c. ldentify area of coverage of each remote control valve, using a distinctly different
pastel color draw'ing over entire area of coverage.
d. Following review ofcharts by Consultant, they shall be hermetically sealed between
two layers of 20-mm lhick plastic sheet
e. Charts shall be completed and reviewed prior to final review of irrigation syslem.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING - Deliver, unload, store, and handle materials, packaging,
bundling, products in dry, weatherproof, condilion in manner to prevent damage, breakage, deterioration,
intrusion, ignition, and vandalism. Deliver in original unopened packaging containers prominently displaying
manufacturer's name, volume, quantity, contenls, inslruclions, and conformance to local, state, and federal law.
Remove and replace cracked, broken, or contaminated items or elements prematurely exposed to moisture,
inclement weather, snow, ice, temperature extlemes, fire, or jobsite damage.
A. Handling of PVC Pipe - Exercise care in handling, loading and storing, of PVC pipe. All PVC pipe
shall be transported in a vehicle that allows length of pipe to lie flat so as not to subject it to undue
bending or concentrated extemal loads. All seclions of pipe that have been dented or damaged shall
be discarded, and if installed. shall be replaced with new piping.
JOBSITE CONDITIONS:
Protection of Property:
l. Preserve and protect all trees, plants, monuments, structures, and paved areas from damage
due to Work of this Section. In the event damage does occur, all damage to inanimate items
shall be completely repaired or replaced to satisfaction of Orvner, and all injury to living
plants shall be repaired by Owner. All costs ofsuch repairs shall be charged to and paid by
Contractor.
2. Protect buildings, walks, walls, and other property from damage. Flare and barricade open
ditches. Damage caused to asphalt, concrele, or other building material surfaces shall be
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Irrigation 028t 5-3
B.
C,
repaired or replaced at no cost to Owner. Restore disturbed areas lo original condition.
Existing Trees:
l. All trenching or other Work under limb spread ofany and all evergreens or low branching
deciduous material shall be done by hand or by other methods so as to prevent damage to
limbs or branches.
2. Wbere it is necessary lo excavate adjacent to existing trees use all possible care to avoid
injury 1o trees and tree roots, Excavation, in areas where 2 inch and larger roots occur, shall
be done by hand. Roots 2 inches or larger in diameter, except directly in the path of pipe of
conduit, shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped wilh burlap to prevent scaning
or excessive drying- Where a trenching machine is operated close to lrees having roots
smaller than 2 inches in diameter, wall of trench adjacent to tree shall be hand trimmed,
making clean cuts through roots. Trenches adjacent to trees shall be closed within 24 hours,
and when this is not possible, side of lrench adjacent to tree shall be kept shaded with
moistened burlap or canvas.
Protection and Repair ofUnderground Lines:
L Request proper utility company to stake exacl location (including depth) of all underground
eleclric, gas, or telephone lines. Take whatever precautions are necessary to protecl these
underground lines from damage. If damage does occur, Utility Owner shall repair all
damage. Contractor shall pay all costs of such repairs unless other arrangements have been
made.
Request Owner, in writing, to locate all private utilities (i.e., electrical service to oulside
lighting) before proceeding with excavation. lf, after such request and necessary staking,
private utilities that were not staked are encounlered and damaged by Installer, Owner shall
repair lhem at no cost to Installer. lf Contractor damages staked or located ulililies, they
shall be repaired by Utility Owner at Contractor's expense unless other anangemenls have
been made.
D. Replacement ofPaving and Curbs - Where trenches and lines cross existing roadways, paths, curbing,
etc., damage to these shall be kept to a minimum and shall be restored to original condition.
WARRANTY/GUARANTY: - Manufacturer shall warrant materials against defects for a period of one year
from date of Substantial Completion. Installe(s) shall guaranty workmanship for similar period.
A. Seltling ofbackfilled trenches that may occur during guaranty period shall be repaired at no expense
to Owner, including complete restoration of damaged property.
B. Expenses due to vandalism before substantial completion shall be borne by Contractor.
C. Owner will maintain turf and planting areas during waranly period, so as not to hamper proper
operation of irrigation system.
MAINTENANCE:
A. Fumish the following maintenance ilems to Owner prior to final Acceplance:
l. Two Sets of special tools required for removing, disassembling, and adjusling each type of
sprinkler head and valve supplied on this Project.
2. One eight foot valve key for operation ofstop and waste valve.
2. Two six foot valve keys for operation ofgate valves.
3. Two keys for each automatic controller.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
1.08
1.09
lrrigation 028t5-4
4. Two quick coupler keys and two matching hose swivels for each type of quick coupling
valve installed.
5. Two aluminum drain valve keys of sufficient length for operation ofdrain valves.
B. Winterization - include cosl in bid for winterizing complete syslem at conclusion of sprinkling season
(in which system received final acceptance) within 3 days notification by the Owner. System shall be
voided of water using compressed air or similar melhod reviewed by Consullant. Reopen, operate,
and adjusl system malfunctions accordingly during April of following season within 3 days of
notification by Owner.
l.l0 EXTRA STOCK - In addition to installed system fumish the following ilems to Owner:
A. l0 Pop-up spray heads with nozzles ofeach type used.
B. 4 Rotor heads ofeach type used.
C. 30 Drip emitters of each type used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.OI MATERIALS:
A. General Piping:
l. Pressure Supply Line (from point of connection through backflow prevention unit) - Type
"k" Hard Copper (3/4" - 2 | /2") and ductile iron (3" and larger).
2. Pressure Supply Lines (downstream ofbackflow prevention units) - Class 200 PVC BE (1" -
2 l/2") and Class 200 PVC RT (3" and larger).
3. Non-pressure Lines - Class 200 PVC BE.
4. PVC Sleeving - Class 160 PVC.
5. Drip Tubing - Toro Dura-Pol EHD 1645 3/4" with .050 inch wall thickness.
6. Emitter Tubing - As recommended by emitler manufacturer.
B. Copper Pipe and Fittings:
1. Copper Pipe - Type K, hard tempered.
2. Fittings - Wrought copper, solderjoint type.
3. Joints - Soldered with solder, 45% silver, 15% copper, 16Vo zinc, and 24Vo cadmium and
solidus at I 125-F and liquids at I 145-F.
C. Brass Pipe and Fittings:
l. Brass Pipe - 85% red brass, ANSI Schedule 40 screwed pipe.
2. Fittings - Medium brass, screwed 125-pound class.
D. Duclile lron Pipe and Fittings:
l. Ductile lron Pipe - Centrifugal cast ductile iron in metal molds for water pipe in accordance
with ANSI Cl5l and AWWA 42l.5l with asphaltic exterior coating and interior lining and
coaling in accordance with ANSI Cl5l and AWWA A2l-
2. Fittings - Mechanicaljoinl as supplied by lhe pipe manufacturer and rated for working
pressures of 350 psi.
lrrigation 028t5-5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
3. Gaskets - Fumish in accordance wilh ANSI Cl I I and AWWA A2l.l1.
E. Plastic Pipe and Fittings:
I . ldentification Markings:
a. ldentify all pipe with following indelible markings:
l) Manufacturer's name.
2) Nominal pipe size.
3) Scbedule ofclass.
4) Pressure rating.
5) NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) seal ofapproval.
6) Date ofextrusion.
2. Solvent Weld Pipe - Manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in
accordance with ASTM D2241 and ASTM D1784; cell classification 12454-8, Type I,
Grade l.
a. Fittings - Standard Wright, Schedule 40, injection molder PVC; complying with
ASTM D1784 and D2466, cell classificalion 12454-8.
l) Threads - Injection molded type (where required).
2) Tees and ells - Side gated.
b. Threaded Nipples - ASTM D2464, Schedule 80 with molded threads.
c. Teflon Tape - All PVC male threaded fittings and nipples, excluding marlex
fittings, shall receive wrapping of Teflon tape applied to threaded surfaces per pipe
manufacturer's recomrnendalions.
d. Joinl Cement and Primer - Type as recommended by manufacturer of pipe and
fittings.
3. Gasketed End Pipe - Manufactured from virgin Polyvinyl Chloride compound in accordance
with ASTM D2241 nd ASTM D1784; cell classification 1254-8, Type l,Grade l.
a. Fittings and Services Tees (3" and larger) - Ductile iron, grade 70-55-05 in
accordance with ASTM 4-536. Fittings shall have deep bell push-on joints wilh
gaskets meeting ASTM F-477.
b. Gaskets - Factory installed in pipe and fittings, having a metal or plastic support
within gasket or a plastic retainer ring for gasket.
c. Lubricant - As recommended by manufacturer of pipe fittings.
4. Flexible Plastic Pipe - Manufactured from virgin polyethylene in accordance with ASTM
D2239, with a hydrostatic design stress of630 psi and designated as PE 2306.
a. Fittings - Insert type manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2609; PVC Type I
cell classifi cation 12454-8.
b. Clamps - All slainless steel worm gear screw clamps. Use 2 clamps per joinl on l-
l/2 inch and 2 inch fittines.
F. Drip lrrigation Systems:
l Drip Tubing - Manufaclured of flexible vinyl chloride compound conforming to ASTM
D1248, Type l, Class C, Category 4, Pl4 and ASTM D3350 for PE 1221I lC.
2. Fittings - Type and diameter recommended by tubing manufacturer.
3. Drip Valve Assembly - Type and size shown on Drawings.
a. Wye Strainer - Plastic construction wilh 150 mesh nylon screen and l/2 inch
blowout assembly.
b. Control Valve - 2 way, solenoid pilot operated type made of synthetic, non-
corrosive material; diaphragnr aclivated and slow closing. Include freely pivoted
seat seal; retained (mounted) without attachment lo diaphragm.
c. Pressure Reducing Valve - Plastic conslruclion as detailed.
4. Emitlers - Single port, pressure compensating, press on type.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Irnprovements
Vail, Colorado
t5 August 2005
lrrigation 02815-6
G. Gate Valves:
l. Gate Valves for 3/4 inch lhrough 2-l/2 Inch Pipe - Brass construction; solid wedge, IPS
threads, and non-rising slem with wheel operating handle.
2. Gate Valves for 3 lnch and Larger Pipe - lron body, brass or bronze mounted AWWA gate
valves with a clear waterway equal to full nominal diameter of valve; rubber gaskel or
mechanical loinl-type only. Valves shall be able to withstand a continuous vvorking pressure
of 200 psi and be equipped with a square operating nut and resilient wedge. Provide pipe
restmints on gate valves 3 inches or larger as detailed.
H. Quick Coupling Valves - Brass two-piece body designed for rvorking pressure of 150 PSI; operable
with quick coupler. Equip quick coupler with locking rubber cover.
I. Valve Boxes:
l. Gate Valves, Quick Coupling Valves, Drain Valves, Drip Line Blow-out Stubs, and Wire
Splice or Stub Box - Carson Brooks #910-10. box as detailed.
2. I inch through 2 inch Control Valves, Master Valves, Pressure Regulating Valves and
Communicalion Cable Splice box - Canon Brooks #1419-12 box as detailed.
3. Drip Valve Assemblies and Flow Sensors - Carson Brooks #1220-12 box as detailed.
J. Electrical Control Wirine:
l. Low Voltage:
a. Electrical Control Wire - AWG UFUL approved No. 14 direct burial copper wire
or larger, if required lo operate system as designed.
b. Electrical Common Wire - AWG UFUL approved No. 14 direct burial copper wire
or larger, ifrequired to operate syslem as designed.
c. Wire Colors:
l) Control Wires - Red.
2) Common Wires - White-
3) Master Valve Wires - Blue.
4) Drawing Spare Control Wires - Black.
5) Drawing Spare Common Wires - Yellow-
6) Maintenance Spare Control Wires - Green.
7) Maintenance Spare Common Wires - Brown.
d. Ifmultiple controllers are utilized, and wire paths of different controllers cross each
other, both common and control wires from each controller shall be different colors
approved by Consultant.
e. Control Wire connections and splices shall be made wilh 3M DBY direct bury
splice.
f. Communication Cable - Paige PE-89 or approved equal with 3M Gel-type
connections inslalled within Preformed Super Serviseal Splice Kit.
2. High Voltage - Type required by local codes and ordinances, of proper size to accommodale
needs of equipment serviced.
K. Aulomatic Controller - Size and type shown on Drawings; mounted as detailed.
L. Electric Control Valves - Size and type shown on Drawings having manual flow adjustment and
manual bleed nul.
M. Sprinkler Heads - As indicated on Drawings. Fabricated riser units in accordance wilh details on
Drawings - with fittings and nipples ofequal diameter as riser inlet in sprinkler body.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
lrrigation 02Er5-7
psi o
3.01
N. Backflow Preventer - Size and type indicated on Drawings; Brass or iron construction with 150
working pressure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.02
SITE COND]TIONS, LANDSCAPE PLAN REVIEW AND COORDINAT]ON
A. Contractor will be held responsible for coordinalion between landscape and irrigation system
inslallation. Landscape material localions shown on the Landscape Plan shall lake precedence over
the irrigation system equipmenl locations. lf irrigation equipment is installed in conflict with the
landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan, the Conlractor will be required to relocale
the inigation equipment, as necessary, at Conlractor's expense.
B. Conlractor is responsible to notify Consultant ofany field conditions thal vary from the conditions
shown on the lrrigation Construction Documents. IfContractor fails to notifr Consultant of these
conditions, Contractor will be held responsible for all costs associaled with system adjustments
required due lo the change in field conditions.
STATIC PRESSURE VERIFICATION - Contractor shall field veriS the static pressure at the project site,
prior to commencing work or ordering irrigation materials, and submit frndings, in writing, to Consultant. lf
Contractor fails lo verify static water pressure prior to commencing work or ordering irrigation materials,
Contractor shall assume responsibility for all cosls required 1o make system operational and lhe costs required
to replace any damaged landscape malerial. Damage shall include all required material costs, design costs and
plant replacemenl costs.
3.03
completed and approved by Owner
B. Underground Utilities shall be installed prior to installation of irrigation system. If irrigation
installation takes place prior to utility installalion, Contractor shall notif Owner of this condition in
writing prior to commencemenl of irrigation installation.
3.04 PREPARATION:
A. Stakine shall Occur as Follows:
l. Mark, with powdered lime, rouling of pressure supply line and flag heads for firsl few zones.
Contact Consultant 48 hours in advance and request review ofstaking. Proposed localions of
all trees shall be field staked by Contractor and approved by Owner/Landscape Architect
prior to Consultant review of irrigation slaking. Consultant will advise installer as 10 the
amount of staking 1o be prepared. Consultant will review staking and direct changes if
required. Review does not relieve installer lrom coverage problems due to improper
placement of heads afler slaking.
2. Contractor shall contact Consullant if field spacing varies by +/- l0yo of the spacing shown
on the irrigation plans. If Contractor fails to notify Consultant of variances exceeding l0%,
Contractor assumes full responsibility for the costs associaled with any required system
modifications deemed necessary by the Consuhant or Owner.
3. If Project has significant lopography, freeform planting beds, or other amenities, which could
require alleration of irrigation equipment layout as deemed necessary by Consullant, do not
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
INSPECTION: - Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this
proceed witb Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been conected.
A. Grading operations, with the exception of final grading, shall be
before staking or inslallation of any irrigation system begins.
Section is to be oerformed. Do not O
lrrigation 02815-8
B.
C.
install irrigation equipmenl in these areas until Consultant has reviewed equipment staking.
Install sleeving under asphall paving and concrete walks, prior 1o concreting and paving operations, to
accommodate piping and wiring. Compact backfill around sleeves to 95% Modified Proctor Density
within 2%o of optimum moisture conlent in accordance with STM D 1557.
Trenching - Trench excavation shall follow, as much as possible, layoul shown on Drawing. Dig
trenches straight and support pipe conlinuously on bottom of trench. Trench bottom shall be clean
and smooth with all rock and orsanic debris removed.
1. Clearances:
a. Piping 3 Inches and Larger - Make trenches of sufficienl width (14 inches
minimum) to properly assemble and position pipe in trench. Minimum clearance of
piping 3 inches or larger shall be 5 inches horizontally on both sides ofthe trench-
b. Piping Smaller than 3 Inches - Trenches shall have a minimum width of 7 inches.
c. Line Clearance - Provide not less than 6 inches of clearance belween each line and
not less than l2 inches ofclearance between lines ofolher trades.
2. Pipe and Wire Depth:
a. Pressure Supply Piping- 18 inches from top ofpipe.
b. PVC Sleeving - To match depth of sleeved material.
c. Non-pressure Piping (rotor) - 18 inches from top of pipe.
d. Non-pressure Piping (pop-up) - l2 inches from top ofpipe.
e. Control WiringrCommunication Cable - Side of pressure main or at l8 inch depth if
installed in a separate trench with no mainline piping..
f. Drip Tubing - 12 inches from top ofpipe.
g. Emitter Tubing (Micro-tubing) - 8 inches from top of pipe.
3. Boring will be permitted only where pipe must pass under obstruction(s) r.r'hich cannot be
removed. In backfilling bore, final density ofbackfill shall match that ofsurrounding soil. It
is acceptable 1o use sleeves of suitable diameter installed first by jacking or boring, and pipe
laid through sleeves. Observe same precautions as though pipe were installed in open trench.
4. Vibratory Plow - Non-pressure piping may be inslalled through use of vibratory plow
melhod if consuhant determines soil conditions are satisfaclory for lhis method of
installation. Vibratory plowing does not relieve installer of minimum pipe depths.
Pressure Supply Piping Locating Tape for Non-Potable Systems: Markline Tape, 3" wide detectable
tape, NP purple in color with the *'ords "CAUTION: RECYCLED/ RECLAIMED WATERLINE
BELOW" printed every 36 inches. Place 12" below finish grade.
INSTALLATION - Locate other equipmenl as near as possible to locations designated. Consultant shall
review deviations prior to installation.
A. PVC Piping - Snake pipe in trench as much as possible to allow for expansion and contraclion. Do
not install pipe when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Place manual drain valves at low points
and dead ends of pressure supply piping to insure complete drainage of system. When pipe
installation is not in progress, or at end of each day, close pipe ends with tighl plug or cap. Perform
Work in accordance with good practices prevailing in piping trades.
l. Solvent Weld PVC Pipe - Lay pipe and make al1 plastic to plastic joinls in accordance with
manufachrrer's recommendations.
2. Gasketed End Pipes:
a. Lay pipe and make pipe 10 fitting or pipe lo pipe joint, following OR70
recommendations (Johns-Manville Cuide for Installalion of Ring-Tite Pipe), or pipe
manufacturer's recommendalions.
b. Construct concrete thrust blocks behind all gasketed fittings, tees, bends, reducers,
02815-9 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
D.
3.05
lrrigation
line valves, and caps in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
Contact Consultant prior to placing thrust blocks, for observation of thrust block
excavation and initial placement. Thrust block bearing surface shall be calculated
based on lables below. All bearine surfaces shall be undisturbed soil:
THRUST BLOCK SIZINC GUIDE.
Thrust developed per 100 PSI pressure (lbs. force) for various fitling configurations.
Approximate bearing strength of typical soils.
Soil Type lbs/ft 2
Mulch, Peat, etc.
Soft Clay
Sand
Sand And Gravel
Sand And Gravel With Clay
Sand And Cravel Cemented With Clay
Hard Pan
0
500
r,000
I,500
2,000
4,000
5.000
Example Calculation: 6 inch 90 degree elbow in sand and gravel soil
Bearing Surface Area (square feet) = 4,000 lbs / 1,500 lbs/ ft 2
= 2.67 square feel bearing surface area
on undisturbed soil
3. Flexible Plastic (Polyethylene) Pipe - Lay pipe and assemble fittings following
manu facturer's recommendations.
B. Drip Tubing:
I . Make all fitting connections as per manufaclurers recommendations.
2. Use only manufacturer provided or recommended hole punch when making penetrations in
drip tubing for insert fittings. Use of any other hole punch shall be cause for immediate
removal and replacement ofall inslalled drip tubing.
3. Install drip line blow-out stubs at all dead ends ofdrip tubing.
C. Conlrol Wirine:
| . Low Voltage Wiring:
a. Bury control wiring between conlroller and electric valves in pressure supply line
trenches, strung as close as possible to main pipe lines with such wires to be
consistently located below and to one side ofpipe, or in separate lrenches.
b. Bundle all 24 volt wires at l0 fool intervals and lay with pressure supply line pipe to
one side of the trench.
lrrigation 02815-10 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Pipe
Size
3
Filting
90'Elbow
Fitting
45" Elbow
Valves, Tees
Dead Ends
8001,000 600
1.800 1.100 I
Provide an expansion loop al every pressure pipe angle fitting, every electric control
valve location (in valve box), and every 500 feel. Form expansion loop by
wrapping wire at leasl 8 times around a 3/4 inch pipe and withdrawing pipe-
Make all splices and E.C.V. connections using 3M DBY connectors or similar dry
splice melhod-
lnstall all control wire splices not occurring at conlrol valve in a separate splice
valve box.
Install one control wire for each confol valve.
Maintenance spare wires - In addition 10 spare wires labeled on drawings, extend
two spare #14 AWG UFUL control wires and one spare #14 AWG UFUL common
wire from controller pedestal 1o the end of each and every leg of mainline. Label
maintenance spare wires at controller and wire stub box.
High Voltage Wiring for Automatic Controller:
a. Provide 120 volt power conneclion to automatic controller.
b. All eleclric work shall conform to local codes, ordinances, and authorities having
jurisdiction. All high voltage electrical work shall be performed by licensed
electrician.
Automatic Controller:
l. Install controller in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as delailed and where shown
on Drawings.
2. Connect remote control valves to controller in numerical sequence as shown on Drawings-
3. Owner shall approve final location ofcontroller prior to installation.
4. Each conlroller shall be a dedicated separate ground wire and grounding rod as detailed.
5. All above ground conduit shall be rigid galvanized wilh appropriate fittings. AII below
ground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC.
Electric Control Valves - Install cross-handle four inches below finished grade where shown on
Drawings as detailed. When grouped logether, allow minimum of 12 inches between valve box sides.
lnstall each remote control valve in a separate valve box. lnstall valve box flush with grade or when
preseni flush with surfacing malerial (rock mulch). When parallel to roadway, sidewalk or other
perrnanent elemenl or structure, conlrol valve and box to be installed perpendicular to element or
slruclure, spaced equally.
Quick Coupling Valves - lnslall quick couplers on swing-join1 assemblies as indicated on conslruction
details; plumb and flush to grade. Angled nipple relative to pressure supply line shall be no more than
45 degrees and no less than l0 degrees.
Drip Valve Assemblies - Install drip valve assembly as detailed.
Drip Emitters - Stake all surface emitters as detailed and staked with acceptable tubing stakes.
Drain Valves - lnstall one manual drain valve on pressure supply line directly downstream of
backflow prevenler as detailed. Provide a three cubic foot drainage sump for drain valve as detailed.
Valve Boxes:
L Install one valve box for each type ofvalve installed as detailed. Valve box extensions are
no1 acceptable except for master valves and flow sensors. lnstall gravel sump afier
compaction of all trenches. Place final portion of gravel inside valve box afler valve box is
backfi Iled and compacted.
Brand controller letter and station number on lid ofeach valve box. Letter and number size
shall be no smaller lhan l inch and no grealer in size than I li2 inches. Depth of branding
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
d.
f.
2.
D.
E.
F.
G,
H,
lrrigation 02815-l I
shall be no more than l/8 inch into valve box lid.
Gate Valves - lnslall where shown on Drawings as detailed.
Sprinkler Heads - Install sprinkler heads where designated on Drawings or where staked. Set to finish
as delailed. Spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum indicated on Drawing unless re-staked as
directed by Consultant. In no case sball the spacing exceed maximum recommended by manufacturer.
Inslall heads on swing joints or riser assemblies as detailed. Adjust part circle heads for proper
coverage. Adjusl heads lo corecl heighl afler sod is installed. Plant placement shall not interfere with
inlended sprinkler head coverage, piping, or otber equipment. Consultant may request nozzle changes
or adjustments without additional cost to the Owner.
Backflow Prevenler - Install as delailed at location designaled on Drawings.
Backfilling - Do not begin backfilling operations until required system lests have been completed.
Backfill shall not be done in freezing weather except with review by Consultant. Leave trenches
slightly mounded to allow for settlement after backfilling is completed. Trenches shall be finish
graded prior to walk+hrough of system by Consultant.
l. Materials - Excavated malerial is generally considered satisfaclory for backfill purposes.
Backfill material shall be free of rubbish, vegetable matler, frozen materials, and slones
larger than I inch in maximum dimension. Do not rnix subsoil with topsoil. Malerial not
suitable for backfill shall be hauled away. Contractor shall be responsible for providing
suitable backfill if excavated material is unacceptable or not sufficient to meet backfill,
compaclion, and final grade requirements.
2. Do not leave lrenches open for a period of more than 48 hours. Open excavations shall be
protected in accordance with OSHA regulalions.
3. Compact backfill to 90o% maximum density, determined in accordance with ASTM Dl55-7
ulilizing the following methods:
a. Mechanical lamping.
b. Puddling or ponding. Puddling or ponding and/orjetting is prohibited within 20'-0"
ofbuilding or foundation walls.
Piping Under Paving:
l. Provide for a minimum cover of 18 inches between tbe top of the pipe and lhe bottom of the
aggregale base for all pressure and non-pressure piping installed under asphaltic concrete or
concrete paving.
2. Piping located under areas where asphalt or concrete paving will be installed shall be bedded
wilh sand (a layer 6" below pipe and 6" above pipe).
3. Compact backfill material in 6" lifls al 90% maximum density determined in accordance
with ASTM Dl55-7 using manual or mechanical tamping devices.
4. Set in place, cap, and pressure test all piping under paving, in presence of Owner prior to
backfilling and paving operations.
5. Piping under existing walks or concrete pavement shall be done by jacking, boring, or
hydraulic driving, but where cutting or breaking of walks and/or concrete is necessary, it
shall be done and replaced al not cost 1o Owner. Obtain permission to cut or break walks
and/or concrele from Owner.
Water Supply and Point of Connection - Water supply shall be extended as shown from water supply
Iines.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
K.
L.
M.
N.
o.
P.
lrrigation 02815-12
A.
B.
Flushing - After piping, risers, and valves are in place and connected, but prior to installation of
sprinkler heads, quick coupler assemblies, and hose valves, thoroughly flush piping system under full
head of water pressure from dead end fittings. Maintain flushing for 5 minutes through furthermost
valves. Cap risers after flushing.
Pressure Testing - Conducl test in presence of Consultant. Arrange for presence of Consultant 48
hours in advance of tesling. Supply force pump and all other test equipment. Compressed air shall nol
be used for pressure testing system.
l. After backfilling, and inslallation of all control valves, fill pressure supply line with water,
and pressurize to 40 PSI over the designated stalic pressure or 120 PSI, whichever is greater,
for a period of 2 hours.
2. Leakage, Pressure Loss - Test is acceptable if no loss of pressure is evidenl during the tesl
period.
3. Leaks - Detect and repair leaks.
4. Retest system until test pressure can be maintained for duration oftest.
5. Before final acceptance, pressure supply line shall remain under pressure for a period of48
hours.
6. Pressure test shall be scheduled and passed prior 10 scheduling of Substantial Completion
Walk-through.
C. Walk-Through for Subslantial Completion:
I . Anange for Consultant's presence 48 hours in advance of walk-through.
2. Entire system shall be completely installed and operational prior to scheduling of walk-
through.
3. Operate each zone in ils entirety for Consuhant at time of walk-through and additionally,
open all valve boxes ifdirecled.
Generale a list of items to be corrected prior lo Final Completion.
Fumish all materials and perform all work required to correct all inadequacies of coverage
due to deviations from Contract Documents.
During walk+hrough, expose all drip emitters under operations for observation by Consultant
to demonstrate that they are performing and installed as designed, prior to placing of all
mulch material. Schedule separate walk-through if necessary.
Supply Consultant with prints of irrigation as-buills prior to scheduling substantial
complelion walk{hrough.
D.Walk-Through for Final Completion:
4.
5.
6.
l.
l.
2.
4.
5.
Anange for Consultant's presence 48 hours in advance of walk-through.
Show evidence to Consultant thal Owner has received all accessories. charts, record
drawings, and equipment as required before Final Completion walk-through is scheduled.
Operale each zone, in its entirety for Consultant at time of walk-lhrough to insure correclion
of all incomplete items.
Items deemed not acceptable by Consultant shall be reworked to complete satisfaction of
Consultant.
If after request to Consultant for walk-through for Final Completion of inigation system,
Consultant finds items during walk{hrough which have not been properly adjusted,
reworked, or replaced as indicaled on lisl of incomplete items from previous walk{hrough,
Contractor shall be charged for all subsequent walk-throughs. Funds will be withheld from
final payment and/or retainage to Contractor, in amount equal to additional time and
expenses required by Consultant to conduct and document further walkthroughs as deemed
necessary to insure compliance with Contract Documenls.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
I rrigation 02815-13
3.07
3.08
ADJUSTING - Upon complelion of installation, fine-tune entire system by adjusting pattems and break-up
pins, and setling pressure reducing valves at proper and similar pressure to provide optimum and eflicienl
coverage. Flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onlo walks,
roadways, and buildings as much as possible. Heads of same type shall be operating at same pressure +l- l0%.
A. lf it is delermined that irrigation adjustments will provide proper coverage, and improved water
distribulion as determined by Consultant, conlractor shall make such adjustments prior to Final
Acceplance, as direcled, al no additional cost lo Owner. Adjustments may also include changes in
nozzle sizes, degrees ofarc, and conlrol valve throttling.
B. All sprinkler heads shall be set perpendicular to finish grade unless olherwise noted on Constuction
Plans or directed by Consultant.
C. Areas which do not conform to designaled operation requirements due to unauthorized changes or
poor installation praclices shall be immediately correcled at no additional cost to the Owner.
CLEANING - Maintain continuous cleaning operation throughout duration of work. Dispose of, off-site at no
additional cost to Owner, all trash or debris generated by installation ofirrigation system.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
lrrigation 028t 5-14
PART I
l.l
SECTION 02834
ROCKWALLS
GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction of the rock walls to be installed to the dimensions and in the
locations shown on the Drawinss. The materials for the rock used and the construction of thesewalls shallbe
as specified herein.
SUBMITTALS
Proiect Mockup. Prior to the consftuction ofany rock walls, the contractor, or subcontractor who is
constructing the walls for the contractor, shall show the engineer, an example of similar rock walls that
they had previously constructed. After acceptance of this previous work, the contractor or
subcontractor shall construct approximately 100 square feet of rock wall or grouted rock wall as
shown on the drawings for approval by the engineer. lf the construclion is not approved, the
contractor shall make any changes required by the engineer to obtain approval, and construct lhe
remainder ofthe walls as approved.
Submittals shall be required for the rock. Rock submittals shall include a certificate stating source of
stone, color and certifoing material will meet the requirements of this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
See I .2 Submittals.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
l. Earthwork: Section 02300
2. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370
PRODUCTS
Rock. The rock used for the construction ofthe rock wall or grouted rock walls shall conform to the
following:
l. The rock shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other structural defects or
imperlections tending to destroy its resistance to the weather. lt shall be free of rounded,
worn, or weathered surfaces. All weathered stone shall be rejected by the engineer.
2. The color ofthe rock shall be approved prior to the rock being delivered to the construction
site. The engineer will visit the rock supplier's quarry and obtain a sample to approve the
rock color. This approved color of rock will be used for the construction of the rock walls
for the entire project.
3. The rocks for the construction of the wall shall be rvell graded and vary in size from a mean
diameter of 9 inchesto ameandiameterof lSinches. Control of gradation will be by visual
inspection. However, in the event the engineer determines rock to be unacceptable, the
ENGINEER will pick one (1) or two (2) random truck loads to be dumped and checked for
gradation. Mechanical equipment and labor needed to assist in checking gradation shall be
provided by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
1.2
l._l
B.
t.4
PART 2
Rock Walls 02834 - I
4.The specific gravity of the rock shall be 2.5 or greater according to the bulk saturated,
surface-dry basis, AASHTO T85.
Minimum density for acceptable rock shall be I 50 pounds per cubic foot.
The rock shall have a percentage loss ofnot more than 40 percent after 500 revolutions when
tested in accordance with AASHTO Test T96.
The rock shall have a percentage loss ofnot more than l0 percent after five (5) cycles when
tested in the Los Angeles machine in accordance with AASHTO Test Tl03 for ledge rock,
Procedure A.
5.
7.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
B.
Excavation and backfill of the rock walls shall be done in accordance with Section 02300 ofthese
specifi cations, "Earthwork".
The rock walls shall be constructed to the dimensions and in the locations shown on the Drawings.
The walls shall be constructed with a I horizontal to 8 vertical batter on the front and back face. with a
minimum width of 2 feet at the top of the wall.
The stone for the wall shall be laid to form substantial masonry presenting a neat, finished appearance.
Headers shall hold the heart ofthe wall to the face. Headers shall occupy at least 20% ofthe area and
they shall be evenly distributed. The length of stretchers shall not exceed three times their rise. Face
stones shall be laid to break joint so that each rock laid rests on rwo beneath it. Spalls and pineers will
not be allowed in the face and shall be used in the backing only where necessary.
All face stones shall be pitched to a string line on straight walls or laid to batter stakes for curved
walls. The batter shall be consistent with respecl to all parts of the wall and shall meet the minimum
requirements set forth in the detail. The degree ofroughness on the exposed face shall be measured
with a six foot straight edge supporled between adjacent projections on the stone face. Variations in
the face in excess of4 inches, measured from the straight edge to the extreme depression in the stone
will not be permitted. Rear faces sball conform to the detail.
Filter fabric shall be placed on the back face ofthe wall as shown on the detail. Refer to Section
02370 €rosion and Sedimentation Control, for filter fabric specifications.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
D.
C.
E.
Rock Walls 02834 -2
sEcTtoN 02900
LANDSCAPTNG
PART I - GENERAL
I.O RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contracl, including Ceneral and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the followins:
l. Trees.
2. Sodding.
3. Topsoil and soil amendments.
4. Fertilizers and mulches.
5. Stakes and guys.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division I Specification Sections.
B. Delivery tickets for all bulk malerials with Owner's Representative's approval or
acknowledgrnent that malerials were received in satisfactory condition.
C. Producl certificales signed by manufacturer certifying that their products comply
with specifi ed requirements.
l. Manufacturer's cerlified analysis for standard products, where applicable.
2. Analysis for other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods
established by lhe Association of Oflicial Analytical Chemists, where applicable.
3. Label data and cut sheets substantialing that landscape materials, including all soil
amendments, herbicides, and pesticides, comply with specified requirements.
D. Samples of each of the following:
l. I cubic foot ofmulch for each mulch type required for Project, in labeled plastic bags,
boxes, or buckets.
2. All items requested by Contractor for Substitulion or as an Approved Equal.
F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance"
article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of
completed projects wilh project names and addresses, names and address of
archilects, owners, and other informalion specified.
G. Material test reports from qualified independent testing agency indicating and
interpreting test resulls relative to compliance of the following materials with
requirements indicated.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Landscaping 02900- I
I . Analysis of imported topsoil for plant growth.
H. Planting schedule indicating anticipated dates and locations for each tlpe of
planling.
I. Three (3) sets maintenance instructions recommending procedures to be
established by Owner for maintenance of landscaping during an entire year.
Submit before expiralion of required maintenance periods.
J. Three (3) copies of a written wananty stating all items included in the warranty,
conditions of the warranty, and beginning and ending of wan'anly period(s).
I.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has compleled
landscaping work similar in material, design, and exlenl to lhat indicated for this
Project and with a record ofsuccessful landscape establishment.
1 Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to mainlain an experienced full-time
supervisor on the Projecl sile during times lhat landscaping is in progress.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: To quali$ for acceptance, an independent testing
agency must demonstrate to Landscape Architect's satisfaclion, based on
evaluation of agency-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has
the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated
wilhoul delaying the Work.
C. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of trees and shrubs indicated,
complying with applicable requirements of ANSI 260.1 "Arnerican Standard for
Nursery Stock", and all applicable state and local rules and regulations.
D. Inspection: Landscape Architect may inspect plants either at place of growth or al
sile before planting, for compliance wilh requirements for name, variety, size, and
qualitY.
l. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject at any time or place prior lo final
acceptance all plant materials which, in lhe Landscape Architect's opinion fail, 1o meet
specifications. Inspection of materials is primarily for quality, size, and variety, but other
requiremenls are not waived even though visual inspection results in approval. Plants
may be inspected where available; however, inspection at the places of supply shall not
preclude the right ofrejection at the site or at a later time prior to final acceptance.
Rejected material shall be removed from the site within 24 hours.
2. The Contractor shall schedule inspection ofthe plants, at either the supplier or on sile, to
be completed in one visit. Any further inspection required due lo plants being
unavailable or rejected as not meeting specifications shall be charged to the Contractor at
the current hourly rate for Landscape Architect's personnel performing the inspection.
E. Topsoil Analysis: The Conlractor shall fumish a soil analysis made by a qualified
independent soil-testing agency staling percentages of organic matler, inorganic
malter (silt, clay, and sand), deleterious material, pH, and mineral and plant-
nutrient conlent of topsoil.
l. Report suitability of topsoil for growth of applicable planting material. State
recommended quantilies ofnilrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and any limestone,
Landscaping 02900- 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
F.
G.
aluminum sulfate. or other soil amendments to be added to produce a satisfactory topsoil.
Measurements: Measure trees and shrubs according lo ANSI 260.1 u'ith branches
and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required
sizes. Take caliper measurements 6-inches (150 mm) above ground for trees up
to 4-inch ( 100-mm) caliper size, and I 2-inches (300 mm) above ground for larger
sizes. Measure main body oftree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure
branches or roots tip{o-tip.
Pre-installalion Conference: Conlraclor shall atlend a landscape pre-installation conference al
localions specified by Owner's Representative, and provide meeting notes.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDL]NG
A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged malerials in containers showing weight,
analysis, and name ofmanufaclurer. Protect malerials from deterioration during
delivery and while stored at site. The Landscape Archilect reserves the right to
inspect containers before or afler installation lo verify compliance with
Specifications.
B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to the requirements of lhe
American Sod Producers Association's (ASPA) "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod
Malerials and Transplanting/Installing". Protect sod from drying and breaking.
D. Trees and Shrubs: Deliver nursery stocked or freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do
nol prune before delivery, except as approved by Landscape Architecl. Prolect
bark, branches, and rool syslems from sun scald. drying, sweating, whipping, and
other handling and tying damage. Do nol bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such
a manner as 1o destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during
delivery. Plant materials delivered without prolective covering may be rejecled.
Do not drop trees and shrubs during delivery. Label at least one tree and one
shrub ofeach variety witb a securely attached walerproof lag bearing a legible
plant name. Remove all tags and flagging as direcled by Landscape Architect.
E. Handle balled and burlapped stock by the root ball.
F. Deliver trees, shrubs, ground covers, and plants afler preparations for planting
have been completed and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6
hours after delivery, set planting materials in shade, protect from weather and
mechanical damage, and keep roots moisl.
t.4
l.
3.
4.
Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other
acceptable material.
Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting.
Water root systems of trees and shrubs stored on site with a fine-mist spray. Water as
often as necessary lo maintain rool syslems in a moist conditton.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
Utilities: Determine location ofabove grade and underground utilities and
perform work in a manner which will avoid damage. Hand excavate, as required.
Maintain grade stakes until removal is rnutually agreed upon by parties
concerned. Contractor shall be responsible for utility locating. repair ofutilities
damaged by Contraclor, and establishmenl of grade controls,
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Landscaping 02900- 3
B. Excavation: When condilions detrimental to plant growlh are encounlered, such
as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstruclions, notifo Landscape
Architect before planting.
C. Clearing and Grubbing: Applies to all conlract work areas which have vegetation
or weed growth of2-inch height or greater, and which are designaled to be
topsoiled, amended, seeded, sodded, and/or planled under this Contracl.
I.6 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinale installation ofplanling materials during normal planting seasons for
each type ofplant material required.
B. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades have been accepted and prior to planting
turfand nalive grasses, unless authorized by Owner's Representative.
1,7 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive
the Owner ofother rights the Owner may have under olher provisions of lhe
Contract Documenls and shall be in addilion lo, and run concurrent with, other
warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contracl
Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Warrant the following living planting malerials for a period of
one (l) year after date ofFinal Acceptance, against defects including death and
unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack ofadequate
maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, abnormal weather conditions unusual
for warranty period, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control.
l. Trees.
2. Sodded Areas.
C. Replace planting materials tbat are excessively pruned, more than 25 percent
dead, or in an unhealthy or declining condition immediately upon notice from the
Owner's Representalive.
D. All plants shall be true to name and meet all conditions of these specifications.
Any plant which is not true to name as indicated by form, leaf, flower, or fruiting
characteristics shall be replaced al the Contractor's expense.
E. Inadequate or improper mainlenance by the Owner shall nol be cause for
replacement, provided the Contractor shall have submitted a letter or report lo the
Owner on improper or inadequale mainlenance praclices and recomrnended
remedial actions.
F. The wananty shall not be enforced should any plant die due to vandalism afler
final acceptance.
I.8 TREE, SHRUB. GROUND COVER AND PLANT MAINTENANCE
A. Mainlain trees, shrubs, ground covers and plants by pruning, cultivaling,
watering, winter walering, weeding, feailizing, restoring planting saucers,
tightening and repairing slakes and guy supports, and resetting to proper grades or
vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. Spray as
Landscaping 02900- 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
required lo keep trees and shrubs free ofinsects and disease. Restore or replace
damaged tree wrappings. Maintain trees and shrubs for lhe follorving period:
l. Maintenance Period: 3 months follovu'ing Final Acceptance.
I.9 TURF GRASS MAINTENANCE
A. Begin maintenance of turf grasses immediately afler each area is planted and
continue until acceptable turfis established, bu1 for not less than the following
period:
l. Mainlenance Period: 3 monlhs following Final Acceptance.
B. Maintain and establish lawns by walering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing,
trimming, replanting, and olher operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or
eroded areas and re-mulch to produce a uniformly smooth turf.
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIALS
C.
General: Fumish nursery-grown lrees and shrubs conforming to ANSI 260.I,
with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide
well-shaped, fully-branched, healthy, vigorous stock free ofdisease, insects, eggs,
larvae, girdling, and defects such as sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and
disfigurement.
Grade: Provide trees and shrubs ofsizes and grades conforming to ANSI 260.1
for type of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs ofa larger size may be
used ifacceptable 1o Landscape Architect witb a proportionate increase in size of
roots and balls.
Label each plant with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation
of botanical and common name.
Label al least I plant each variety and caliper with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation ofbolanical and common name.
All plants shall be lhe species designated on the Drawings. No substitutions will
be accepted wilhout the prior written approval of the Landscape Architect.
Contractor musl provide proof of non-availability.
2.2 TREES
A. Shade Trees: Single-stem trees with straight trunk, well-balanced crown, and
intact leader, ofheight and caliper indicated, conforming to ANSI 260.1 for type
oflrees required.
l. Branching Height: l/3 to % oftree height
2. Branching Height: % of tree height.
B. Small Trees: Small upright or spreading type, branched or pruned naturally
according to species and qpe, and with relationship ofcaliper, height, and
branching recommended by ANSI 260.1, and slem form as designated on
Drawinss.
B.
D.
I..
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Landscaping 02900- s
2.3
'tA
C. Evergreen Trees: Specimen XXX quality, well-balanced, coniferous evergreens,
oftype, height, spread, and shape required, conforming to ANSI 260.1.
D. Provide balled and burlapped trees.
E. Container-grown trees will be acceplable in lieu ofballed and burlapped
trees subject to meeling ANSI 260. I limilations for container stock.
F. All deciduous trees ofone species used in formal rows or groupings shall exhibit
cullural uniformity, i.e. "matched" in heigbt, crown width and shape, height to
first branch, and trunk taper. For this reason it is desired that these lrees be
produced by a single grower.
GROUND COVERS, PERENNIALS, AND VINES
A. Provide ground covers and plants eslablished and well rooted in removable
containers or inlegral peat pots and with not less than lhe minimum number and
length ofrunners required by ANSI 260. I for the pot size indicated.
GRASS MATERIAL
Sod: Certified turfgrass sod complying with ASPA specifications for machine-cut
thickness, size, strength, moisture conlenl, and mowed height, and free ofweeds
and undesirable native grasses. Provide viable sod of uniform density, color, and
texture of the following lurfgrass species, strongly rooted, and capable of
vigorous growth and developmenl when planled.
l. Sod shall be Colorado grown, 100% certified Kentucky Bluegrass, a
mixture of 3 improved bluegrass varieties, complying with applicable
State and Federal codes.
C. Sod which has dried oul, or with soil which breaks, tears, or crumbles away will
not be accepted. Sod shall be kept moist, protecled from the sun, heat or wind, in
transpon and afler delivery. Prior to cutting, the sod shall be evenly mown for a
blade length ofat least l-inch but not more than 2-inches.
TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7.0, 4 percent organic material
minimum, free of stones 2-inch or larger in any dimension, refuse, plants or their
roots, sticks, noxious weed seeds, salts, sterilants, or other material which would
be detrimental to plant groMh. Topsoil shall have salts of less than 2 mmhos/cm
and a sodium absorption ralio ofless than 12.
l. Topsoil Source: Import lopsoil from off-site sources. Oblain topsoil from
naturally well-drained sites where topsoil occurs at least 4-inches (100
mm) deep; do not obtain from bogs or marshes.
SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Lime: ASTM C 602, Class T, agricullural limestone containing a minimum 80
percent calcium carbonate equivalenl, with a minimum 99 percent passing a No.8
(2.36 mm) sieve and a minimum 75 percent passing a No.60 (250 micrometer)
sieve.
2.6
2.7
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Landscaping 02900- 6
l. Provide lime in the form of dolomitic limestone.
B. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
C. Organic Matter: Aspen Rich Compost as supplied by Direct Landscape Supply, Englewood,
Colorado, 3O3-'181-22'10; Wes Moser & Sons, Inc., Ft. Lupton, Colorado, 303-659-9663; Al
Organics Premium 3; as supplied by Al Organics, Eaton, Colorado,301454-3492, or an approved
equal.
2.8 FERTILIZER
A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; minimum of 20
percenl available phosphoric acid.
B. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-
insoluble nilrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
l. Composilion: 20 percent nitrogen, l0 percenl phosphorous, and l0
percent potassium, by weight in turfgrass areas
2.9 MULCHES
A. Organic Mulch: Organic mulch, free from deleterious materials and suitable as a
lop dressing oftrees and shrubs, consisting ofone of the following:
l. Type: Weslem Red Cedar Fiber Mulch as supplied by Direct Landscape
Supply, Englewood, Colorado, 303-781-227O; Wes Moser & Sons, Inc.,
Ft. Luplon, Colorado, 303-659-9663; or an approved equal.
2.10 STAKES AND GUYS
A. Upright Stakes: 8-foot x 2-inch diameter wolmanized lodge pole pine.
B. Guy Stakes: 3o-inch long sleel tee posts with white painled top.
C. Guy and Tie Wire: 12 gauge galvanized wire. All guy and tie wires shall be
covered with I -inch diameter PVC pipe, white.
D. Guy Cable: 5-strand, 3i l6-inch (4.8-mm) diameter, galvanized-steel cable, with
zinc-coated turn buckles, 3-inch- (75-mm-) long minimum, with two 3/8-inch-
(10-mm-) galvanized eye bohs.
E. Tree Collar Slrap: Minimum 2-inch wide non-slretch webbing with grommets for
atlachment of wire between strap and stake.
F. Hose Chafing Guard: Reinforced rubber or plastic hose at leasl y2-inch (13-mm)
in diameter, cul to lengths required to prolect tree trunks from damage.
G. Evergreen trees that are 8-feet tall or taller shall have wire and cable guys threaded through rubber
hose sections which are looped around the tree lrunk and secured to 30-
inch long metal tee posts. Fabric lree collar strap will nol be acceptable on
evergreen trees taller than 8-feet.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUSMATERIALS
Landscaping 02900- 7 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
3.1
J-Z
A. Antidesiccant: Waler-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film
forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled
conlainers and mix according to manufaclurer's instructions.
B. Trunk-Wrap Tape: Two layers of crinkled paper cemented together with
bituminous material, 4-inches ( 102-mm) wide minimum, with stretch faclor of 33
percent.
C. Herbicides and Peslicides: EPA registered and approved, of type recommended
by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for
conditions affecting performance of work ofthis Section. Do not proceed with
installation unlil unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
FINISH AND FINE GRAD]NC
A. Tillable Soil: Mechanically rip or disk subsoil in all areas to be planted to a
minimum depth of 6-inches prior to placing top soil and soil amendments.
B. Positive Surface Drainage: Finish and fine grade the project area to establish an
even and well malched gradient over the entire surface. Provide positive surface
drainage, with no depressions, settling, or irregularities in the finished grade.
C. Transitional Areas: At any transitional point or line where one plane inlersects
another, such as from a sloping area or berm to a level area, a smooth and gentle
lransition shall be made. There shall be no abrupt changes in grade unless
specifically noted othenvise. Malch the grades of new work with existing areas
outside the project area.
SOIL TESTING
A. Tle Contractor shall perform soil tests 30 days prior to mobilizing for Landscape
Construction.
B. Soil testing shall be provided by Colorado Analytical Laboratory,240 S. Main
Street, Brighton, CO 80601, (303) 659-2313, or an approved testing facility. Soil
shall be tested for soluble salts and nutrient levels. Testing facility shall provide
interpretation ofresults and recommendation for soil amendments for each type of
planting.
C. Soil test shall be performed for all imported topsoil. Provide a separate test for
each 50 cubic yards oftopsoil.
PREPARATION
A. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings.
Stake locations, outline areas, and secure Landscape Archilect's acceplance before
the slart of planting work. Make adjustments as directed.
J.J
3.4
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Landscaping 02900- I
3.5 WEED CONTROL
A. ln areas lhat have been regraded and/or have existing weed growth, weed control
measures appropriate 1o the amount of growth and/or species shall be provided.
Submit weed control plan to Owner's Representative for approval.
B. Clear and grub, apply pre-emergent herbicide, and/or apply post emergent
herbicide as necessary to eliminate weeds. Do not proceed with Landscape work
until weed growlh has been controlled.
3.6 PLANTING SOIL PREPARATION
A. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, lumps, and other material harmful to
plant growlh and the appearance of a smooth finish grade.
B. Spread topsoil evenly over entire project area to be planted or sodded.
l. Spread a minimum of 6-inches of topsoil.
C. Spread amendments and fertilizers al rates indicated:
l. Sodded. Shrub. and Ground Cover Beds: Provide not less than the
following quantities of specified amendments:
Specified Organic Matter: 3 Cubic Yards /l000SF
Commercial Fertilizer: l 0 lbs./1000 SF
Superphosphate: l0 lbs./l 000 SF
3.7 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Planting Pits: Excavate with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly
raised at center to assisl drainage. Roughen sides of planting pit.
I . Balled and Burlapped Trees and Shrubs: Excavale approximately 2 times
as wide as ball diameter. The depth of the plant pit shall be 2-inches less
than tbe depth of the ball in well drained soils and 4-inches less than the
ball depth in poorly drained soils
2. Conlainer-Grown Trees and Shrubs: Excavate approximately 2 times as
wide as ball diameter. The depth of all plant pits shall be l-inch less than
depth ofball.
B. Obstructions: Notifu Landscape Architect ifunexpected rock or obslructions
detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavation.
C. Drainage: Notifo Owner's Representalive ifsubsoil conditions evidence water
seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits.
l. Fill the pit with water and allow it to completely drain before planling
occurs.
2. If water does not drain out of pit within 24 hours, notify Owner's
representalive.
3.9 PLANTING TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Sel balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center ofpit wilh top ofball raised
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O LandscaPing 02900- 9
B.
above adjacent finish grades as indicated.
l. Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops ofballs and partially from
sides, but do nol remove from under balls. Remove pallets, if any, before
setting. Do not use planting slock if ball is cracked or broken before or
during planting operation.
2. Place backfifl around ball in layers, tamping to setlle backfill and
eliminale voids and air pockets. When pil is approximately % backfilled,
water thoroughly before placing remainder ofbackfill. Repeal watering
until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final
layer of backfill.
Set container-grown stock plumb and in center ofpil or trench with top ofball
raised above adjacent finish grades as indicated.
I. Carefully remove containers so as nol to damage rool balls.
2. Place backfill around ball in layers, tamping to setlle backfill and
eliminale voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately % backfilled,
water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat walering
until no more is absorbed. Water again afler placing and tamping final
layer ofbackfill.
Dish and tamp top of backfill 1o form a 3-inch- (75-mm-) high mound around the
rim of the pit. Do not cover top ofroot ball with backfill-
D. Wrap trees with lrunk-wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to
height of first branches. Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely
attach without causing girdling. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning,
and insect infestation and take corrective measures required before wrapping.
C.
2.
No lree shall be wrapped after May 2 | nor before October I .
All deciduous trees shall be wrapped by November l. Remove tree wrap
by May 15.
Contraclor shall be responsible for wrapping and unwrapping trees during
the wananty period.
3.t0
3.1l
TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING
A. Prune, thin, remove injured or dead branches, and shape trees and shrubs as
directed by Landscape Architect.
TREE AND SHRUB GUYING AND STAKINC
A. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of2- through 5-inch (50- through 125-
mm) caliper and Evergreen trees up 10 8-oot height. Stake trees of less lhan 2-
inch (50-mm) caliper only as required to prevent wind tipout. Use a minimum of
2 stakes oflength required to penetrale at least l8-nches (450-m) below bottom
ofbackfilled excavation and to extend at least 72-nches (1800-m) above grade.
Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetraling balls or rool masses. Support
trees with 2 strands of tie wire fed through white PVC pipe and tree collar
grommets. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of lree. Twist ends of wire
and lrim offexcess.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lrnprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Landscaping 02900- l0
B. Guying and Staking: Guy and stake evergreen lrees exceeding 8-eet and
deciduous lrees more lhan 5-inch caliper unless otherwise indicated. Securely
altach no fewer than 3 guys lo stakes 30-nches (760-m) long, driven lo grade.
Feed guy wire through white PVC pipe and hose chafing guard.
C. Cover tie and guy wires with l-inch white PVC pipe.
3.12 MULCHING
Mulch backfilled surfaces ofpits, planted areas, non-irrigated zones, and other
areas indicated.
Mulch tree rings in turf and nalive grass areas with 4-inch depth specified organic
mulch.
Mulch evergreen lrees in turfout to dripline with 4-inch depth specified organic
mulch.
J.IJ SODDING NEW LAWNS
A. Lay sod within 24 hours of stripping. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is
frozen.
A.
B.
F.
3.t4
B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with lightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod;
do not stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent
courses. Avoid damage to subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll
lightly to ensure conlact with subgrade, eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth
surface. Work lopsoil into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to
avoid smothering sod and adjacenl gass.
I . Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding l:3.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs spaced as
recommended by sod manufacturer but no1 less than 2 anchors per sod
slrip to prevenl slippage.
C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within 2 hours of planting. During first week,
water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum
depth of l-l/2-inches (38-mm) below the sod.
INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Apply antidesiccanl using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks,
branches, stems, lwigs, and foliage.
l. When deciduous lrees or shrubs are moved in full-leaf, spray with
anlidesiccant at nursery before moving and again 2 weeks after planting
MAINTENANCE
A. Watering: Provide and maintain lemporary piping, hoses, and irrigation
equipment to convey water from sources and to keep grasses uniformly moist to a
depth of 4-inches (100-mm).
l. Water turf at the minimum rate of l-inch (25-mm) per week.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Landscaping 02900- lt
B. Mow turf grass as needed 1o ensure grass does not exceed 4-inches in height. Do
not mow when grass is wet- Remove no more than 40 percent of grass-leaf growth
in initial or subsequent mowings. Do nol delay mowing until grass blades bend
over and become matted.
C. Post fertilization: Apply fertilizer to lawn afler firsl mowing and when grass is
dry.
l. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen ofat least I lb. per 1000 sq.
fi. (0.5 kg per 100 sq. m) of turf area.
3.23 CLEANUPANDPROTECTION
A. During landscaping, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition.
B. Protect landscaping from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain proteclion during installation
and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged landscape work as
directed.
3.24 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil,
unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it olf the Owner's
property.
END OF SECTION O29OO
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 201)5
Landscaping 02900- 12
sEcTtoN 02910
TOPSOIL AND REVEGETATION
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI DESCRIPTIONS
A. Work Included: Stripping ofexisting topsoil, storage in stockpiles, replacement oftopsoil after other
work is completed, seeding, mulching and erosion control.
I.O2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit seed mix and mulch with method of application for approval.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.O], SEED MIX
A. General: At least 957o pure and having minimum germination of 85%. All seed shall be nnew crop",
delivered in the original containers, unopened, bearing dealeCs guaranteed analysis.
B. Use on of the Following Seed Mixes as directed by the Engineer:
Dry Habitat Seed Mix
20% Bluebence Wheatgrass, Secar
l0% Sheep Fescue, Meklenberger
l57o Crested Wheatgrass, Hycrest
20o% Slender Wheatgrass, San Luis
10% Thickspike Wheatgrass, Critana
5% Alfalfa, Ladak
10% Orchardgrass, Paiute
10% Winter Wheat
Planting Rate: 70 pounds per acre
Moist Habitat Seed Mix
20o% Mountain Bromegrass, Bromar
20% Orchardgrass, Paiute
l0% Canada Bluegrass, Reubens
10% Sheep Fescue, Meklenberger
20o/o Tall Fescue, Fawn
l0olo Winter Wheat
5% Timothy, Climax
5% Alsike Clover
Planting Rate: 70 pounds per acre
02910 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Topsoil and Revegetation
C. AII seed shall be furnished in bags or containers clearly labeled to show the name and address ofthe
supplier, the seed name, the lot number, net weight, origin, the percent of weed seed content, the
guaranteed percentage ofpurity and germination, pounds ofpure live seed (PLS) ofeach seed species,
and the total pounds of PLS in the container. All brands shall be free from noxious seeds as Russian
or Canadian Thistle, Europe and Bindweed, lohnson Grass, and Leafy Spurge. The Contractor shall
fumish to the Engineer a signed statement certifying thal the seed is from a lot that has been tested by
a recognized laboratory for seed testing within six months prior to the date of delivery. Seed which
has become wer, moldy, or damaged in transit or in storage will not be acceptable. Seed types and
amount ofPLS required per acre shall be provided in accordance with the Contract. Seed and seed
labels shall conform to all cunent State and Federal regulations and will be subject to the testing
provisions ofthe Association ofOfficial Seed Analysis. Computations for quantity ofseed required
on the project include the percent ofpurity and percent ofgermination. lfseed available on the market
does nol meet the minimum purity and germination percentages specified, the Contractor must
compensate for a lesser percentage of purity of germination by fumishing sufficient additional seed 1o
equal the specified project. Product comparison shall be made on the basis of PLS in pounds, stated
one each seed bag. The formula used for determining the quantity ofPLS shall be : Pounds ofSeed x
(Purity x Germination) : Pounds of PLS.
2.02 FERTILIZER
A. Use "Biosol" or other Engineer approved nalural fertilizer having the following guaranteed chemical
analysis:
Ingredient
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Water Soluble Potash
Percentage of Weight
60/o
lVo
3yo
2.O3
2.04
2.05
B. Fertilizer shall conform to the applicable State fertilizer laws. Il shall be uniform in composition, dry,
and free flowing, and shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers, each bearing
the manufacturer's guaranleed analysis. Fertilizer which becomes caked or damaged will not be
accepted.
TOPSOIL
Material stripped from sile consisting of loose, friable loam, reasonably free of admixtures of subsoil, refuse,
stumps, rocks, brush, weeds, or other material detrimental to proper development ofvegetative growth.
STRAW MULCHING
Straw or hay, free ofnoxious weeds, containing not more than 5Vo seed by weight.
Straw shall be in natural, field-cut lengrhs, not chopped or in lengths less than 12", typically.
HYDRAULIC MULCHING
Wood cellulose fiber for hydraulic mulching shall not contain any substance or factor which might inhibit
germination or growth of grass seed. lt shall be dyed an appropriate color to allow visual melering of its
application. The wood cellulose fibers shall have the property ofbecoming evenly dispersed and suspended
when agitated in water. When sprayed uniformly on the surface of the soil, the fibers shall form a blotter-like
ground cover which readily absorbs water, and allows infiltration to the underlying soil. Weight specifications
from suppliers, and for all applications, shall refer only to air dry weight offiber, a standard equivalent to l0 per
cenl moisture- The mulch malerial shall be supplied in packages having a gross weight not in excess of l00
pounds, and shall be marked by the manufacturer to show the air dry weight content. The Contractor shall
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Topsoil and Revegetation o29lo -2
PART 3
3.01
3.02
1.03
3.04
3.05
obtain certifications from suppliers that laboratory and field testing oftheir product has been accomplished, and
that it meets all of thc foregoing requirements pertaining to wood cellulose fiber mulch.
EXECUTION
TOPSOIL EXCAVATION
Remove all sod, topsoil, organic earth. Stockpile topsoil as designaled on drawings, or directed by Engineer.
TOPSOIL PLACEMENT
A. General: When job has been shaped and ready for placement oftopsoil, cover all cut-fill areas and
construction scars with topsoil to depth of6". Contour all surfaces in accordance with drawings to
blend with existing adjacent terrain. Deposit all excess topsoil in areas designated by Engineer.
Grade, shape, fenilize, seed, and mulch designated topsoil waste area.
B. Slope Rounding: Round top and bottom ofslopes and feather into undisturbed natural terrain. Avoid
abrupt grade changes by making smooth transitions from slopes to more level areas.
C. Slope Molding: Avoid long, continuous slope faces by molding face of slope to accent existing
adjacent terrain. Steepen slope faces near ridges and bluffs, laid back to link to natural draws, creating
an undulating face.
D. Surface Roughing: Gouge slope surfaces of 4: I or steeper with horizontal ridges and trenches to
minimum depth of6", creating roughened surface to lessen erosion, improve moisture percolation, and
soil-layer binding. Trenches or ridges shall not be longer than 30' to prevent water accumulation or
flowing water to cause rivulets.
SEEDINC
A. Apply seed mix at uniform rates indicated.
B. Hydraulically seed all slopes.
FERTILIZING
Apply fertilizer at rate of 1000 lbs per acre.
HYDRAULIC MULCHING AND TACKIFIER
Straw Mulching: Apply to all areas, after seeding and watering has been completed, at uniform
coverage rate of 80 bales/acres.
Hydraulic Mulching and Applying Tackifier: Hydraulic mulch and tackifier shall be applied to all
areas afier seeding and straw mulching. Cellulose fiber mulch shall be added after the proportionate
quantities of water and other approved materials have been placed in the slurry tank. All ingredients
shall be mixed to form a homogeneous slurry. The operator shall spray the slurry mixture uniformly
over the designated seeded area. Unless otherwise ordered for specific areas, wood cellulose fiber
mulch shall be applied at arate of200 pounds per acre. Hydraulic mulching shall notbe done in the
presence of free surface water. Mulch tackifier shall be applied over the seeded area at a rate of 200
pounds per acre.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
A.
B,
Topsoil and Revegetation 02910 - 3
3.06 WATERING
When required by Engineer, apply water at rate specified on the plans until project acceptance.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
Topsoil and Revegetation 02910 - 4
SECTION O3IOO
CONCRf,TE FORM AND ACCESSORIES
PARTI GENERAL
L0l SUMMARY (For General Guidance- Not All-lnclusive)
A. Section Includes:
l. Formwork for Caslln-Place Concrete (noted in Section 03300)
2. Formwork Accessories
3. Execution
B. Products lnslalled But Not Fumished Under This Section:
I. Cast-in ltems such as Angles, Plates, Pipe Rail Sleeves, Anchor Bolts, Etc.: Coordinate
through General Conlractor all cast-in items such as fumished under bul not necessarily
restricted to Divisions 4, 5, 8, I l, 15, and 16.
2. Cast-in-Place ilems for precast concrete attachment: supplied under section 03410
structural precast concrete.
C. Relaled Sections:
l. Seclion 02780: Ponland Cement Concrete for Curbs and Gutlers and Sidewalks
2. Section 03200: Concrele Reinforcement
3. Seclion 03300: Cast-ln-Place Concrete
4. Section 05120: Structural Steel
I.O2 REFERENCES
Reference Standards: Comply with following:
l. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. Maintain copy on site.
2. ACI 3 l8 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrele.
3. ACI347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
4. Inlemational Building Code (2003 edition).
I.O3 SUBMITTALS
A. None Required.
I.O4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installers:
I . All work in this section to be accomplished under direct on-site supervision of thoroughly
trained and experienced joumeymen who are completely familiar wilh the requirements
of this work and the recommendations contained in the reference standards.
2. In acceptance of the finished work, allowance will not be made for lack of skill on the
part of the workers.
B. Manufaclurer's Recommendations: Manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly adhered to
concerning both methods and malerials. Where surrounding conditions or base materials are not
compatible with manufacture/s recommendations, notify Engineer in writing prior to bidding.
03100 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Concrete Form and Accessories
C. Design Critena:
l. Safety: Assume responsibility for safety of formwork and provide necessary design,
engineering, construclion, materials and maintenance to produce required concrele work
safelv.
2. Camber: Design formwork 1o have sufficient camber to maintain tolerances specified-
Provide camber sufficient lo compensale for weight of fresh concrete and construclion.
D. Prelnstallation Conference: Altend conference. See Seclion 03300.
E. The Contraclor shall obtain information from other trades and suppliers in ample time to schedule
and coordinate installation of items furnished bv them to be embedded in concrete.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI FORMWORKMATERIALS
A. Footings: Dressed Lumber, Plywood or Steel.
B. Plywood Forms: Douglas fir species; solid one-side grade; sound, undamaged sheets. Forms shall
be of sufficient strength 1o resist deformation.
l. Exposed walls shall be formed with B-B Plyform, maximum 3 use unless pre-approved
by Archilect.
C. Non-exposed Concrete: Plywood, Sleel or Dressed Lumber.
D. Shoring materials shall be designed by and shall be the sole responsibility ofthe Contraclor.
OE. Formwork shall be readily removable without impact or causing damage to the concrele or
adjacent materials.
F. Chamfer slrips: 3h inch 45 degree FDG for unexposed suffrces. Use PVC for exposed surfaces.
2.02 FORMWORKACCESSORIES
A- Form Ties:
I . Unexposed Concrete: Snap-off metal offixed length.
2. Exposed Concrete: Screw-type ties with cones and color matching plastic inserts for
completed work.
B. Clamps, Brackets, Braces, Washers, Wedges, Walers, Etc.: Contractor's option.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUSMATERIALS
A. Form Oil: Provide form coatings which will not stain concrete nor impair applications of
subsequenl treatments of concrele surfaces.
B. Expansion Joint Filler: Two layers, 90 lb. felt.
C. SIab Joint Forms: Burke Keyed Kold, Superior Jahn Load Key Joint or approved equal. Provide
strippable vinyl inserl at joints.
D. Compressible Form Tape: Bear #536 vinyl foam or approved equal.
Concrete Form and Accessories 03100 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Foundation Bearing Surfaces: Inspected and approved by Geolechnical Engineer prior to start of
formwork.
B. Formwork: Provide ample notice to Architect to allow for review of formwork surfaces thal will
provide finish surface of exposed concrete,
C. Verify lines, levels, and measurements and dimensions shown on the drawings before proceeding
with the formwork.
D. Coordinate work of other trades in forming and setling openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves,
bolts, anchors, and other inserts. Provide sleeves and openings in formwork to accommodate the
work of other trades. Coordinate with plumbing. mechanical, eleclrical, and other conlractors.
Secure sleeves and blockouts to avoid movement during placing ofconcrete.
].02 PREPARATION
Underslab Surfaces: Fine grade gravel to smooth, level surface prior to installation ofslab forms.
3.03 ERECTION
A. Footings:
L Use ofearth as form is not acceptable.
2. Construct formwork to maintain lolerances in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI | 17.
3. Form material to conform to shape, lines and dimensions indicated on drawings.
4. Adequately brace or tie to maintain position and ensure stability of formwork-
B. Walls and Grade Beams:
l. Use ofearth as lorm is not acceptable.
2. Lap forming is not acceptable.
3. Provide forms conforming to shape, lines and dimensions of members indicaled on
drawings, substantial and sufficiently tight 1o prevent leakage of mortar.
4. Adequately brace or lie to maintain position, shape and laleral stability.
5. Provide sufficient strength to carry construction operations and material dead loads
without deflection or vibration.
6. Design forms to be capable ofadjustments ifneeded during pouring.
7. Where finished concrete will remain exposed, space joints regularly and hold to
minimum both horizontally and vertically.
8. Provide access panels in formwork for cleanoul or placing as required.
9. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges 3/4".
10. Thoroughly clean forms of dirt, chips, sawdust, hammers, and debris. Wet immediately
prior to placing concrete-
I l. Construct formwork to mainlain lolerances in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 117.
12. Ties for exposed walls and grade beams musl be in line both horizontally and vedcally.
C. Construction Joints:
l. Use conslruction joints at temporary stopping of concrete placement or as indicaled on
drawings.
2. Submit locations ofjoints desired for construction lo Architect for acceptance.
03100 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Concrele Form and Accessories
3. Leave joints in reinforced structural members rough and provide longitudinal or vertical
keys at least l-l /2 inch deeP.
D. Embeds:
l. Anchors, Inserls, Blockouts and Builrin ltems: Securely fasten anchor bolts, inserts,
form blockouts and olher items built into concete to formwork or hold in place with
templates. Insertion into concrete afler placemenl is not allowed.
a. Unless olherwise shown, anchor bolts shall be set perpendicular to the
theoretical bearing surface.
2. Tolerances for Anchor Bolts and Other Embedded ltems:
Plus or minus l/8 inch center to center of any two bolts within an anchor bolt
group where an anchor bolts group is defined as the set ofanchor bolts which
receive a single fabricated steel shipping piece.
Plus or minus % inch center-to-center of adjacent anchor bolt groups.
Maximum allowable accumulation of % inch per hundred feet along the
established column line of multiple anchor bolt groups, bul not to exceed a total
of I inch, where the eslablished column line is the actual field line most
representative of the centers of the as-built anchor bolt groups along line of
columns.
Plus or minus % inch from the center of any anchor bolt group to the established
column line through that group-
The lolerances ofabove paragraphs apply to offsel dimensions shown on the
Drawings, measured parallel and perpendicular 10 the nearest established
column line for individual columns shown on the Drawinss to be offset from
established column lines.
Other embedded items or connection material supplied by olhers for embedment
in concrele shall be set in accordance with the lolerance reouirements of the
AISC Code of Standard Practice.
E.Slabs on Grade:
Where concrele slabs are deposited on earth or gravel, take care to obtain smooth level
surface so slabs will be of uniform thickness as required throughout.
Locate construction joints and control joints as indicated on drawings.
Panels: Not larger than 225 square feet not longer than l5 feel in any direction.
3. Place joint forms in straight line flush with finished surface and in accordance with
man ufacturer's recommendations.
4. Wire boltom alignment slots and bottom of key to metal support stakes.
5. Extend reinforcement through joint form unless so noled on drawings.
6. Sawed joints may be substituled for joint forms at contraction joints.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
b.
d.
2.
Concrete Form and Accessories 03100 - 4
Provide sawed joints l/4 ofslab thickress in depth.
Time joint sawing properly with setting of concrele. Start cutting as soon as
concrele has hardened suffrciently to prevent aggregates being dislodged by
saw. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses have developed sufficiently to
induce cracking.
3.M FORM COATING
Coating:
3.05 REMOVAL
Coat surface of formwork prior to each pour.
Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Apply coating prior to placing of reinforcement.
Promptly remove excess coating material.
Remove coatings ofdust from contact surfaces of forms prior to depositing concrete.
Apply form coatings which will not stain concrete nor impair applications of subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces,
A. Remove forms only when permitted by the Engineer and in such a manner as to insure the
complele safety of the structwe. Forms in general may be removed after 24 hours from time of
placing from vertical surfaces and 72 hours from time of placing horizontal surfaces unless
otherwise specified under Cold Weather in Section 03300. Do not remove shoring from more area
than can be reshored the same day. Reshores shall remain in place for a minimum of2l days and
until concrete has reached 75 percent of28 day compressive strength.
3.06 CLEANING
Clean forms before each use to remove foreign matters as erection proceeds.
Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
During cold wealher, remove ice and snow from forms. Do not use deicing salts. Do not use water
to clean oul completed forms unless formwork and construction proceed wilhin healed enclosure.
Use compressed air to remove foreign matter.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
b.
b.
c.
B.
c.
C.
Concrete Form and Accessories 03100 - 5
sEcTloN 03200
CONCRNTN RETNFORCEMENT
PART I Gf,,NERAL
l.0l SUMMARY For General Guidance - Not All-lnclusive
A. Section Includes:
l. Reinforcing Bars for Casl-In-Place Concrete
2. Welded Wire Fabric for Cast-ln-Place Concrele
B. Products Fumished but Nol Installed Under This Section:
| . Reinforcing steel for Masonry for Seclion 04200 Unit Masonry.
2. Reinforcins steel and welded wire fabric for exterior flatwork.
C. Related Seclions:
| . Portland Cernent Concrete for Curbs and Gutters and Sidewalks: Section 02515
2. Concrete Formwork: 03 100
3. Cast-ln-Place Concrete: Section 03300
D. Structural Notes: Reader cautioned to see Structural Drawings for additional requiremenls.
2.02 REFERENCES
Reference Standards: See Section 01095. Comply with following:
l. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete with following:
2. ACI 3 l5 (SP-66) - ACI Detailing Manual.
3. ACI 3 18 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete-
4. ANSVASTM Al85 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
5. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A706 - Weldable Deformed Billet Steel for Concrete Reinforcement.
7 . CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice.
8. Intemational Building Code (2003 edition).
2.O3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
l Submit shop drawings of reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 01040 and with
ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practices for Delailing Reinforced Concrete Structures; and
with the Ceneral Conditions. Indicate reinforcement size, spacings, locations of
reinforcing steel, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, and supporting and spacing
devices. The Contractor shall review and approve all submittals prior to submission to
Architect.
2. The Conlractor shall be solely responsible for the shop drawings regardless of the
Architect or Engineer's review or approval.
3. Allow 14 calendar days to review and approve shop drawings submittals.
B. Certificates:
I . Submit certificates under provisions of Section 01040.
Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - f Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
2. Submil mill tesl certificates of supplied concrele reinforcing, indicating physical and
chemical analvsis.
I.O4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inslallers:
l. All work in this seclion to be accomplished under direct on-site supervision of thoroughly
trained and experienced journeymen who are completely familiar with the requirements
of this work and the recommendations coniained in lhe reference standards.
2. ln acceptance of the finished work, allowance will not be made for lack of skill on the
part of the workers.
B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly adhered to
concerning both methods and materials. Where surrounding conditions or base materials are nol
compatible with manufacturer's recommendations, notif Architect in writing prior to bidding.
I.O5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
General: Unload and store reinforcing bars to keep clean. Slore on timber skids while awailing use.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2,OI MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615,40 and 60 ksi yield grade billet steel deformed bars; uncoated
finish.
l. Grade 60.
2. Bent bars, il4 and smaller, may be Grade 40 unless noted otherwise.
B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type ANSVASTM Al85; in flat sheets, uncoated finish.
C. Bar Supports shall meel the requirements of ACI 315. Use non-corrosive supports to prevent
surface slraining where supports are in contact with an exposed concrete surface.
D. Welded reinforcing bars shall be ASTM .4706 with a chemical composition to assure weldability
in conformance with AWS Dl2.l, Recommended practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal
Inserts, and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Conslruction.
PART3 EXf,CUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Reinforcement: Provide three (3) workings days notice to Architecl to allow for review of
completed concrete reinforcement before placing concrete.
B. Store, handle and clean reinforcing as necessary to keep it free of dirt, loose mill scale and rust,
painl, oil, or other foreign material thal will destroy or reduce bond.
3,02 PLACEMENT
A. General: Comply with general notes on structural drawings and ACI 3 | 8.
B. Bending:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 2
t.Bend reinforcement cold.
reinforcing.
Do not heat reinforcing except when welding ,{706
2. Provide full lenglh bars, accurately bent to details.
2. Do not field bend bars partially embedded in concrete except as indicated on the
drawings or specifically permitted by the Archilect.
Placing:
L Place reinforcement accurately and hold firm1y in place before and during the placing of
concrete. Do nol support reinforcing by ferrous bars or rods driven into lhe earth and cast
into lhe concrete.
2. Provide minimum concrete Drotective cover for reinforcamenl from the exterior face as
follows:
C.
Slabs on grade
Footing concrele placed against earth
Footing concrete placed against forms
Reinf. al the top of walls or footings
Walls at inlerior face
Walls al exterior face
I ll2"
J
2"
3/4"
I t/2"
3.
A
5.
Provide bar supports and spacers to place bars in the proper location and wire adequately
at intersections to hold bars firmly in position while concrete is laced.
Project dowels adequately to provide class B splice unless otherwise indicated in splice
schedule. Wire bent dowels in place before pouring.
Reinforcing shown is for in-place conditions only. Provide additional reinforcing
required for erection, temporary conditions, repairs, etc.
Provide 2 #5 at each side of blockouts in slabs, walls, and footings which are larger than
12" x 12" but smaller than 24" x 24" . Extend reinforcing al least 24" beyond lhe concrete
edges in each direclion. Blockouls larger than 24" x 24" may require special design.
Notify Structural Engineer ofany such blockouts no1 specifically detailed on the plans.
Reinforcing placement tolerances shall comply with ACI I17.
Wherever it is necessary 1o splice reinforcement other than as indicated on drawings,
characler of splice shall be accepted by Architect on basis of allowable bond stress and
stress in reinforcement at splice.
Do not splice at points of maximum stress nor splice adjacent bars at same point.
Where spliced, lap continuous bars 48 diameters, but not less than 24 inches.
6.
'7.
D. Splicing:
l.
E.Supports and Spacers:
t.
2.
3.
Concrete Reinforcement
Provide supports properly spaced and with sufficient strength to carry loads of
reinforcing steel and deposited concrele without collapsing or allowing bars to sag.
Provide galvanized or plastic coated bar supports and spacers where they will contact
with concrete surfaces exposed to wealher.
Do not use bar supports to support runways for concrete buggies or similar loads.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
03200 - 3
4. Brickbats or precast blocks used lo support mals of bars only with acceptance of O
Engineer.
F. Obslructions: In the evenl conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves, or any olher items interfere with
placing reinforcemenl as indicated on lhe Drawings or as otherwise required, immediately consult
the Architect and obtain approval ofnew procedure before placing concrete.
3.03 WELDED WIRE FABRIC
lnslallation:
l. Lay welded wire fabric continuously, with edges and ends overlapping adjoining sheets
minimum of one full mesh plus two inches, tied and placed over all piping and conduit.
2. Lift fabric by approved methods 1o center of slabs during placing of concrete, or properly
support in this position.
3. Where required, construct bulkheads at constuction joints and screeds to place fabric in
proper position.
3.04 CLEANING
Reinforcement: Clean prior to placing concrete to remove scale, oil, ice or other coatings that will destroy
or reduce bond, including mortar from previous concrete pours.
3.05 WELDEDREINFORCTNG
Weld reinforcing bars in accordance with AWS Dl2.l. Weld bars only when shown on the drawings or
approved by the Architect. Only reinforcement conforming to ASTM A706 may be welded.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 4
sEcTloN 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and services for proper installation of Work
specified in this Section in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents and as required for
a complete Project.
1- Concrete foundations.
2. Concrete slabs (elevated), beams, columns and walls.
3. Slab-on-grade concrete, including areas exposed to public view-
4. Concrete slabs on metal decks.
5. Concrete topping slabs on precast concrete.
6. Control, expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete Work,
including joint sealants.
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Mockups.
B. Section 01410- Testing and Inspection Services: Testing and lnspection services.
C. Section 03100 - Conffete Formwork and Accessories.
D. Section 0320- Concrete Reinforcemenl,
E. Section 03410 - Structural Precast Concrete
F. Section 03800 - Grouts
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ACll 17- Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.
B. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
C. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
D. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
E. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
F. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.
C. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curins Concrete.
H. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
1. ANSVASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type).
J. ANSVASTM Dl 190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
03300 - f Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovemenls
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Cast-ln-Place Concrete
K.ANSIiASTM Dl75l - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrele.
ASTM C 143 - Test for Slump of Ponland Cemenl Concrete.
ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement.
I.O4 SUBMITTALS
L.
C.
M.
N.
A.
B.
Submit under provisions of Section 0l 300.
Product Data: Provide data onjoint devices, atlachment accessories and admixtures.
Concrete Mix Designs: not less than two (2) weeks prior to placing any concrete, submit written
reports and laboratory te$s of each proposed concrete mix for eacb class of concrete for
acceptance.
l.
z-
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Submit for acceptance in accordance with Product Data provisions ofACI 2l 1.5R.
Concrete mix designs shall be proportioned by either Field Experience Method or
Laboratory Trial Batch Method in accordance with procedures in referenced ACI
standards.
The concrete mix designs shall conform to the requirements of this Specification and both
ACI 301 andACI 318.
Mix designs prepared more than twelve months prior to the dale of the submittal for
review are not acceptable.
Submit manufacturer's dala and/or certifications verifoing conformance or mix materials
including admixtures with specified requirements.
Include the following:
a. Mix identification designation.
b. Statement of intended use for mix.
c. Mix proporlions, including admixtures.
d. Wet and dry unit weight.
e. Entrained air content.
f. Design slump.
g. Design compressive strength.
h. Water/cementitousmaterialsratio.
i. Aggregate Source.
j. Strength qualification data.
Strength Qualifi cation Data:
a. Submit required average strenglh qualification data and documentation per CI
301 4.2.3.
b. Iftrial batches are used to qualifo strength, mix design shall be prepared by an
independent testing laboratory and shall achieve average compression strength a
minimum of 1200 psi greater than specified strength with slump within one inch
of maximum permitted and air content within 0.5% of maximum allowable.
c. lf field test data is used to qualiS average strength, submit separate qualification
data for each production facility that will supply concrete to project, including
copies of concrete testing agency's reports from which data was compiled.
Submit manufacturer's data and/or certifications documenting conformance of mix
materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements.
Identif each mix-by-mix identification letter indicated in Article 2.04 Concrete Mix
Types.
Submit separate mix designs indicating slump, air content and admixtures for all mixes
designated to receive fibrous reinforcing.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lrnprovernents
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
8.
9.
10.
Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - 2
D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending and placement, prepared
according to ACI 3l5.
E. Manufacturer's lnstallation lnstructions: Indicate insmllation procedures and interface required
with adjacent Work.
I.O5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 0i 700.
B. Accuralely record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed
from view.
r.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Acquire cemenl and aggregate from same source for all Work.
C. Conform to ACI 305R and 306R when concreting during hot and cold weather, respectively.
D. Castin-place concrete shall conform to tolerances as listed in paragraph 2.0 - A General Building
- Cast-In-Place of ACI t 17.
1.07 QUALIFICATIONS
A. All Subcontractors: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum
offive years of documented experience.
I.O8 MOCKUP
A. Provide mockup for appearance of each exposed to view finish as directed by Architect for
approval. Minimum size 5 feet by 5 feet. Multiple test panels maybe required to achieve the
Architect's approval.
B. Approved mockup may NOT remain as part of the Work.
1.09 PRE-INSTALLATIONCONFERENCE
A. Convene two weeks prior to cornmencing Work of this Section, under provisions of Section
0t200.
I.IO DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. General: Materials handling and batching shall conform to applicable provisions of ASTM C94.
B. Hauling Time: Discharge concrete transmitted in truck mixer, agitator or other transportation
device within l-1l2 hours after mixing water has been added.
C. Extra Water:
l. Deliver concrete to site in exact quantities required by mix design.
2. Should extra water be required for workability before depositing concrete and
water/cement ratio ofaccepted mix design will not be exceeded. General Contractor's
superintendent shail have sole authority to authorize addition of\Mater. Any additional
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
O Casr-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - 3
t.l I
water added to mix after leaving batch plant shall be indicated on truck ticket and sigred
by person responsible.
3. Where extra water is added to concrete it shall be mixed thoroughly for 50 revolutions of
drum before depositing.
4. Water may be added at the site only once for each batch.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
l.Cold Weather Placement:
b.
When for three successive days prior to concrete placement the average daily
outdoor temperature drops below 40 degrees F or when the average outdoor
temperature is expected to drop below 40 degrees F on the day ofconcrete
placement, preparation, protection and curing of concrete hall comply with ACI
306. l.
Minimum temperature of concrete upon delivery shall conform to ACI 301
4.2.2.7. Conqete temperature at placement shall confom to minimum values
by more than 20 degrees F.
Subjecl to acceptance of Architect, an accelerating admixture may be used.
Admixtures shall meet requirements of Part 2 Calcium chloride and other
chloride-type accelerating admixtures will not be allowed.
Subject to acceptance of Architect, Contractor may substitute cement for equal
weight of fly ash in design mix.
Comply with concrete proteclion temperature requirements of ACI 3306. I .
Record concrete temperatures during specified protection period at intervals not
to exceed l6 hours and no less than twice during any 24-hour period.
Provide strong and secure weather protection around the building for at least one
story above and one story below the floor being concreted to allow the floor to
maintain temperatures between 50 and 70 degrees F for not less than 72 hours
after depositing- Obtain one (l) temperature reading ofair at floor level for
each 600 square feet of floor area just prior to concreting, and provide additional
heat should the measured temperature be less than 50 degrees F. Record and
submit temperature readings for Architect and Structural Engineer review no
later than 24 hours after concreting.
Submittal of detailed procedures, means, and methods for production,
transportation, placement, protection, curing, and temperature monitoring of
concrete durine cold weather is not required.
1
a.
b.
Hot Weather Placement:
When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of ACI
305R.
Temperature ofconcrete at time ofplacement shall not exceed 85 degrees F.
When air temperatures on day ofplacement are expected to exceed 90 degrees F,
mix ingredients shall be cooled before mixing. Flake ice or well-crushed ice of a
size that will melt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of
mix water.
Retarding Admixture may be used subject to acceptance of Architect's
Admixtures shall meet requirements of Part 2.
e. Protect to prevent rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible.
Unless adequate protection is provided, concrete shall not be placed during rain, sleet or
snow. Rainwater shall nol be allowed to increase the mixing water nor to damage the
surface finish.
d.
J.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - 4
2.0] CONCRETEMATERIALS
A. ACI 301: provide material in accordance with ACI 301, paragraphs as listed, unless amended or
supcrseded by requirements of this section of General Notes on Structural Drawings.
B. Concrete Materials: AC1 301, 4.2.1 .
I . Ready-mixed Concrete: ASTM C94. On-site mixed concrete not allowed.
2. Cement; ASTM Cl50, types as indicated under Concrete Mix Types.
3. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.
4. Aggregate: ASTM C33, obtained from same source throughout project:
a. Fine Aggregate: Natural sand.
b. Course Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone containing no deleterious substances that
cause surface spalling.
5. Water: Potable.
6. Air Entraining Agent: ASTM C260.
7. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494,Type A:
a. Euclid Eucon WR-75, WR-89. or WR-91.
b. Master Builders Pozzolith
c. Master Builders Prokrete-N.
d. Sika Plastocrete l6l.
e. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
8. High range Water reducing Admixture (Superplsticizer): ASTM C494, type F or G:
a. Euclid Eucon 37 or 537
b. Sika Sikament 300.
c. Master Builders- Rhcobuild l00.
d. W.R. grace & Co. - Conn.- Daracem 19.
e. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
9. Non-Corrosive, Non-chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494. Type C or E, containing not more
chloride ions than present municipal drinking water and with long lerm test data from
independent testing laboratory PROVIDING NON-CORROSIVE EFFECT ON
REINFORCING STEEL. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing more than 0.10
percent chloride ions pr sodium thiocyanates not allou'ed- One of the following:
a. Euclid Accelguard 80 or 90.
b. W.R. grace Daraset.
c. Sika Plastocrete l6lFL.
d. W.R. Grace & Co. - Conn- DCI
e. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
10. Water-Reducing,RetardingAdmixture:
a. Euclid Eucon Retarder 75.
b. W.R. Grace Daratard- 17.
c. Sika Plastocrete l6l R.
d. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
2.02 CURING COMPOUNDS AND SEALERS
A. Curing compound- Vertical Surfaces: ASTM C309.
B. Curing Compound- Interior Slabs- See Section 03365 Concrete Hardener and Sealer.
C. Curing and Sealing Compound- Exterior Concrele: ASTM C309, Type I and ASTM Cl3l5,
Class B. Minimum 30% solids content, maximum moisture loss of 0.030 grams per square
\ centimeter (300 square feet per galloon coverage).:
l. L&M Construction Chcmicals, Inc.- Dress & Seal WB 30.
2. US Sec- CS-30-1315.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
a Cast-ln-PlaceConcrete 03300 - 5
3. W.R.Meadows-SealtightVocomp-30.
4. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
2.O3 ADHESIVES AND BONDING COMPOUNDS
A. Epoxy Adhesives for Use in All Structural repairs: Two-component. 100 % solids, 1007o reactive
compound suitable for use on dry or darnp surfaces and comply with ASTN C881.
l. Euclid Euco Epoxy 452 or 620.
2. Sika Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod or Armatec I l0-
3. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
Where epoxy injection procedures are used, use low viscosity epoxy made by one of above
manufacturers-
B. Bonding Compound (lnterior Only)
l. Euclid Euco Weld
2. Larsen Producls Weldcrate
3. Sika Sikabond
4. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600. Use only at areas not subject to
moisture.
C. Epoxy Joint Filler/Sealer: Two component, flexible, solvent-Iiee, moisture insensitive compound
minimum ASTM D2240 Shore A hardness of 80 at 28 days. Use self-leveling formulation for
floors. Use non-sag formulation for vertical and overheadjoints.
l. Euclid Euco 700.
2. Sika Sikadur 5l NS/SL.
3. Approved substitute in accordance with Section 01600.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Moisture-retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM Cl7l.
1. Watelproof paper.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
2.05 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
A. Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, ASTM D994; asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, l/2 inch thick;
tongue and groove profile.
2.06 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Reference Standards: ACt 301, Section 4, and ACI 318, Chapter 4.
B. Design: Conform to general noles on Structural Drawings. Proportion ingredients for mixes in
accordance with ACI304 4.2.2 and 4.2.3.
l. Should contraclor require special mix due to structural requirements, weather or
materials, submit samples of cement and aggregate to be used to approved testing
laboratory. Testing laboratory will make analysis o materials and design proper mix to be
used.
C. Fly ash will be allowed as a cementitous component of the mix unless otherwise indicated under
Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - 6 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
concrete mix types. FIy ash shall not exceed l5% oftotal cementitous material by wcight nor
limitations indicated in Schedule of Concrele Mixes.
D. Admixtures: No admixtures will be allowed except as specificd unless authorizcd by the Architect.
All requests for approval or substitution must be made by the General Contractor and be
accompanied by sufficient information and lest data for evaluation.
l. All admixtures shall be chemically compatible with cementitous materials and all olher
admixtures used in the mix.
2. All admixturcs shall be chloride free. No calcium chloride shall be added to concrete.
3. Air Entrainment: All concrete work that will bc exposed to frost action in its final form
shall contain an air- entraining agcnt. Provide 67o to 8o% air in place concrete. 01her
concrete work may also have an air-entraining agcnt at the option of the Conlractor unless
otherwise specified under Concrele Mix Types.
4. Water Reducing Admixture: Use rvhere indicated in Schedule of Concrcte Mixes and
other localions at Contractor's option.
5. Non-corrosive, Non-chloride Accelerator- Use at all concrele slabs placed at air
temperature below 50 degrees F.
6. Superplasticizcr: Contmctor's optic at:
a. All pumped concrete.
b. Concrete rvith water/cement ratio below 0.50.
7. Concrete Placed by Pumping: Use high range watcr reducing admixturc.
E. Chloride Ions: Maximum water-soluble chloride ion concentration in all concrete mixes shall not
exceed 0.15 percent by weight of cementilous materials.
F. Strengths:4,000 psi unless otherwise indicated or scheduled. Provide minimum cemenl content of
470 lbs. per cubic yard unless othenvise indicated or scheduled.
G. Water/Cementitous Material Ratio: Conform to ACI 301, 4.2.2, and ACI3 18, chapter 4, as
modified herein:
1. Concrete placed by pumping: 0.50 maximum.
2. Concrste exposed to free zingltharving in sen'ices 0.45 maximum.
3. Concrete with design strength of 4,000 psi or greater. 0.50 maxrmum.
4. Concrete exposed to Weather or Freeze-Thaw lncluding Paving, Site Work, and Exterior
Slabs: Meet requiremenls of ACI 301 and 318 Tables 4.2.2 and 4.2.3 except that concrele
shall have a water cement-ratio not exceeding 0.45.
5. Calculation of Water-cementitous material ratios: Water includes free surface moisture
on aggregates and liquid admixture.
H. Slump: Design concrete mixes to provide slumps indicated under mix type.
l. Concrete Containing high-range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticzer): Slump of
2-3" upon arival at si1e, maximum slump of8" after addition of superplaticizer.
2. Other Concrete: Maximum 4".
I. Concrete for Floors: Conform to ACI 301. Table 4.2.2.1 except as otherwise scheduled under
Concrete Mix Types.
J. Mixing: Add aggregate and approximately two-thirds of required water to mixer first and mix
minimum of 70 revolutions at mixing speed to ensure wetting of all aggregate particles, lhen add
cement, air entraining agent and remaining water and mix minimum of 30 revolutions at mixing
speed.
2.06 CONCRETE MIX TYPES
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Casr-l n-Place Concrete 03300 - 7
A. Concrete Mixes: Comply with all requirements indicated by general Notes on Structural
Drawings.
Mix A- For Interior Slabs-on-Grade and Topping for Precast Concrete:
4,000 psi minimum compressive strenglh at age of28 days.
Tlpe l/ll Cement, minimum of 540 pounds cementitous materials per cubic yard.
% lnch Maximum Aggregate Size.
4 inches (8 inches with Superplasticizer) Maximum Slump.
Water Reducing Agent: Use in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Mix B- For Footings, Grade Beams, Columns and Walls:
4,000 psi minimum compressive strength at age of28 days.
Type l/ll cement minimum of 540 pounds cementilous material per cubic yard.
% Inch Maximum Aggregate Size.
4 Inch (8 Inches with Superplasticizer) Maximum Slump.
Mix C- For topping for Metal Deck, Stair Pans and Landings:
3,500 psi minimum compressive strength at age of 28 days.
Type lill cement minimum of540 pounds per cubic yard.
% Inch Maximum Aggregate Size.
4 Inches Maximum Slump.
Water Reducing Agent: Use in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Mix D- For Sidewalks, Concreie Paving (Including Tunnel Slab-on-Grade and Loading Dock
Slab-on-Grade) and Other Exterior Concrete:
4,500 psi minimum compressive strength at age of 28 days.
Type lill cement minimum of564 pounds per cubic yard.
% Inch Maximum Aggregate Size.
60/o to 8%o Entrained Air.
4 Inches Maximum Slump.
Water Reducing Agent: Use in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
2.O7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Structural Engineer shall be offered unintemrpted access to ready-mix batching plant while work
is in progress.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Verifo site conditions under provisions of Section 0l040.
B. Veriff requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
C. Verifo that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are
accuralely placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in
accordance with manufacturer's inslructions.
B. Coordinate the placement ofjoint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of
Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
form accessones.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304, and ACI 301, Section 5.
B. Notify Engineer minimum 48 hours prior to each commencement of concrete placement
operations.
C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts and formed expansion and contraction joints are nol
disturbed during concrete placement.
D. Place joint filler in floor slab as shown on Drawings. Set top to required elcvations. Secure to
resist movement by wet concrete. Exposed to view joint filler is not permitted.
E. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/8 inch of finished slab surface. Conform to
Section 07900 - Joint Sealers for frnish joint sealer requirements.
F. Install joint devices in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.
G. Install joint device anchors. Maintain correct position to allow joint cover to be flush with floor
and/or wall finish.
H. Install joint covers in longest practical length, when adjacent construclion activity is complete.
l. Apply sealants in joint devices in accordance with Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
J. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, slump,
water added and test samples taken-
K. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control and conslruction joints-
Submit proposed plan of construction joint locations three weeks prior to filst concrete placement.
L. Saw cut joints as soon as possible but not more than 24 hours after placing. Use 3i 16 inch thick
blade, cut I - I i2 inch deep into slab (or I i4 of slab thickness).
M. Screed floors, maintaining minimum concrete thickness as indicated and surface flatness of
minimum l/8 inch in 10 feet or sloped as indicated on Drawings.
N. Do not place concrete when ambient temperature is above 85 degrees F or below 40 degrees F at
the time ofplacing, or it is likely to rise above 85 degrees F or fall below 40 degrees F before the
concrete has had its initial set, unless special precautions are taken.
3.04 CONCRETEFINISHING
A. Finish concrete floor surlaces in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Steel trowel surfaces which will not be exposed to public view. Finish shall be free of defects
which will show through the flooring material.
C. Ground finish surfaces which will be exposed to public view. Finish shall be free of defects, such
as honeycombing, pits, efflorescence elc.
3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. lmmediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - 9
temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period
necessary for hydration ofcement and hardening ofconcrete.
C. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308.
D. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet for 7 days.
E. No curing method will be allowed which affects the color and finish surface ofconcrete or detracts
from the effectiveness ofthe sealer and/or adhesives to be applied later.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and lesting will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 and under provisions of
Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services.
B. Owner will employ the services ofan Independent Testing Laboratory (lTL).
C. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
D. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review
prior to commencement of Work.
E. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified
requirements.
F. Five concrele test cylinders will be taken for every 50 or less cubic yards of each class of concrete
placed per day.
G. Two additional test cylinders will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on jobsite under
same conditions as concrete it represents. The contractor may (at his expense) take additional test
cylinders as needed.
H. One slump test will be taken for each set of cylinders taken.
l. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
3.07 DEFECTIVECONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or
specifi ed requirements.
B. Repair or replacement ofdefective concrete will be determined by the Engineer and Architect.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of
Architect/Ensineer for each individual area.
D. Remove and replace defective concrete with approved concrete conforming to the Drawings and
these Specifications at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.08 PATCHING
A. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon
discovery.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - l0
t.
2.
Areas not exposed to view: Patch imperfections as directed in accordance with ACl3Ol.
Areas Exposed to View: Remove to the nearest control joints and replace with same to
achieve a uniform finish with the adiacent area.
3.09 SEALED CONCRETE
A,
3.IO PROTECTION
B.
C,
D.
After the concrete has cured and been thoroughly cleaned, stir the sealer thoroughly immediately
prior to application. Apply a coat ofunlhinned sealer thinly and uniformly to a cool surface.
Apply two coats ofsealer after the concrete is ready and just prior to final inspection.
Prevent traffic on surfaces until they are thoroughly dry (at least 8 hours after application)
After the sealer coat has been applied, do not cover with plastic sheathing, OSB board, or any
other laminated board which contains glue or waterproof paper. Leave the surface uncovered for
at least four days.
A-
B.
Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01500.
Prohibit traffic on finish floor for 4 davs.
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - r l
sEcrroN 04065
MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A- The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
L Mortar for stone veneer and erout for steel lintel.
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 04400 - Stone Veneer: Mortar for setting ofslone veneer.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structwes.
B. ASTM C9l - Masonry Cement.
C. ASTM Cl44 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar-
D. ASTM Cl50 - Portland Cement.
E. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
F. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonrv.
G. ASTM C404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout.
H- ASTM C476 - Crout lbr Masonry.
I. IMIAC - Intemational Masonry lnduslry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices and Guide
Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction.
t. MSJC - Masonry Standards Joints Committee: Code and Specifications.
l.U SUBMITTALS
A. Submit rmder provisions of Seclion 01300.
B. Include design mix, indicate whether the Proportion or Property method is used, required
environmental conditions, and admixture limitations.
C. Samples: Submit tlnee ribbons 12 inches long ofcolored mortar, illustrating color range. (required at
all mortar or grout types which will be exposed to view). Submit mortar in conjtmction of submitting
material requiring mortar.
D. Tesl Reports: Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance to ASTM C270 and on groul
indicating conformance to ASTM C476.
I.O5 DELIVER)STORAGE,ANDHANDLING
Masonry Mortar and Grout 04065 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
A. Deliver. store protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign
malter.
I.06 PROJECTiSITECONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold
Weather Masonry Construction.
I.O7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide one complete unopened package ofeach producl used-
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI COMPONENTS
A. Portland Cemenl: ASTM C150, Type I, gray color for concrele masonry units and stone veneer;
color as selected by Archilect for exposed to view Work.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C9l,
B. Moflar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type; clean, dry, protected against dampness,
freezing, and foreign malter.
C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C4M, fine.
E. Water: Clean and potable, and free of delelerious amounts of acids, alkalides or organic malerials.
F. Calcium Chloride: NOT permitted.
G. Mortar Color: Mineral oxide pigrrent; color as selected by Architect form full range of
manufacturer's standard colors.
2.02 MIXES
A. Mortar:
l. Mortar for Load Bearing and Non-Load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type
S using the Property Method.
2. Mortar for Masonry Veneer: ASTM C270, Type N using the Property Method
3. Pointing Mortar: ASTM C270, Type N using the Property Method.
4. Mixing:
a. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredienls in quantities needed for immediate use in
accordance with ASTM C270.
b. Add mortar color in accordance wilh Manufacturer's inslructions. Provide
uniformity of mix and coloration.
c. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar.
d. If u'ater is lost by evaporation, re{emper only wilhin two hours of mixing.
Masonry Mortar and Grout 04065 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
e. Use mortar witbin two hours after mixing al lemperatures of nol over 80 degrees
F, or 2-ll2 hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F.
B. Croul:
| . Grout for Slructural Masonry: 3000 psi strength at 28 days; 7-8 inch slump.
2. Groul for Non-Structural Masonry: 2000 psi strength at 28days, 7-8 inch slump.
3. Mixing:
a. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in
accordance with ASTM C476.
b. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point ofgrout
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Request inspection ofspaces to be grouted.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Plug cleanoul holes with masonry units. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure.
B. Apply bonding agent to existing surfaces.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of the specific masonry Sections and TMS MSJC
Specification.
B. Remove excess mortar from groul cores before pouring grout.
C. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities lo eliminate voids.
D. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout.
3.04 FIELDQUALITTONTROL
A. Allow for testing by Testing Agency in accordance to Section 01410.
B. Test Mortar in accordance to ASTM C780 for compressive strength.
C. Test Grout in accordance to ASTM Cl0l9 for compressive strenglh and ASTM C143 for slump.
D. Test flexural bond strength of mortar and masonry units to ASTM C1357; test in conjunction wilh
masonry unit sections specified.
E. Test compressive strength of mortar and masonry to ASTM Cl3l4; lest in accordance with
masonry unit sections specified.
ENDOFSECTION
04065 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Masonr-v Mortar and Grout
SECTION 04400
STONE VENEER
PARTI GENERAL
1,OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
l. Exterior stone veneer walls.
2. Metal anchors, supports and accessories.
3. Mortar beds and joints.
4. Flashing.
5. Control joints and expansion joinls.
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Section 04065 - Masonrv Mortar and Grout: Mortar and Grout.
C. Section 05400 - Cold-Formed Metal Framins.
D. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrication: Steel lintels.
E. Section 07620 - Sheel Metal Flashing: Head and sill flashings.
F. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Application of backer rods, bond breakers, and joint sealers al
intermediate, perimeter, control and expansion joints.
G. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems: Gypsum sheathing.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM Al53 - Specification for Zinc Coating (HorDip) on lron and Steel Hardware.
B. ASTM 4580 - Specification for Stainless Steel Wire.
C. ASTM C270 - Standard specifications for Mortar for Unit Masonry.
D. MIA - Masonry Veneer.
E. TMS MSJC - Building Code for Masonry Structwes, Specifications for Masonry Structures and
Commantaries.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300-
B. Shop Drawings: tndicate layout, pertinent dimensions, anchorages, head, jamb, and sill opening
details and control joints.
C. Product Data: Provide data on stone units. mortar Droducts and sealants.
D. Samoles:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Stoneveneer 04400 - I
I . Stone: Submit stone illustrating color range and texture, markings, surface frnish..
E. Manufacnrer's Certificate: Certiry that products and installation details meet or exceed specified
requirements, and that rnaterials are compatible.
I.O5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance wilh requirements of Intemational Building Code, MIA and TMS
MSJC.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
r.06 QUALTFICATTON
A. Supplier and Fabricator: Company specializing in quarrying stone with minimum three years
documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in installation of stone veneer with minimum five years
documented experience.
I.O7 DELIVER)STORAGE,ANDPROTECTION
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle material under provisions ofSection 01600.
B. Store slone at site on planks, pallets or timbers, clear ofsoil and soil splash.
C. Accept packaged stone materials on site and inspect for damage. Protect stone from staining.
D. Protect stone and mortar malerials from moisture.
E. Provide ventilation to prcvent condensation from forming on stone.
I.O8 ENVIRONMENTALREQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air to minimum 40 degrees F 48 hours prior to, during, and
after completion of Work.
B. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for hot and cold weather
conditions, ifthe Work has to proceed in lemperatures below 40 degrees F or above 80 degrees F.
I.O9 SEQUENCING
A. Coordinate under provisions ofSection 01730.
B. Coordinate Work with installation of gypsum sheathing, air barrier, flashing components, mechanical,
plumbing and electrical devices.
I.IO WARRANTY
A. Stone installer shall provide written l0 year warranty against failure of mechanical support system
for stone.
PART2 PRODUCTS
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Stone Veneer 04400 - 2
2.OI STONE MATERIALS
A. Stone: to match existing adjacent planter wall.
l. Color: Match color range as approved by Architect-
2. Finish: Match existing
3. Size: As indicated on Drawings with special shapes for outside comers; 4 inch thick and
as suitable for the condition.
2.02 MORTAR
A. Mortar: As specified in Section 04065. Color os selected by Architect from manufacturer's
standard colors-
B. Waler: Clean and potable.
2.O3 ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Reinforcemenl Backing: ASTM A184, 2 inch x 2 inch 16 gage steel wire mesh, hot-dipped
galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A I 53, 82 finish.
B. Anchors and Ties: 12 gage steel, hordipped galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A153, 82
finish.
l. Sizes and Configurations: As required for vertical and horizontal support of stone and
applicable loads.
C. Setting Buttons and Shims: Lead type.
D. Flashing: As specified in Section 07620.
E. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride oversized 50lbjoint width; self-expanding.
F. Sealant Materials: Urethane or Polyurethane as specified in Section 07900, Prior to installation,
Contractor shall confirm sealant will not stain stonework.
G. Cleaning Solutions: Type which will not harm or discolor stone, joint materials or adjacent
surfaces. Consult stone supplier for recommended type.
PART3 EXECUTION
3-01 EXAMINATION
A- Verifr that support Work and site conditions are ready to receive Work of this Section.
B. Verify freld dimensions are as shown on Shop Drawings.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Verifo that items built-in under other Sections are properly located and sized.
B. Establish lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance.
C. Install wire mesh and anchor to building framing. Anchor mesh to steel studs at 4 inch on center
maximum. Install anchor ties to concrete and solid masonrv walls at l2 inch on center'
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
O stoneveneer 04400 - 3
D. Install flashings under provisions of Section 07620 ofone piece and where nol possible of longesr O
practical length and seal watertight to back-up. Lap end joint minimum 8 inches and seal
watertight
E. Clean stone prior to installation. Do no1 use wire brushes or implements which will mark or
damage exposed surfaces.
F. Mix mortar and gtout under provisions of Section 04065.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install stone in accordance with stone fabricator's instructions and Shop Drawings.
B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any item not so indicated on Shop Drawings. Do not
impair appearance or strength of stonework by cutting.
C. Size stone units lo no less than 4 inch thick and to fit perimeter condition and openings. Do not
use impact drills.
D. Arrange stone pattern in color uniformity and minimize visual variations.
E. Install settins bed mortar.
F. Set stone in full mortar setting bed to fully support stone over bearing surface. Use setting buttons
or shims to maintain correct joint width. Solid grout cavity.
G. Install stone on walls to Dattem as indicated on Drawinss:
l. Random Pattem: As indicated on Drawings; avoid through horizontal or vertical joints.
Avoid concentration of mass areas; spread mass consistently. Lower areas to have larger
stone pieces for substantial base. Avoid exposing thin ends of stone veneer al corners.
Neatly tool to concave joint.
H. Slope exposed top surfaces of stone and horizontal sill surfaces I :12 for shedding water.
I. Install horizontal ties in stone joints. Loop ties to anchor ties and wire mesh, as suitable to
condition, for every 2 square feet of slone veneer to support stone and to establish joint
dimensions.
J. Install backer rod and sealant to junction of stone with dissimilar materials or dissimilar plane. Do
nol insta sealanl al top of thru wall flashing.
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: I inch per story non-cumulative; 2 inch in any two stories.
B. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: l/8 inch in 3 feet; l/4 inch in l0 feet; ll2 inch
maximum.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean Work under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as Work progresses and upon completion of Work.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Stone Veneer 0u00 - 4
O
C. Replace defective mortar; match adjacent Work.
D. Clean soiled zurfaces with cleaning solution, per Manufacturer's instructions.
E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning op€rations.
3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. hotect finished Work under provisions of Section 0l 500.
B. Without damaging completed Work, provide protective boards at exposed external comers that
may be damaged by construction activities.
ENDOF'SECTION
lX,l00 - 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garrge lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2lX)5
O stoneveneer
sEcTtoN 05400
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
PARTI GENERAL
1.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
l. Load bearing and non-load bearing formed steel stud exterior wall framing.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) - Specification deom mentary for lhe Design of Cold-
Formed Steel Structural Members.
B. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on lron and Steel Products.
C. ASTM 4,446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot Dip Process, Physical (Structural)
Quality-
D. ASTM A611 - Steel Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Structural Quality.
E. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-lron Alloy Coated (Galvanized) by the
Hot-Dip Process.
F. ASTM C955 - Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Bracing or
Bridging, for Screw Application ofGypsum Board and Metal Plaster Bases.
G. AWCI (Association of Wall and Ceiling Industries) - Specifications Guide for Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Members.
H. AWS Dl.l - Structural Welding Code.
I. AWS Dl.3 - Light Steel Welding Code.
J. MFMA (Metal Framing Manufacturers Association) - Guidelines for the Use of Metal Framing.
K. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) * Steel Structures Painting Manual.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 0l300.
B. Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections.
C. Product Data: Provide data on standard framing members; describe materials and finish, product
criteria and limitations, type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required ofrelated
work.
I.O4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
05400 - f Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Cold-Formed Metal Framing
A. Perform Work in accordance with AISI SG-973 - Cold-Formed Desien Manual.
B. Inspect installed elements and connections for conformity with Contract Documents and shop
drawings.
I.O5 QUAL]FICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with
minimum five years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum five years
documented experience.
I.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01040.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
A. Dietrich Metal Framing, Worthington Industries Company.
B. Allied Studco.
B. Dale/lncor, Dale Industries.
D. Clark Steel Framing, The Clark Steel, Inc.
E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630.
2.02 FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Sruds; ASTM C955, formed to channel shape, punched web, knurled faces;4 inch with 1.625 incb
flange.
B. Track: Formed steel; channel shaped, solid web; same width as studs with 1.625 inch flange, thickness
matching studs. Provide 2 inch flange for top fack where slip condition occurs.
C. Cut framing components, squarely or at an angle to fit tight against abutting members. Hold members
firmly in position until properly fastened.
D. Attach studs using plug, butt or seam welds, unless noted otherwise. Where studs are bumed through by
welding, provide suitable stitch plate of same gage. Splices in axial loaded studs or braces arc not pemitted.
Provide butt welds or splices or joints in track. Wire tying of framing components is not pfinitted.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Bracing, Furring, Bridging: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered.
B. Plates, Gussets, Clips: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered.
C. Shop and Touch-up Primer: SSPC 15, Type l, red oxide.
D. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20, Type l-lnorganic, zinc rich.
Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O z.o4 FASTENER'
A. Self-drilling, Self+apping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM AI23, hot dip galvanized.
B. Anchorage Devices: Power actuated and/or drilled expansion bolts.
2.05 FINISHES
A. Studs, tracks, headers, and accessories: Galvanized to G90 coating class.
B. Bracing, Funing, Bridging: Same finish as framing members.
C. Plates, Gussets, Clips: Same finish as framing members. Paint where exposed 1o view.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions under provisions ofSection 01040.
B. Veri$ that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
C. Beginning ofinstallation shall indicate installers acceptance ofexisting conditions.
3.02 ERECTION OF STUDS
A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, shop drawings, the referenced
standards, the Drawings and these Specifications.
B. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall layout. Secure in place to floor and overhead structure
with fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and
ceiling tracks.
C. Place studs at 16 inches on center unless otherwise noted or required; not more than 2 inches from
abutting walls and at each side ofopenings. Connect studs to tracks using welding method.
D. Provide three studs at comers, double stud at wall openings, door and window jambs.
E. Erect studs one piece full length. Splicing of studs is not permitted.
F. Erect studs, brace and reinforce to develop full strength, to achieve design requirements.
G. Coordinate placement of acoustic liner in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after erection.
H. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to align with wall stud spacing.
I- Install frame blocking between studs for attachment ofmechanical and electrical items, and to prevent
stud rotation.
J. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer where required.
K. Complete framing ready to receive exterior sheathing.
3.03 ERECTIONTOLERANCES
Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
A. Maximum Variation frmr Tnre Position: ll8 inch per l0 feet, non-ctmulative.
B. Maximum Variation fiom Plumb: l/8 inc.h per l0 fcc! non-curulative.
C. Maximum Variation of Any Member from Plane: l/8 incb.
ENDOFSECIION
Lion Squrre Lodgc
Slte and Gange ImproYemctrto
Vril, Colorado
15 Augut 20115
Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 4
SECTION O55OO
METAL FABRICATIONS
PARTI GENERAL
I.O1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limiled to the following:
l. Miscellaneous fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted as indicated on
Drawings, or as required.
2. Bollards.
I,O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03300- Casfin-Place Concrete.
B. Seclion 09900 - Paintine: Painl finish.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A53 - HorDipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe.
B. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Horcalvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricaled From Rolled, Pressed and
Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip.
C. ASTM A 153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on lron and Steel Hardware.
D. ASTM A283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars.
E. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externallv Threaded Standard Fasteners.
F. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structwal Steel Joints.
G. ASTM A386 - Zinc-Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.
H. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and
Shapes.
L ASTM A50l - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.
J. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols.
K. AWS Dl.l - Structural Welding Code.
L. SSPC (Steel Strucnral Painting Council) - Steel Structwes Painting Manual'
I.O4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. Fabricale system components, including allachments, to building structure and to support live load as
determined by local applicable Codes and practice.
I.O5 SUBMITTALS
Metal Fabrications 05500 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: lndicale profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and
type of fasteners, and accessories. lnclude erection drawings, elevations, and details where
applicable.
l. lndicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. lndicate nel weld
lengths.
C. Prepare Shop Drawings and calculations for all design-build items under direct supervision of a
Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of
Colorado. Shop Drawings and calculations 1o bear Engineer's stamp or seal.
D. Welders Certificates: Submil under provisions of Dvision I, certifling welders employed on the
Work, veriffing AWS qualification wilhin the previous 12 months.
I.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator and lnstaller: Company specializing in fabrication and inslallation of the Producl
specified in this Section with minimum of five years documented experience.
B. Professional Engineer: Company with a minimum of five years experience in the desigr of
Producls specified in this Section.
C. lnstaller and Professional Engineer shall be hired by fabricator for "one-source" responsibility.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MATERIALS
A. Steel Seclions: ASTM A36 or ASTM 4992.
B. SleelTubing: ASTM 500,GradeB.
C. Steel Plates: ASTM 4283.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40.
E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 or ASTM ,{307, galvanized lo ASTM A 153 for galvanized
components.
F. Welding Materials: AWS D I . I ; type required for materials being welded.
G. Shop and Touch Up himer for Ferrous Metal Surfaces: Single component universal primer - gray.
H. Touch Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Organic zinc rich component universal shop primer -
EJAY.
l. All sleel metal fabrications exposed to atmosphere or exlerior in location shall be galvanized.
2.O2 FABRICATION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2lX)5
Metal Fabrications 05500 - 2
A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.
B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fined and secured.
C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight,
flush, and hairline; ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countenunk screws or bolts; tmobtrusively localed;
consistent with design ofcomponent, except \ here specifically noted otherwise.
E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricale anchors and related
components of same malerial and finish as fabricalion, except where qpecifically noted otherwise.
2.03 FINISHES
A. Prepare surfaces not visible lo view in accordance with SSPC SP 2.
B. Prepare surfaces scheduled to be visible in accordance with SSPC SPl0.
C. Clean surlaces ofrust, scale, grease, and foreign matler prior to finishing.
D. Do not prime surfaces in direct conlact with concrele or where field welding is required.
E. Prime paint components ready for field paint.
I - Prepare surfaces nol visible to view in accordance with SSPC SP2.
2. Prepare surfaces scheduled to be visible in accordance with SSPC SPl0.
F. Galvanize exterior items in accordance with ASTM A123.
I - Provide 1.2 ozlsq ft zinc coaling.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Verifo that field conditions are acceplable and are ready to receive Work.
B- Beginning of installation means ereclor accepts existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete, embedded in masonry, or placed in partitions, with
setting templates, lo appropriate Sections.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall items plumb and level, accurately fitled, free from distortion or defects.
B. Allow for erection loads, and for su{Iicient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until
completion of erection and inslallation of pemanent attachments.
Metal Fabrications 05500 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2lX)5
C. Field weld components indicated on Shop Drawings. Perform field welding in accordance with O
AWSDI.I.
D. Obtain Architect/Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled.
E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces nol shop primed galvanized, except surfaces to
be in contact wilh concrele.
F. lsolate dissimilar metals from contact with bituminous paint, non abrasive gasket, or other appmved
method.
3.04 ERECTIONTOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: l/4 inch in l0 feet, non-cumulative.
B. Maximum Offset from True Alignmenl: l/4 inch.
3.05 SCHEDULE
A. Refer to the Drawings for items not specifically scheduled and refer to requirements of other work as
necessary. Provide anchorage and attachmenls required for installation.
ENDOFSECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Metal Fabrications 05500 - 4
SECTION 06105
WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but js not limited to the following:
l Roof nailers.
2. Wood blocking.
3. Wood blocking and shimming.
4. Plywood underlayment for Standing Seam Metal Roofing.
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 0960 - Gypsum Board Assemblies.
B- Division 15 - Mechanical: Louvers.
C. Division 16 - Electrical:
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ALSC (American Lumber Standards Committee) - Softwood Lumber Standards.
C. ASTM 884 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. AWPA (American Wood Preserven Association) C | - All Timber Products - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Process.
E. AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C20 - Structuml Lumber Fire Retardant
Treatment by Pressure Process.
F. NFPA (National Forest Products Association).
I.M SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300.
B. Product Data: Provide technical data on wood preservative materials, and application instructions-
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with the following agencies:
l. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALCS.
2. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA.
3. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Bearing UL Classification. Untreated wood blocking may not
be used, even when concealed within wall construction.
I.06 SEQUENCING
Wood Blocking and Curbing Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
06105 - l
A. Coordinate work under provisions ofSection 01040.
B. Coordinate Work with installation of wall hrmg products and wall and roof openings.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MATERIALS
A. Wood Blocking: No. 3 grade Fir or Hem fir with 69haximum moislure content.
B. Plywood: APA Rated Sheathing Grade, Exposure l, Group I or 2 species, 3i4 inch thick.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Hordipped galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations.
B. Anchors: Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolt or
ballistic fastener for anchorases 1o steel.
2.03 WOOD TREATMENT
A. Fire-Retardant Treatment (FR-S Type):
I. Where fire-retardant or "non-combustible" lumber is specified, required by Code, or
otherwise indicated, comply with AWPA C20 for pressure impregnation with fire-
retardant chemicals to achieve a Class A fire-rating with a flame spread and smoke
developed value of25 or less, when lested in accordance with ASTM E84.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
a. Hickson Corporation, "Dricon-"
b. Osmose Wood Preserving, "Flame Proof LHC-HTT".
c. Hoover Treated Wood Products, "Pyro-Guard".
d. Substitutions: Under provision of Section 01630.
B. Wood Preservative Treatment (PT Type):
l. Pressure Treatment: AWPA Treatmenl Cl using water bome preservative with 0-25o/o
retainage.
2. Surface Application: Clear colored, type as recommended by preservative Manufacturer.
C. Provide identification on fire-retardant treated material.
C. Apply fire-retardant treatmenl to materials specified in rhis Section.
D. Kiln dry wood after pressure treatment to maximum 69hoisture content.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI FRAMING
A. Sel members level and plumb, in conect position.
B. Place horizontal members, crown side up.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Wood Blocking and Curbing 06105 - 2
C. Construct curb members of single pieces.
D. Space framing and furring 16 inches on center unless noted otherwise.
E. Coordinate installation of wood blocking and backing as required to adequately support various
wall and ceiling mounted devices. Coordinate locations with Drawings.
3.02 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
A. Apply preservative treaunent in accordance with Manufactuer's instructions.
B. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials
roofing and related metal flashing and grade.
C. Apply fire retardant treabnent to site-sawn ctts in accordance to rmnufacturer's insructions.
D. Allow preservative and fire retarddfi tr€attnents lo dry prior to erecting rnembers.
END OF SECTION
06105 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site end Garege Imp rovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2lD5
O Wood Blocking and Curblng
r.00
SECTION O7I4O
SPRAY APPLIED WATERPROOFING
FORVERTICAL SURFACES
PART I _ GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contracl apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION
A. Work lncluded: Work consists of fumishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to
effectively install a protected, spray applied walerproofing membrane system to locations shown
on the drawings, including, but nol necessarily limited lo, the following:
New vertical waterproollng membrane system.
New protection board
New drainase mat
1.02 QUALITY CONTROL
l.0r
I.
2.
J.
B.
Requiremenls of Regulatory Agencies: The Work under this section shall be subject to all
applicable provisions of the state and local building and safety codes.
Qualifications:
l. Prior to the Notice of Award, the Contraclor shall submit evidence that his existins
companv has three (3) years continuous successful experience in applying specified
material(s), and is currently an approved applicator for the specific material
manufacturer(s).
Manufacturer's Products: Obtain materials from only g4g manufacturer.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Listed Products: Provide materials which have been tested and
listed by UL, and bear UL label on each package, or are shipped to the project with a UL
certifi cation of compliance.
Fire and lnsurance Ratings: Comply with ratings as required by goveming authorities and codes.
Materials: Spray applied waterproofing material shall be two-part synlhelic rubber-based
system free of isocyanates and bitumen. For each tlpe of malerial required for the work of
this section, provide primary materials which are the producls ofone manufacturer.
Pre-lnslallation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to cornmencement
of field operations to eslablish procedures lo maintain optimum working conditions and lo
D.
C.
E.
F.
G.
Protected Waterproofing Membrane
And Drainage System
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
07140 - I
t.03
coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of
special details and flashing.
SUBMITTALS
A. Required prior to the commencement of work in triplicate:
l. Manufacturer's literature, Material Safety Data Sheets and application instructions.
2. Contractor's 2-year Workmanship Warranty: Submit two copies of written warranly
agreeing lo repair or replace membrane waterproofing which fails to perform as
watertighl; or fails in adhesion, cohesion, or general durability; or appean to deteriorate
in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data as an
inherent quality of the material for the application indicated. Provide warranty signed
by the Installer and General Contractor. Warranty period is lwo (2) years from date of
substantial completion of the project.
3. Manufacturer's lO-year, single-source, "Watertightness Wananty" (paid for by
contractor).
4. Manufacturer's lO-year material ur'arranly, excluding labor (paid for by contractor).
B. Required after the completion of work:
l. Copy of membrane manufaclurer's guaranlee.
PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Delivery of Materials: Deliver material to job sile in sealed, undamaged containers. Identify
each conlainer with material name, date of manufacturer, and lot number.
B. Keep all materials dry while lhey are transported, stored and installed. Do not allow materials to
be exposed to heat sources or any moishrre anywhere, at any time, during transportalion, storage,
handling and installation. Reject and remove from the site any new materials which exhibit
evidence ofmoisture during application, or have been exposed lo moisture.
C. Store all materials on raised plalforms with weather protective coverings. The manufacturer's
standard packaging and covering is not considered adequale weather protection. Tarpaulins are
required for protection of all materials. MATERIAL STORAGE PROCEDURES WILL BE
CONSTANTLY MONITORED AND STRICTLY ENFORCED.
D. Store all materials at temperatures between 60" F and 80o F. If exposed to lower temperalures,
restore materials to 60"F minimum lemperalure before using-
JOB CONDITIONS
1.04
1.05
Protected Waterproofing Membrane
And Drainage System
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
07140 -2
B.
D.
C,
All dimensions and existing details shall be field-verified by Conlractor prior to bidding and
acquisition or installalion of malerials. Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any existing
condition found lo be differenl than lhat indicaled in the Conlract Documents. Engineer shall
review the situation and inform Conlractor ofnecessary changes, if any.
Install malerials in strict accordance with all safety and wealher conditions required by
manufacturer, product literalure, Material Safety Data Sheets, or of local, state, and federal rules
and regulalions.
Observe all fire, safety and pollulion regulations of goveming authorities.
Application of the membrane shall not commence nor proceed during inclement weather. All
surfaces to receive the membrane shall be free of water, dew, frost, snow or ice.
E. Application of membrane shall not commence nor proceed when the ambient lemperature is
below the manufacturer's recommended lemperature of40 degrees.
F. Preparation and application ofmembrane must be conducted in well-ventilated areas.
CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. During work, the Contractor may encounler existing conditions which are nol now known or are
at variance with the drawings or specifications (discovery)- Such conditions may inlerfere with
the work and may consist of damage or deterioration to the concrete or surrounding materials or
components which could jeopardize the integrity of the new membrane.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all discoveries he believes may interfere with proper
execution of the work or jeopardize the integrity of the new membrane prior to proceeding with
work related to such discoveries.
B. In the event of discrepancies within the Drawings, witbin the Specifications, or between the
Drawings and Specification, the more stringent of the lwo items shown or described shall be
considered to be shown or specified al all localions where the discrepancies occur. The Engineer
shall be notified of such discrepancies.
WORK SEQUENCE
A. Do not install materials when rain is imminent.
B. Installation of the new membrane system shall be coordinated with removal operations specified
in other sections.
1.06
l.o7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.OI MATERIALS
Protected Waterproofi n g Membrane
And Drainage System
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
07140 - 3
C.
Fluid Applied Waterproofing Membranes: Procor fluid applied membranes by Grace
Construction Products; a 1wo part, self-curing, synthetic rubber based material. Fluid applied
membranes shall meet or exceed the performance requirements ofASTM C 836.
Prefabricated Drainage Composite: Hydroduct 220 Drainage Composite by Grace Construction
Products for all vertical surfaces. Drainage composite shall be designed to promote positive
drainage while serving as a prolection course.
Prolection Board:
l. Asphall Hardboard: A premolded semi-rigid prolection board consisting of bitumen, mineral
core and reinforcement. Provide 3 mm (0.125 in.) thick hardboard on horizontal surfaces not
receiving steel reinlorced slab. Where steel reinforcing bars are to be used, apply two layen of 3
mm (0.125 in.) thick hardboard or one layer of 6 mm (0.25 in.) thick hardboard.
2. Extruded Polystyrene Insulalion Board: 50 mm (2 in.) thick for vertical applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDITION OF SURFACES
A. The installer shall examine conditions ofsubstrates and other condilions under which this work is
to be performed and notifu the contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper
completion of lhe work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Patch, tuckpoint and repair existing stone substrate according to typical details and specifications.
PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATES
A. Refer to manufaclurer's literature for requirements for preparation of substrates. Surfaces shall
be structurally sound and free of voids, spalled areas, loose aggregate and sharp protrusions.
Remove contaminants such as grease, oil and wax from exposed surfaces. Remove dust, dirt,
loose stone and debris. Use repair materials and melhods which are acceptable lo manufaclurer
of the fluid applied walerproofing.
B. General:
l. Walerproofing application may commence as soon as the substrale is free of any visible
waler.
3.O2
2. Fill holes with concrete or morlar patching malerial and finish flush with surrounding
surface.
3. Patch holes over I in. in diameter and I in. deep and finish flush with surrounding
surface.
B.
Protected Waterproofing Membrane
And Drainage System
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
07140 - 4
4. Remove scaling to sound, unaffected concrete and repair exposed area.
5. Grind irregular construction joints to suitable flush surface.
C. Related Materials: Treat joinls and install flashing as recommended by waterproofing
manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Application to be spray applied only, no lrowel applied applications will be allowed, excepl as
necessary to complete localized detailing. Refer to manufacturer's literature for recommendations
on installation, including but not limiled to, the following:
l. Install fillets and detail coats prior to installation of field areas. Apply minimum 0.060
in. in all areas to be walerproofed. Apply minimum O.120 in. in all detail areas.
2. lf area to be waterproofed is in direct sunlight and temperature is rising, apply "scralch
coat" (a thin application of fluid applied waterproofing) prior to the full application of
the waterproofi ng membrane.
3. In applications where a minimum slope of 0.13 in./ft can not be achieved, a two coat
application ofProcor membrane is recommended lo achieve the total lhickness.
4. Apply protection board and drainage composite in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove any masking materials after installalion. Clean any stains on malerials which would be
exposed in the compleled work.
B. Protect completed membrane walerproofing from subsequent construction activities as
recommended bv manu facturer.
END OF SECTION
Protected Waterprooling Membrane
And Drainage System
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
07140 - 5
sEcTroN 07462
SIDING AND TRIM
PARTT GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
I . Siding and trim-
2. Fascia boards.
3. Associated accessories and fasteners,
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 07620 - Supply ofmetal flashings and trim associated with wood siding for placement by
this section.
B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Sealant at perimeter openings and dissimilar materials.
C. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems: Exterior Sheathing.
D. Section 09900 - Painting: Prime and finish painting- Stain and seal finish. Back priming of
siding.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ALSC - Softwood Lumber Standards.
B. AWPA $merican Wood Preserven Association)
C. WCLIB - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.
D. WRCLA [Vestem Red Cedar Lumber Association)
E. WWPA Westem Wood Products Association)
I.O4 SUBMITTALS
A- Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product Data:
I . Provide data indicating materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details,
sizes, surface texture, finishes, and accessories.
2. Provide data on preservative treatment materials and application instructions. Provide
certificate ofgade issued by grading agency for all materials which are scheduled to be
stained.
C- Samples:
l. Submit two samples each 18 x 24 inch in size illustrating surface texture and coloring.
2. Provide two samples each l8 x 24 inch in size for application ofstain.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certif that producls and installation details meet or exceed specified
Lion square Lodge
Site and Garage lmrpovemenis
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
O SidingandTrim 07462 - |
requirements, and that materials are compatible,
I.O5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Grade materials in accordance wilh the following:
l. Lumber Grading: Certified by WCLIB.
2. Plywood Grading: Certified by APA.
B. Preservative Treated Products: Identiff with AWPB quality mark.
C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
l.06 QUALIFTCATTONS
A. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section
with minimum five years experience.
I.O'I DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Transport, deliver, handle, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Store in ventilated areas with constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and maximum
relative humidiw of 55Yo
I.O8 WARRANTY
A. Provide 2 year material and installation warranty under provisions of Section 01700
B. Warranty: Cover damage to building and contents resulting liom failure to resist penetration of O
water.
I,()9 REGULATORYREQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for fne retardant requirernents.
I.IO COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01040.
B. Coordinate the work with mechanical, plumbing, and electrical rough-in and installation of
associated and adiacent work.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI SIDING MATERIALS
A. Siding: Fiber cement panel, sized as shown on Drawings.
I . Product: HardiPanel as manufactured by James Hardie Building Products, Inc.' 2. Substitutions: Under orovisions of Section 01630.
2.02 EXERIOR TRIM AND LUMBER VETENINN
A. General - Graded in accordance with AWI Custom, maximum moisture content of l2for
Siding and Trim 07462-2 Lion square Lodge
Site and Garage lmrpovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
exterior, unless recommended otherwise by local standards ofpractice, with mixed grain ofquality
suitable for transDarent finish.
t. Ornit grade stamp for all exposed+o-view side oflumber and board.
B. Lumber: Western Red Cedar. Grade A. Surfaced.
L Size: As shown on Drawines.
2.03 WOOD TREATMENT
A. Wood Preservative Treatment PT Type)
1. Pressure Treatrnent: AWPA Treatment Cl using waterbome preservative with 0.25%
pounds per cubic foot.
2. Surface Application: Clear colored, type as recommended by preservative Manufacturer.
B. Kiln dry wood after pressure treatment to maximum l29iroisture content,
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Rough Hardware: Type and size as required by conditions ofuse, hot-dip galvanized steel.
B. Wood Filler: Oil base. tinted to match surface finish color.
C. Fasteners and Anchorage: Provide size and type to suit application and as recommended by
applicable standards, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. ASTM A 153, for all exterior
locations or areas in contact with sround.
2.O5 FINISHES
A. Pre-finish Color:
1. Fiber Cement Panel: Primed, ready for site finishing; color as selected by Architect from
Manufacturer's full range of colon.
2. Lumber: Coated with tinted wood preservative/sealer; color as selected by Architect.
B. Site Finish:
l. Stain and Sealer: Chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colomnts,
bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes.
a. Color as selected by Architect.
b. Sealer: As recommended by stain manufacturer, compatible with stain.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXMINATION
A. Veri$, substrate conditions under provisions ofSection 01039.
B. Verifr that substrate surfaces, wall openings, and framing are ready to receive work.
C. Verif adequacy ofbacking and support framing.
D. Verifo mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work ofthis section are placed and
Lion square Lodge
Site and Garage lmrpovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O siding and rrim 07462 - 3
ready to receive this work.
3.O2 PREPARATION - SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS
A. Apply preservative treatment in accordance wilh manufacturer's instructions.
B. Verify materials do not exceed the specified percent moisture content before applying wood
preservative treatment.
C. Treat site-sawn ends. Allow preservative to cure prior to erecting materials.
D. Apply fire retardant spray after installation ofsiding.
3.03 INSTALLAT]ON _ GENERAL)
A. Excepl as otherwise indicated, comply with Manual for House Framing'by National Forest
Products Association, including nailing, anchorage, framing and bracing.
B. Provide layout work for lines, levels, locations offloors, walls, partitions, windows, doors and
other general features for all trades.
C. Provide blocking, curbs, nailers, miscellaneous wood items as indicated or required-
D. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required
by recognized standards.
E. Use common wire nails except as otherwise indicaled and finishing nails for exposed to view
work. Countersink nail heads and fill with wood filler to match finish carpentry.
F. Make connections tight between members. Install fasleners without splitting wood; pre-drill as O
required.
G. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking and Sleepers: Provide wherever shown and where required for
screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as sown and cut as required for true line
and level of work to be atlached. Coordinate location with other work involved.
H. Wood Furring: Install plumb and level with closure strips at all edges and openings. Shim with
wood as required for tolerance offinished work.
I. Structurally and/or architecturally objectionable split members shall be replaced.
3.04 INSTALLATION - SIDING
A. Install siding in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and CSSB requirements.
B. Fasten siding to stud framing over firm surface.
C. Position cut ends over bearing surfaces. Sand cut edges smooth and clean.
D. lnstall comer trims.
3.05 FINISHING
A. Stain and seal all exposed siding in accordance to manufacturer's instruction. Stain color and
finish as directed by Architect. Allow for 5-step staining.
Lion square Lodge
Site and Garage Irnrpovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Siding and Trim 07462 - 4
B. Stain and seal all exposed wood trim in accordance to manufacturer's instruction. Stain color and
finish as directed by Architect. Allow for 3-step staining.
3.06 TOLERANCES
A. Aligr exposed fasteners vertically and horizontally with an even spacing.
L Screw alignment shall NOT be more than 1132 inch from immediate screw position and
no more than l/4 inch non-cumulative in l0 fea.
B. Marimum Variation from Level of Phmb: l/32 inch every three feet, non-cumulative or l/8 inch
per l0 feet, whichever is less.
C. Maximum Variation from True Positionl l/16 inch.
D. Maximum Offset from True Alignrnent with Abutting Materials: l/32 inch.
E. Maximum Joint Gap with Abutting Materials: l/32 inch.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Prolect finished work under provisions of Section 015fi)
END OF SECTION
o74o's
siteandceJJiiltff#"Tii:
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
O siding and Trim
sEcTloN 07611
SHEET METAL ROOFING
PARTI GENERAL
1,OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limiled to the following:
l. Standing and flat seam sheel metal roofing.
2. Underlavmenl and associated accessories.
I.O2 RELATED SECT]ONS
A. Section 06105 - Wood Blocking and Curbing.
B. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
D. Division l5 - Mechanical.
E. Division l6 - Electrical.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A,653 - Steel Sheet, frc-Coated Qalvanized)or ihc-lron Alloy-coated Qalvannealed)by
the Hot-Dip Process.
B. ASTM ,4'924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coaled by the Hot-Dip Process.
C. ASTM D4586 - Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos Free.
D. FS TT-C-494 - Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type, Acid Resistant.
E. NRCA - Roofine Manual.
F. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
I.O4 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
A. Roofrng System: Sheet metal roof with self-adhesive membrane, insulation and associated flashing.
I.O5 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. Desigrr system 10 withsland dead and live load caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting
normal lo plane of roof as calculated by applicable codes, UL 580 and requirements of FM l-45.
I.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattem, jointing details, fastening methods,
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
a Sheet Metal RoofingU 0761r - |
flashings, terminalions, transitions and installation details.
C. Product Data:
l. Sheet Metal Roofi Provide technical properties, configurations, special shapes and
securemenl melhods.
2. Provide characterislics on membrane materials.
D. Samples:
I . Sheet Metal Roof: Submit two 2 feel x 2 feet panels each, illustrating finish, color, sheen,
texture and interlockable cleas.
E. Manufacturer's Installation lnstructions: Indicate installation techniques for the roof system
attachment methods, joinling requirements, perimeter condilion and details requiring special attention
and precautions required for seaming lhe membrane.
F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Ceairy that products and installation details meet or exceed specified
requirements, and that materials are compatible.
1.O7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with the followine:
| . Manufacturer's Installation and Specificalions Manual.
2. Where Manufacturer's standard details do not apply, perform work in accordance wilh
SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
B. Mainlain one copy of each document on site.
1,08 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with a
minimum offive years documented experience.
B. Installer:
l. Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum five years
documented experience in cold weather high altitude construclion and approved by
Manufaclurer, and current member of NRCA.
2. Installer shall be responsible for tolal roofing system for bne-source'lesponsibility.
C. Products: All roof system component products shall be from a single source Manufacturer.
1.09 REGULATORYREQUIREMENTS
A. Conform lo all applicable Codes and UL 790 for fire resistance.
I.IO DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, prolect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Stack pre-formed and pre-finished material to prevenl twisling, bending, or abrasion, and to provide
ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage.
Sheet Metal Roofing 07611 -2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
C. Prevent conlact wilh materials that may cause discoloration or staining.
D. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.
I.II ENVIRONMENTALREQUIREMENTS
A. Do nol apply roofing membrane during inclement wealher or when ambient lemperatures are below
40 degrees F or above 80 degrees F.
B. Do nol apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface.
C. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be
weatherproofed during same day.
I.I2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01040.
B. Coordinate Work with installation ofinsulation, snow fence brackets and cleats, flashing, roofaccess
panels, mechanical and plumbing equipment and devices, and electrical devices.
I.I3 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty under provisions ofSection 01700:
l. Provide Manufacturer's 20 year on materia..
2. Provide l0yearon installation and finish.
B. Warranty: Cover damage to building and contenls resulling from failure to resist penetration of
waler.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI METAL MATERIAL
A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A924, Grade A, or ASTM 4653, G90 zinc coating; minimum 24 gage corc
steel, unless heavier gage is required to meet the performance crileria; shop pre-finished.
l. Manufacturers:
a. Benidge Manufacturing Company.
b. Overly Manufacturing Company.
c. PAC-CLAD, Petersen Aluminum Company.
d. Substitutions: Under provisions ofSection 01630.
2.02 UNDERLAYMENTMATERIAL
A. Self-adhering polyethylene elastomeric sheet membrane bonded with rubberized asphalt with
strippable treated release sheet and following properties:
1- Thickness: ASTM D3767. Method A: 30 mil.
2. Tensile Strength: ASTM Dll2;250 psi.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage fmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
-
Sheet Metal Roofingv 076il - 3
3. Elongation: ASTMD4l2,250%
4. Low Temperalure Flexibility: ASTM Dl970; unaffected at-20 degree F.
5- Adhesion to Plywood: ASTM D903; 3 lb/in width.
6. Permeance (nax) 0.05 perms.
a. Product: Ultra as manufaclured by Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace
&ompany.
b. Substitutions: Substitution is not acceptable.
2.03 FLASHING MATERIAL
A. Sheel Metal Flashing: As specified in Section 07620, as shown in Drawings and as required by
underlayment syslem manufacturer.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Same malerial and finish as roofing metal.
B. Cleals: Of same material as roofing metal. Minimum 2 inch wide x 3 inch long.
C. Primer: Ihc chromate type.
D. Protective Backing Paint: FS TT-C494, bituminous.
E. Paper Slip Sheet: Minimum 4lb. rosin-sized building paper.
F. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC paint 12, compounded for l5-mil dry filrn
thickness per coal, except as otherwise indicated. Provide inefl-qpe noncorrosive compound,
nominally free ofsulfur components and other deleterious impurities.
G. Sealant: One-part polyurethane as specified in Section 07900 as recommended by manufacturer.
l. Colon Match metal panels.
H. Sealing Tape: hessure-sensitive 100 percent solids polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with
release paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nonloxic, nonstaining tape.
L Plastic Cement: ASTM D{586, Type I.
2.O4 SHOP FABRICATION
A. General:
I . Steel Roof: In accordance to Manufacturer's standards and requirements.
B. Form seclions lrue to shape, accuate in size, square, and free fiom distortion or defects.
C. Fabricate interlockable cleats of same malerial as sheet, as recommended by Manufacturer.
D. Fabricate starler strips of same material as sheet, as recommended by Manufacturer.
E. Form pieces in single length sheets.
F. Hem exposed edges on underside l/2 inch; miter and seam corners.
Sheet Metal Rooling 076ll - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
C. Fabricate comers from one piece wilh minimum 24 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with
sealant.
H. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward l/4 inch and hemmed to form drip.
L Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 4 inches over roofing. Retum and brake edges.
2.05 FINISHES
A. hepare metal surfaces as recommended by Manufacturer,
B. Shop Finish:
1. Steel: Fluoropolymer coaling (ynar) as selected by Architect fiom Manufacturer's full
range of colors and finishes.
2. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with proteclive backing paint as recommended by
Manufacturer.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXMINATION
A. Veri! deck substrate under provisions ofSection 01040.
B. Verify that all surfaces are adequalely anchored, secure, even and free of any foreign material or
moisture.
C- Veri! that all surfaces and conditions are ready to receive work.
D. Verifu that roof penetralions are solidly sel in place and flashed to deck surface.
E- Verifu roof deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice and any wet material detrimental 1o the
roofing system are removed.
3.W PREPARATION
A. Install insulation under provisions of Section 07212.
B. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant.
C. Paint concealed metal surfaces with proleclive backing paint to minimum dry film thickness of 15
mil.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Underlaymenl - General:
l. Place one ply underlayment over entire roof area, with ends and edges wealher lapped
minimum 6 inches. Slagger end laps ofeach consecutive layers. Nail in place.
2. Install underlayment perpendicular to slope of roof.
3. Weather lap and seal wate ighl with plastic cement items projecting through or mounted
on roof.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 20O5
-
Sheet Metal Roofingv 07611 - 5
4. Extend underlayment up adjoining walls above lop of roof plane a minimum of 36
inches.
B. Underlayment - Eave Protection:
l. Apply additional layer of underlayment sheet eave protection in accordance with
Manufacturer's instructions down lo the face of fascia a minimum of 6 inches.
2. Starting from lower edge of slarter strip, lay additional 36-inch wide strips of
underlayment in lap cement, to produce a twc.ply membmne. Weather lap plies
minimum l8 inches and nail in place. Lap ends minimum 6 inches. Stagger end joints of
each consecutive PlY.
3. Apply lap cemenl as recommended by Manufacturer.
4. Exlend eave proteclion membrane minimum 4 feet up-slope beyond interior face of
exterior wall.
C. Underlayment - Valley, Ridge and Hip Protection:
l. Place one ply of underlaymenl, minimum 72 inches wide centered over valleys, and 48
inches cenlered over ridge and hip. Weather lap joints minimum 6 inches. Nail in place
minimum l8 inches on center, one Oinch from edges.
2. Place one ply of underlayment, minimum 24 inches wide over sheet metal flashing seams
lo conceal fasleners.
D. Metal Flashine:
l. Install flashing in accordance lo Seclion 07620 and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual reouiremenls. whichever is more strinsent.
E. Sheet Metal Roofins:
l. Reference Drawings for pattem and dimensions, unless performance requirement s requires
otherwise.
2. Notch comers and turn up edges.
3. Lay sheets with long dimension perpendicular to eaves. Apply pans beginning at eaves.
4. Lock cleats into seams and flalten in direction ofdrainage.
5. At eaves and gable ends, lerminate roofing by hooking over edge strip.
6. Fold lower ends ofseams al eaves over at 45 degree angle.
l. Form valleys ofsheets nol exceeding l0 feet in lengtb. Lapjoints minimum 24 inches in
direction ofdrainage, unless Section 07620 has a more stringenl requirements.
8. Extend valley sheel minimum l2 inches under roofing sheets, unless Seclion 07620 has a
more slringenl requirements.
9. At valley, fold valley and roofing sheets and secure with cleats spaced l8 inches Lock
cleals into seams.
10. Bend up edges and form as per manufacturer's recommendation, unless otherwise is shown
on Drawings.
I I . Finish joint seams as shown on Drawings.
12. Install components required for a complete roof panel assembly; including trim, coping,
facia, ridge closure strips and similar items.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Allow underlaymenl manufacturer's field representalive to observe site conditions, conditions of
surfaces and installation and quality of workmanship.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Sheet Metal Roofing 07611 - 6
B.
C.
l. Manufacturer's field representative shall prepare a Field Report documenting the
observation; include environmental conditions under which underlayment materials were
applied, and instruct for corrective measurcs when necessary.
a. Send copies ofField Reports to Contraclor, Architect and O*ner.
Coordinate and provide Roofing Consultant free access to roof for inspeclion.
Allow Roofing Consultant to visit at the following intervals, unless otherwise agreed by Owner
and Architect:
Review of initial inslallation of underlayment and flashing.
Review ofcorrective work, if any, and progress on other areas.
Review of installation ofrooftiles and corrective work, ifany.
Review of completed work
Final review of corrective work, if necessary-
I
z-
J.
.+.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Remove protective film from exposed surfaces
with care to avoid damage to finishes.
B. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances
weathering of copper.
3.06 PROTECT]ON OFFINISHED WORK
of metal roofing promptly upon installalion. Strip
that would interfere with uniform oxidation and
B.
C.
Protect finished Work under provisions ofSection 01500.
Do not permit traffic over unprotected roof surface.
Where traffic musl continue over finished roof membrane, protecl surfaces with slipsheels, sacrificial
plywood or particleboard.
ENDOFSECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Sheet Metal Roofing 07611 - 7
SECTTON 07620
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
l- Flashing as shown on the drawings or needed to provide a complele weather tighl
enclosure.
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
B. Mechanical for Louvers.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
I.O4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. Design gutters, downspouts and wall caps and copings system to withstand dead and live load caused
by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of roof as calculated by applicable
codes, UL 580 and requirements ofFM l-45.
I.O5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions ofSeclion 01300.
B. Shop Drawings: lndicate material profile, jointing paltem, jointing details, fastening melhods,
flashings, terminations, and installation details.
I.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual slandard details and
req uirements, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Perform Work in strict compliance wit} Manufacturer's fabrication drawings and instructions.
I.O7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with five years documented
experience.
I.O8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle producls to site under provisions ofSection 01600.
B. Slack preformed and prefinished material to pr€vent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide
ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620 - |
C- Prevenl contact witb materials which may cause discoloration or staining.
I.9 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01040.
I.IO WARRANTY
A. Provide a,lO-year watertight warranty for all flashing, counter{lashing, gutters, fascia, and the like.
B. Warranty: Cover damage to building resulting from failure to prevent penetration of water.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI FLASHINGMATERIALS
A. Shees:
l. Aluminum: to match louver material.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Same malerial and finish as flashing metal, with soft neoprene washers and in accordance
with SMACNA requirements for gutter and downspouts.
B. Supports: Brackets for support ofgutters and downspouts to suit conditions.
C. Sealant: One-part polyurethane type, specilied in Section 07900; as recommended by Manufacturer.
Color to match flashing and trim.
2.04 FABRICATTON
A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, squarc, and free from distortion or defects.
B. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheel, minimum l-ll2 inches wide,
interlockable with sheel.
C. Form material with flat lock seams, unless otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use sealed lapped,
bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams.
B. Hem exposed edges on underside l/2 inch; miter and seam comers. Fabricate vertical faces and
counlerflashing with bottom edge formed outward l/4 inch and hemmed to form drip.
C. Solder for rigidity and seal with sealant-
2.05 F]NISHES
A. Prepare metal surfaces as recommended by Manufacturer.
B. Back paint conceald metal surfaces wilh proteclive backing paint as recommended by
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620 -2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
o Manufacfurer.
C. Ahrninum::
l. ColormatchingadjacentLouvers.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI PREPARATION
A. As required to provide a complete waler tight enclosure.
3.OI INSTALLATION-FLASHINC
A. Fit componenB tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and staight in planes, and lines
accurate to profiles.
B. Seal metal joints watertight.
3.05 PROTECTIONOFFINISHEDWORK
A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Rernove all debris and check that all components are properly sealed and secured.
3.04 SCHEDULE
A. Aluminum : As required to provide a cornplete weather tight enclosure
ENDOFSECTION
07620-3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
VaiL Colorado
15 August 2lX)5
O Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
sf,cTroN 07900
JOINT SEALERS
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
l- heparing substrate surfaces.
2. Installation ofsealant andjoint backing.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 0761I - Sheet Metal Roofmg.
B. Section 09900 - Painting.
C. Division 15 - Mechanical.
D. Division 16 - Electrical.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C7l7 - Definitions relating to Building Seals and Sealants.
B. ASTM C7l9 - Tesl Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
C. ASTM C790 - Use of Latex Sealing Compounds.
D. ASTM C804 - Use of SolvenfRelease Type Sealants.
E. ASTM C834 - Lalex Sealing Compounds.
F. ASTM Cgl9 - Use of Sealants in Acouslical Applications.
G. ASTM C920 - Joint Sealants Substrates Classifications.
H. ASTM DI565 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open-Cell
Foam).
I. ASTM E814 * Tunnel Fire Test.
J. ASTM 962 - Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealanls.
1.O4 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
A. Apply sealant to joints of dissimilar materials, unless otherwise noted or shown on Drawings.
B. Apply sealant to joints that are subject to thermal movement.
C. Apply sealants lo inside comers of tiled walls and floors of wet area.
Joint Sealers 07900 - | Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovernents
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
D. Apply sealant bed to underside ofexterior thresholds.
E. Apply sealant to all exleriorjoints to seal weatherprooflhe building-
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Seclion 01300.
B. Submit products as specified in this Section, including bed sealanl at door threshold.
C. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characleristics, performance criteria,
subslrate preparation, limitations, and color availability.
D. Samples: Submit three l2-inch long samples illustrating sealant colors for selection.
E Manufacturer's lnslallation lnstructions: lndicate special procedures, surface preparation, and
conditions requiring special attention.
F. Manufacturer's Certificate:
l. Manufaclurer lo submit evidence thal lhe formula used to manufacture the malerial remains
unchanged for a minimum offive years.
2. Certificalion thal scheduled sealanls are compalible with intended substrates per ASTM
c920.
I.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with sealant Manufacturer's requiremenls for preparation of surfaces O
and material installation instructions.
B. Perlorm acoustical sealant application Work in accordance with ASTM C919.
1.O7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with
minimum five years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing lhe Work of this Section with minimum three years
documented experience-
I.O8 ENVIRONMENTALREQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealanl Manufacturer during and afler
installation.
B. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed spaces without proper ventilation.
I.O9 WARRANTY
A. Provide 5-year non-depreciating warranty for material and labor under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Warranly: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air tight seal
or water tight seal, exhibit loss ofadhesion or cohesion, imperlect curing.
Joint Sealers 07900 - 2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
C. Warranty: Cover damage to building and contents resulting from failure to resist penetration of
water.
I.IO EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide four containers each ofmaterials used.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Dow Coming Corporation.
B. General Electric Company.
C. Pecora Corporation.
D. Tremco, Inc.
E. Substitutions: Under provisions ofSection 01630.
2.02 SEALANTS
A. Type A:
l. ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25; multi component polyurethane, self leveling.
2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25%.
3. Color: Manufacturer's standard as selected bv Architect.
B. TypeB:
l. ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25; multi component polyurethane, non sag.
2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25%.
3. Color: Manufacturer's standard as selected bv Architect.
C. TypeC:
l. ASTM C834, single component acrylic latex, non sag.
2. Movanenl capability: Plus or minus 7 -l/2o/o.
3. Color: Manufacturer's standard as selected bv Architecl.
D. Type D:
l. ASTM C920,Type S, Grade NS, Class 25; single component silicone, non-hardening, non-
sag, mildew resistant.
2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25%.
3. Color: Manufacturer's standmd as selected bv Architect.
E. All sealants musl be mildew resistant.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovernents
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Joint Sealers 07900 - 3
A. Primer: Nonstaining type, recommended by sealant Manufacturer 1o suit application.
B. Joint Cleaner: Noncorrosive and nonstaining b/pe, recommended by sealant Manufacturer;
compatible with joint forming malerials.
C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1565; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30to 50% larger
than joint width; recommended by sealant Manufacturer.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant Manufacturer 1o suit application.
E. Masking: Compatible with arealmaterial to be masked; as recommended by sealant and surrounding
material Manufacturer.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Verif that substrate surfaces andjoint openings are ready to receive Work.
B. Veri$ thal joint backing and release lapes are compatible with sealant.
C. Verif that sealant is compalible with joint substrates.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose materials and foreign matler which mig}t impair adhesion of sealant-
B. Clean and prime joints in accordance wilh Manufacturer's inslructions.
C. Perform prepamtion in accordance with Manufacturer's instruclions, ASTM C8M for solvent release
and ASTM C790 for latex base sealants.
D. Prolect elements sunounding the Work of this Section from damage or disfiguralion.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. All joints (exterior and interior) unless otherwise detailed or specified shall receivejoint sealers.
B. All exterior thresholds are to be set in ftll sealant bed.
C. Perform installation in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions, ASTM C804 for solvent release
and ASTM C790 for latex base sealants.
D. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve 2: l width/depth ratios.
E. Install joinl backing lo achieve a neck dimension no greater than li3 ofthejoint width.
F. Install bond breaker where joinl backing is not used. Do not leave voids or gaps between the ends of
joint filled unils and backer rods.
G. Install sealanl free ofair pockets, foreign embedded matler, ridges, and sags.
H. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consull Manufacturer when
Joint Sealers 0?900 - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
sealant cannot be applied wilhin lhese temperature ranges-
l. Tool joints concave.
J. Do not allow sealants to overflow or flow onto adjoining surfaces, mask and clean adjoining surfaces
by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate such conlaminalion and flow.
K. Cure sealants in compliance with sealant Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to
obtain high early bond strength, intemal cohesive strength and surface durability.
L. All interior walls with acoustical insulation are 1o be fully acoustically sealed, including all
penetralions, perimeter joints, and corners. Corners shall have a bead of sealant at each layer of
gypsum wallboard.
L Acoustical Sealanl: Refer Section 09250 - Gypsum Board Assemblies.
3.M CLEANING
A. Clean Work under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces-
3.05 PROTECT]ON OF FINISHED WORK
A. Prolect finished installation under orovisions ofSection 01500.
B. Protect sealants until cured.
3.06 SCHEDULE
A. Exlerior Joinls:
1 . Horizontal joints subject to pedestrian or vehicular traffic: Type A.
2. Olherjoints: Type B.
B. Interior Joints:
1. Joints subject to thermal movement: Type B.
2. Cut joints: Type B.
3. Other Joints: Type C.
END OFSECTION
07900 - 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Jointsealers
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLTES
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
l. Exterior Metal stud framing.
2. Gypsum sheathing.
I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 06105 - Wood Blocking and Curbing.
B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
C. Section 09900 - Paintine: Surface finish.
D. Seclion 09220 - Ponml C.rn.nt plasrer (Stucco)
E. Division 15 - Mechanical.
F. Division 16 - Electrical.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board.
B. ASTM C745 - lnstallation of Steel Framing Members to Screw Altached Gypsum Board.
C. ASTM C 1002 - Steel Drill Screws for lhe Application of Gypsum Board.
I.O4 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
A. Provide metal studs and exterior sheathing as required for the mechanical enclosure shown on lhe
drawings.
I.O5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under orovisions ofSection 01300.
B. Shop Drawings.
C. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing gypsum board sheathing, and other accessories.
I.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with GA-201, GA- 216, and GA-600.
D. Metal framing system shall conform to ICBO Reporl for stud gage and spacing for all wall
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09250 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
1.07
conditions. Conlractor shall verify required gage and spacing and modify accordingly.
QUALIFICATIONS
A. Installer: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years
documented experience.
B. Installer shall review and coordinate with mechanical, plumbing and electrical, and special systems
work requiring access units. There shall be no additional cost afler award of Bid as the resuh of
oversiglt by Installer lo meet the required framing-
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
A. Deliver all materials under provisions ofSection 01600.
B. Slore materials in a dry location offthe ground in such a way as lo prevent damage or intrusion of
foreign malter. Materials that are, or become, damaged or olherwise unfit for use during delivery
or storage, shall be removed from the jobsite and replaced with sound materials.
COORDINATION
Coordinale Work under provisions of Seclion 01M0.
Coordinate the Work wilh mechanical, plumbing, electrical, and special systems Work requiring
access unils.
L08
1.09
B.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
A. Framing:
l. Dietrichlnduslries.
2. G-P Gypsum Corporation.
3. Gold Bond Building Products, National Gypsum Company.
4. United States Gypsum Company, USG Corporation.
Cypsum Board:
I . G-P Gypsum Corporalion.
2. Gold Bond Building Products, National Gypsum Company.
3. United States Gypsum Company, USG Corporation.
C. Substitulions: Under provisions of Section 01630. Substitution for propriety systems is NOT
allowed.
2.02 METAL FRAMINC MATERIALS
A. General: ASTM C&5, GA-216, and GA-600; galvanized sheet steel, 22 gage thick minimum
unless noted or otherwise required. General Contractor to verify required gage and spacing with
partition heights and defleclion limits; modifu as necessary.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09250 -2
l. Standard Wall Systern: Manufacturer's standard profiles of 2-l /2 inch,3-518 inch, 4 inch
and 6 inch studs; consisling ofC shape studs, krurled face, and U-shape track.
B. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, l8 gage thick minimum.
C. Framing Accessories: ASTM C645; manufacturer's standard.
D. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws and other metal supports, of type and size to suil
application; to rigidly secure materials in place.
2.O3 MISCELLANEOUSWOODFRAMING
A. Blocking and Miscellaneous Framing: Fire retardant lreated as specified in Section 06105.
2,O4 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS
C. Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C79, moisture resistant type; 5/8 inch thick, maximum
permissible length, tongue and groove edges; water repellent paper faces.
2.05 ACCESSOR]ES
A. Acoustical Insulation: Owens Coming fiberglass building insulation; ASTM C665; preformed glass
fiber, friction fit type, thickness as indicated; R-I3 and R-l9, unfaced.
B. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard non-hardening, non-sag, gunnable, non-staining latex
sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joinls to reduce transmission of airbome sound;
complying with ASTM C834 and the following requiremenls:
l. Producl is effective in reducing airbome sound transmission though perimeler joints and
openings in building consuuclion as demonstrated by testing represenlalive assemblies per
ASTM E9O.
2. Product has flame spread and smoke developed ratings ofless lhan 25 per ASTM E84.
3. Available Products: Subjecl to compliance with requirements, acoustical joint sealants that
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a- Producl Manufacfurer:
l) "AC-20 + Silicone" (use only for paintable application); Pecora
Corporalion.
2\ "BA-98 Acoustical Sealant"; Pecora Corporation.
3) "Tremco Acoustical Sealant"; Tremco,lnc-
C. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, Type Sl2.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINAT]ON
A. Verifu sile conditions under provisions of Section 01040.
B. Verifli that site conditions are ready to receive Work and opening dimensions are as instructed by the
Manufacturer.
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09250 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
C. Coordinate layout of fiaming with mechanical trades and interior elevations.
3.02 WALL FRAMING INSTALLATION
A. lnstall studs in accordance with GA-201, GA-216 and GA-600 and Manufacturer's insfiuctions.
B. Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center rmless noted or required otherwise.
3.03 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A. lnstall glpsum wallboard in accordance with ASTM E497, GA-201, GA-216, and GA{00.
B. Erect exlerior gypsum sbealhing horizontally, wilh edges butled tighr and ends occrming over firm
bearing.
C. Use screws when faslening gypsum wallbomd to nretal frrring or framing.
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: l/8 inch in l0 feet in
anv direction.
ENDOFSECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
Gypsum Board Assemblies 09250 - 4
sEcrroN 09900
PAINTING
PARTI GENERAL
I.OI SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:
l. Specific finish lisled in other Sections shall supercede the finish listed within this
Section-
2. Painl exposed to view surfaces whether or not colors are designated, excepl whete a
surface or material is specifically indicated not lo be painted, or is to remain natural.
Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent
materials or surfaces. Ifcolor or finish is not designated, Architecl and lnterior Designer
will select from standard colors available.
a. Painting of steel and ironwork surfaces.
b. Painting ofconcrete and concrete masonry units.
c. Painting of exposed to view bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color
coding), hangers, exposed steel and ironwork, and primed metal surfaces of
mechanical and electrical equipment, including roof area.
3. Painting is not required on pre-finished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed
surfaces, operating parts, and labels unless olherwise noted or scheduled.
a. Pre-finished items include the following factory-finished components:
l) Architectural woodwork and casework.
2) Acoustic materials.
3) Toilet enclosures.
4) Finish hardware, except prime-coated items.
5) Finished mechanical equipment and devices.
6) Finished plumbing and fire protection devices.
1) Finished eleclrical devices and fixtures.
b. Concealed surfaces and generally inaccessible areas in wall or ceiling include:
l) Inlerior of elevator shafts unless exposed to view.
2) Inlerior ofchase walls.
3) Mechanical plenum spaces.
c. Finished metal surfaces include:
l) Anodized aluminum.
2) Brass.
4) Bronze.
5) Copper.
6) Stainless steel.
d. Operating parts, include moving parts of operating equipment, such as the
following:
l) Valve and damper operators.
2) Linkages.
3) Sensing devices.
4) Motor and fan shafts.
e. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriler's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other
Code required labels or equipment nanes, idenlification, perlormance rating, or
nomenclature plates.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications.
oeeoo- I
s*e and."#;:tt;";:ff"h1X1:
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Painting
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM DI6 - Definitions of Terms Relating lo Paint, Vamisb, Lacquer, and Relaled Products.
B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood.
C. ASTM D4258 - Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coaling.
D. ASTM D4259 - Abrading Concrele.
E. PDCA - Painting - Architectural Specificalion Manual.
F. SSPC - Steel Structures Paintine Manual.
I.O4 DEFINITIONS
A. Paint: Complete system of enamels, paints, sealers, fillers, and stains, whether used as prime,
intermediate, or finish coats.
B. System: Malerials and quantities recommended by approved materials Manufaclurer for specified
surface; includes preparalion, priming/sealing, intermediate and finish coats.
C. Concealed Spaces or Surfaces: Included ilems specified in this Section that will be covered by
olher trades with finish materials in a manner such that items are not exposed to view when
construction is completed.
D. Exposed Spaces or Surfaces: Includes items specified in this Section that are exposed to view
when construclion is comDleted. This includes both exterior and interior spaces and surfaces.
I.O5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Samples: Provide four color samples for each color in accord with scheduled color selections.
Provide documenl indicating localions for each color.
1. Prepare color samples on heavy paper or chipboard 8-l/2 inches x I I inches in size.
2. Approved samples shall be used forjudging colors of finished Work.
C. Product Data:
l. Manufacturer's Information: Manufaclurer's lechnical data sheets, published
instructions, Material Safety Data sheets, and other relevant data.
a. AII factory pre-finished ilems must submil paint and primers, solvenls, MSDS,
and material data sheets.
2. Material Lisl: Submit a complete list of proposed materials to Architect for review,
including sealers, primers, and stains. ldentify each material by Manufacturer's name,
product name and number, and type of surfaces lo receive individual finishes.
D. Certification: Provide each shipment of malerials delivered to jobsite with an affidavit from
Manufacturer, certifying that each classification or type of materials fumished complies with
Specification requirements and approved materials list.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Painting 09900 -2
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Qualifications:
L For every specific syslem, fumish malerials and products from a single Manufacturer,
unless approved otherwise by Manufacturer offinish coaling material or product.
2. Interior and exterior paint materials shall have anti-mildew agents incorporated into the
formulation. In addition, include carefully balanced ultraviolet inhibitors for exlerior
maierials.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: In addition to complying with other legal requirements,
comply with:
l. Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC), 16 CFR Part 1303.
2. SCAQMD, Regulation XI.
C. Reference Specifications and Slandards:
L ASTM: D523 Specular Gloss.
2. ASTM: D1258 Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating.
3. ASTM: D4259 Abrading Concrele.
4. CFR: 16 CFR 1303, Ban of Lead Conlaining Paint and Certain Consumer Producls
Bearing Lead Containing Paint.
5. SCAQMD: Regulation XI, Source Specific Standards-
6. SSPC: SP I Solvenl Cleaning.
7. SSPC: SP3 Power Tool Cleaning.
8. SSPC: SP 13 Surface Preparation ofConcrele.
I.O7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, prolect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Deliver materials to the job site in lhe manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers
bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following informalion:
l. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3. FederalSpecificationnumber,ifapplicable.
4. Manufacturer's stock number and dale of manufacture.
5. Contenls by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
6. Thinning instructions.
7. Application insFuctions.
8. Color name and number.
C. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambienl temperature of45 degrees F- Maintain conlainers used in slorage in a clean condition,
free offoreign materials and residue.
D. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily.
Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health
hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application.
1.08 ENVTRONMENTALREQUTREMENTS
09900 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2lX)5
O Painting
A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges
required by ihe paint producl manufacturer.
B. Apply waler-based paints only when the temperature of the product, surfaces to be painted, and
sunounding air temperatures are belween 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. Do not apply if
temperatures might drop to this level within four hours after application.
C. Apply solvent-lhinned paints only when the lemperalure of the product, surfaces lo be painted,
and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F. Do not apply if
temperatures might drop to this level within four hours after application.
D. Minimum Application Temperature for Vamish: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless
required olherwise by manufacturer's instructions.
E. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85olo, at
temperatures less than 5 degrees F above the dew poinl, to damp or wel surfaces, or when rain is
imminenl.
l. Painling may conlinue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are
enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during
applicalion and drying periods.
F. Provide lighting level of80 fool candles measured mid-height at substrate surface.
1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01730.
B. Mainlenance Data: Compile and maintain a lisling of all paint colors wilh factory batch number
and formulation code for every paint type and color used in the Project. At the Date of
Substantial Completion, submit complete list lo Architect for future maintenance reference.
I.I I EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish under provisions ofSection 01700.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLEMANUFACTURERS
A. Standard Product Materials:
l Benjamin Moore.
2. ICI Dulux Paints.
3. Kelly Moore Paint Mfg., lnc.
4. Kwal Paint, Inc.
5. Sherwin-Williams Company.
6. Soohir/Monis.
B- Standard Producl Materials for Special Syslems from Specific Manufacturers:
l. Ameron Inlemational.
2. Benjamin Moore Industrial Products
3. Burke (EDOCO).
4. Carboline Company.
Painting 09900 - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
5. Coronado Industrial Coatings.
6. DuPont High Performance Coatings.
7 . ICI Devoe Coatings.
8. Insl-X Producls Corporation.
9. Mann Brolhers.
10. Matthews Paint Company.
It. Rust-oleumCorporation.
12. Tnemec Co. Inc.
13. ValsparCorporation.
14. Wasser Hi-Tech Coalings.
15. Xymax.
C. Substitutions: Under orovisions ofSection 01630.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise noted, each indicated paint or stain type shall represent a separate color and
sheen.
l. Paint Types:
a. I00% Acrylic Latex Wood Primer.
b. 100% Acrylic Latex Enamel.
c. 100% Acrylic Concrele Primer/Sealer.
d. 100% Acrylic Drywall Primer.
e. 100% Acrylic High-Performance Direct to Metal Enamel.
f. lO0% Acrylic Galvanized Metal Primer.
C. Acrylic Polyurelhane.
h. VinyVAcrylic Sandable Primer.
i. Vinyl/Acrylic Primer/Sealer.j. VinyUAcrylic Latex Enamel.
k. VinyVAcrylic Block Filler.
l. 100% Elastomeric Wall Coating.
m. Elastomeric Acrylate Adhesive Primer.
n. Alkyd Rust-Inhibiting Metal Primer.
o. Polyamide Epoxy.
p. Epoxy Etching Primer.
PART3 EXECUTTON
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint finishes for conditions that will adversely affect
execution, permanence, and quality of Work.
l. Inspect metal items specified under other Sections to be pretreated or primed prior to
finish painting under this Section.
2. Veriff that taped joints of gypsum wallboard surfaces are smooth, free of raised or
depressed areas, or scuffed face paper.
3. Perform moisture, adhesion, and similar lests 10 determine suilability of surfaces to
receive paint malerials.
4. Notif Architect and Interior Desigrrer in writing if surfaces and condilions are not
proper for producing best quality Work.
B. Do not apply paint or finish until unsalisfaclory conditions have been corrected.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lrnprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Painting 09900 - 5
C.Do not apply finish to wet, damp, dusly, dirty, finger marked, rough, unfinished, or defective
surfaces. Repair imperfections as described for each type of material and fill with appropdate,
compatible patching materials.
Faulty sub surfaces will not excuse defective painting Work.
3.02 PREPARATION
D.
A.
B.
General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces,
lighting fixtures, and similar ilems in place thal are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied
protection prior lo surface preparalion and painling. Remove these items if necessary for
complele painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting
operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved.
L Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatmenls. Remove oil and grease prior
to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions for each particular subslrate condition and as specified.
4.
l.
2.
3-
5.
b-
Provide banier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. NotiS, the
Architect and Owner in writing of problems anticipated with using the specified finish-
coal material with substrates primed by Others.
Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer.
Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete and cement plaster surfaces to be painted.
Remove chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils and release agents. Roughen as required to remove
glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods
for surface preparation.
a. Determine alkalinity and moislure content ofsurfaces by performing appropriale
tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline lo cause blistering and buming offinish paint,
correcl this condition before applicalion. Do nol paint surfaces where moisture conlent
exceeds that permitted in the manufaclurer's printed directions, or as otherwise specified
herein, whichever is more restrictive.
Ferrous Metals: Clean nongalvanized ferrous-melal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and olher foreigl substances. Use
solvenl or mechanical cleaning-methods that comply with recommendalions of the Sleel
Slructures Painting Council.
a. Blast sleel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and
in accordance with requiremenls ofSSPC Specification SSPC SPl0.
b. Treal bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash
coal before priming.
c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged.
Wire-brush, clean wilh solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and
louch up with the same primer as the shop coat.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces wilh non-petroleum-based solvents so
thal the surface is free of oil and surface contaminanls. Remove pretreatmenl from
galvanized sheet metal fabricaled from coil stock by mechanical methods.
Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with the
manufacturer's directions.
a. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition,
free of foreign materials and residue.
b. Stir material before application lo produce a mixlure of uniform density; stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Painting 09900 - 6
and, if necessary, strain material before using.
a. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within
recommended limils.
8. Prolection:
a. Provide drop cloths, masking and olher protection necessary to prevent damage
to adjacent surfaces. When protection is removed to permit access by other
lrades, replace same to original conditions and assume full responsibility for all
damage.
b. Provide banicades or olherwise isolale freshly painted surfaces from damage by
other trades. Remove all implements of Work at completion of painting
operalions.
3,03 APPLICATION
A. Apply painl materials with appropriate brushes or rollers.
l. Rale of Application: Do not exceed paint Manufacturer's recommendation for the
surface involved, less l0% allowance for losses.
2. Maintain brushes, rollers and spraying equipment clean, dry, free from conlaminants and
appropriate for required finishes.
B. Apply stain materials with brush or roller. Spray-apply only when approved by Architect.
l- Apply finish coats smooth, free of brush marks, streaks and laps with surfaces uniformly
covered.
a. Finished metal surfaces shall be free of skips, voids or pinholes in any coat
when lesled with a low voltage detector.
b. Where opaque finishes are indicated, finish coats shall completely cover, hide
and obscure underlying color of surface to which they are applied. Provide
finish color coals in addition to specified quantity, necessary to completely
cover, hide, and obscure underlying colors.
2. Leave details of moldings and ornaments clean and true without excess paint in corners
and depressions.
C. Make edges of paint adjoining other malerials or colors clean and sharp with no overlapping.
D. Apply black primer in glazing rabbets prior to installalion of glazing.
E. Refinish enlire wall where portion offinish has been damaged or is not acceptable.
F. Conform to applicable Federal, State, and Local regulations for health, safety, and hazardous
waste disposal.
3.04 TOUCHUP WORK
A. Touchup abraded, stained or otherwise disfigured portion, or refinish as necessary, to produce
best quality Work.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: Al the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and otler discarded
paint materials fiom the site.
l. Cleaning Equipment: Do not use plumbing fixlures for cleaning painting equipment.
Keep brush washed outside paint storage area, and remove brush washes from Project
09900 - 7 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Painting
sile daily.
B. Upon completion ofpainting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by
washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Do not mar surface finish of items being cleaned.
D. Leave paint slorage spaces clean.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following lest procedure at any time, and as often as
the Owner deems necessary, during the period when paint is being applied:
l. The Owner may engage the service ofan lndependent Testing Laboratory lo sample the
paint material being used. Samples of malerial delivered to the Projecl will be taken,
identified, sealed and certified in the presence of the Contractor.
2. The Tesling Laboratory may perform appropriale tests for the following characleristics as
required by the Owner.
a. Quantitativematerialsanalysis.b. Abrasion resistance.
c. Apparent refleclivity.
d. Flexibility
e. Washablilty.
f. Absorplion.
g. Accelerated weathering.
h. Dry opacity.
i. Accelerated yellowness.
j. Recoaling.
k. Skinning.
l. Color retention.
m. Alkali and mildew resistance.
B. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requiremenls, the
Contractor may be directed to stop painling, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint
surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint form previously painted surfaces if,
upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are noncompatible.
3.O7 PROTECTION
A. Protect Work of other trades, whether lo be painted or nol, against damage by painting. Correcl
damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Archilect and Inlerior
Designer. Provide "wet paint" signs to protect newly painled finishes. Remove temporary
protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their Work after completion of painting
operations. The Contractor, subconlractor and their employees musl observe all OSHA and
regulations and requirements.
B. Al completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
painted surfaces 10 the approval of Architect, Interior Designer and Owner.
3.08 SCHEDULE
A. EXTERIOR
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovernents
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Painting
l. Ferrous Metal:
09900 - I
a. First Coat: Alkyd Rust-lnhibiting Metal Primer. Option: Spot-Prime Factory-
Primed surfaces.
b. Second and Third Coats: 1007o Acrylic High-Performance Direct to Melal
Enamel; sheen as selected.
2. Galvanized Melal:
a. First Coal: 100% Acrylic Galvanized Metal Primer.
b. Second and Third Coar: 100% Acrylic High Performance Direct to Metal
Enamet: sheen as selected.
B. INTERIOR
t. Concrete (Except Concrete Masonry Units):
a. First Coat: VinyVAcrylic Primer/Sealer.
b. Second and Third Coats: VinyVAcrylic Latex Enamel.
2. Ferrous Metal:
a. First Coat: Alkyd Rust-Inhibiting Metal Primer. Option: Spot-Prime Factory
Primed surfaces.
b. Second and Third Coats: VinyVAcrylic Latex Enamel; sheen as selected.
3. Galvanized Melal:
a. Firsl Coat: 100% Acrylic Galvanized Metal Primer.
b. Second and Third Coats: VinvVAcrvlic Latex Enamel: sheen as selected'
END OF SECTION
oeeoo-e
sit."ooc".L"iJlff;ff"**:
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
O Painting
sEcTtoN il150
PARKING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
PARTl GENERAL
I.OI SECTION ]NCLUDES:
A. Provide all labor, materials, tools and parking control equipment, and services for proper
installation and operation of Work specified in this Section in accordance with provisions of
Contract Documents and as required for a complete Project, including the following:
l Provide vehicle detector loops.
2. Coordination ofthe work ofthis section with the related work being done by others.
3. Fumish and inslall all equipment units and control wiring.
4. Training of Owner's designated personnel in the operation and maintenance of equipment.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division l6 Jlectrical:
l. Conduit placement from each activating device to gate arm unit, Iong runs with pull
string.
2. Power supply tojunction box in gate arm unit.
I.O3 REFERENCES
A. NEMA MG I A{otors and Generators.
B. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.
C. UL (Underwriters Laboratories Inc.) Jlectrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment Directory.
1.O4 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION
A. Concept: Parking control equipment requirements shown on the Drawings are intended to
establish basic dimensions, location of equipment and relationship of the system to other building
components.
B. Requirements: Parking control equipment manufacturer to design and engineer the entire system,
including controls, connections and anchorage to building structure, making necessary additions
and modifications to system manufacturer's standard details as may be required to comply with
specified performance requirements, while maintaining the basic design concept.
C. System Operation: Provide system with parking access for authorized personnel only. A card
reader/ keypad,/ intercom will be used to control vehicle entry and a vehicle detector controlled
gate arm will open automatically for exiting vehicles. A Click2Enter and/or Knox box wiII be
used to conlrcl emergency vehicle entry and exit.
1.05 QUALIF]CATION
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with
minimum three (3) years documented experience.
lll50 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
8.15.2005
O ParkingControlEquipment
B. lnstaller Qualifications: Experienced in the installation of parking control systems, capable of
shorving evidence of having successfully completed parking control system installations with
similar scope and complexity, and recommended by the system manufacturer.
I.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 0l 300.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each item of parking equipment required. Show plans,
elevations, dimensions, and details of equipment and other components. Show layout and
installation details, including anchorage details and relationship to adjacent building componenls.
Indicate plan layout of equipment access lanes, mounting bolt dimensions, conduit and outlet
locations, power requirements and wiring diagrams.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product dala, specifications, and installation and
maintenance instructions for each product and piece of equipment required.
l- Provide templates for anchor bolts and other items encased in concrete or below finished
surfaces in sufficient time to not delay Work.
2. Submit wiring diagrams detailing wiring for parking control equipment operator, signal,
and conlrol systems differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed wiring and
field-installed wiring. Show locations of connections to electrical service provided as a
unit of work under olher Sections.
3. Provide data on operating equipment, characteristics and limitations and operating
temperature ranges.
D. Maintenance Data and Instructions: Submit for inclusion in Owner's Operation and Maintenance
Manual, three copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures, and two sets ofany
special tools required for maintenance.
| . Include recommended methods and frequency for maintaining equipment in optimum
operating condition under anticipated traffic and use conditions.
1.07
2. Include precautions against malerials and methods that may be detrimental to finishes and
performance.
WARRANTY
A. Parking Control System: Provide joinl one-year guarantee, signed by manufacturer and installer,
against defects in materials and workmanship, and ensure forms have been completed in Owner3
name and registered with Manufacturer.
PROJECT CONDITIONS1.08
Coordinale placement ofequipment frames and anchors.
Coordinate placement ofconduit and accessories and power wiring to operating equipment.
Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious
manner,
PRODUCTS
B.
C.
PART 2
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
A. Design is based on materials and systems of A&D Automatic Gate and Access, Redwood City, CA
(tel. 650-365-8828). Subject to compliance with requirements, other manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
8.rs.200s
Parking Control Equipment lll50 - 2
l. Skidata
2. Amano.Cincinnati
3. MagreticAulocontrols
2.O2 ARM AND SUPPORT
A- Gate Arm: Aluminum, one piece, intemal counterbalance, 14 feet extension and automatic arm
reversing switch. Provide break line in arm.
2.03 AUTOMATIC GATE
A. Cabinet: l4-gauge steel cabinet, weather tight seams; thermally insulated to permit heater lo
maintain cabinet temperature to equipment operating minimum, flush access doors and panels,
tamper proof hardware, weather right gaskets. Conceal mounting bolts inside units.
B. Arm Control: Mechanism to raise and lower arm by instant reversing electric motor, enclosed
speed reducer operated by self contained, plug-in replaceable controller. Design mechanism with
slip clutch to prevent breakage if arm is forced, and to permit manual operation if required. Arm
movement to stop and start and reduced speed.
C. Electrical Components: Self-contained, plug-in replaceable components. lnclude wiring for control
units, zinc plated connection box, grounded convenience outlet, switch for automatic or manual
operatjon, switch to disconnect power unit, thermostatically controlled heater strip, and thermal
protection disconnect for motor.
2.04 ELECTRICALCHARACTERISTICSANDCOMPONENTS
A. Electrical Characteristics:
l. 120 volts, single phase,60 hz.
2. Starting amps: 10 amps maximum
3. Running amps: 4.5 amps.
B. Motor: l/2 hp, single phase instantly reversing molor.
C. Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes,
and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized NEPA 70.
2.05 CARD READER
A. Control Unit: To activate gate arm by displaying magnetic card key, using keypad, or intercom.
B. Post: As indicated on Drawings, ^leclia n 11151 , Relractable bollard.
C. Card Reader: Ruggedized Reader Model 740 or equal, with Optional card slot heater.
D. Magnetic Cards: As provided by Manufacturer.
2.07 VEHICLE DETECTION
A. Vehicle Detection: For use in tempemture range of 40 to 160 degrees F; consisting of detector
unit in conjunction with sensing loop to activate barrier gate when vehicle enters'or exits.
Quadrapole design where noted on drawing.
11 150 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail, Colorado
8.t5.20t15
O ParkingControlEquiPment
B. Loop Wire: | 4 gauge, XHWN or THWN copper; loop size of 48 x 72 inches.
C. Loop Groove Fill: Same materials as pavernent.
2.08 FINISHES
A. Gate Arm: Two coat enamel with reflective black and yellow diagonal stripes on bolh sides of
ann.
B. Gate Posts and Cabinets: Baked enamel on steel, yellow color.
2.09 EQUIPMENTSCHEDULE
A. Provide the following equipment and fumish olher equipment ihat is required for the proper
operation ofthe vehicle occupancy system.
On-grade Vehicle Entry Lane:
Ow. ltem Model No. & Description
I Card Reader Model 740
I Vehicle Detector 416-l Vehicle detector, remote sansor arming,
prevents valid use ofvehicle detector if vehicle is not
present.
I Auto Gate Secorn AG-01, with 14 foot arm
I Vehicle Detector,
Gate reset 416l Vehicle detector
On-grade Vehicle Exit Lane:
Ow. Item Model No. & f)'escription
Vehicle Detector 416-l Vehicle detector.
Underground Vehicle Entry Lane:
Ow. ltem Model No. & Description
I Card Reader Model ?40
I Vehicle Detector 416-l Vehicle detector, r€mote sensor arming,
prcvents valid use of vehicle detector ifvehicle is not
prcsent.
I Auto Gate Secom AG-01, with 14 foot arm
I Vehicle Detector,
Gate resel 416-l Vehicle detector
Underground Vehicle Exit Lane:
Ow. Item Model No. & Description
Vehicfe Detector 416-l Vehicle detector.
Auto Cate
Vehicle Detector,
Gate reset
Auto Gate
Vehicle Detector,
Gate reset
Secom AG-01,, with 14 foot arm
4 I 6- I Vehicle detector
Secom AG-01, with 14 foot arm
4l Gl Vehicle detector
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail, Colorado
8.15.2005
Parking Control Equipment ilt50 - 4
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to receive parking control system and conditions under which parking control
system is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of
installation.
B. Veriff that anchor bolts and curbs are ready to receive Work and dimensions are as indicated on
Shop Drawings.
C. Verifo that electric power is available and ofthe correct characteristics.
3,02 ]NSTALLATION
A. lnstall parking control system in accordance wilh manufacturer's written recommendations, as
indicated on the Drawings, and in compliance with requirements of Goveming Authorities.
B. lnstall components plumb, true, securely anchored to adjacent structure, with all equipment,
controls, etc., connected, adjusted and ready for use.
C. Cut grooves in pavement surface, install vehicle detection loops and lead-in wires, fill grooves
with loop filler.
D. lnstall intemal electrical wiring, conduit, junction boxes, transformers, circuit breakers, card reader
system and auxiliary components required.
E. Emergency Power: Connect parking control system components to building emergency power
sysrem-
3,03 ADruSTING
A. Under provisions ofSection 01700.
B. Clean
C. Bring up the system and provide complete operational testing. Provide final field adjustments as
may be required to insure proper operation. Adjust system components for smooth operation.
3.M DEMONSTRATION
A. General: Organize, schedule and conduct training of Owner's maintenance personnel in operation
and maintenance of the parking control system. Allow for 8 hours of training time. Provide
training to achieve the following general objectives:
l- Proper operation and adjustment ofsyslem.
2. Required programming of the system controller and related devices.
3. Trouble shooting using maintenance and repair manuals.
4. Use ofany special tools required for adjustment or repair.
END OF SECTION
11150 - 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
8.15.2005
O Parkins control Eouioment
sEcTloN lll5l
RETRACTABLE BOLLARD
1.0 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
MODEL DSC72O HYDRAULIC BOLLARD CARD READER POST SYSTEM
This specification defines a CARD READER POST SYSTEM - MODIFIED - DELTA
ModelDSC720.
. The basic system can consists of one vertical lift BOLLARD together with a
HYDMULIC POWER UNIT, OPEMTING CONTROLS, POWER CIRCUITS,
OPERATING LOGIC. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL OPTIONS.
o The BOLLARD may be specified with Standard or Custom Cast Outer Shells to match
existing ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENTS or STYLES.
2.0 BOLLARD STANDARD CONFIGURATION
2.1 BOLLARD ARRANGEMENI. The system shall have a total of one Bollard arrayed
in accordance with 2.1.1.
2.1.1 Single Bollard Individual Operated. Each individual Bollard shall be
operated independently from any other Bollard within the system. Each Bollard
shall have its own controls.
2.1.2 Construction. Bollard shall be a below grade assembly containing a heavy
steel cylindrical weldment capable of being raised to an above grade position.
2.1.3 Bollard Height. Height of the Bollard shall be 54 inches (1,372 mm) as
measured from the top of the foundation frame to the top of the Bollard
assembly.
2.1.4 Bollard Dimensions. Bollard shall be'12.75 inches (324 mm) in diameter
2.1.5 Finish. The foundation and underside of the Bollard shall be asphalt
emulsion coated for corrosion protection. The roadway plates shall have a non
skid surface. The above grade portion of the Bollard shall be white.
2.2 BOLLARD WITH ARCHITECTURAL ENHANCEMENTS
2.2.1 BOLLARD ARRANGEMENT. The system shall have a total of one Bollard arrayed
in accordance with either 2.2.1 or 2.2.2. (specity the total number of Bollards in the
system whether operated independently or in combination). Select either 2.2.1 or 2.2.2
to define the operating pattern of the Bollards within the system.
2.2.2 Single Bollards lndividual Operated. Each individual Bollard shall be
operated independently from any other Bollard within the system. Each Bollard
shall have its own controls.
11151- 1 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August,2005
O RetractableBollard
2.2.3 Construction. Bollard shall be a below grade assembly containing a heavy
steel cylindrical weldment capable of being raised to an above grade position.
2.2.4 Architectural Enhanced Outer Shells shall be cast from a free machining
aluminum alloy and be free of cracks, uneven surface texture, excessive parting
line offset or particle inclusions.
2-2.5 Bollard Diameter, with Architectural Enhancement in place shall not be
greater than 15.25 inches (387 mm) in diameter. (Refer to DELTA drawing 08475
for design envelope for enhancement).
2.2.6 Bollard Height shall be 54 inches (1,372 mm) as measured from the top
of the foundation frame to the top of the Bollard assembly.
2-2.7 Finish.
2.2.7.1 Steel Strucfure. The foundation and underside of the Bollard
shall be asphalt emulsion coated for corrosion protection. The roadway
plates shall have a non-skid surface. The above grade portion of the
Bollard shall be finished with an industrial enamel primer.
2-2.7-2 Architectural Enhancement Standard Aluminum Cast Outer
Shells shall first be primed with an industrial enamel primer then finished
with industrial grade enamel. Highlight colors shall be of equivalent
quality.
2.2.7.2 Custom Architectural Enhancement Outer Shells shall be
finished in accordance with customer instructions.
2.3 HYDRAULTC POWER UNIT (HPU)
2.3.1 Hydraulic Circuit. Circuit shall incorporate the design concepts as described by U.
S. Patent # 4,490,068 - Re. 33,201. Unit shall consist of an electrically driven hydraulic
pump which shall pressurize a high pressure manifold connected to a hydraulic type
accumulator. Electrically actuated valves shall be installed on the manifold to allow oil to
be driven to the up and/or down side of a double acting hydraulic cylinder to raise and
lower the Bollard. The hydraulic circuit shall include all necessary control logic,
interconnect lines and valves to override and lock out the normal speed control valve(s)
for emergency fast operation of the Bollard(s).
2.3.2 Main Power. The electric motor driving the hydraulic pump shall be fed from 230
volts/3 phase/60 frequency. Motor shall be sufficiently sized for the expected number of
barricade operations.
2.3.3 Power Off Operation. The accumulator shall be sized to allow three full cycle
operations of a single Bollard in the event of a power outage. Enhanced power off
capability can be selected as an option. The bi-directional control valves shall be
manually operable in the event of a power outage.
2.3.4 Manual Operation. A hand pump shall be furnished to allow the Bollards to be
raised manually in the event of a prolonged power interruption.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August,2005
Retractable Bollard ltl'l- 2
2.3.5 Constructl'on. The hydraulic power unit and accessories shall be mounted and
wired on an integral steel skid. The HPU shall fit in an envelope 60 inches W x 36 inches
D x 60 inches H (1524 mm W x 914 mm D x 1524 mm H). The HPU shall be mounted
indoors or in an ootional weather resistant enclosure.
2.4 CONTROL AND LOG'C CIRCUITS
The following circuits and conlrol stations shall be furnished:
2.4.1 Control Circuit. A control circuit shall be provided to interface between all Bollard
control stations and the pneumatic power unit. This circuit shall contain all relays, timers
and other devices necessary for the Bollard operation.
2.4.1.1 Voltage. The control circuit shall operate lrom a 120 volt, 50/60 Hz
supply (optionally 24O volt, 50/60 Hzor 24 VDC). An internally mounted
transformer shall reduce this to 24 VAC (24 VDC) for all external control stations.
2-4.1.2 Power Consumption. The control circuit power consumption shall not
exceed 250 watts basic load, plus 200 watts for each Bollard in the system.
2.4.1.3 Construction The control circuit shall be mounted in a general purpose
enclosure. All device interconnect lines shall be run to terminal strips.
2.4-2 Remote Control Panel. A remote control panel shall be supplied to control the
Bollard operation. This panel shall have a key lockable main switch with "main power on"
and "panel on" lights. Buttons to raise or lower the Bollard shall be provided. Bollard up
and down indicator lights shall be included for the Bollard. The emergency fast operate
(EFO) feature shall be operated from a push button larger than the normal controls. The
EFO shall also be furnished with EFO active light and reset button.
2.4.2.1 Voltage. The remote control panel shall operate on 24 VAC (optionally 24
vDc).
2.4.2.2 Construction The remote control station shall be a standard 19-inch
electronics rack type surface mount panel with all devices wired to a terminal
strip on the back.
2.4.2.3 (Option) Panel shall be equipped with a timer circuit to notify the operator
via an annunciator "squealer" that the Bollard has been left in the down position
for too long a time period. The time interval shall be customer selectable.
3.0 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENIAny or all of the following may be selected:
3-1 Auxiliary Emergency Fast Operate Circuit. A separate hydraulic circuit consisting
of a pressure reserve source, operating control logic and interconnect lines and valves
shall be supplied. This circuit shall provide an available source of power to operate the
Bollard(s) at emergency fast speed (as specified in 4.2.2), even after power off or
manual operation or high frequency operation has depleted the normal reserve capacity.
This system will operate in conjunction with and from normal EFO controls.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovernents
Vail, Colorado
15 August, 2005
Retractable Bollard ll t5l- 3
3.2 Sump Pump. A self priming sump pump shall be supplied to drain water collected in
the Bollard foundation. The pump shall have the capacity to remove 5 inches per minute
of rainfall a distance of 25 feet to customer supplied discharge drain. Pump operating
voltage shall be 120/1/50-60 (alternately 24011150-60).
3.3 Safety lnterlock Detector. A Bollard vehicle detector safety loop shall be supplied
to prevent the Bollard from being accidentally raised under an authorized vehicle. The
detector shall utilize digital logic have fully automatic tuning for stable and accurate long
term reliability The output of the detector shall delay any Bollard rise signal (except for
EFO command) when a vehicle is over the loop.
3.4 Enhanced Power Off Capability. The hydraulic accumulator shall be sized to
provide three full cycle operations of a single Bollard.
3.5 Weather Resistant HPU Enctosure. A lockable weather resistant enclosure shall
be provided for the HPU. The design shall provide for easy access to the HPU for
maintenance and emergency operation of the hydraulic system. Enclosure shall be
provided with a corrosion resistant coating and shall be 60 inches W x 36 inches D x 60
inches H (1524 mm W x 914 mm D x 1524 mm H).
4,0 PERFORMANCE
4.1 F)(PERIENCE. Bollard and auxiliary equipment shall be of proven design.
Manufacturer shall have over 1700 Bollard type vehicle barriers in field operation for a
minimum of 5 years with documented field experience for all major components and
design features.
4.2 SPEED OF OPERATION.
4.2.1 Normal Operation. Each Bollard shall be capable of being raised or
lowered in 5 to 20 seconds (customer adjustable) when operated at a repetition
rate not greater than specified in paragraph 4.3. Bollard direction shall be
instantly reversible at any point in its cycle from the control stations.
4.2.2 Emergency Fast Operation. Bollard shall descend from the card reader
position from fully up in 3 seconds maximum when the emergency fast operate
button is pushed provided the system has not previously been exhausted by
power off or manual operation or high speed cycle rates exceeding that specified
in paragraph 4.3. Bollard shall remain in the down and unlocked position (normal
up/down buttons inoperable) until the EFO condition is reset. (See 3.1 for
auxiliary emergency fast operate system option.)
4.3 FREQUENCY OF OPERAT,ON. Bollard shall be capable of 60 complete up/down
cycles per hour.
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL DATA:
Bollard shall operate satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions:
5.7 Extremes in temperature
Yearly maximum drybulb temp 89 f
Yearly minimum drybulb temp -46 f
Retractable Bollard I l15t- 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August, 2005
O s.2 Rainrarl
Yearly average 24 inches
Maximum expected hourly rate 2 inches/hour
5-3 Snowfall
Maximum expected hourly rate 4 inches/hour
Roadway will be cleared via snowmelt slab on-grade.
6.0 Q UA LITY A SSURAA'CE PROY'S'ONS
6.1 Testing. Upon completion, the Bollard system will be fully tested in the
manufacture/s shop. In addition to complete cycle testing to verify function and
operating speeds, the following checks shall be made:
6.1.1 ldentification. A nameplate with manufacturer's name, model number,
serial number and year built shall be located within the maintenance access
area.
6.1.2 Workmanship. The Bollard and subsystems shall have a neat and
workmanlike appearance.
6.1.3 Dimensions. Principal dimensions shall be checked against drawings and
ordering information.
6.1.4 Finish. Coatings shall be checked against ordering information and shall
be workmanlike in appearance.
7.0 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
7.1 The Bollard system shall be crated or mounted on skids as necessary to prevent
damage from handling. The shipping container(s) shall be of sufficient structural integrity
to enable the assembly to be lifted and transported by overhead crane or forklift without
failure.
8.0 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
8.1 Drawings and installation data. The Bollard system drawings and installation,
maintenance and operating manuals shall be sent to purchaser within 4 weeks of order.
Two additional copies shall be supplied (1 copy supplied at no cost).
9.0 PROCUREMEilTSOURCE
The Model DSC720 Bollard Card Reader System shall be purchased from:
DELTA SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION
24901 West Avenue Stanford
Valencia, California, 91355, USA
Phone (661)257-1800 FAX (661) 257-0617
Email inf oc:del t asc i ent. i f i c . com www.deltascientifi c.com
lll5l- 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August,2005
O Retractable Botlard
END OF SECTION
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August, 2005
Retractable Bollard lll5l-6
SECTION l50IO
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART I GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract apply to the Division l5 specifications and drawings.
Related Sections: Refer to all sections in Division 15. Refer to Division l6 specification section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies the basic requirements for mechanical installations and includes requirements
common 10 more than one section of Division 15. It expands and supplements the requirements
specified in sections of Division I .
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Protect all mechanical and electrical work against theft, injury or damage from all causes until it has
been tested and accepted.
Be responsible for all damage to the property ofthe Owner or to the work ofother contractors during
the construction and guarantee period. Repair or replace any part of the work which may show defect
during onc year from the final acceptance ofall work. Provided such defect is, is in thc opinion ofthe
Architect, due to imperfect material or workmanship and nol due to the Olvner's carelessness or
lmproper use.
ACCESSIBlLITY:
Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance. Coordinate
the final location ofconcealed equipment and devices requiring access with final location of required
access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal ofall parts that require replacement or
servicing-
Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location.
Fumish hinged steel access doors with concealed latch, whether shown on drawings or not, in all walls
and ceilings for access to all concealed valves, shock absorbers, air venls, motors, fans, balancing cocks,
and other operating devices requiring adjustrnent or servicing. Refer to Division I for access door
specification and Division l5 for duct access door requirements.
The minimum size ofany access door shall not be less than the size ofthe equipment to be removed or
24" x 24" ifused for service only.
Furnish doors to trades performing work in which they are to be built, in ample time for building-in as
the work progresses. Whenever possible, group valves, cocks, etc., to perrnit use of minimum number
of,access doors within a given room or space.
Factory manufactured doors shall be ofa type compatible with the finish in which they are lo be
installed. In lieu of these doors, approved shop fabricated access doors with DuroDyne hinges may be
used.
Access doors in fire-rated walls and ceilings shall have equivalent U.L. label and fire rating.
ROUGH-IN:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Ll
t.2
1.3
1.5
B.
B.
1.4
tt-
C,
D.
E.
t.
G.
Basic Mechanical Requirements r50t0-t
SECTION ISOI()
BASTC Mf,CHANTCAL REQUTREMENTS
A. Verif final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual
equipment 1o be connected.
B. Refer to equipment shop drawings and manufacturer's requirements for actual provided equipment for
rough-in requirements.
I.6 REQU]REMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES:
A. Refer to Division l.
B. Execute and inspect all work in accordance with all Underwriters, local and state codes, rules and
regulations applicable to the trade affected as a minimum, but if the plans and/or specifications call for
requirements that exceed these rules and regulations, the greater requirement shall be followed. Follow
recommendations of NFPA, SMACNA, EPA, OSHA and ASHRAE.
C. Comply with standards in effect at the dale ofthese Contract Documents. except where a slandard or
specific date or edition is indicated.
D. After entering into conffict, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet lhese
requirements without additional expense to the Owner.
1.7 REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES:
A. Comply with rules and regulations oflocal utility companies. Include in bid the cost ofall valves, valve
boxes, meter boxes, meters and such accessory equipment which will be required for the project.
I.8 PERMITS AND FEES:
A. Refer to Division I .
B. The Owner shall pay all tap, development, meter, etc., fees required for connection to municipal and
public utility facilities.
C. Contractor shall anange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates required in connection
with the work.
I.9 MECHANICALINSTALLATIONS:
A. Drawings are diagrammatic in character and do not necessarily indicate every required offset, valve,
fitting, etc.
B. Drawings and specifications are complementary. Whatever is called for in either is binding as though
called for in both.
C. Drawings shall not be scaled for rough-in measurements or used as shop drawings. Where drawings are
required for these purposes or have to be made from field measurement, take the necessary
measurements and prepare the drawings.
D. Before any work is installed, determine that equipment will properly fit the space; lhat required piping
grades can be mainlained and that ductwork can be run as contemplated without interferences between
systems, with structural elements or with the work of other lrades.
E. Coordinate the installation of mechanical materials and equipmenl above and below ceilings with
suspension system, light fixtures, and other building components.
Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010-2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garrge lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
SECTION I5OIO
BASIC ]VIECHANICAL REQUIREM ENTS
|. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with all trades. In the event ofconflict, install
mechanical and electric systems within the cavity space allocation in the following order of
priority.
a. Plumbing waste, vent piping and roofdrain mains and leaders.
b. Supply, return and exhaust ductwork.
c. Fire sprinkler mains and leaders.
d. Electrical conduit.
e. Domestic hot and cold u'ater piping
f. Fire sprinkler branch piping and sprinkler runouts.
F. Verifo all dimensions by field measurements.
G. Anange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical
installations.
H. Coordinate the installation ofrequired supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place
concrete and other structural components. as they are constructed.
l. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations ofmechanical materials and equipment for efficient
flow of the work. Give pafticular attenlion to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing-in
the building.
J. Coordinate the cutting and patching ofbuilding componcnts to accommodate the installation of
mechanical equipment and materials.
K. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned. install mechanical services and overhead
equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.
L. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement ofequipment
components. As much as pmctical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of
interference with other installations.
M. Coordinate connection ofmechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and
services. Comply with requircments ofgoverning regulations, franchised scrvice companies, and
controlling agencies. Providc required connection for each service.
I,1O BELTS, AND SHEEVES:
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with the Test and Balance Contractor and supply correctly-
sized drive belts, and sheeves.
I.I I CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. This Article specifies the cutting and patching of mechanical equipment, components, and materials to
include removal and legal disposal ofselected materials, components, and equipment.
B. Refer to Division I
C. Do not endanger or damage installed work through procedures and processes ofcutting and patching.
D. Anange for repairs requircd to restore olher work, because ofdamage caused as a result ofmechanical
installations.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
O Basic Mechanical Requirements r 5010-3
SECTION 15010
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
E. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching work that is necessitated by
ill-timed, defective, or non-conforming installations.
F. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching olmechanical equipment and materials required lo:
I . Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work;
2. Remove and replace defective work;
3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents;
4. Remove samples of inslalled work as specified for testing;
5. Install equipment and materials in exisling structwes;
6. Upon written instructions from the Architect/Engineer, uncover and restore work to provide for
Architect/Eneineer observation of concealed work.
I.I2 TEMPORARYFACILITIES:
A- Light, Heat, Power, Etc.:
l. Responsibility for providing temporary electricity, heat and other facilities shall be as specified
in Division I
I .I 3 PRODUCT OPT]ONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and Division 1. "PRODUCTS, OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTION".
B. Materials and equipmenr ofequivalent quality may be substituted for those scheduled or identified by
name on the drawings if so reviewed by the Engineer prior to bidding. This may be done by submitting
to the Engineer at least seven (7) working days prior to the bid date a letter requesting prior review.
This submittal shall include all data necessary for complete evaluation of the product-
I.I4 MECHAN]CALSUBMITTALS:
A. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Division l.
l. All mechanical submittals shall be submitted by specification section submitted at one time.
"Piece-Meal" or "Partial" submittals will be retumed, unless prior approval from the Engineer
has been obtained.
2. The Contractor shall identiff any "long lead time" items which may impact the overall project
schedule. Ifthese submittal requirements affect the schedule, the Contractor shall identify the
impacts and confer with the Engineer within two weeks of entering into the contract.
3. Each submittal shall be tabbed by the mechanical specification section it is specified in.
B. The manufacturer's material or equipment listed in the schedule or identified by name on the drawings
are the types to be provided for the establishment ofsize, capacity, grade and quality. lf altemates are
used in lieu ofthe scheduled names, the cost ofany changes in construction required by their use shall
be bome by Contractor.
C. All equipment shall conform to the State and/or local Energy Consewation Standards.
Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010-4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
SECTION I5OIO
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIRf,,MENTS
Submittal ofshop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only when submined by and
stamped by the Contractor. Data submitted from subcontractors and material suppliers direclly to the
Engineer will not be processed unless prior written approval is obtained by the Contractor.
The Design Professionals review and appropriate action on submitlals, such as shop drawings. product
data, samples and other data. as required by the Design Professional. is only for the limited purpose of
checking for conformance with the design concept and the inlormation exprcssed in the contract
documents. This review shall not include review ofthe accuracy or completeness ofdetails, such as
quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges. fabrication processcs, construction means or melhods,
coordination ofthe work with other trades or construction safety precautions, all of which are the sole
responsibility of the Contractor. The Design Professional:s rcview shall be conducted with reasonable
promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Design Professional:s judgment to permit adequate
review. Review ofa specific item shall not indicate that the Dcsign Professional has reviewed the entire
assembly ofwhich the item is a component. The Design Professional shall not be responsible for any
deviations from the contracl documents not brought to the attention of the Design Profcssional in
writing by the Contractor. The Design Professional shall not be required to review partial submissions
or those for which submissions ofcorrelated items have not bcen receivcd.
SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
Product Data:
l.Where pre-printed data covers morc than one distinct product, size, type, malerial, trim,
accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black pen to indicate which ofthe
variations is to be provided.
Delete or mark-out portions ofpre-printed data which are not applicable.
Where operating ranges are shown, mark data to show portion ofrange required for project
application.
For each product, include the following:
a- Sizes.
b. Weights.
c. Speeds.
d. Capacities.
e. Piping and electrical connection sizes and locations.
f. Statements ofcompliance with the required standards and regulations.
g. Performance data.
h. Manufaclurer'ssoecifications.
Shop Drawings:
l. Shop Drawings are defined as mechanical system layout drawings prepared specifically for this
project, or fabrication and assembly type drawings ofsystem components to show more detail
than typical pre-printed materials.
2. Prepare Mechanical Shop Drawings. cxcept diagrams. to accurate scale, min 1/8":l'-0", unless
otherwise noted.
a. Show clearance dimensions at critical locations.
b. Show dimensions of spaces required for operation and maintcnance.
c. Show interfaccs with other work, including structural support.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
D-
E.
l.l5
A.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Basic Mechanical Requirements r 5010-5
sEcTroN 150r0
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
Test Reports:
l. Submit test reports which have been signed and dated by the firm performing the test.
2. Prepare test reports in the rnanner specified in the standard or regulation goveming the test
procedure (ifany) as indicated.
Required submittals:
l. Provide submittals for each item ofequipment specified or scheduled in the contract documents.
See table at the end of this section.
If more than two submittals (either for product data, shop dmwings, record drawings, or test and balance
reports) are made by the contractor, the Owner reserves the right to charge the contractor for subsequent
rcviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the
conlractor.
When two or more items of same material or equipment are required (plumbing fixtures, pumps, valves,
air conditioning units, etc.) they shall be of the same manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity
does not apply to raw materials, bulk materials, pipe, tube, fittings (except flanged and grooved rypes),
sheet metal, wire, sleel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners, motors for dissimilar equipment units,
and similar items used in work, except as otherwise indicated.
l. Provide producls which are compatible within systems and other connected items.
NAMEPLATE DATA:
Provide permanent operational data nameplate on each item of mechanical equipment, indicating
manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating and power
characteristics, labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data. Locate nameplates in an
accessible location.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINC:
Refer to Division L
Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, gndes, compliance
labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequalely packaged and protected to
prevent damage or contamination during shipment, storage, and handling.
Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored
equipmenl and materials from damage, dirt, dust and moisture.
Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion.
Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and
efficient flow of installations.
RECORD DOCUMENTS:
Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division I .
Keep a complete set ofrecord document prints in custody during entire period of construction at the
construction site. Documents shall be updated on a weekly basis.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
D.
E.
F.
t.l6
A.
l.t7
A.
B.
C.
D.
t.t 8
B.
Basic Mechanical Requirements t5010-6
sEcTloN 150t0
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
Mark Drawing Prints to indicate revisions to piping and ductwork, size and location both exlerior and
interior; including locations of coils, dampers and other control devices, filters, boxes, and similar units
requiring periodic maintenance or repair; actual equipment locations, dimensioned from column Iines;
actual inverts and locations ofunderground piping; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column lines;
mains and branches ofpiping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered,
concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., strainers, expansion
compensators, tanks, etc.); Change Orders; concealed control system devices. Changes to be noted on
the drawings shall include final location ofany piping or ductwork relocated more than l'-0" from
where shown on the drawings.
OPERAT]ON AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
Refer to Division l.
The testing and balancing report shall be submitted and received by the Engineer at least fifteen
calendar days prior to the contractor's requesl for final observation time frame requirements. lnclude in
the O & M Manual after review with "No Exceptions Taken" has been accomplishcd.
In addition to the information required by Division I for Mainlenance Data, include the following
information:
l.Description of mechanical equipment, function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,
performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial
numbers ofall replaceable parts.
Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and normal
operating inslructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions; and
summer and winter operating instructions.
Mainlenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly,
repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting inslructions.
Servicing instructions, lubrication charts and schedules, including Contractor lubrication reports.
Manufacturer's service manuals for all mechanical equipment provide under this contract.
Name, Address and Telephone number ofparty to be contacted for 24-hour service for each item
of equipment.
Starting, stopping, lubrication, equipment identification numbers and adjuslment clearly
indicated for each piece of equipment.
Complete parts list.
Mechanical warranties.
7.
This contract will not be considered completed nor will final payment be made until all specified
material, including testing and balancing report, is received in this operating and maintenance report and
lhe manual is reviewed by the Architect/Engineer.
LUBRICATION OF EQUIPMENT:
Refer to Division l.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
L.
l.19
A,
B.
C.
z.
5.
6.
8.
9.
D.
1.20
A.
Basic Mechanical Requirements l5010-7
sEcTroN 150t0
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
B. Contractor shall properly lubricate all mechanical pieces of equipment which he provided before trmfng
the building over to the Owner. He shall attach a linen tag or heavy duty shipping tag on the piece of
equipment showing the date of lubrication and the type and brand of lubricant used.
C. Furnish the Engineer with a typewritten list included in the O and M manuals of each itern lubricated
and type of lubricant used, no later than two (2) weeks before completion of the project.
I.2I WARRANTIES:
A. Refer to the Division I for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer to individual
equipment specifications for warranty requirernents. In any case the entire mechanical system shall be
warranted no less than one year from the time ofacceptance by the Owner.
B. Provide complete waranty information for each item to include product or equipment to include date or
beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names, addresses, and telephone
numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services.
1.22 CLEANING:
A. Refer to Division l.
B. Refer to Division 15, "TESTING, ADTST|NG AND BALANCING' for requirements for cleaning
filters, strainers, and mechanical systems prior to final acceptance.
1.23 PROJECT CLOSEOUT:
A. ln addition to the requirements specified in Division l, complete the requirements listed below.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following Mechanical Checklist either by performing and/or
coordinating such items prior to applying for certification of substantial completion.
l. Refer to individual specification sections for additional requirements.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Coloredo
l5 August 2005
Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010-8
sEcTroN 15010
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
C. MechanicalChecklist
rWananty-5year
2 Warranty Report/W arranty
3 Kitchen Exhaust Hood
o See Specific Specification Section for Test & Certihcation Requirements
5 For Sofi Slarters
6 Requires Review & Approval fiom T & B Contractor
* *Requires Owner Sign Off
END OF SECTION I5OIO
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
SPEC
SECTION
REQUIREMENTS
SUBMIT-TALS SUPPLEMENTAL
)
o-F
a?
OZ
?z!r->
F
at!
z
FF
J
IIJF
z
Fx
At complclion of projcct
obtain owncn sign off
that has rcccivcd thc
followine:
c
z, z.gd8
F
F
F
q.l
.:.d
FA :42
E
r50r0 O&M MANUALS
150t0 RECORD DRAWINCS x
15040 MOTORS, STARTERS AND
DRIVES
x x x4 x5
t5040 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES x x x x x x
15851 AIR HANDLING FANS x x x
15972 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
SYSTEMS
X x X x
15975 SEOUENCE OF OPERATION
15990 TESTING ,ADJUSTING AND
BALANCINC
x
O Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010-9
sEcTtoN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
PART I GENERAL
I.OI DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. This section specifies the basic requiremenls for electrical componenls which are either separate
components or are an integral part of all mechanical equipment. These components include, but are not
limited to factory installed molors, slarters, variable fiequency drives and disconnect switches furnished
as an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment.
B. Wiring of field-mounted switches and similar mechanical-electrical devices provided for mechanical
systems, lo equipment conlrol panels.
C. Specific electrical requirements (i.e. horsepower and electrical characteristics) for mechanical
equipment are scheduled on the Electrical Drawings- In case ofconflict, Electrical Drawings shall take
precedence. Do not purchase molors or electrical equipment until power characteristics available at
building site location have been confirmed by Contractor.
D. Refer to Table in Division l6 for MechanicayElectrical coordination.
E. See other seclions of Division l5 for vibration and seismic control requirements.
I.O2 QUALITYASSURANCE:
A. Manufaclurers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of motors, motor slarters and drives of types,
ratings and characteristics required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
not less lhan 5 years.
B. Single Manufacturer: Provide all motors and starters for the project by a single manufacturer except
when parl of factory packaged equipment. All variable frequency drives and sofl start startgrs for the
project shall be by a single manufacturer, including packaged equipment except chillers.
C. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful inslallation experience on projects
utilizing motors, motor slarters, capacitors and drives similar to that required for this project.
D. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to wiring melhods, construclion and installation of
motors, molor starters, capacitors and drives.
E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 708, "Standard for Electrical
Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces".
F. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requiremenls of UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering
Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors", and UL 508, "Electrical Industrial Control Equipment"
pertaining 1o installation of motor starters.
G. UL Compliance: Provide equipment and components which are Ullisted and labeled.
H. ETL Compliance: Provide equipment and components which are ETl-listed and labeled.
l. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Std 241, "Recommended Practice lor
Electric Power Sysiems in Commercial Buildings" pertaining lo motor starlers and Std 519.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
O Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - I
J.
K.
sEcTtoN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requiremenls of NEMA Standard ICS 2, "Industrial
Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies", and Pub No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
( 1000 Volts Maximum)", pertaining to motor controllers/starters and enclosures.
Standards:
l.
2.
J.
A
/
5.
6.
7.
NEMA Standards MG l: Motors and Generators.
NEMA Slandard ICS 2: Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies.
NEMA Standard 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
NEMA Standard KS I : Enclosed Switches.
5. Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70).
Coordination with Electrical Work: Wherever possible, match elements of electrical provisions of
mechanical work with similar elemenls of electrical work specified in Division l6 seclions. Comply
with applicable requiremenls of Division l6 sections for electrical work of this section which are not
otherwise specified.
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 15010.
Shop Drawings: Submit dimensional drawings of VFD's and soft start starters showing accurately
scaled equipment layouts. Drawings shall include, as a minimum: physical dimensions of each unit;
geneml arrangements with incoming and oulgoing conduit locations, schemalic; conneclion diagram
sufficient to install system, and enclosure details.
Wiring Diagrams: Submil schematic power and control wiring diagrams, prepared for this project, of
complete VFD and soft start starter assemblies. General wiring diagrams wilh various non-applicable
options shown are not acceptable. Clearly differentiale between factory and field wiring-
Provide the following information for each field wired eleclrical power connection. Information shall
use nameplate data and nomenclature of actual installed nameplates. Information should list as a
minimum:
I . Field connection details such as maximum/minimum wire size luqs can accommodate. lnclude #
of lugs per phase.
Number and location offield conneclions-
Field interconnection wiring.
Operating voltage and phase.
Maximum fuse size or maximum overcurrent protection size (as applies).
Minimum circuit ampacity.
Full load amperes.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
L.
r.03
B.
C.
D.
z,
J.
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 2
sEcTloN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIR"EMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
8. Locked rotor cunent and duration for high inertia equipment.
9. Manufacturers recommended overload setling (if applicable).
The contractor shall fully coordinate these items with all subconlractors prior to submittal.
I.O4 PRODUCT STORAGE:
A. All variable frequency drives shall be prolected from dirt, debris, and moisture at all times. Variable
frequency drives shall be wrapped air and waler tight with dust-tight and moisture proofmalerial until
factory start-up ofvariable frequency drives is initiated.
Exception: Drives may be opened only during wiring lerminations by temperature control
conlractor and/or electrical contmclors.
B. All motors not designed for exposure to water or moisture shall be prot€cted at all limes.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers for
each type of product:
l. Motors
J.
a. Century,MagneTek
b. Baldorc. Reliance
d. Westinghouse
e. Siemens-Allisf. General Electric
C. Louis Allish. Lincoln
i. U.S. Motors
Starters
a. Cutler Hammer
b. Allen-Bradley
c. Sprecher & Schuh
d. Square D
e. Eaton
Variable Frequency Drives
a. Robicon
b. ABBc. Reliance
d. Allen-Bradley
e. Square D
f. Toshiba
g. Grahm
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 3
SECTTON 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
h. Eaton
i. Cutler Hammer
2.02 MOTORS:
A. The following are basic requirements for simple or common motors. For special motors, more detailed
and specific requiremenls are specified in the individual equipment specifications.
l. Torque characleristics shall be sufficient lo salisfactorily accelerate lhe driven loads with a time
limit acceplable lo the motor manufacturer. Motors shall be capable of starting the driven
equipment while operating al90o/o mled terminal vollage.
2. Molor sizes shall be large enough so that the driven load will nol require the motor to operate in
the service factor range.
3. Explosion proof motors shall meet Underwriters Laboratories Standards for use in hazardous
locations and Nalional Electrical Code (NEC), Article 500, Class and Group.
4. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 deg. C environment with maximum 80 deg. C temperatwe
rise for continuous duty at full load (Class B Insulation). Provide Class F insulation for variable
frequency drive motors.
5. Starting capability: Frequency ofstarts as indicated by aulomatic control system, and nol less
than 5 evenly lime spaced starts per hour for manually controlled motors.
6. Service Faclor: l.l5 for poly-phase motors,-|.35 for single phase moto$, and 1.0 for inverter
duly motors
7. Motor construction: NEMA Standard MG l, general purpose, continuous duty, Design "B",
except "C" where required for high starting torque. Design "8" shall not be used.
a. Frames: NEMA Standard No. 48 or 54; Use driven equipment manufacturer's standards
lo suil specific application.
b. Bearings:
I ) Ball bearings with inner and outer shaft seals.
2) Re-greasable, except permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for
regular mainlenance.
3) Bearings shall be rated for minimum L-10 life of 40,0O0 hours.
4) Designed to resist thrust loading where belt drives or other drives produce laleral
or axial thrust in motor.
5) For fractional horsepower, light duty motors, sleeve type bearings are permitted.
c. Enclosure Type:
I ) Open drip-proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed or remotely
located during operalion.
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
sEcTroN rs040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRTCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
2) Cuarded drip-proof motors where exposed to contact by employees or building
occupanls.
3) Wealher protected Type I for housed outdoor use, TEPC II where not housed.
Overload protection: Built-in thermal overload protection for all single phase motors
and, where indicaled, intemal sensing device suitable for signaling and stopping motor at
slarter.
Noise rating: "Quiet".
Efficiency: All molors shall have a minimum efficiency as scheduled in Table I
accordance with IEEE Standard I 12, test method B and NEMA Charl l2-10. If
efficiency not specified, motors shall have a higher efficiency than the "minimum
efficiency standard", in accordance with IEEE Standard I 12, test method B and NEMA
Chart l2- 10.
g. Nameplate: indicate the full idenlification ofmanufacturer, ratings, characteristics,
construction, special features and similar information.
8. Phases and Current Characteristics: Unless indicated olherwise, provide squirrel-cage induction
polyphase motors for 3/4 hp and larger, and provide capacitor-start single-phase motors for l/2
hp and smaller, except l/6 hp and smaller may, at equipment manufacturer's option, be split-
phase type. Tri-voltage motofi are not acceptable. Coordinate cunent chamcleristics wilh
power specified in Division | 6 sections. Do not purchase motors until power characleristics
available at building site have been confirmed by contractor.
9. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional electrical and other costs involved 1o
accommodate any motors which differ from the scheduled horsepower sizes or correct any
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
d.
Motor
Horse-
power
Nominal Full-Load Efficiencv
Open Motors, ODP Enclosed Motors, TEFC
12OO RPM 18OO RPM 3600 RPM 12OO RPM lBOO RPM 3600 RPM
1 82.5 85.5 77.0 82.5 77.O
1.5 86.5 86.5 84.0 87.5 86.5 84-0
z 87.5 86.5 85.5 88.5 86.5 85.5
J 88.5 89.5 85.5 89.5 89.5 86.5
5 89.5 89.5 86.5 89.5 89.5 BB.5
7.5 90-2 91.0 88.5 91.0 91.7 89.5
10 91.7 91.7 89.5 9'1.0 91.7 90.2
*Efficiency and power factors may vary from above values, including but not limited to, multi-speed,
explosion proof motors and/or special hermetic motors packaged with equipment. For these special
applications motors shall be high-efficiency type and are subject to review by the engineer.
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Eguipment 15040 - 5
sEcTroN r5040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANTCAL EQUIPMENT
motor which does not meet the listed efliciency as called for in mechanical or electrical plans
and specifications.
10. Motors shall be of the same manufacturer, excepl those that are an integral part ofa faclory
assembled packaged unit. These motors shall likewise meet the conditions of the specification
in lhis section except motors which are part ofa motor/compressor assembly are exempted from
this requirement-
I l. All equipment specified to operate with variable frequency drives shall be provided wilh
inverter-duly motors specifically designed for variable speed operation with high effrciency at
part load conditions and constructed with Class F inverter grade insulalion. Inverter duty motors
shall meet requirements of NEMA MC-l parl3l.4 O.4.2.
12. All motors which will be operated by a variable frequency drive shall be warranted
against any damage or defects as a result of being used with a variable frequency
drive.
2.03 STARTERS, ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND WIRING:
A. Motor Starter Characterislics:
l. Enclosures: NEMA l, general purpose enclosutes with padlock ears, excepl in wel locations
shall be NEMA 3R with conduit hubs, or units in hazardous locations which shall have NEC
proper class and division.
2. Type and size ofstarter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and the driven
equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start-up condition.
B. Magnetic Starters:
l. Unless otherwise indicated, provide NEMA style, sized and raled magnetic starlers including
contacts and coils for motors 314 hp and larger and for smaller motors where interlock or
automatic operation is indicated or required:
a. Maintained contact H-O-A push butlons and pilol lights, properly arranged for single
speed or multi-speed operation as indicaled.
b. Solid state adjustable motor overload. Select range so that upper limit is no more lhan
150% of the connected motor full load amps.
c. lnterlocks, pneumatic switches and similar devices as required for coordination with
control requirements of Division-15 Controls sections.
In addition to the interlock & switches specified above each starler shall be provided with
(4) four additional spare sets ofauxiliary contacls, (2) two normally open & (2) two
normallv closed.
d. Builrin 120 volts conlrol circuit transformer, fused from line side, where service exceeds
240 volts.
e. All 3-phase molors 2 hp and larger shall be protected against loss ofphase (single
phasing protection) wired into the starter. Reset shall be manual.
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 6 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
sEcTtoN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
f. Where reduced voltage starting is required, the starting method shall be part winding or
closed transition auto-transformer/solid stale electronic starting. Motors shall be
constructed accordingly. Other methods of reduced voltage starting shall not be used
unless reviewed by the Engineer prior to bid.
g. All starters used for life safety systems shall have an additional control relay lo by-pass
all external saleties and inlemal safeties except for overload protection. Coordinate with
1597 5.
C. Molor connections:
l. Flexible conduit, except where plug-in eleclrical cords are specifically indicated.
2.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
A. See Division l6 for requirements.
2.O5 DRIVES:
A. V-Belt Drives:
I . Capacity of V-Belt Drives at rated RPM shall be not less than I 50 percent of motor nameplate
horsepower rating.
2. V-Belt Drive combinations shall be limited to A, B, C and fractional horsepower bells. 3V, 5V
and 8V belts and sheaves shall not be used.
3. Motors and Fan Wheel Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use with motors through 15 IIP; fixed pitch
for use with motors larger than l5 HP. Select pulley so that pilch adjustment is at the middle of
the adjustment range at fan design conditions.
4. All fixed pitch sheaves, including single groove fan sheaves, shall be ofthe bushed type. Fixed
bore sheaves will not be acceptable for adjustable pitch sheaves.
5. Belts: Oil-resistanl, nonsparking, and nonstatic.
6. Unit manufacturer shall provide OSHA approved belt guard with tachomeler holes.
2.06 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES:
A. Ceneral:
l. Comply with NEMA (including NEMA ICS 7.1'1, and IEEE (including IEEE 519-1992)
Standards as applicable lo wiring methods, conslruction and installation and operation of VFDs.
Comply with applicable requirements of UL 908. "Power Conversion Equipmenf'and UL
508C. Provide unils which have been Ullisted and labeled by Underwriters Laboratory or ETL
Testing. The entire unit shall carry this label, notjust components.
2. Provide the following factory tests on VFD assembly as a complete package (notjust individual
componenls):
a. High pot test per UL 508.
b. Test assembled panel with a motor load.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 7
sEcTroN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
c. Test operation of all components and pilot lights.
3. The manufacturer shall verify compatibility of each VFD unit with lhe molor being supplied
under Division 15. The vendor shall be responsible for reviewing Division l5 specifications
sections, plans and schedules related to motors prior to bid and shall noti$ the Engineer at least
ten ( l0) days prior to the bid of any discrepancies or incompatibilities between VFD units and. molor characteristics.
B. Enclosure:
l. Mount VFD and all components within a NEMA I melal enclosure. By-pass components shall
be in a separate compartment or enclosure as noled below.
2. Provide floor stand where building walls are not suitable for mounting drive.
3. Provide fan powered ventilation for drive cooling. Fan shall be sized for project altitude.
4. Drive and by-pass enclosure doors shall have provisions for locking with a.
5. Switches and pilot lights shall be labeled with engraved plaslic laminate tags riveted or similarly
permanently fastened.
C. Disconnects:
L Provide a door fused disconnect with Type "J" fuses, with a through-the-door handle, pad
lockable in the OFF position. The door inlerlock shall be defeatable with a tool to allow service
access without de-energizing the system. The disconnecl shall remove power from all
components within both compartments.
2. Provide a three position "VFD/OFF/BY-PASS" switch to control VFD line side, VFD load side,
and by-pass contactors. Contactors shall be interlocked to completely isolate lhe VFD in the by-
pass mode for service.
3. Provide control relays lo operate by-pass contactor due lo remote slarUstop, safety inlerlock, or
via the HAND-OFF-AUTO switch. See "Controls and Operalion".
4. Provide a three pole motor overload relay connected io shut down lhe motor in both the VFD
and by-pass modes.
5. l20V control power transformer with fused secondary and primary. Primary power shall be
derived ahead of the VFD inpul contactor.
6. Panel shall be arranged to allow power-off mainlenance ofthe VFD while motor is operating on
by-pass. By-pass or control circuitry in the same compartment as the VFD will nol be allowed.
D. Input Power:
| . The drive shall be capable of accepting facility power as specified on the drawings. Variations
ofup to plus or minus l0% of line voltage and plus or minus 2HZ of line frequency shall be
permitted without lhe drive shutting down on a fault.
2. Power line interruptions of up to 0.5 seconds shall be permitted without lhe drive shulting down
on a fauh.
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 8 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
SECTION I5O4O
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
3. The drive input circuitry shall not generate line notches or large voltage transients on the
incoming line.
4. The drive efficiency a1 rated load and frequency shall be 95% or better.
5. The drive shall present a displacement power factor of 0.95 or betler to the AC line at any speed
or load.
6. Manufacturer shall guaranlee thal harmonic voltage and currenl distorlion, on the line side (input
terminals) ofthe VFD does nol exceed 5o% total voltage Harmonic dislortion, and l5%o total
cunenl Harmonic dislorlron.
a. Manulacturer shall correct harmonic voltage and current distortion with an AC line
reaclor, an isolation transformer, or a tuned filter to stay within the above limit.
b. Manufacturer shall review electrical drawings 1o determine optimum characteristics of
the reactor/fi lter svstem.
c. The insralled ariu" ,frll be tesled to verifu the above distortion limirs. The manufacturer
shall replace the reactor/filter system if the installed drive does nol meet the THD criteria.
See Part 3.
E. Output Power:
l. The variable frequency AC drive shall converl 3 pbase, 60 HZ inpul power to an adjustable AC
frequency and voltage for controlling lhe speed ofany standard NEMA B Design. AC squirrel
cage motors driving variable torque loads. The drive shall be rated for continuous duty at the
NEC standard full load cunent of it's associated molor.
2. Transistors (IGBT) to produce a sine weighled PWM lhree phase output for lhe load.
3. The drive shall have sufficienl capacily 1o provide stepless speed control ofllhe motor throughout
the operating range as specified herein.
4. The drive oulput will be adjustable from 0 lo 60 HZ.
5. The drive shall have the capability to adjust the frequency above 4 kHz. The drive shall not
operate with a frequency above l2 kllz.
6. The IGBTs shall have a minimum ralins of 1200 VDC on 480 V unils and 600 VDC on 230 V
unils.
7. The drive shall be suitable for operating at the altitude of the projecl location with no
degradation or loss of performance.
F. Control and Operation Features:
l. Adjustable acceleration and deceleration, with automatic acceleration rate limiting to avoid
overload and automatic deceleration rate limiting 1o avoid excessive regeneration voltage.
2. Speed/frequency settings to limit the maximum and minimum molor speed, to avoid up to 3
system critical resonance poinls and to provide a preset speed for operation in the event ofloss
ofthe remote speed signal.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
I 5 August 2005
O Mech/trlec Requirements for Mech f,quipment 15040 - 9
sEcTtoN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUTREMENTS FOR MECHAI\ICAL EQUIPMENT
3. Capability to sel drive to a pre-determined speed upon a contacl closure input from the BAS.
4. Capability of reslarting into a rotaling molor.
5. The following operator conlrol and rnoniloring functions shall be accessible without opening the
door of the enclosure.
a. HAND/OFF/AUTO (or LocaVOff/Remote) selector switch.
l) Wilh the *H-O-A" switch in the "HAND" or "LOCAL" position, the motor shall
start in either VFD or by-pass mode as determined by VFDiOFF/BYPASS swilch,
and if in the "VFD" mode, the speed shall be controlled by the manual speed
adjustment on the drive door.
2) With rhe "H-o-A" switch in "AUToMATIC" or "REMOTE", the motor shall
start from the remote slart/stop input in either VFD or by-pass mode as
determined by the VFD/OFFiBYPASS switch and, if in the "VFD" mode, its
speed shall be controlled by the BAS input speed sigral.
3) Wilh the "H-O-A" switch in the 'OFF ' position, the run circuit will be open and
the VSC will not operate.
4) This must be a physical swilch, not a keypad input function.
b. Manual (local) speed adjustmenl.
c. Frequency (speed) indication.
d. Output ampemge indication.
e. Pilot lights for:
l) Power On (green)
2) VFD Fault (red)
3) Extemal Fault (red)
4) Motor on VFD (green)
5) Motor on By-pass (red)
6) Motor Overload (red)
6. The following control inlerfaces shall be provided-
a. Remote start/slop (run enable input
l) Provide a control relay and a terminal block in the by-pass compartmenl to allow
remole start/stop in either the VFD or by-pass mode.
b. Remote speed input signal
| ) 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or as required by control system. Coordinate with
ls97I
c. Safeties interlock input
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - l0 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
o
SECTION I5O4O
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
l) Provide a conlrol relay and terminal block in the by-pass compartment to allow
hardwired safety shutdown in either the VFD or by-pass mode.
d. Fault indication output contacts. Indicate fault for lhe following:
l) Drive protection features
2) Safety inlerlock
3) Drive hardware fault
4) Input power fault
5) Others as provided by manufacturer
e. Speed indication output (isolated)
f. Amperage indication output.
g. Drive running (status) output.
h. Pre-set speed input.
i. RS 485 communications to DDC system.
j. Complete open protocol communications with DDC system.
7. Provide a key pad and scrolling LCD display lor operator inlerface with programming
capabilities, fault diagnostics, fault resel, and security lockout code. Information shall be
presented in plain English, not requiring codes.
a. Key pad shall not be accessible without opening enclosure panel door.
8. In addition to the interlock and switches specified above, each variable frequency drive shall be
provided with (4) four additional spare sels ofauxiliary contacts, (2) two normally open and (2)
lwo normally closed.
C. Drive protection and safety features:
l. Ground fault proteclion.
2. Electronic motor overload proteclion.
3. Over-voltage/under-voltageprotection.
a. The VFD shall be arranged to provide automatic reslart after a trip condition resulting
from over-voltage or under-voltage.
b. For safety, the drive shall shul down and require manual resel and restarl if the automatic
reset/restart function is not successful within a maximum of five attempts.
4. lnverse characteristic time-overcurrent overload orolection for the motor sized in accordance
with NEC requirements.
5. Drive shall be capable ofwithstanding random application ofan output short circuit withoul
damage to drive components or fuses.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
a Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - | l
sEcTroN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
6. lnput phase loss and undervollage protection.
7. Torque/current limit control which will slow the motor wilhout tripping when the motor is
subjected to an overload, or slow the accelemtion ramp when accelerating a high inertia load.
8. High/overtemperatureprotection.
9. VFD shall include a "Bus Charged" warning indicator, and shall be provided with aulomatic
circuitry to discharge the bus within 120 seconds after main power is disconnected.
For drive manufacturers who use portable lest meler for diagnostics, provide not less than one test meter
for every five (5) variable frequency drives for each model or type used. Melers shall be supplied to the
Owner upon complelion of the project.
Each drive shall include an RS 232 port wilh 25 pin "D" connector lo allow downloading of parameler
settings and fault history logs lo a standard IBM compalible portable computer or printer. Software to
allow download ofselting shall be included.
The audible dBa sound level of the complete system (motor & VFD) when operated over the full speed
range shall be nol more than l0% above the sound level of the motor operated in the by-pass mode (60
hZ building power). This test will be performed during initial startup. Corrections needed to achieve
lhis requirement shall be made by the VFD supplier al not cost to the Owner.
All variable frequency drives shall be warranted for 36 monlhs after the building has been accepted by
the Owner. This warranty shall include all parts, labor, materials, shipping cost, travel, lodging and
meals with no cost lo the Owner.
EQUIPMENT FABRICATION:
General: Fabricale mechanical equipment for secure mounling of motors and olher electrical items
included in work. Provide either permanenl alignment of motors with equipment, or adjustable
mountings as applicable for belt drives, special couplings and similar indirect coupling of equipment.
Provide safe, secure, durable, and removable guards for motor drives, arranged for lubrication and
similar running-mainlenance wilhout removal of guards.
PART3 EXECUTION
H.
K.
2.07
A.
3.01
B.
3.02
A.
TEST AND TEST DATA:
A factory load test shall be performed on each molor of 1000 watt inpul or greater to assure compliance
with the energy-e{ficiency section of this specification.
Typical test data on every motor to be used on this project shall be made available upon requesl.
INSTALLATION:
Install motors on motor mounting systems in accordance with motor manufacturer's instructions,
securely anchored to resist torque, drive thrusts, and other extemal forces inherent in mechanical work.
Secure sheaves and other drive units to molor shafts with keys and Allen set screws, except motors of
1/3 hp and less may be secured with Allen set screws on flal surface of sbaft. Unless otherwise
indicaled, set motor shafts parallel wilh machine shafts.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment t5040 - 12
SECTION I5O4O
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Deliver starters and wiring devices which have not been lactory-installed on equipment unit 1o eleclrical
installer for installation.
Install power and control connections for motors to comply with NEC and applicable provisions of
Division l6 sections. Install grounding except where non-grounded isolation ofmotor is indicated.
Where a separate disconnect switch is provided in the motor feeders between a VFD and the molor,
provide an end switch at the disconnect to open tle remote interlock shutdown circuit power circuit.
VFD START-UP SERVICES:
Provide field start-up service by an authorized factory trained service represenlative. The factory
representative shall be trained in lhe mainlenance and troubleshooting of the equipment as specified
herein. Start-up services shall include system check-out, start-up and system run.
Start-up adjustmenls shall include optimizing frequency, optimizing volts/Hz ratio, identifying and
avoiding resonant speeds, setting accel/decel ramps, and setting overload and circuit breaker trip points.
VFD HARMONIC DISTORTION TESTING:
After installation is complete, measure the harmonic voltage and current distortion of each VFD wilh
the drive assembly in by-pass mode, with the VFD running a1 50% operating speed and wilh the VFD
running at highest operating speed. Take measurements on each phase (L-L) on the line side (input
terminals) of the VFD.
If measuremenls exceed the limits as specified in Part 2, install corrective reactors or filters at no
additional cosl to lhe owner and retake measuremenls afler corrective equipment is installed.
Include all measurements (before and afler) in the harmonic distortion report. Provide the Engineer
with a copy of the harmonic distortion report.
The Harmonic Distortion Test and Report shall be conducted by an approved independent testing
agency.
VFD NOISE TEST:
Measure the dBa sound level of the motor wilh the drive in by-pass mode, and wilh the drive operating
at 25o/o,75Yo, and I 00% speed output.
f f the measurements exceed the limits specified in par|2, correct as required al no cost to the Owner,
and relake measurements.
Report all tests to the Engineer.
VFD INDUCED SHAFT VOLTAGE TEST:
After installation is complete, and system is operating under normal conditions, measure and report any
voltage potential between lhe motor shafl and the motor frame, this test may occur anytime between
substantial completion and the end of the overall project warranty period. Report findings to the
Engineer. Costs for any correclive measures required shall not be included in lhe bid.
]NSTALLATION COORD]NATION:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
c.
D.
3.03
A.
B.
3.04
D.
3.05
B.
C,
3-06
A.
B.
C,
3.Ol
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15040 - 13
sEcTloN 15040
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Furnish equipment requiring electrical conneclions to operate properly and to deliver full capacity at
electrical service available.
All conlrol wiring to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; all wiring shall be color
coded to facilitate checking.
It is the intent of lhis specification thal one "General" Contractor enters an agreement wilh the Owner.
The use and coordinalion of subcontractors is at the option of the General Contractor. All mechanical
equipment, motors and conlrols shall be fumished, set in place, and wired. The schedule contained in
Division I / l6 is provided as a guide only. The exact furnishing and installation of the equipment is
left to the Contractors involved. Contractor should note that the intenl of the schedule is to have the
Division 15 and l6 Contractors responsible for coordinaling all control wiring as outlined, whether or
not specifically called for by the mechanical or electrical drawings and specifications. Comply with the
applicable requiremenls of Division 16 for all electrical work which is not otherwise specified. No
extras will be allowed for Contractor's failure to provide for these required ilems. The Contractor shall
refer to the Division 16 and Division 15 specifications and plans for all power and control wiring and
shall advise the Architect/Engineer ofany discrepancies prior to bidding.
END OF SECTION I5O4O
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
A.
B.
C,
Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment r5040 - t4
sEcrIoN ls85l
AIR HANDLING FANS
PART I GENERAL:
I.I DESCR]PTION OF WORK:
A. Extent ofair handling equipment work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,
and by requirements of this section.
B. This Section includes the following types of air-handling equipment:
l. Pre-fabricatedroofcurbs.
C. Refer to other Divjsion l5 sections for vibration control; control syslem; sequence of operation; testing,
adjusting and balancing.
D. Refer to Division | 6/l section for the following work; not work of this section.
l. Power supply wiring from power source to power connections at air bandling units.
E. Refer to Section l5M0 Paragmrph 2.6 for requirements of sheaves and belts for critical areas.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacture/s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air handling equipmenl of
types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less
than 3 years.
O B. Codes and Standards:
I . Fans Perfiormance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power air density, speed of rotation,
and efficiency by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA Standard 2I0/ASHRAE
Standard 5l - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating.
2. UL Compliance: Provide air handling equipment which are listed by UL and have UL label
affixed.
3. UL Compliance: Provide air handling equipment which are designed, manufactured, and tested
in accordance with UL 805 "Power Ventilators".
4. NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying with NEMA
standards.
5. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply wilh AMCA Standard 301 "Method for Calculating Fan
Sound Ratings from laboralory Test Data." Test fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300
"Test Code for Sound Rating."
6. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory and NEMA Compliance (NRTL): Fans and
componenls shall b€ NRTL listed and labeled. The term 'NRTL" shall be defined in OSHA
Regulation 1910.7.
7. Electrical Component Standards: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70
"National Electrical Code."
I.3 SUBMITTALS:
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Air Handting Fans 15851 - I
sEcTroN r585t
AIR HANDLING FANS
A. Producl Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for air handling equipment including
specifications, capacity ralings, dimensions, weighls, materials, operaling &ervice/acce ss clearance
accessories furnished, and installation instructions.
B- Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, construction details,
methods of assembly of components, and field connection details.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to air-
handling units. Submit manufacturer's ladder{ype wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring.
Clearly differentiate between portions ofwiring that are manufacturer-installed and portions to be
field-installed.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of inslalled systems products; in
accordance with requirements of Division 15.
E. Maintenance Dala: Submil maintenance dala and parls list for each type of power and gravity
ventilator, accessory, and conlrol. lnclude lhis data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams
in mainlenance manuals in accordance with requirements of Division 15.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Lift and support units with the manufacturefs designated lifting or supporting poinls.
B. Disassemble and reassemble units as required for movement into the final location following
manufacturer's writlen instructions.
C. Deliver fan units as a factory-assembled unit to the extent allowable by shippilg limitations, with
protective crating and covering.
I.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads. Cast anchor bolt inserts into pad.
B. Coordinale the installation ofroofcurbs, equipment supports, and roofpenetrations-
C. Coordinale lhe size and location ofstruclural steel support members.
I.6 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. Fumish one additional complete set of belts for each belt-driven fan.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subjecl to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators:
a. Acme Engineering and Manufacturing Corp.
b. Aerovent. lnc.
c. Briedert Co., C.G.
d. Cames Company, Inc.
e. Loren Cook Co.
f. Jenn Induslries, Inc.
Air Handling Fans 15851 - 2 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
sEcTroN 15851
AIR HANDLING FANS
g. Penn Venlilator Co., Inc.
h. Greenheck
2. PrefabricatedRoofCurbs
a. Custon Curb, Inc.
b. Pale Co.
c. S& L Manufacturing Co.
d. ThyCurb Div.; Thybar Corp.
2.2 FANS, GENERAL:
A. General: Provide fans that are factory fabricated and assembled, factory tesled, and factory finished,
with indicated capacities and characteristics.
B. Fans and Shafts: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation at the
maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower.
l Fan Shaft: Tumed, ground, and polished steel designed 10 operate at no more than 70 percent of
the fint critical speed al the top ofthe speed range ofthe fan's class.
C. Belt Drives: Factory mounted, with final alignment and belt adjustment made after installation.
l. Service Factor: L4.
D. Belts: Oil-resislant, nonsparking, and nonstalic.
E. Motors and Fan Wbeel Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use wilh motors through 15 HP; fixed pitch for
use with motors larger than 15 HP. Select pulley so that pitch adjustment is at the middle of the
adjustment range at fan design conditions. Provide energy efficient motor.
I . Belt Guards: Provide steel belt guards for motors mounted on the outside of the fan cabinet.
F. Shaft Bearings: Provide qpe indicated, having a median life "Rating Life" AFBMA LlO of [ ]
calculated in accordance with AFBMA Standard 9 for ball bearings and AFBMA Standard I I for roller
bearings.
G. Factory Finish: The following finishes are required:
l. Sheet Melal Parts: Prime coaling prior to final assembly.
2. Exterior Surfaces: Baked-enamel finish coat after assembly.
H. Vibration: Provide vibration isolalors as specified in Section 15241 and as indicated.
2.3 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS:
A. General Description: Belt-driven or direcrdrive as indicated, centrifugal consisting ofhousing, wheel,
fan shafl, bearings, motor and disconnecl switch, drive assembly, curb base, and accessories.
B. Housing: Heavy-gauge, removable, aluminum louvered penthouse; square, one-piece, hinged,
aluminurn base with venluri inlel cone.
C. Fan Wheel: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
1585f -3 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Air Handling Fans
sEcTtoN t5851
AIR HANDLING FANS
D. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounled to lhe housing, with the following features:
l. Pulleys: Casliron,adjustable-pitch.
2. Shaft Bearings: Permanenlly lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball bearings.
3. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel drive shaft keyed to wheel hub.
4. Fan and motor isolated Fom exhaust air slream.
E. Accessories: The fiollowing items are required as indicated:
1 Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal overload protection mounled inside fan
housing, factory-wired through an internal aluminum conduit.
OR
2. Roof Curbs: Prefabricated, heavy-gauge, galvanized steel; mitered and welded comers;
2-inch-thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; built-in cant and mounting
flange for flat roof decks; and 2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan
base.
a. Overall Heisht: 12 inches.
2.4 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS:
A. Furnish and inslall roof curbs as scheduled for duct openings through the roofand for exhaust fan
support. The curbs shall be galvanized steel self-flashing type/with integral cant, for flashing in the
field. If the curbs are to have sound attenuation qualities, they shall be nol less than those catalogued
for the equipment specified.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installalion
tolerances, housekeeping pads, and other conditions affecting performance of fans-
B. Do not proceed unlil unsatisfactory conditions have been conected,
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. Install fans level and plumb, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Support units
using vibration control devices as indicated- Vibration control devices are specified in Division l5
Section "Vibration Controls."
l. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plaled hardware.
a. Installation ofroofcurbs is specified in Division 7.
B. Arrange inslallation ofunits lo provide access space around air-handling unils for service and
maintenance.
3.03 CONNECTIONS:
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Air Handling Fans 15851 - 4
SECTION t5851
AIR HANDLING FANS
A. Electrical Wiring: lnstall electrical devices furnished by manufacturer bul not specified to be factory-
mounted. Furnish copy of manufaclurer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
l. Veri$ that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufaclurer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division -16 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated
and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start-up until wiring
installation is acceptable to centrifugal fan Installer.
2. Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring are specified in Division I5.
3. Grounding: Connect unil components to ground in accordance with the National Electrical
Code.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Upon completion of installation of air handling equipment, and after motor has been energized with
normal power source, test equipment lo demonslrale compliance with requirements. Where possible,
field correct malfunctioning equipment, then retest to demonslrale compliance. Replace equipment
which cannot be satisfactorilv corrected.
B. Manufacturer's Field Inspection: Arrange and pay fora factory- authorized service representative to
perform the following:
l. lnspecl the field assembly ofcomponents and installation of fans including ductwork and
electrical connections.
2. Prepare a writlen reporl on findings and recommended corrective actions.
3.05 ADJUSTING, CLEANINC, AND PROTECTING:
A. Startup, test and adjust air handling equipment in presence of manufacturer's authorized representative.
B. Clean unit cabinet interiors to remove foreign material and conslruction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean
fan wheel and cabinet.
3.06 SPARE PARTS:
A. General: Furnish lo Owner with receipt one spare set ofbehs for each beh driven air handling
equipment.
3.07 COMMISSIONING:
A. Final Checks Before Start-Up: Perform the following operations and checks before slart-up:
l- Remove shipping blocking and bracing.
2. Verify unit is secure on mounlings and supporting devices and thal conneclions for piping,
ductwork, and electrical are complete. Verify proper thermal overload proteclion is installed in
motors, starters, and disconnects.
3. Perlorm cleaning and adjusting specified in this Seclion.
15851 - 5 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Air Handling Fans
sEcTroN 15851
AIRHANDLING FANS
4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, veriff proper motor rotation direction, and verifr fan wheel
free rotation and smooth bearings operations. Reconnecl fan drive system, align belts, and
install belt guards.
5. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory-recommended lubricants.
6. Veriff manual and automatic volume conlrol and that fire and smoke dampers in cormected
ductwork systems are in lhe full-open position.
7. Disable automalic lemperature con8ol operators.
B. Starting procedures for fans:
l. Energize motor; veri! proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to
indicated RPM.
2. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions.
3. Measure and record motor eleclrical values for voltage and amperage.
C. Shut tmit down and reconnect automatic temperature confol operalors.
D. Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for procedures for
air-handling-system testing, adusting, and balancing.
ENDOFSECTION I585I
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
Air Handling Fans 15851 - 6
SECTION I589I
METAL DUCTWORK
PART I GENERAL
I.I DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of melal ductwork is indicaled on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this
section.
DUCT SERVICE TYPE/CONSTRUCTION
Garage exhaust.Galvanized sheet melal; factory or shop fabricated with
2" liner. l " pressure class, seal class C.
l.J
Refer to other Division- | 5 seclions for ductwork accessories.
Refer 1o olher Division- l5 sections for fans and air handlins units.
Refer to olher Division-15 sections for testing, adjusting, and balancing of metal ductwork systems.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork products of
types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfaclory use in similar service for
not less than 5 years.
Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years ofsuccessful installalion experience on projects
wilh metal ductwork syslems similar to that required for project.
References 1o SMACNA, ASHRAE and NFPA are minimum requirements, the Contractor shall
fabricate, construct, install, seal and leak tesl all ductwork as described in this specification and as
shown on the drawings, in addition lo these minimum standard references.
Codes and Standards:
l. SMACNA Standards: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal
and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. Comply with SMACNA
"HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual" for testing of duct systems.
2. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems" and NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Healing
and Air Conditioning Systems".
SMACNA Industrial Construclion Standards.
Field Reference Manual; Have available for reference at project field ofiice, copy of SMACNA
"HVAC Duct Conslruction Standards, Metal and Flexible", and SMACNA "HVAC Air Ducl Leakage
Test Manual".
SUBMITTALS:
Record Drawings: At project closeoul, submit record drawings of installed systems, in accordance wilh
reouirements of Divisions I and 15.
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
C.
1.2
D.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F-
llletal Ductwork 15891 - |
sEcTloN 1589r
METALDUCTWORK
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINC:
A. Proteclion: Prolect shopfabricated and factory-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased
producls from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and
moisture from entering ducts and fittings.
B. Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protecl from wealher. Where necessary lo store
outside, store above grade and enclose wilh waterproof wrapping.
PART2 PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremenls, provide products by one of the following:
I . Duct Liner:
CertainTeed Corp.
Manville Products Corp. (Schuller)
Owens-Coming Fiberglas Corp.
Piltsburgh Corning Corp.
C.
DUCTWORK MATERIALS:
Sheet Metal: Except as olherwise indicated, fabricale duclwork from galvanized sheet steel complying
with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality; with G 90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 525; and
mill phosphalized for exposed locations. Provide flat seam construction where slanding seams are a
hazard to the Owner's operation personnel.
MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS:
General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products oftypes and sizes indicated and, where nol
otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements
including proper conneclion of ductwork and equipment.
Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum l5 deg. change of
direction per seclion- Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. lalerals and 45 deg. elbows for
branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type lees.
Duct Liner: Fibrous glass, complying with Thermal Insulalion Manufacturers Association (TIMA)
AHC-l0l; of thickness indicaled.
| . Unless otherwise noted, provide 2" ahick, l-1/2lb density, fiberglass duct liner meeling ASTM
Cl07l Type I, NFPA 90A and 90B and TIMA (AHC-lOl) with minimum NRC (noise reduction
coefficient) of 0.70 as tested per STM C 423 using an "A" mounting with minimum "K" factor
of 0.25. Lining shall be U.L. approved, made llom flame attenualed glass fiber bonded wilh a
thermosetting resin with acrylic smooth surface treatment and factory applied edge coating.
Materials shall conform to revised NFPA No. 90A Standards, with a maximum flame spread of
25 and maximum smoke development of 50.
a. Schuller/ManvillePermacoteLinacousticR-300.
Ducl Liner Adhesive: Comply wilh ASTM C 916 "Specifications for Adhesives for Duct Thermal
lnsulation".
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Carage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
2.1
2.2
z.J
b.
d.
A.
B.
D.
Metal Ductwork 15891 - 2
SECTION T589I
METAL DUCT}VORK
Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Article 52.l L
Ducl Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migraling mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for
labricationi installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for
sealing joints and seams in ductwork. All PVC coated exhausl ductwork shall be sealed with an
approved chemical resistant sealant as manufactured by Foremost Co. PCD No. 8 duct sealer and wrap
with hardcast tape. For outdoor ductwork, sealant shall also be U.V, resislant and weather resistant.
Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide holdipped galvanized steel
fasteners, anchors, rods, slraps, trim and angles for supporl of ductwork.
FABRICAT]ON:
Fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, l0 or l2-ft lengths, unless olherwise indicated or required to complete runs.
Preassemble work in shop to greatest exlent possible, so as to minimize field assembly of systems.
Disassemble systems only lo extent necessary for shipping and handling. Match- mark sections for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
Fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards".
Where the standard allows the choice of exlemal reinforcing or intemal tie rods, only the external
reinforcing options shall be used.
Ifmanufacturer flangejoining syslems are used as part of the reinforcing, the EI rating and rigidity
class shall be equivalent to the reinforcing requirements ofthe standard. Submit manufacturer's product
data.
E. Fabricale duct fittings lo match adjoining ducts, and to comply with ducl requirements as applicable to
fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows with center-line radius equal to 1.5 times the
associated duct width; and fabricate to include tuming vanes in elbows where shorter radius is
necessary. Limil angular tapers to 30 deg. for contracting tapers and 20 deg. for expanding tapers.
Divided flow fittings shall be 45' inlet branches, stationary splitters and elbows, or as shown on
drawings.
F. Fabricate ductwork with accessories installed during fabrication to the greatesl extent possible. Refer to
Division-15 section "Duclwork Accessories" for accessory requirements. All exhaust ductwork
accessories (including dampers, tuming vanes. access doors, etc.) shall be Heresite or PVC coaled. All
slainless steel ductwork shall have stainless sleel accessories (including dampers, turning vanes, access
doors. etc. ) construction.
G. Fabricale ductwork with ducl liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to intemal
surfaces ofduct in accordance with inslruclions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and faslen
with mechanical fasteners. Provide sheet metal nosing on all leading edges preceded by unlined duct, at
duct openings, and at fan or terminal unit connections-
PART3 EXECUTION
INSPECTION:
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which melal ductwork is to be installed. Do nol proceed
with work until unsatisfactorv conditions have been correcled.
INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK:
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
E.
F.
1A
G.
B.
L.
D.
J.l
),2
Metal Ductwork 15891 - 3
sEcTtoN t5891
METAL DUCTWORK
A. General: Assemble and install ducfwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will
achieve air{ight and noiseless (no objeclionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicaled
service. Install each run with minimum number ofjoints. Align ductwork accurately at connections,
within li8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with
suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent
buckling, popping or compressing- Support vertical ducls at every floor.
B. Construct duclwork to schedule ofoperating pressures as shown on drawings.
C. Inserts: lnstall concrete inserts for support ofductwork in coordination with formwork, as required to
avoid delays in work.
D. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to malch shop-fabricated work
and accommodate installalion requirements.
E. Installation: Install metal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards
and Industrial Construction Standards.
F. Temporary Closure: At ends ofducts which are not connecled to equipment or air distribution devices
at lime of ductwork installalion, provide temporary closure ofpolyelhylene film or other covering
which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until time connections are to be completed.
3.3 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A. Ceneral: Connect metal ductwork to equipment as indicated, provide flexible connection for each
ductwork conneclion to equipmenl mounted on vibration isolators, and/or equipmenl containing
rotating machinery. Provide access doors where required for service, maintenance and inspection of
ductwork accessories. See section 15910.
3.4 ADJUSTINC AND CLEANING:
A. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean exlemal surfaces of
foreign substances. Where ductwork is to be painted clean and prepare surface for painling.
B. Prolection:
l. Slore duct a minimum of4" above ground or floor to avoid damage from wealher or spills.
2. Cover all stored ducts to protecl from moisture or debris.
3. Cover all ends ofinstalled ductwork at lhe end ofeach workday or when dust and debris
producing construction (such as fire proofing, drywall, sanding, or core drilling) is occuning.
C. Ductwork contaminated or damaged above "shop" or "mill" conditions shall be cleaned, repaired or
replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction.
L Duclliner pre-installed in stored duct which has become wet may be installed if first allowed lo
completely dry out.
2. Ductliner in installed ductwork which has become wel must be completely removed and
replaced.
3. Tom ductliner may be repaired by coating with adhesive if damage is minor and isolated.
Extensively damaged liner shall be replaced back to a slraight cutjoinl.
llletal Ductwork 15891 - 4 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail. Colorado
| 5 August 2005
sf,,cTtoN 15891
METALDUCTWORK
D. Balancing: Refer to Division- I 5 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for air distribution
balancing ofmetal ductwork; nol work of tbis seclion. Seal any leaks in ductwork that become
apparent in balancing process.
END OF SECTION I589I
f58!tl -5 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Grrrge I m provements
Veil, Colortdo
15 August 2005
O MetelDuctwork
sEcrroN 15932
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART I GENERAL
I.I DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent ofair outlets and inlets work is indicated by drawings and schedules, and by requiremenls of this
section.
B. Types ofair outlels and inlets required for project include the following:
r Louvers.
o The entire enclosure can be supplied by this sections subcontractor or provided by multiple
subcontractors.
C. Refer lo other Division 15 sections for ductwork, duct accessories; testing and balancing; not work of
this section.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualificalions: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air outlets and inlets of types
and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than
5 years.
B. Codes and Slandards:
l. ARI Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance wilh ARI 650 "Standard for
Air Outlets and Inlets".
2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ASHRAE 70
"Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets".
3. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlels in certified laboratories under
requirements of ADC 1062 "Certification, Rating and Test Manual".
4. ADC Seal: Provide air outlets and inlets bearing ADC Certified Rating Seal.
5. AMCA Compliance: Test and rate louvers in accordance wilh AMCA 500 "Test Method for
Louvers, Dampers and Shulters".
6. AMCA Seal: Provide louvers bearing AMCA Certified Rating Seal.
7. NFPA Compliance: Inslall air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A "Standard for
the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems".
I.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical producl dala for air outlets and inlets including the
following:
l. Schedule ofair outlets and inlets indicating drawing designation, room localion, number
furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
2. Data sheet for each type ofair outlet and inlet, and accessory fumished; indicating construclion,
finish, and mounting details.
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Air Outlets And Inlers 1s932 - I
SECTION 15932
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
3. Performance dala for each type ofair outlet and inlet fumished, including aspiration ability,
temperature and velocily traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings. Indicate seleclions
on data.
B. Samples: Submit 3 samples of each type of finish fumished.
C. Shop Drawings: Submil manufaclurer's assembly+ype shop drawing for each type of air outlet and
inlet, indicating materials and methods of assembly ofcomponents.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeoul, submit record drawings of installed syslems products, in
accordance wilh requirements of Division 15.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data, including cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare
parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance
with requirements of Division 15.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver air outlels and inlets wrapped in factory- fabricated fiber-board type containers. ldenlify on
outside ofcontainer type ofoutlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and
prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices.
B. Store air outlets and inlets in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffrc.
Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to slore outdoors, store above grade and enclose with
waterproof wrapping.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Louvers:
a. Air Balance
b. American Warming & Ventilating, Inc.
c. Arrow United Industries, Inc.
d. Dowco Corp.
e. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
f. Penn Venlilalor Co., Inc.
g. Ruskin
2.2 LOUVERS:
A. General (L- I ): Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard 4" deep X 4" height
stationary, storm-proof blade type louvers with aluminum bird screen where shown; of size indicated;
conslrucled of aluminum/galvanized steel and componenls as indicated, and as required for complete
installalion. Louvers shall be Air Balance Model EL-445K (extruded aluminum, 4" deep, 45" fixed
style K blades). or approved equivalent.
B. Acoustical louvers (L-2 through L-5): 8" deep l2 gauge aluminum l6 gauge aluminum blades (non
noise side), 20 gauge perforaled aluminum (noise side) water resistant sound absorbing insulalion.
Louvers shall be Air Balance Model AAC-86. Anodized finish. color selection bv architect.
Site and ."i::T,ttJ:J,'"".""Xi: O
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Air Outlets And Inlets 1s932 - 2
SECTION 15932
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
C. Performance: Provide louvers lhat have a minimum of 5OYo free arca, and a maximum pressure drop
through the free area ofnot more than 0.075" for each type as listed in manufacturer's currenl data.
D. Substrate Compatibility: Provide louvers with lrame and sill styles that are compalible with adjacent
substrale, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurale fil and
adequate support, for wealherproof installation. Refer to general construction drawings and
specifications for types of substrate, which will contain each type of louver.
E. Materials: Conslruct of aluminum extrusions, ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T52. Weld units or use
stainless steel fasteners.
F. Louver Screens: On inside face ofexterior louverc inside face ofexhaust air outlet and outside face of
outside air intake louvers, provide l/2" square mesh anodized aluminum wire bird screens mounted in
removable extruded aluminum frames.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.I INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which air outlets and inlets are to be installed. Do not proceed
with work until unsatisfactorv conditions have been correcled.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Install air outlels and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's rvritten instructions and in
accordance with recognized industry practices lo insure that products serve intended functions.
B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface
installalion of air outlets and inlets with olher work.
C. Locate ceiling air diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction "Reflected
Ceiling PIans". Unless olherwise indicated, locate units in center of acouslical ceiling modules.
3.3 SPARE PARTS:
A. Furnish to Owner, wilh receipl,3 operating keys for each type ofair outlet and inlet that requirc them.
END OF SECTION I5932
15932 -3 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Air outtets And Intets
SECT|ON 15972
f, LECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
SECTION 15972 - ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART I . GENERAL
I.I DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent ofelectric control syslems work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,
and by requirements of this seclion.
l. Control sequences are specified in Division 15, Section 15975, Sequ ence ofOperation".
B. Refer 1o other Division l5 sections for installation of instrument wells, valve bodies, and dampers in
mechanical systems.
C. Provide electrical work as required, complying with requirements of Division-16 sections. Work in
addilion to that shown in Division l6 drawings includes, bul is not limiled to, the following:
l. Interlock and conlrol wiring between field-installed conlrols, indicating devices, and unit control
panels.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional electrical and other costs involved to
accommodate the temperature control syslem panel, motors and electrical devices requiring
power which differs from the power requirements shown on the electrical drawings.
3. Refer lo Division l6 Section 16142 on mechanical/eleclrical coordination.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of eleclric control equipment,
oftypes and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less
than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms specializing and experienced in electric control system installations for
not less than 5 years.
C. Bids by Wholesalers, Contractors, Franchised Dealers, or any firm whose principal business is not that
of manufacturing and installing automatic temperature control systems shall not be acceptable.
D. Codes and Standards:
I . Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products, which have been tesled, listed and labeled by
UL and comply with NEMA slandards.
2. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to components and devices for
electric control systems-
3. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A Sta ndard for the lnstallalion of Air Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems'bhere ap plicable lo controls and control sequences.
I.3 SUBMITTALS:
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Electric Control Svstems 15972 - |
SECTION I5972
ELf,CTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. Producl Data: Submit manufaclurer's lechnical product data for each control device furnished,
indicating dimensions, capacilies, performance characteristics, electrical characterislics, frnishes of
materials, and including installation instructions and start-up instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each electric control system, containing, but not limited to,
the following information:
l. Schematic flow diagram of syslem showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, and conlrol
devices.
2. Label each conlrol device with setling or adjuslable range ofcontrol.
3. Indicate all required electrical wiring. Clearly differentiale belween portions of wiring thal are
factory-installed and portions lo be field-installed.
4. Provide details of faces ofcontrol panels, including controls, instrumenls, and labeling.
5. Include verbal descriplion of sequence ofoperation.
C. Record Drawings: Al project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems producls, in
accordance with requirements of Division I 5.
D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions and spare parts lisls. lnclude this data, product
data. and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 15.
1.4 DEL]VERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINC:
A. Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment, and control device. Maintain cartons
through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent equipment damage, and to eliminale dirt
and moisture from equipment- Store equipment and malerials inside and protected from weather.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject lo compliance with requiremenls, provide products by one of the following:
l. Electric Conlrol Systems:
a. Honeywell, Inc.
b. Johnson Conlrols, lnc.
c. Andover
2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. General: Provide electric control products in sizes and capacities indicaled, consisting ofvalves,
dampers, thermostats, clocks, sensors, controllers, and olher components as required for complete
inslallation. Except as olherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard control system components
as indicated by published product information, designed and constructed as recommended by
manufacturer. Provide eleclric control systems with the following functional and conslruclion features
as indicated.
B. Carbon Monoxide sensor: Kele & Associates Model WCO-1, solid state sensor with a life expectancy
ofover 10 years, 0-200PPm digital display,4-20 MA analog output, test switch, automatic calibration
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Carage lmprovernents
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Electric Control Systems 15972 - 2
SECTION I5972
ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
and kit, alarm relay contact. Provide multiple sensors for adequate coverage. Each sensor shall be
individually wired directly back to conlroller.
C. Local Control Panels: Provide control panels wilh suitable brackels for either wall or floor mounting,
for each supply fan and miscellaneous control systems. Locate panel adjacenl to systems served.
l. Fabricate panels of l4-ga fumiture-quality steel, or 6063-T5 exlruded aluminum alloy, totally
enclosed, with hinged doors and keyed lock, with manufacturer's standard shop-painted finish
and color. Provide UL- Iisted cabinels foruse with line voltage devices.
2. Panel Mounted Equipment: Include temperature and humidity controllers, relays and automatic
switches, except exclude low-tempsrature proteclion thermoslats, firestats, and olher devices
excluded in sequence ofoperation. Fasten devices with adjustments accessible through front of
panels.
3. Door-Mounted Equipment: Flush-mount (on hinged door) manual swilches, including damper
lh inimum-off! ositioning swilches, Bum mer-winter'Switch es, and lhan ual-automatic"
switches;an d including dial thermometers.
4. Graphics: Where specified, provide color-coded graphic laminated plaslic displays on doors, to
schematically show system being controlled. Provide protective sheet of clear plaslic bonded to
entire door lo prevent damage to symbols.
5. Provide standard steel cabinets as required to conlain temperature controllers, relays, switches,
and similar devices, except limit controllers and other devices excluded in sequence of
operations. Provide full- enclosure cabinets, with painted gray finish.
2.3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS:
A. Conduit: Types as indicated in Division 16 sized per Division l6 except for low-voltage twisted pair or
single jackeled eable (l/2" minimum).
B. Fittings per Division 16. Bushings or nylon insulated throals are not required forjacketed cables.
C. All J-boxes shall be identified and labeled oer Division 16.
D. All conductors and cables shall be labeled per Division 16.
E. Conduit and box supports shall be per Division 16.
F. Junction boxes shall be of types and sizes as indicated in Division 16.
G. All wiring shall be installed in conduit.
H. Conduits shall not exceed 40% maximum fill for single conductor and jacketed cables.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which eleclric control systems are to be installed. Do not proceed
wilh work until unsatisfactorv conditions have been correcled in manner acceptable to Installer.
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Electric Control Svstems rs972 - 3
sEcTtoN 1s972
ELf,CTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
B. Check and verify location oflhermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details
before installation. Locate thermostats 60 inches ( | 524 mm) above floor.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS:
A- General: Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and roughing-in
drawings, and details on drawings. Inslall electrical components and use eleclrical products complying
with requirements of applicable Division-16 sections oflhese specifications. Mounl controllers at
convenient locations and heights.
B. Control Wiring: The term Sont rol wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit and
miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric control devices.
C. Wiring System: Install complete control wiring syslem for eleclric control systems. Conceal wiring,
except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. Provide
multi-conductor instrument harness (bundle) in place of single conduclors where number ofconductors
can be run along common path. Faslen flexible conductors bridging cabinets and doors, neatly along
hinge side, and protect against abrasion- Tie and support conductors neatly.
D. Number-code or color-code conductors, excluding those used for local individual room controls,
appropriately for future identification and servicing ofcontrol syslem.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Start-Up: Start-up, tesl, and adjust electric control syslems in presence of manufacturer's aulhorized
representative. Demonstrale compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
B. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scralched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
C. Final Adjustment: After completion of installation, adjusl thermostals, conlrol valves, molors and
similar equipment provided as work of this section.
l. Final adjustment shall be performed by specially trained personnel in direct employ of
manufacfurer of primary temperature control syslem.
3.4 POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION AND REPORT:
A. Upon completion ofthe lemperature conlrol installation, the complete system shall be checked by an
engineer ofthe control contractor and certified by him in a report to the ArchitecVEngineer that the
system is performing as specified.
3.5 CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES:
A- Owner's lnstructions: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for one 8-hour day to
inslrucl Owner's personnel in operalion and mainlenance ofelectric control systems.
l. Schedule instruction with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of
training date.
END OF SECTION 15972
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Electric Control Svstems 15972 - 4
SECTION I5975
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
PART 1 CENERAL
I.I DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Sequence ofoperation is hereby defined as the manner and method by which controls func1ion.
Requirements for each type ofcontrol system operation are specified in this section.
B. Operating equipmenl, devices, and system components required for conlrol systems are specified in
other Division l5 Controls' sections ofthese soecifications.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS:
A. Provide control syslems consisting of thermostats, control valves, dampers, operators. indicating
devices, interface equipment, and other apparatus required to operate mechanical system and to perfom
functions specified.
B. Provide necessary materials and field work necessary lo connecl control components factory supplied as
part ofequipment conlrolled, unless specified otherwise. Generally, self-contained valves, filter
gauges, liquid level conlrollers and similar instruments, are not to be inslalled under this section.
C. Unless specified otherwise, provide fully proportional componenls.
D. Provide all necessary relays and signal boosters 1o make the system a full and operable system as
required by the sequence of operation.
PART3 EXECUTIONS
3.I PARK]NGGARAGEEXHAUST
A. Exhaust fan EF-l has a variable frequency drive.
B. Exhaust fan has a H-O-A switches for manual operation.
C. Exhaust fan EF-4 operates continuously at 25Yo capacily via a variable frequency drive.
D. Carbon monoxide sensors located in lhe parking areas monitor CO concentrations in the parking garage.
E. Provide CO sensors in numbers suffrcient lo provide proper coverage.
F. Ifany CO sensor CO concentralions in excess of25 ppm then start thal quadrant's exhaust fan and open
the molor operaled dampers on lhe outside air intake louvers.
G. Delection ofCO in excess of25 ppm will increase the fan's VFD from 25% to 100% speed.
H. Once the CO sensors detect a CO concentration of20 ppm (adjuslable) the slow the exhaust fan's VFD
to 25% speed.
END OF SECTION I5975
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
Sequence of Operation t5975 - r
SECTION I5990
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
PART I GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
This seclion covers testing and balancing ofenvironmental syslems described herein and specified
under Division 15. The tesling and balancing ofall environmental systems shall be the responsibility of
one Testing, Balancing and Adjusting firm.
l. Test, adjust and balance the following mechanical systems and the mechanical equipment
associated with these svstems:
a. General Systems and Equipment Procedures.
b. Air Side Systems and Equipment
l) General Exhaust Systems
c. Electrical Components
l) Eleclric resistance heating
2) Manual and magnetic starters
3) Variable frequency drives
d. Conlrol Syslems and Equipment
tt General
QUALIFTCATTONS OF CONTRACTOR:
The Mechanical Conlractor shall procure the services ofan independent lesting and balancing agency
specializing in the testing, adjusting and balancing of environmental systems to perform the above
mentioned work. An independenl conlraclor is defined as an organization that is not engaged in
engineering design or is not a division ofa mechanical contractor entity, which installs mechanical
syslems.
The actual fieldwork shall be performed by qualified technicians who are cunently certified by lhe
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Bureau (TABB), the National Environmental Balancing Bureau
(NEBB), or the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) certification agencies.
The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall have a minimum ofthree years experience in testing and
balancing mechanical systems.
The Test & Balance Conlraclor shall have previous experience in testing and balancing variable air
volume laboratory fume hood systems in the last two years. Qualification submission must include a
detailed resume describing past project experience in laboratory variable air volume systems, a lisl of
projects, including peoples' names, phone numbers and addresses ofreferences.
Testing and balancing r,r'ork shall be directly supervised by a Registered Engineer and the results
altesled to by a Registered Professional Engineer on the Testing & Balancing Contractor's staff. The
Engineer shall represent the Tesling & Balancing Conlractor in progress meelings as requesled, and
shall be available for interpreting all material found in lhe balance report.
APPROVAL OF CONTRACTOR:
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
t.l
l-.f
1.2
B.
C.
D,
E.
Testing, Adjusting And Balancing 15990 - I
sEcrroN 1s990
TESTING. ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
A. Following are firms acceptable lo do the work:
I . JEDI Balancing
1414 Washburn Slreet
Erie,CO 80516
(720) 839-5333
2. Air Right Inc.
3. Lawrence H. Finn & Assoc.
4. Griffith Engineering Service
5. JPC Engineering
6. Rocky Mountain Balancing Co.
7. TAB Services, lnc.
8. Complete Mechanical Balancing
9. Double T Balancing Company
10. Controlled Air, Inc.
l l. Midwest Engineering
12. Checkpoint Balance
B. Any Testing and Balancing firm desiring to offer their services for this work shall submil their
qualifications to the Architec/Engineer, not less than seven (7) working days before the bid date.
Approval or disapproval will be given on each request and this action will be given in writing prior to
bidding the work.
1.4 CODESANDSTANDARDS:
A- ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, Syslems Volume, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.
B. NEBB: "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Syslems."
C. SMACNA: *HVAC Systems-Testing, Adjusling & Balancing."
1.5 PRELIM]NARYSUBMITTALS:
A. Within ten (10) days of award of the contract lhe Mechanical Contractor shall submit the name of lhe
Test and Balance Contractor who will be performing the work. The submitlal shall include a complete
list ofall technicians who will be performing the field work and include a photocopy of their cunent
certification by eilher NEBB, AABC, or TABB certification agencies. Only lhose technicians included
in lhe submittal shall perform the work. Any personnel or slaffused 1o perform the work withoul prior
approval of the Engineer, who are not included in the submittal, shall be grounds for rejecting lhe test
and balance report and the project in whole.
B. Meet all requirements of Seclion 15010 as applicable.
I.6 FINAL REPORTS:
A. Refer to Division I for supplemental requirements-
B. The Testing and Balancing Contraclor shall submit six (6) bound copies of the final testing and
balancing report at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to substanlial completion, unless noted
otherwise in Division l. Repoa contents shall be per Part 3 ofthis Section.
C. Meet all requirements of Section 15010 as applicable.
Testing, Adjusting And Balancing 15990 -2 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
sEcrroN 1s990
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
D. lf more than lwo reports are made by the contractor, the Owner reserves the right lo charge the
contractor for subsequenl reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from
payments by the Owner to the conlractor.
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Notify Contractor/Engineer/Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to lhe proper completion of
the test and balance work. Provide the Conlractor/ArchitectiEngineer with a copy of the notification.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BELTS, AND SHEEVES:
A. Refer to specific equipment sections and Section I 50l0 for additional requirements.
B. The Testing & Balancing Conlractor shall coordinate with the Mechanical Contraclor to supply
correctly sized drive belts and sheeves.
C. The Tesl & Balance Contractor shall determine the fan belt and sheeve replacemenl necessary for final
balance condition for specified air quantity when the VFD is operating in the by-pass mode for final
field conditions, without placing lhe motor over its nameplate amp rating.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.I CENERAL SYSTEM ANDEQUIPMENT PROCEDURES:
A. Balance all air flows within +10% to -57o of design flow quantities. Notify
Contractor/Engineer/Architect in writing ofconditions delrimental lo the proper completion oflhe test
and balance work. Provide the Contractor/Architect/Engineer wilh a copy ofthe notification.
B. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, in a
manner recommend by the original installer.
C. Measure, adjust and report equipment running motor amps and power factor, KW, rated molor
amperage, lisled motor power factor, vollage, and all nameplate dala. Perform these measurements for
all equipment operational modes.
D. Check and adjust equipment belt tensioning.
E- Check keyway and setscrew tightness. Report any loose screws and notifu Mechanical Contractor prior
to equipment balancing.
F. Record and include in report all equipment nameplate data.
C. Verify that all equipment safety and operating controls are in place, tested, adjusted and set prior to
balancing.
H. Verifo that manufaclurer start-up has occurred per specification prior to balancing.
J.2 AIR SIDE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES:
A. In addition to the procedures idenlified under each specific heading below, provide general data
reouired bv 3.2 above.
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovemenls
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
O Testing,AdjustingAnd Balancing 15990-3
sEcTtoN 15990
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
B. General Exhaust Systems:
l. Balance and report exhaust grille quantities. Report objectionable noise.
2- Provide full pitot traverses at each individual exhaust riser and at each exhaust fan. Balance and
report.
3. Report design air device inlet or outlet size, aclual inlet or outlet size, design and actual velocity
through the orifice, for each terminal in the system.
3,3 ELECTR]CAL COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH MECHANICAL SYSTEMS:
A. Manual and Magnetic Starlers:
I . Check all thermal overloads. ldentifo improperly protected equipment in report. Furnish and
exchange thermals as required for proper molor protection.
B. Variable frequency drives.
l. Coordinate balance process with equipment manufaclurer starl-up representative.
2. Record nameplate data.
3. Record motor overload settins.
4. Record full load amps.
3,4 CONTROL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. General.
l. Operate all temperalure control systems wilh the lemperature conlrol contractor's representative
for proper sequence of operalion.
3.5 REPORTOF WORK:
A. The Testing and Balancing Contractor shall submit six (6) bound copies ofthe final testing and
balancing report al least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Mechanical Contractor's request for final
inspection.
B. A complele reduced set ofmechanical contract drawings (showing each system) shall be included in the
report with all equipmenl, flow measuring devices, terminals (outlels, inlets, coils, fan coil units,
schedules, etc.) clearly marked and all equipment designated. The test and balance contractor can
obtain drawing files from Cator, Ruma, & Associates for development of these drawings.
C. Data shall be reported per Part 3 ofthis Section on standard NEBB forms. Generate custom forms lhat
contain the information in this Section when a standard NEBB form does not exist for a piece of
equipment. All NEBB forms shall be fully filled out for this report. When additional information is
required by this Section, it shall be provided.
D. The report shall include a list ofall equipment used in the testing and balancing work.
Testing, Adjusting And Balancing f5990 - 4 Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
sEcrroN t5990
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
Report systems for excessive sound and vibration per the sound and vibration inspection and lesting
portions of lhis specification.
Substantial completion of tbis project will not take place until a salisfactory report is received. The
Testing & Balancing Contractor shall respond and correct all deficiencies within seven (7) days of
receiving the Engineer's writlen review ofthe balancing report. Failure lo comply will result in holding
retainage of the final payment until all items have been conected to the salisfaction of the Engineer.
GUARANTEE OF WORK:
The Testing & Balancing Contraclor shall guarantee the accuracy ofthe tests and balance for a period
of 90 days from date of final acceptance of the test and balance report. During this period, the Testing
& Balancing Contractor shall make personnel available at no cost 10 th€ Owner to correct deficiencies
that may become apparent in the system balance.
END OF SECTION 15990
Lions Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
F.
3.6
Testing, Adjusting And Balancing t5990 - 5
sEcTloN 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIRE}IENTS
PART I GENERAL:
I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division-l Specification sections, appty to work of this seclion and all subsequent Division l6
sections.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. This Section specifies the basic requiremenls for electrical installations and includes requirements
common to more than one section of Division 16. lt expands and supplements the requirements
specified in sections ofDivision I through 15.
I.3 ACCESSIBILITY:
A. Install equipment and materials to provide required code clearances and access for servicing and
maintenance. Coordinate the final location with piping, ducts, and equipment ofolher trades to insure
proper access for all lrades. Coordinale locations ofconcealed equipment, disconnects, and boxes with
access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal ofparts, fuses, lamps, etc. that require
replacement or servicing.
B. Exlend all conduits so that junction and pull boxes are in accessible locations.
C. Install access panel or doors where equipment or boxes are concealed behind finished surfaces.
1.4 ROUGHIN:
A. Verifo final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual
equipment lo be connected.
B. Refer to equipmenl specifications in Divisions 2 through 15 for rough-in requirements.
I,5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY ACENCIES:
A. Execute and inspect all work in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and all local and
state codes, rules and regulations applicable to the trade affecled as a minimum, but if the plans and/or
specifications call for requirements that exceed these rules and regulations, the more slringent
requirement shall be followed. Follow application sections and requirements and testing procedures of
NFPA, IEEE, NEMA, CBM, ANSI, NECA, ICEA and NETA.
B. Comply with standards in effect at the date of these Contract Documents, except where a standard or
specific date or edition is indicated.
C. All material used on this project shall be UL listed and labeled and be acceptable to lhe authority
having jurisdiction as suitable for the use intended.
D. After entering into conlract, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet these
requirements rvithout additional expense to the Owner.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Basic Electrical Requirements 160t0-l
sEcTroN r6010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
I,6 REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES:
A. Coordinale conneclion ofelectrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utililies and
services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and
conlrolling agencies. Provide required connection for each service.
1.7 PERMITS AND FEES:
A. Conlractor shall pay all fees required for connection to municipal and public utility facilities.
B. Contraclor shall arrange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates required in connection
wilh the work.
I,8 ELECTRICALINSTALLAT]ONS:
A. Drawings are diagrammatic in characler and do not necessarily indicate every required conduil, box,
fitting, etc.
B. Drawings and specifications are complementary. Whatever is called for in either is binding as though
called for in both.
C. Drawings shall not be scaled for rough-in measurements or used as shop drawings. Where drawings
are required for these purposes or have to be made from field measurement, take the necessary
measurements and prepare the drawings.
D. Before any work is begun, determine that equipment will properly fit the space and that conduit can be
run as contemplated without interferences belween systems, with structural elemenls or with the work
of other trades.
E. Coordinate the installation ofeleclrical materials and equipmenl above and below ceilings with
suspension system, luminaires and other building components. Ductwork and piping shall not be
installed above electrical panelboards, switchboards, motor control cenlers, and transformers.
1. Coordinate ceiling cavily space carefully with all trades. In the evenl ofconflict, space for
mechanical and electric systems within tle cavity shall be allocated in the following order:
a. Plumbing waste, vent piping and roof drain mains and leaders.
b. Supply, retum and exhaust ductwork.
c. Fire sprinkler mains and leaders.
d. Electrical conduit.
e. Domestic hot and cold water.
f. Pneumatic conlrol piping.
g. Fire sprinkler branch piping and sprinkler runouts.
F. Verify all dimensions by field measuremenls.
G. Anange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to accommodate eleclrical
installations.
H. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves lo be set in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components, as they are construcled.
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2lD5
SECTION I60IO
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
I. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations ofelectrical materials and equipment for efficient
flow of the work. Give particular altention to large equipmenl requiring an access path for positioning
prior to closing-in the building or space.
J. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodale the inslallation of
electrical equipment and materials.
K. Where mounling heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install electrical conduits, boxes, and
overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. In general, keep installations tight
to structure.
L. Inslall eleclrical equipment to facilitate mainlenance and repair or replacement of equipment
components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease ofdisconnecting and removal wilh
minimum of interference with olher installations.
M. Installation shall comply with the local seismic requiremenls for the area of installation. Provide
restraints, bracing, anchors, vibration isolation, seismic snubbers, and all other components required
for the installalion.
I.9 METHODS OF PROCEDURE (MOP):
A. Definition: Method of Procedure (MOP) is a written plan which describes lhe activities and
procedures to safeguard lhe building's occupanls and conlenls and 1o interface with the building's
management, operations and security. Building occupanls shall be defined as employees, patients, and
visitors.
B. Requirements:
L A MOP is required when a construction activily affects the safety of the occupants, equipment or
valuable contents, or any supporting system; or essentially affects the building's management,
operalions or security.
2. A MOP is required for any shutdown or intemrption of any system which affects the building
occupants, including, but not limited 10, infrastructure, life safety, electrical, and building
managemenl systems-
3. A MOP is required when requested or deemed necessary by the Owner or Engineer.
A. Development:
l. The Prime Contractor shall develop, submit, track and process the MOP. Any assistance required
by the Subcontracton shall be provided. All MOP's shall be reviewed by the Prime Contractor
prior to submitting the MOP to the Engineer.
2. All Mop's Shall Be Typed.
3. Contractor shall develop the MOP in a limely fashion prior to review and approval by all required
parties.
4. Contractor shall develop the MOP wilh input from the subcontractor, where necessary.
B. Form: Each MOP shall be a written document in narralive, descriptive or outline form supplemented
with drawings, diagrams and schedules as necessary. The detailed format included in the appendix
shall be utilized.
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-3 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
SECT|ON 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL Rf, QUIREMENTS
C. Review and Approval: Conlractor shall submit each MOP io the Engineer for review and approval.
AII MOP's require Owner's approval.
D. lmplementalion: Contraclor shall implement the MOP when approved by the Engineer and Owner in
writing. No construction activity which requires a MOP shall proceed until the MOP is approved.
E. Compliance: Contractor shall comply with the approved MOP. The Owner and Engineer reserve lhe
right to stop the work for non-compliance wilh the MOP. Any cost or time delay resulting from the
work stoppage shall be bome by the Contraclor.
F. Posting: Work shall not proceed on any facet of the work involving any MOP if an approved and
signed MOP is not posted in lhe work area.
I.IO ELECTRICALCOORDINATIONDRAWINGS:
A. Prepare and submil a set of coordination drawings showing major elemenls, components, and systems
ofelectrical equipment and materials in relationship with other building components. Prepare I l"x 17"
drawings to an accurate scale of l/8":l'-0" or larger. Indicale the locations of all equipment and
materials, including clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment. Indicale movement and
positioning of large equipmenl into the building during conslruction.
B. Prepare floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, elevations, sections, and details to conclusively coordinate
and integrale all inslallations. Indicate locations where space is limited, and where sequencing and
coordination ofinstallations are of importance to lhe efficient flow of the Work, including (but not
necessarily limited to) the following:
l. Electric equipment room layouls
2. Mechanical equipment room layouts
3. Corridors with major duct trunk lines
C. Prepare coordination drawings for specific equipment installations, including, butnot limited to the
followins:
L Switchgear
2. Motor conlrol centers
3. Generators and automalic transfer swilches
4. Pad mounted and/or dry type transformers
5. Switchboards and panelboards
6. Feeder conduits
I.II EQUIPMENTHOUSEKEEPINCPADS:
A. Provide 4" concrete housekeeping pad for all floor mounted equipment including, but not limited lo:
swilchgear, switchboards, motor conlrol centers, floor mounted distribution panelboards, floor
mounted branch panelboards, and floor mounted dry type transformers. Fabricate pads as follows:
l. Coordinate size ofequipment bases with actual unit sizes provided. Fabricate base 4" larger in
bolh directions than the overall dimensions of the supported unit.
2. Form concrete pads with framing lumber with form release compounds. Chamfer lop edge and
comers of pad.
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
J.
4.
sEcrtoN 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Place concrete and allow to cure before inslallation ofunits. Use Portland cement that
conforms to ASTM C 150, 4000-psi compressive strength, and nonnal weight aggregate.
Anchor housekeeping pads to slab using #3 rebar bent in "L" or "2" shape 12" on center on
each side ofslab.
EXCAVATING AND BACK-FILLING :
General:
t.Provide all necessary excavalion and backfill for installation ofeleclrical work in accordance
rvith Division 2.
ln general, follou'all regulalions ofOSHA as specified in Parl 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations,
Trenching and Shoring." Follow specifications of Division I 6 as they refer specifically to the
electrical work.
Contacl Owners ofall underground utililies to have lhem located and marked, at least 2 business days
before excavation is to begin. Prior to starting excavation. briefemployees on marking and color
codes and lrain employees on excavation and safety procedures for natural gas lines. When excavation
approaches gas lines, expose lines by carefully probing and hand digging.
Backfilling shall not be started until all work has been inspected, tested and accepted. All backfill
material shall be accepted by the soils engineer. In no case shall lumber, metal or other debris be
buried in with backfill.
Trench Backfill
l. Backfill to 4 inches above top ofconduits with sand, the same as used for conduit bed, compact
properly.
2. Continue backfill to finish grade, using friable material free ofrock and other debris. lnstall in
6 inch layers, each properly moistened and mechanically compacted prior to installation of
ensuing layer. Compaction by hydraulic jetting is nol permissible.
After backfilling and compacting, any settling shall be refilled, tamped, and refinished at contractor's
expense.
This contractor shall repair and pay for any damage to finished surfaces.
Backfill near manholes or hand holes using sand, inslalling it in 6 inch layers lo 4 inches above the
shallowest conduit. Use suitable excavated material to complete the backfill, installed in 6 inch layers
and meohanically compacted to seal againsl waler infiltration. Compact to 95o% below paving and
slabs and 907o elsewhere.
CUTTING AND PATCHINC.
This Article specifies lhe cutting and patching ofelectrical equipment, components, and materials to
include removal and legal disposal of selected materials. components, and equipment.
l.t2
C.
1.13
A.
2.
B.
D.
E.
F.
G.
B. Refer to lhe Division I Section covering cutting and patching for general requirements.
C. Do not endanger or damage installed Work through procedures and processes ofculting and patching.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 Aueust 2005
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-5
D.
sEcTtoN t6010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because ofdamage caused as a result of electrical
installations.
No addilional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching Work that is necessitated by
ill-timed, defective, or non-conforming installations.
Perform cutting, filting, and patching ofelectrical equipment and materials required to:
l. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work;
2. Remove and replace defective Work;
3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents;
4. Upon wrillen inslructions from the Archilect/Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for
Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work.
Provide and mainlain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread ofdust and
dirt to adjacent areas.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES:
Light, Heat, Power, Etc.
l. Responsibility for providing temporary electricity, heat and other facilities shall be as identified
in these specifications, as shown on the drawings and as specified in Division I .
Building distribution equipment and devices (existing or new) shall not be used without writlen
permission of the Owner. If used for temporary power, the equipment shall be properly maintained
and any damage resulting from use shall be repaired by tbe Contraclor. The guarantee period for new
equipment shall nol begin until the equipment is tumed over to the Owner.
If AC power systems or their backup systems serving lelecommunications, computer equipmenl, or
their associaled HVAC equipment and controls are taken oul ofservice, for any reason, the Contractor
shall be responsible for providing temporary systems during the period when the AC power systems or
their backup systems are oul of service. The Contraclor shall be responsible for providing temporary
power to all loads being interrupted.
ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS:
Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary) and Division l Section covering
shop drawings, product data, and samples for submittal definitions, requirements, and procedures.
The manufacturer's material or equipment listed first in the specifications or on the drawings are the
types to be provided for the establishment ofsize, capacity, grade and quality. Ifalternates are used in
Iieu ofthe first names, the cost ofany changes in construction required by their use shall be bome by
this Contraclor.
E.
F,
G.
1.14
L.
t.l5
A.
B.
B.
C. All equipment shall conform lo the State and/or local Energy Conservation Standards.
D. Submitlal of shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only when submitted by the
Conlractor. Each submittal shall be reviewed for general conformance with contract requirements and
stamped by the respective contractor prior to submittal to the Archilect/Engineer. Data submilted from
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Basic Electrical Requirements t6010-6
SECTION I60IO
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
subcontraclors and material suppliers directly to the Architecl/Engineer will not be processed unless
written prior approval is obtained by the Contractor.
E. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the ArchitecVEngineer two (2) sets ofall shop drawings,
descriplive product data, and samples required for lhe project. Continue to submit two (2) sets, afler
each Architect/Engineer's action, until a "No Exception Taken" or "Make Correclion Noted" action is
received. Submittals shall include the following specified materials and, in addition, any materials nol
lisled below but rvhich are specified in the individual sections of Division 16 which follow.
Submittals shall include the following specified materials and, in addition, any materials not listed below
but which are specified in the individual sections of Division l6 which follow.
l. Raceways including surface raceways and wireways.
2. Cable trays or bridle ring assemblies.
3. Cabinets, boxes, fittings, elc.
4. Wiring devices, including tele,/datalpower poles.
5. Electrical equipment signs and labels.
6. Meterbanks
7- Switchboards
8. Crounding
9. Transformers
10. Panelboards
1l. DisconnectSwitches
12. Motor control including motor control cenlers and individual manual and magnetlc starters
provided under this Division.
13. Aulomatic and manual lransfer switches including all ancillary equipment.
14. Poles and Standards.
15. Lighting
16. Emergency power supplies including unit type equipment.
17. Engine generalor including transfer swilches and all ancillary equipment.
18. Fire alarm and detection syslem.
19. Security System
20. Background music system.
21. Voice and data dislribution system
22. Televisiondistribulionsystem.
23. Lighting conlrol system including individual wall dimmers.
F. Submit proposed changes to electrical room or olher equipment room layouts when revised from
contracl documents prior to installation.
G. Mark submittals with designations as shown on the drawings and identify as required by Specification
Sections. ldenlificalion shall contain the informalion as required in details and each label shall be
submitted in list form wilh disconnects, MCC's, panelboards, switchboards, overcurrent proteclion
devices and utilizalion eqrripmenl.
H. All electrical submittals shall be assembled into a single package after approval ofall sections.
l. Submittals shall be provided in expandable, three-ring, hard back binders.
2. Each submiltal shall be tabbed by the electrical specification section it is specified in.
3. An index shall be nrovided which includes:
a. Product
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-7 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
sf,crtoN t6tnc
BASIC EIJCTRTCAL NEQUIREMENTS .
b. Plan Code (if ryplicable)c. Specificatim Sectiond" Manufacturcr snd Model Numbcr
Ll'or Sqrrre Lodgesireend""*i,Tli:::ffs: o
15 Augurt 21105
Brslc El€ctrlcal Requirements f 60lll-t
SECTION I60IO
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREIITENTS
I.I6 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUT]ONS:
A. The burden ofproofthat proposed equipment is equal in size, capacily, performance, and other
pertinent crileria for this specific installation, or superior to thal specified is up to the Contractor.
Substituted equipment will only be allowed where specifically listed in a wrilten addendum. If
substitutions are not granted, lhe specified materials and equipment must be installed. Where
substituted equipment is allowed, it shall be the Conlractor's responsibility to notify all related trades
ofthe accepled subslitulion and to assume full responsibility for all costs caused as a result of the
substitution.
B. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment shall be of domestic (USA) manufacture.
I.I1 PRODUCT LISTINC:
A. Prepare a list ofmajor electrical equipment and materials for the project. A sample schedule is
included a1 lhe end of this Section to complete this requirement.
B. Provide a product listing within one (4) weeks from award ofcontract to successful bidder.
C. Submit this listing as a part of the submiltal requirement specified in the Division I Seclion on
Products and Substitulions.
D. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required lhey shall be of the same
manufaclurer- Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw malerials, bulk materials, sheet
metal, steel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners and similar items used in Work, except as
olherwise indicated.
E. For conduit, wire and fittings, the Contractor shall select a prime and alternate manufacturer from the
list ofacceptable manufacturers provided in the appropriate sections of this Division. The prime and
altemate manufacturers shall be identified in the product lisling. The contractor shall make every
effort to use the prime manufacturer for lhe entire projecl. Ifproducts lrom this manulacturer are
unavailable, the Contractor shall use the listed alternate with the following provisions.
l. Wire: All wire placed in a single conduit or installed in multiple conduits making up parallel
feeders shall be of the same manufacturer.
2. Conduit and Fitlings: All conduits and fittings installed exposed within the same room or
immediate area shall be of the same manufaclurer.
F. Provide products which are compatible within systems and other connected items.
I.18 SCHEDULE OF VALUES:
A. Provide preliminary schedule ofvalues to Engineer according to lhe following descriptions:
l. Service/Dislribulion, per each service
2. Lighting - Interior
3. Lighting - Exterior
4. BasicMalerials/Devices
5. EquipmentConnections(Mechanical)
6. Emergency Generator
7. Fire Alarm (Materiali Installation)
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-9 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
SECTION t6010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
8. Security
9. Tele/data system
10. Miscellaneous
B. Provide Preliminary Schedule of Values to Engineer with product data submittal or within three (3)
weeks from award ofcontract to successful bidder.
I.I9 NAMEPLATEDATA:
A. Provide equipment wilh permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power operated
equipmenl, indicating manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating
and power characteristics, Iabels of tested compliances, and similar essential data. Install equipment
so that nameplate is readily visible.
1.20 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Refer to the Division l, Sections on Transportation and Handling and Storage and Protection.
B. Deliver products to project properly idenlified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance
labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected
to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling.
C. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protecl
stored equipment and malerials from damage and weather.
D. Coordinate deliveries of electrical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion.
Limit each shipment of materials and equipment lo the items and quantities needed for lhe smooth and
efficient flow oI installations.
1.21 RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Refer to the Division I Section on Project Closeout or Projecl Record Documenls for requirements.
The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division l.
B. Mark Drawings to indicate revisions lo conduit size and location both exterior and interior; actual
equipment locations, dimensioned from column lines; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column
lines; distribulion and branch electrical circuitry; fuse and circuit breaker size and arrangements;
support and hanger details; Change Orders; concealed contml system devices, and any other relevant
deviations from the Contracl Documenls.
C. Mark shop drawings to indicate approved substitutions; Change Orders; actual equipment and
materials used.
D. Mark luminaire schedule on drawings to indicate manufacturer and complete calalog numbers of
inslalled equipment.
E. Mark schedules including panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, mechanical, kitchen and
similar equipment schedules on drawings to indicate installed equipment and materials used, and any
deviations or revisions to eleclrical load dala and calculations.
F. During conslruclion, the contractor shall maintain at thejob site a set of updaled construclion
documents for the singular purpose of recording the above information. All record drawings shall be
completed in erasable pencil. These changes shall be updaled weekly.
Lion Square Lodge
site and ""*t'l*',:i:iL'"'l: O
15 August 2fi)5
Basic Electrical Requirements t6010-t0
SECTION I60IO
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
C. Revisions to lhe Contract Documents shall be legible and shall be prepared using the following color
scheme.
l. Red shall indicale new items, deviations and routing.
2. Green shall indicated items removed or deleted.
3- Blue shall be used for relevant notes and descriptions.
H. At the completion of the projecl, submit lhese documents to the Archilect/Engineer. This contracl will
not be considered completed until these record documents have been received and reviewed by lhe
ArchitecVEngineer.
1.22 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A, Refer to the Division I Section on project closeout or operation and maintenance dala for procedures
and requirements for preparation and submitlal of maintenance manuals.
B. In addition to the information required by Division I for Maintenance Data, include the following
information:
l. Description offunction, normal operaling characteristics and limitalions, fuse curves,
engineering data and tests, and complele nomenclature and commercial numbers of all
replaceable parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures lo include start-up, break-in, routine and normal
operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions;
and summer and winter operating inslructions.
3- Mainlenance procedures for routine preventalive mainlenance and troubleshooiing;
disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.
4. Servicing inslruclions and lubrication charts and schedules.
5. Complete list of parts and wiring diagrams
6- Names, addresses and telephone numbers ofthe Contractor, Sub-contractors and local company
responsible for maintenance of each system or piece of equipment.
7 . A1l information shall be permanenlly bound in a 3-ring binder. The job name and address and
contraclor's name and address shall be placed on the cover and spine ofeach binder in a
permanent manner. Dymo-tape is not acceptable.
8. Copies ofall test reports shall be included in the manuals.
9. Provide manuals with dividerc for major sections and special equipment. Mark neatly in ink
lhe individual equipment when more than one model or make is listed on a page. Provide
detailed table of contents.
C. Tlris contract will not be considered compleled nor will final payment be made until all specified
matedal, including test reports, is provided and the manual is reviewed by the Architect/Engineer.
1.23 TESTING:
A. Submit test reports as outlined in Division I Sections on Quality Control Sen'ices and each Division
l6 Section.
B. Testing as required by these specificalions shall pertain lo all equipment, wiring, devices, elc. inslalled
under this contract and beins reused.
C. General Scooe:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Basic Electrical Requirements | 6010-t I
sEcrtoN r6010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
l. Perform all tests and operational checks lo assure thal all electrical equipment, both Contractor
and Owner-supplied, is operational within industry and manuFacturer's tolerances and is
installed in accordance with design specifications.
2. The tesls and operational checks shall delermine the suitability for energizalion.
3. Schedule tests and give a minimum of two weeks advance nolice to lhe Architecl. Reschedule
testing for Owner convenience if required.
D. Test Report: Submit three copies ofthe completed report to the Archilect no laler than fifleen (15)
days after completion of test unless directed otherwise. The test report shall be bound and its contents
certified.
The test report shall include lhe following:
l. Projecl information including: Building, name, address, date, and other pertinent information.
2. List of equipment tested.
3. Description of test.
4. Lisl oftesl equipmenl used and calibralion date.
5. Baseline, acceptable, or published targel value for test with code or standard reference
indicating where value was derived.
6. Test results that summarize all measured values with baseline values.
7. Conclusionsandrecommendalions.
8. Appendix, including appropriate lest forms that show all measured values.
E. Failure to Meet Test:
l- Any system malerial or workmanship which is found defeclive on the basis of performance
tests shall be reoorted directly to the Architect.
2. All failed lesls shall be sent immediately by fax to Engineer with proposed corrective action
and proposed re{est date and time.
3. Conlractor shall replace the defective malerial or equipment as necessary, and have tesl
repealed until test proves salisfactory without additional cosl to the Owner.
4. The Contractor or tesling agency shall have a calibration program which maintains all
applicable lest instrumentation within rated accuracy. The accuracy shall be traceable to the
National Institute of Slandards and Technology (NIST) in an unbroken chain. Instruments shall
be calibrated in accordance with the following frequency schedule:
a. Field Instrumenls: 6 monlhs
b. Laboratory Instrumenls: 12 months
c. Leased specialty equipment: 12 months. (Where accuracy is guaranteed by lessor, i.e.,
Doble).
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2lD5
Basic Electrical Requiremenas l60ilFt2
sEcTtoN 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIRI]MENTS
Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment.
WARRANTIESI
Refer to the Division I Section on Warranlies and Bonds for procedures and submittal requiremenls
for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requiremenls. In no case
shall the warranty for the total electrical system be less than one year from dale ofacceptance by the
Owner.
Compile and assemble the wananlies specified in Division 16, inlo a separated set of vinyl covered.
three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference.
Provide complete warranly informalion for each item. lnformation to include producl or equipment
descriplion, date ofbeginning of wananty or bond; duration of waranty or bond; and names,
addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services.
CLEANING:
Refer to the Division I Seclion on project closeout or final cleaning for general requirements for final
cleaning.
Clean all luminairs, lamps and lenses prior to final acceptance. Replace all inoperative lamps.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT LIST:
The contractor shall be responsible for providing the items listed on the checklist prior to final
observation. Required test reports shall be included in the O & M manuals. (Checklist is located al the
end of this seclion.)
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
The contractor shall maintain and have available at the jobsite curent information on the following at
all times:
l.
J-
4.
5.
Up to date record drawings.
Submittals
Site observalion reports with current status of all action items.
Tesl results; including recorded values, procedures, and other findings.
Outage information.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
t.24
A.
B.
C.
1.25
B.
1.26
A.
t.21
Division l6
F
o
F
F
FO
z ,L)
1aa
>=<
-d
U6
tr
z2Za<o/, 9)t-d
J<s
XFr!<
Basic Electrical Requirements r60r 0-13
sEcrtoN 16010
BASIC ELECTRTCAL REQUI REMENTS
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lrnprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
DRAWINGS
RACEWAYS
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBINC
FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
NON-METALLIC CONDUIT PVC
RICID METAL CONDUIT
SURFACE METAL RACEWAY
TRANSFORMER BOX PADS
CABINETS, BOXES & FITTINGS
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CROUNDING
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010-14
SECTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL
16010
REQUIREMENTS
SPEC
SECTION
REQUIREMENTS
REPORT/
DATA
F
q.)
F
F
F
F\)
F
z))
a6a
>a<d, i;OE
IL
tr
E<Za<o& tr)
J<s
XFr!<
q
^z9>dfi
t-9q<
-=F66*
16481 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER x x x x x x
16495 TRANSFER SWITCHES x x x Y x x x x
r6503 POLES & STANDARDS x
t65t5 LIGHTING x x X x
BALLASTS x x x
16535 EMERCENCY LIGHTING x x x
t6621 NATURAL GAS GENERATOR
SETS
x x x x x x x
't666,0 CROUND-FAULT PROTECTION x X X x
16675 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE
SUPPRESSOR
x x x x
t6880 ELECTRIC RADIANT HEATERS x x x
t6931 LIGHTINC CONTROL
EOUIPMENT
x x X x x
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Basic Electrical Requirements 160r0-15
sEcTroN 160t0
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
ELECTRICAL PRODUCT LISNNG
Page of
Projecl Name
Date
Contraclor
The following is a listing of equipment and materials which will be used on the abovo'referenced project. This
product listing does not remove the requircment for submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples as may
be called for elsewhere in these specifications. Provide this list to Architec/Engineer within 2 weeks ofconract
award.
END SECTION I6OIO
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Gerage Improvernents
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2lXl5
SPEC
SECTION
ITEM MANUFACTURER
PROPOSED
LEAD
rrME(wKs)
Basic Electrical Requirements r60ilL16
sEcTloN t6ll0
RACf,WAYS
PART I CENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A. Extent ofraceway work is indicated by drawings and schedules. Provide complete conduit systems for
all conductors unless olherwise specified.
B. Types of raceways specified in this section include the following:
l. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Flexible metal conduil.
3. Intermediate metal conduit (lMC).
4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.
5. Non-metallic Conduit and Ducls.
6. Rigid melal conduit (RGC).
7. Surface metal raceways.
8. Wireways.
I.O2 QUALITYASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types and sizes
required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with al least 3 years ofsuccessful installation experience on projects
with electrical raceway work similar lo that required for this project.
I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Producl Data: Submil manufacturer's technical product data, including specifications and installation
inslruclions, for each type ofraceway system required. Include data substantiating thal materials
comply with requiremenls.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit dimensioned drawings of surface metal raceway systerns showing layout
of raceways and fittings, spatial relationships fo associafed equipment, and
adjoining rcceways, if any.
2. Show connections to electrical power panels and feeders.
3. Show raceway routing for low voltage systems, including all bend access panels.
4. Show raceway routes for atl feeders to panelboards and mechanical equipment, if
the routing differs from that shown on the plans.
5. Show locations ofall access panets.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Subject to compliance with requiremenls, provide products by lhe following:
l. Rigid Metal Conduil:
a. Allied
b. Wheatland
Raceways 16110 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
c.
d.
sEcTloN 16ll0
RACEWAYS
Triangle
Western Tube & Conduil
3.
4.
lntermediate Metal Cottduil (MC):
a. Allied
b. Triangle
c. Western Tubc & Conduit
PVC Coated:
a. RobRoy
b. Pemra Cote
c. OCAL
EMT Conduit:
Allied
Republic
Triangle
LTV
Westem Tubc& Conduit
5.Non-Metallic Conduit:
Carlon
MPF
Can-Tex
PW
6.Steel Finings:
7.Die-cast Fittings:
Regal
Bridgcport
Halex
Raco
Conduit Bodies:
OlZGdney
Raco
Appleton
EPT
Midwest
Picoma
Steel City
o/ZGdrey
Killark
Regal
Appleton
€rouse Hinds
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a-
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f
s.
Lton Squere Lodge
Site and Gerrge Improvenents
Vrf,, Coloredo
15Augwt2llOli
Receways r6tlo-2
sEcrloN 16110
RACEWAYS
9- Surface Metal Racewavs:
a. Wiremold Co.
b. Airey Thompson Co.
c. B-Line Systems, Inc.
d. lsoduct Energy Systems
e. Square D. Co.
f. Mono-Svstems. Inc.
10. Wireway:
a. Square D. Co.
b. Circle AW Producls
c. Erickson Electric Equipment Co.
d. G.S. Metals Corp.
e. Hoflman Engineering Co.
f. Wadsworth Electric Mfg. Co., Inc.
2.02 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING:
A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGC):
I - Conduit: Rigid steel, zinc-coated inside and outside, threaded ends.
2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel, bushings shall have nylon insulaled throat.
O B. Intermediate Meral Conduit (lMC):
F. Flexible Metal Conduit:
Raceways
I . Conduit: Rigid intermediate grade galvanized inside and outside, threaded ends.
2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel, bushings shall have nylon insulated throat.
C. PVC Extemally Coated Rigid Steel Conduit:
1. Conduit: Rigid steel zinc-coated with external coating of PVC.
2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel with external PVC coating, bushings shall have nylon
insulated throal.
D. Electrical Melallic Tubing (EMT):
1. Conduit: Galvanized steel tubing.
2. Fittings: Steel compression fittings for rain-tight and concrcte-lighl application. Die-cast set-
screw for all other connections. Set screw quick fit type fot 2-l /2" and larger may be used.
Bushings shall be threaded and have nylon insulated throat or nylon bushing.
E. Rigid Aluminum Conduit:
l. Nol allowed unless olherwise noted.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Coloredo
l5 August 2fi)5
16110 - 3
sEcTroN r6il0
RACEWAYS
l. Conduit: Conlinuous spiral wound, interlocked, zinc-coated steel, approved for grounding.
2. Fittings: Cadmium plated, malleable iron. Straight connector shall be one-piece body, female
end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw f,or securing conduil, and threaded male end
provided with a locknut. Angle connectors shall be two piece body with removable upper
section, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit, and
threaded male end provided with a locknut. AII fittings shall be terminaled with threaded
bushings having nylon insulaled throats.
G. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit:
l Conduit: Conlinuous spiral wound, interlocked zinc-coated steel with polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
jacket, approved for grounding.
2. Fittings: Cadmium plated malleable iron. Straight and angle connectors shall be lhe same as
used with flexible metal conduit but shall be provided with a compression type steel fenule and
neoprene gasket sealing rings.
2.03 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS:
A. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduil (RNC):
1 . Conduit: Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 90"C for direct burial or concrete encasement.
2. Fittings: Male and malch conduil lype and material. Cement as recommended by manufacturer.
B. PVC and ABS Plastic Ulililies Duct:
I . Conduit: Type 2 (EB) for encased burial in concrete; Type Il (DB) for direct burial.
2. Filtings: Male and match conduit type and material. Cement as recommended by manufacturer.
2.04 CONDUIT BODIES:
A. General: Types, shapes and sizes, as required to suit individual applications and NEC requiremenls.
Provide matching gasketed covers secured wilh corrosion-resislant screws.
B. Metallic Conduit and Tubing: Use malleable iron conduit bodies. Use bodies with threaded hubs for
threaded raceways and in hazardous locations.
C. Nonmetallic Conduit: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies.
2.05 WIREWAYS:
A. General: Provide electrical wireways oftypes, grades, sizes, and number ofchannels for each type of
service as indicated. Provide complete assembly ofraceway including, bul not limited to, couplings,
offsets, elbows, expansion joinls, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and olher components and
accessories as required for complete system.
B. Lay-ln Wireways: Construct lay-in wireways with hinged covers in accordance with UL 870 with
componenls UL listed. Construcl units to be capable of sealing cover in closed position with sealing
wire. Provide wireways with knockouts.
Lion Square Lodge
Sire and ""*t'ui?:u:r.'"{.; O
l5 August 2005
Racewavs t6lr0 - 4
SECTION I6lIO
RACEWAYS
l. Connectors: Provide wireway conneclors suitable for "lay-in" conductors, with conneclor covers
permanenlly attached so lhat removal is not necessary to utilize the lay-in feature.
2- Finish: Protect sheet melal parts with rust inhibiting coaling and baked enamel finish. Plate
finish hardware lo prevent corrosion. Prolect screws installed toward inside ofwireway tvith
spring nuts lo prevenl wire insulation damage.
C. Rain+ight Troughs: Construct in accordance with UL 870, with components UL listed.
l. Construclion: l6-gauge galvanized sheet metal parts for 4" x 4" to 6" x 6" sections, and l4
gauge perts for 8" x 8" and larger seclions. Provide knockouls only in bottom of troughs, with
suitable adapters to facilitate attaching lo other NEMA 3R enclosures. Do not use gasketing that
can rip or lear during installalion. or would compromise rain-tight capability of the trough. Do
not use cover screws thal will protrude into the trough area and damage wire insulation.
2. Finish: Provide l4-gauge and l6-gauge galvanized sheet melal parts with corrosion-resistant
phosphate primer and baked enamel finish. Plate hardware to prevent corrosion.
2.06 SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS:
A. General: Sizes and channels as indicated. Provide fittings thal match and mate with raceway. All
circuits either factory or field installed shall have a separate neutral conductor.
l. Type I: Multi-outlel assembly with prewired outlets, 3-wire, single circuit with single outlets on
619 I l2 / 18 inch centers.
2. Type 2: Multi-outlet assembly with prewired outlets, 2-circuit with single oulleis wired
allemately on6l9 I l2 / l8 inch centers.
3. Type 3: Single comparlment, multi-oullet assembly, nominal 2-3/4" x l,-'1/16" wilh flush, snap-
on cover. lnstall devices and circuits as indicated on the drawings.
4. Type 4: Multi-outlet assembly, divided for power and communicalion, nominal 4-3/4" x l-3/4"
wilh (2),2-318" compartments and flush, snap-on cover. Install devioes and circuits as indicaled
on the drawings.
5. Type 5: Singte compartment, multi-outlet assembly, nominal 4-3/4" x 3-9ll6" with flush, snap-
on cover. lnstall devices and circuits as indicated on the drawings.
6. Surface Metal Raceway: Galvanized steel with snap-on cover. Finish in manufaclurer's
standard prime coaling suitable for field painting. Provide raceways ofsuitable size based on fill
for circuits indicated on the drawings. Provide all necessary boxes, covers, exlensions, fittings,
elc. to form a complete assembly.
B. Boxes for Surface Raceways: Designed, manufactured and supplied by raceway manufacturer for use
rvith specifi ed raceway.
2.07 CONDUIT SIZES:
A. Conduit sizes shall be as shown on the drawings. lf the conduit size is not given on the drarvings, the
conduit shall be sized in accordance with NEC based on the number ofconductors enclosed plus a
parity sized equipment ground conductor and be subject to the following minimum sizes:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2fi)5
Raceways t6110 - 5
sf,cTroN 16il0
RACEWAYS
1. Rigid, Intermediate, and EMT Conduit: 3/4" for all runs except lighting switch legs,277 volt
lighting branch circuits, temperature control and fire alarm which may be l/2".
2. Flexible and Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit: l/2" for all runs.
3. MC Cable: 3/8" to undercounter luminaires, ll2" for all olher runs.
4. Underground or Concrete Encased Nonmetallic Conduit: 3/4" for all runs.
5. Conduils used for home runs shall conlain only the conduclors for the circuits indicated on the
drawings. Combining multiple home runs into a single conduil will not be permitted.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which raceways are to be installed, and substrate which will
support raceways. Notiry Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the
work. Do no1 proceed with work until unsalisfactory condilions have been correcled in manner
acceptable to Installer.
3.02 CONDUIT SCHEDULE:
A. Buried Raceways: PVC Coated rigid steel galvanized conduit or Schedule 40 rigid PVC plastic
conduil.
B. Raceways embedded in concrete slabs or walls in contact with earth: Schedule 40, PVC plastic conduit.
PVC coated rigid steel galvanized conduit, OR PVC coaled intermediale metal conduit.
C. Raceways embedded in concrele slabs above grade level: Rigid steel galvanized conduit or Schedule
40 rigid PVC plastic conduit in slab.
D. Raceways Through Foundation Walls Below Grade: One I0 foot section of PVC coated rigid sleel
galvanized, exlending from I fool inside the foundation wall.
E. Hazardous areas: Rigid steel galvanized conduit.
F. Raceways in locations subject to mechanical injury: Rigid steel galvanized conduit OR inlermediate
metal conduit. Locations subject to mechanical injury include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Exposed conduils outdoors.
2. Exposed conduits in dock areas and high/medium bay locations up to 25 feet above finished
floor.
3. Exposed conduits in parking garages.
4. Exposed feeder and conlrol conduits from engine generators to distribution equipment.
5. Exposed service entrance feeders.
G. Motor and equipment connections: Flexible metal conduil OR PVC jacketed liquid-tight flexible
metallic conduit with liquid tight connectors.
Raceways 16110 - 6 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
sEcTloN l6ll0
RACEWAYS
H. Raceways in all other areas shall be electrical metallic tubing unless otherwise noted.
l. Use flexible metal conduit inside movable partition wireways, from junction boxes to devices and
between devices in casework, from outlel boxes to recessed luminaires, and for "fishing" of existing
walls.
J. Emergency Circuits: All ernergency circuits shall be run lotally in metal conduit and shall be in a
completely separate raceway system from non-emergency circrtits.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS:
A. General: Ilstall electrical raceways in accordance wilh manufaclurer's writlen inslallation instruction,
applicable requirements of NEC, and as follows:
l. Conceal all conduit unless indicated otherwise, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep
raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and sleam or hot waler pipes. Install
raceways level and square and al proper elevations.
2. ElevationofRacewav:
a. Where horizontal raceway is inslalled near water and steam piping, roule raceway above
piping and as close to structure as possible and practical.
b. Route raceway as close to structure as possible.
3. Complete installation ofeleclrical raceways before starting installation ofconductors within
raceways.
4. Provide supports for raceways as specified elsewhere in Division 16.
5. Prevent foreign matler from entering raceways by using temporary closure protection.
6. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise from floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion
ofbend is nol visible above the finished slab.
7. Make bends and offsels so the inside diameter is not effeclively reduced. Unless otherwise
indicated, keep the legs ofa bend in the same plane and the straight legs ofoffsets parallel.
Bends in conduit larger th an 1-114" shall be factory-made elbows unless otherwise specifically
approved. Bends in l-l/4" and l " runs shall be made in an approved bending machine or factory
made. Hickey bends will not be permitted in conduits larger than 3/4".
8. Use raceway fittings that are types compatible wilh the associated raceway and suitable for the
use and location. Install expansion fittings across all structural construction joints and
expansion/deflection couplings across all structural expansionjoints and in every 200 foot of
linear conduit run. A flexible bonding jumper al least three-times the nominal width of the joint
shall be installed.
9. Run raceways parallel and perpendicular to building elements and other equipment with a
minimum ofbends in the shoftesl praclical distance considering the type of building construction
and obstruclions except as otherwise indicated.
10. Raceways embedded in slabs: (Allowed only by writlen authorization of Structural
Engineer/Architect): Install with a minimum ofbends, in the shortest practical distance, in
Raceways 16110 - 7 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
I l.
t3.
l).
t7.
16.
12.
14.
r8.
19.
if,cTtoN 16110
RACEWAYS
middle third ofthe slab thickness where practical, and leave at least I inch concrete cover. Tie
raceways to reinforcing rods or otherwise secure them to prevent sagging or shifting during
concrele placemenl. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in the concrete. Run conduit
larger than l-inch trade size, parallel with or at right angles lo the main reinforcement; where at
right angles lo the reinforcement, the conduit shall be close to one of tbe supports of the slab.
Where nonmetallic conduit is used, raceways must be converted to PVC coated rigid steel
conduit before rising above floor.
lnstall exposed raceways parallel and perpendicular lo nearby surfaces or struclural members
and follow the surface contours as much as practical.
Install vertical feeder conduits in exterior walls, core walls, or chase spaces. Do nol install in
interior wall partition areas.
Run exposed and parallel raceways together. Make bends in parallel runs from the same center
line so that the bends are parallel. Faclory elbows may be used only where they can be installed
parallel. In other cases provide field bends for parallel raceways.
Make raceway joints tight. Where joinls cannot be made tight, use bonding jumpers to provide
electrical continuity of the raceway system. Make raceway terminations tight. Where
terminations are subject to vibration, use bonding bushings or wedges lo assure electrical
continuity. Where subject to vibration or dampness, use insulaling bushings 10 prctect
conductors. Joints in non-melallic conduits shall be made with solvent cement in strict
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Tighten set screws ofthreadless fittings with suitable tool.
Terminalions: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the raceway to
enter squarely and install the locknuts with dished part against lhe box. RGC and IMC shall be
secured with double locknuls and an insulated metallic bushing. EMT shall be secured with one
locknut and shall have nylon insulated throats or threaded nylon bushings ftom ll2" to 1". l-
l/4" and above shall be metal wilh nylon insulated throats. Use grounding type bushings for
feeder conduits at switchboards, panelboards, pull boxes, lransformers, motor control centers,
VFD's, etc.
Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway or fitting lighl into the hub so lhe end
bears againsl the wire prolection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway so
the coupling is square to the box, and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed.
Provide nylon pull string wilh printed footage indicalors having not less than 200 pounds lensile
strength. Leave nol less than l2 inches of slack at each end of the pull string. Identiff with tags
at each end the origin and destination ofeach emply conduit and indicate same on all empty or
spare conduits on the as-built drawings.
Telephone and Signal System Raceways:
n A conduit body shall nol exceed 90 degrees. Install raceways wilh maximum lengths at
100feet and with a maximum of noo,9Ldeg radiused bends max. Bends shall be
sweeping per tia/eia 569, no less lhon I0 times the intemal diameter of the conduit
One additional bend up to 90 degrees is acceptable if within 24" ofcable terminaction
b. Condit stub-ups shall extend minimum of6 inches obove partition wall and ongle 30
degrees.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Grrage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Raceways l6ll0 - I
20.
SECTION 16TIO
RACEWAYS
c, Provide groand tab on all conduils entering lelecommunicatiohs rooms.
Install raceway sealing fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's u'ritten instmctions.
Locate filtings a1 suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UlJisted sealing
compotrnd. For concealed raceways, install each filting in a flush steel box wilh a blank cover
plate having a finish similar to that ofadjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings
at the following points and elsewhere as indicated;
a. Where conduits enler or leave hazardous locations.
b. Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold localions, such as the boundaries of
refrigerated spaces and air-conditioned spaces.
c. Where required by the NEC.
Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrele floor for connection to freestanding
equipment with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs and set flush with the
finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit
may be used 6 inches above the floor, Where equipmenl conneclions are not made under this
contracl, install screwdriver-operated threaded plugs flush with floor.
Flexible Connections: Use short lenglh (maximum of 6 ft.) of flexible conduit for recessed and
semi-recessed lighting fixtures. for equipment subject to vibralion, noise transmission, or
movemenl; and for all motors. Use tiquid-tight flexible conduit in wet locations. lnstall separate
ground conductor across flexible connections.
PVC extemally coated rigid steel conduit: Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating afler
installing conduit.
Where conduits are to be installed through structural framing members, the Contractor shall
provide sleeves. The Architect/Engineer's written approval must be obtained prior to culting,
notching or drilling of structural framing members.
Ream the ends of all cul and/or threaded conduil. Ends shall be cut square.
Use of running threads for rigid or intermediate metallic conduit are not permilted. when
threaded couplings cannot be used, provide 3-piece union or solid coupling.
Route conduil through roofopenings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, rout
through jack with pitch pockeL.
Conduit stub-ups from below grade or thru the slab shall be PVC coated rigid steel galvanized
conduit and shall extend 4 inches above srade.
Wherever conduits enter a struclure through a foundation or basement wall below grade, grout
around the conduit wilh water-proof grout or install entrance seals. Seals shall be OZ Type WS
or approved equivalent for new construction and OZ lype CSM Series for existing structures.
Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts or ventilation duct openings. Where conduits must penetrale
air-tight spaces or plenums, seal around the conduit with a mastic acceptable to the
ArchitecVEnsineer.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 Ausust 2005
21.
zz,
LJ.
1A
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Racervays
30.
l6ll0 - 9
31.
tEcTloN 16il0
RACEWAYS
Where individual conduits penelrate existing fire-rated walls and floors, pack void around
conduit with fire rated insulation and seal opening around conduit with UL listed forma silicone
elastomer compound. Where conduits penetmte exterior walls, new floors, or rooi provide pipe
sleeve one size larger than conduil, pack void around conduit with fire rated insulation, and seal
opening around conduit with UL listed foam silicone elastomer cornpound. Conduits on trapeze
type support system shall require fire taping only.
All sleeves shall be provided with insulated throat bushings.
Where conduit sleeves penelrate fire rated floors or walls for installation ofsystem cables, AC or
MC cables, or modular wiring cables pack void around cables or empty sleeve wilh fire raled
insulation and fill ends with fire-resistive compound. Seal opening around sleeve with UL listed
foam silicone elaslomer compound.
Use PVC-coated rigid steel faclory elbows for bends in plastic conduit runs longer than 100 feel,
or in plastic conduil runs which have more than two bends regardless oflength.
Wipe plastic conduil clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cemenl to entire area
that will be inserted into fittins. Let ioint cure for 20 minutes minimum.
No PVC conduit shall be run exposed or inside stud or masonry walls unless specifically called
for on the drawings. Transilion from PVC to metal conduit shall be made below grade.
Provide separate raceway systems for each of the following:
32.
-l J.
Jq-
35.
36.
Jt.
a-
b.
c.
d.
e.
.f.
Lighting
Power Distribution
Communications, Data, CATV
Security
Emergency
Fire Alarm
B.Install buried electrical line warnings per Division l6 section - "Electrical identification".
Install labeling as required in Division l6 section - "Electrical ldenlification".
INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS:
Surface Raceways and Wireways: Mechanically assemble metal enclosures and raceways to form
continuous electrical conductor and connect to electrical boxes, fittings and cabinets as to provide
effeclive eleclrical continuity and rigid mechanical assembl;.
L Where praclicable, avoid use of dissimilar metals throughout system to eliminate possibility of
electrolysis. Where dissimilar melals are in contact, coat all surfaces with corrosion inhibiting
compound before assembling.
2. lnstall expansion fittings in all raceways wherever slructural expansion joints are crossed-
3. Make changes in direclion of raceway run with proper fittings, supplied by raceway
manufacturer. Field bends of raceway sections are nol permitled.
4. Properly support and anchor raceways for their entire length by slructural materials. Raceways
are not lo span any space unsupported.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
C.
3.04
A.
Raceways l6ll0 - l0
).
6.
7.
SECTION l6n0
RACEWAYS
Use boxes as supplied by raceway manufacturer wherever junction, pull or device boxes are
required. Standard electrical "handy" boxes, etc-, are not permitted for use wilh surface raceway
installations.
lnstall an insulated grounding conductor in all wireways and surface raceways. Bond grounding
conductor to all wireways and surface raceways-
Paint new exposed surface metal raceway to match adjacent surfaces where raceway is installed
in finished areas such as lobbies, corridors, and normally occupied spaces.
Surface raceways and wireways are acceptable only where specifically indicated on the
drawings. The proposed use of surface raceways and wireways shall be submitted for review by
the Architect/Engineer prior to installation.
Common wireways are not acceptable for convergence of multiple circuits unless specifically
indicated on the drawings. The proposed use of a common wireway shall be submitled for
review by the Engineer prior to installation.
The proposed use of wireways above or below panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers,
and other electrical equipment shall be submitted along with a layout drawing for review by the
Engineer prior to installation.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
Upon complelion ofinstallation ofraceways, inspect interiors ofraceways; clear all blockages and
remove burrs. dirt and construclion debris.
END OF SECT]ON 16I IO
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2005
9.
10.
3.0s
A.
Raceways 16il0 - ll
sEcrtoN 16120
WIRESAND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A. This section includes wires, cables, and conneclors for power, lighting, signal, control, and related
syslems rated 600 volts and less.
1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wire and cable products of types,
sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in salisfactory use in similar service for not less
than 5 years.
B. InstallerS Qu alifications: Firm with at leasl 3 years of successful installalion experience with projects
utilizing eleclrical wiring and cabling work similar to that required for this project.
C. Conform to applicable code regulations regarding toxicity of combustion products of insulaling
materials.
I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Producl Data: Submit manufacturerS d ata on electrical wires, cables and connectors.
I.O4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,ANDHANDLING:
A. Deliver wire and cable properly packaged in factory- fabricated type containerc, or wound on
NEMA-specified type wire and cable reels.
B. Store wire and cable in clean dry space in original containers. Protect producls from \ eather, damaging
fumes, conslruction debris and traffic.
C. Handle wire and cable carefully to avoid abrasing, puncturing and tearing wire and cable insulation and
sheathing. Ensure that dielectric resislance integrity of wires/cables is maintained.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance wilh requirements, provide products by the following (for each
type ofwire, cable, and connector):
l. Wire and Cable:
a. American Insulated Wire
b. Anaconda-Ericsson Inc; Wire and Cable Div.
c. Belden Div; Cooper Industries.
d. Brand-Rex Div; Pyle National Co.
e. General Cable Corporation.
f. Hitemp Wires, Inc.
g. Phelps Dodge Cable and Wire Co-
h. Rome Cable Corp.
i. Southwire Company
j. Okonite
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
t 5 August 2005
Wires And Cables 16120 - t
SECT|ON 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
k. Superior Essex:
I ) Triangle
2) Excel
3) Royal
2- Connectors:
a. O-ZlGedney Co.
b. AMP, lnc.
c. Burndy Corporation.
d. ldeal Industries, lnc.
e. 3M Company
f. Thomas and Betts Corp.
2.02 W]RES AND CABLES:
A. General: Provide wire and cable suitable for the temperature, conditions, and location where installed.
Building wire shall be insulaled with THHN/THWNiXHHW insulation, rated 600 volt.
B. Conductors: Provide solid conductors for power, control, and lighting circuits l0 AWG and smaller.
Provide stranded conductors for 8 AWG and larger.
C. Conductor Material: Use the following malerial for sizes indicated.
l. No. I AWG and Smaller: copper
2. No l/0 AWG and Larger: Stabiloy aluminum, excepl where another specific material is
indicated.
3. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. Modif conduclor sizes as required to provide
equivalent ampacity to indicated copper conductors. (A minus tolerance of 2 percent is
permissible.) Fully adapt and adjust the eleclrical syslem to size aluminum in lieu ofcopper.
This includes, but is not limiled to, the following actions:
a. Where connecting to equipment whose manufacturer requires copper conductors
conneclion, provide copper conductors and all necessary splices, splice boxes and olher
devices required to satisfy manufaclurer requiremenls. Do not otherwise inlermix copper
and aluminum conduclors.
b. Increase conduit size and increase sizes ofpull boxes, and junction boxes, and gutter
space as required to accommodate larger aluminum conductors. Make struclural,
mechanical and olher construction adjustments necessitated by these changes.
c. Assure the pulling tension rating of the aluminum conductors is adequate for wiring runs
indicated.
d. Assure that equipment at which aluminum conductors lerminate is UL listed and
manufacturer approved for use with aluminum and so labeled.
e. Submit to the Archilect a record ofaclions taken in accordance with the above including
marked-up project drawings, copies of manufacturer literature and communications and
written conductor re-sizing calculations.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Wires And Cables 16120 -2
SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
f. Do not reduce raceway or enclosure sizes as part ofthe above adjustments.
4. Metal Clad Cable - Type MC: Sizes 14 AWG through l0 AWG, copper conductors with 600
volt thermoplastic insulation rated 90 degrees C, steel inlerlocked metal type covering.
2.03 CONNECTORS:
A. General: Provide Ul-type factory-fabricated, solderless melal conneclors of sizes, ampacity ratings,
materials, types and classes for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors wilh
temperatures equal 10 or greater than those of the wires upon which used.
B. Provide 2-hole compression lugs for all power feeder, neutral, and grounding connections.
C. Provide conneclors that are designed to accept stranded conductors where stranded conductors are used.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE:
A. Building Wire: lnstall all building wire in raceway regardless of localion.
B. Metal Clad Cable:
l. Maximum of 6 feet length for connecting luminaires in accessible ceilings to the local junction
box.
2. Maximum of 3 feet lenglh for connecting luminaires in non-accessible ceilings to the local
junction box.
3. In stud walls and casework for horizontal branch circuit runs between devices.
4. For vertical branch circuit drops from a local junction box above an accessible ceiling to the
direct or single device in a stud wall or casework.
5. May not be used for branch circuit home runs, feeder circuits, motor feeder circuits or in the
following locations:
a. Hazardous locations
b. Laboratories
c. Classrooms
C. Portable Cord: Use for flexible pendant leads to luminaires, outlets, and equipment where indicated and
in compliance with codes.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES:
A. General: Install electrical cables, wires and conneclors in compliance with applicable requirements of
NEC, NEMA, UL, and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized induslry
practices.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Wires And Cables 16120 - 3
SECTION I6120
WIRES AND CABLES
B. Coordinate wire/cable installation work, including electrical raceway and equipment connection work,
with other work.
C. Pull conductors simuhaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use pulling
compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.
D. Use pulling means including, fish tape, cable, rope and baskel weave wire/cable grips which will not
damage cables or raceway. Do not use rope hitches for pulling atlachment to wire or cable.
E. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Splice only in accessible junclion boxes. No splices are allowed
in fleeder, conlrol or fire alarm wiring. Connect unspliced wire lo numbered terminal strips al each end.
F. lnstall splices and taps which possess equivalent or belter mechanical strength and insulation ralings
than conductors being spliced.
G. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conduclor material.
H. Tighten electrical comectors and lerminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
manufacturer's published lorque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not
indicaled, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Sld 486A
for copper and 4868 for aluminum.
I- Support cables above accessible ceilings, do not rest on ceiling tiles. Use spring clips and hanger rods
independent from the ceiling suspension system 10 support cables from structure.
J. Provide adequale length ofconduclors wilhin electrical enclosures and train the conductors to terminal
points with no excess- Bundle multiple conductors, with conduclors larger than No. l0 AWG cabled to
individual circuits. Make terminations so there is no bare conduclor at the terminal.
K. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and
larger. For l0 AWG and smaller, use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps.
L. Use copper compression conneclors for copper wire splices and laps, l/0 AWG and larger. Tape
uninsulated conduclors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of the
conductor.
M. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible
lemperature rise.
N. Thoroughly tape lhe ends of spare conductors in boxes and cabinets.
O. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces, or exposed structural members, and follow
surlace conlours, where possible.
P. Make all ground, neutral and line connections lo receptacle and wiring device terminals as
recommended by manufacturer. Provide ground jumper from outlel box to individual ground terminal
of devices.
a. 20 amp branch circuils whose length from panel to first outlel exceeds 100 feet for 120 volt circuits or
175 feet for 277 voh circuit shall be #10 or larger, as required to comply with the National Electrical
Code.
R. Parallel conduclors shall be cut to the same leneth.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Wires And Cables 16120 - 4
S.
t.
rI
sEcrroN 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
All splices in control panels, lerminaljunclion boxes, low voltage conlrol circuits and fire alarm
conductors shall be on numbered terminal slrip.
Each branch circuit serving dedicated, isolated or emergency receptacles, multi-oullet assemblies or
equipment connections shall be fumished with a dedicated neutral conductor. Neutrals common to
more than one circuit shall only be permitted for general purpose receptacle or lighting circuits and
where specifically noted.
Where conduit is not required, plenum rated cable shall be provided in ceiling, floor or other air plenum
spaces-
Provide wire training, lacing, labeling, and terminal blocks as required in panelboards and all control
cabinets including. but not limited to, lighting, transfer switch, fire alarm, and security cabinets. All
wiring shall be installed neal and be labeled to match wiring diagrams, control devices, etc.
l. Make lemporary connections to panelboard devices with sufficieni slack conductor to facilitate
reconnections required for balancing loads between phases.
Color coding of switchlegs, lravellers, etc. shall be different and distinct from phase and neutral
conductors. Where systems utilize two (2) different voltages, the color coding of switchlegs, travelers,
elc. shall be different and distinct for each voltage system.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Prior to energization of circuitry, check installed wires and cables with 1000 VDC megohm meter to
determine insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled. Test shall be made on all
feeders regardless of size and on all branch circuits with No. I AWG and larger conductors. The
megger values obtained shall be compared to the minimum values listed in NETA. All phase
conduclors and cables shall be meggered after installation, and prior to termination. Submit test repofl.
Prior to energization, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for short-circuits.
Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in accordance
with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and lhen retest to demonstrate
compliance.
COLOR CODINC SCHEDULE:
Color code secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors as follows:
l20l208 Volts Phase
Black A
Red B
Blue C
White Neutral
Green Ground
277l480 Volts
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray
Green
Conductors shall be solid color for enlire lensth.
Ifsolid color conductors are not available and specific acceptance is given by the engineer for use of
black conductor insulation. provide the follorving:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
w.
3.03
3.04
B.
C.
B,
C.
Wires And Cables 16r20 - 5
l
sEcTtoN 16120
WIRESANDCABLES
Conductors l0 AWG and smaller shall be solid color for lhe entire lenglh.
Conductors 8 AWG aod larger shall be blac* with color coding at each tcrmination and in each
box or enclosure. For a distance of 6 inches rue half-lapdV. plastic tape in the specified
color. Do not cover cable identification mar*ings. Atljust tape locations lo prevent covering of
markings.
ENDOFSECTION 16120
Llon Squere Lodge
Site and Garrge I mprovementr
Vril, Colorado
15 Augud 2fi)5
Wlres And Cabler t6120 - 6
SECTION 16135
CABINETS. BOXES. AND FITTINGS
PART I GENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A- This section includes cabinets, boxes, and fittings for electrical installations and certain types of
electrical fittings not covered in other sections. Types ofproducls specified in this Section include:
l. Outlet and device boxes.
2. Pull and junction boxes.
3. Floor boxes and service fittines.
4. Cabinets.
5. Hinged door enclosures.
6. Boxes and fittings for hazardous localions.
B. Conduit-body-type electrical enclosures and wiring fittings are specified in the Division l6 Section on
Raceways.
I.O2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Cabinets: An enclosure designed either for surface or for flush mounting and having a frame, or lrim in
which a door or doors may be mounted.
O B. Device Box: An outlet box designed to house a receptacle device or a wiring box designed to house a
switch.
C. Enclosure: A box, case, cabinet, or housing for electrical wiring or components.
D. Hinged Door Enclosure: An enclosure designed for surface mounting and having swinging doors or
covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the box.
E. Outlet Box: A wiring enclosure where current is taken lrom a wiring system to supply utilization
equipment.
F. Wiring Box: An enclosure designed to provide access to wiring systems or for the mounting of
indicaling devices or of switches for controlling electrical circuits.
I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit product data for cabinels and enclosures with classificalion higher than NEMA l.
B. Shop drawings for floor boxes and boxes, enclosures and cabinets that are to be shop fabricated,
(nonstock items). For shop fabricated junction and pull boxes, show accurately scaled views and spatial
relationships to adjacent equipmenl. Show box lypes, dimensions, and finishes.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings 16t35 - I
sEcTtoN 16135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
l. Floor Boxes:
a. American Electric.
b. Buller Mfg. Co.
c. Cooper Industries, lnc.
d. Raco. Inc.
e. Thomas & Betts Corp.
2. Cabinets:
a. Hoffman Engineering Co.
b. Erickson Elecfical Equipment Co.
c. Electric Panelboard. lnc.
d. Parker Electrical Mfg. Co.
e. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co.
f. Square D Co.g. Circle AW
3. Boxes and Fittings for Hazardous Locations:
a. OZlGdney.
b. Cooper lndustries, Inc.
c. Killark Electric Mfg. Co.
d. AdalerPLM.
e. Robroy lndustries, Inc.
f. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co.
g. Appleton
2.02 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS, GENERAL:
A. Electrical Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings: Of indicated t1ryes, sizes, and NEMA enclosure classes.
Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes appropriate for the use and location.
Provide all items complete wilh covers and accessories required for the intended use. hovide gaskets
for units in damp or wet locations.
2.03 MATERIALS AND FINISHES:
A. Sheet Steel: Flat-rolled, code-gage, galvanized steel.
B. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistanl screws and hardware including cadmitun and zinc plated
items.
C. Fasleners for Damp or Wel Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware.
D. Casl Metal for Boxes, Enclosures, and Covers; Copper-free aluminum except as otherwise specified.
Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings 16135 -2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
SECTION I6135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
E. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations excep'l as otherwise
indicated.
Painted Interior Finish: Where indicated, white baked enamel. Emergency system cabinets and boxes
shall be red.
Filtings for Boxes, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Conform to UL 514B. Malleable iron or zinc plated steel
for conduit hubs, bushings and box connecters.
METAL OUTLET. DEVICE. AND SMALL WIRING BOXES:
General: Conform to UL 514A, "Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical," and UL 5148, "Filtings for
Conduit and Outlet Boxes." Boxes shall be of type, shape, size, and depth to suil each location and
application.
Steel Boxes: Conform to NEMA OS l, "Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports." Boxes shall be sheel steel wilh stamped knockouls, threaded screw holes and accessories
suitable for each location including mounting brackets and straps, cable clamps, exterior rings and
fixture studs.
Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Copper free aluminum threaded raceway entries, and features and accessories
suitable for each location including mounling ears, threaded screw holes for devices and closure plugs.
Malleable or Cast-lron Boxes: lron alloy, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and features and
accessories suilable for each localion, including mounting ears, threaded screw holes for devices and
closure plugs.
Malleable or Cast-lron Floor Boxes: Fully adjustable, waterprooi with threaded raceway entrances,
adjusling rings, gaskets, and brass floor plales. Where indicated, provide multi-section boxes with
individual hinged section covers. Provide for power, data, and comrnunication outlets as indicated on
the drawings.
Steel Floor Boxes: Sheet sleel, concrele tighl, fully adjustable, with stamped knockouts, adjusting
rings, and brass floor plates. Where indicated, provide multi-section boxes with concealed individual
section covers under a common flush floor plate. Provide for power, data, and communicalion outl€ts
as indicated on lhe drawings.
Service Fittings for Floor Outlet Boxes: Surface mounted horizontal, cast aluminum type 3-inches
high, suilable for finished spaces and finished in satin aluminum, except as otberwise indicated.
Provide duplex receptacle or l-inch bushed opening for telephone or olher communications service as
indicated. Equip htting for altaching flat to floor box cover.
Concealed Service Floor Box: Malleable, cast iron, or sleel floor boxes as specified above designed to
deliver power, data, and communicalions services from outlets concealed within the box and accessible
through a single hinged cover. The cover shall fit into the lop of the floor box and include a carpet or
tile floor flange, a hinged steel reinforced floor plate with provision for mounting a piece ofcarpet or
tile, and a small relractable cable exit. Provide for power, communications, and data outlets as
indicated on the drawings.
G.
2.04
A-
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Cabinets. Boxes, and Fittings r6135 - 3
2.05
A.
2.06
A.
2.07
B.
L.
sEcTtoN 16135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
NONMETALLIC OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES:
General: Conform to NEMA OS 2, "Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports" and UL 514C, " Nonmelallic Outlet Boxes, Flush Device Boxes and Covers." Boxes shall be
molded PVC units oftype, shape, size, and depth to suit location and applicalion.
Boxes for Concealed Work: Mounling provisions and wiring entrances 10 suit installation conditions
and wiring method used.
Boxes for Exposed Work: Ultra-violet stabilized, nonconductive, high impact-resistant boxes with
integrally molded raceway enlrance hubs and removable mounting flanges. Boxes shall be equipped
with lhreaded screw holes for device and cover plale mounting. Each box shall have a molded cover of
matching PVC material suitable for lhe application.
PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
General: Comply with UL 50, "Electrical Cabinets and Boxes", for boxes over l0O cubic inches
volume. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size and
shape to suit application.
Steel Boxes: Sheel steel with welded seams. Where necessary lo provide a rigid assembly, construct
with intemal structural sleel bracing.
Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary to provide a
rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
Cover shall be gasketed.
Stainless-Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 302 of ASTM A 167,
"Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Sleel Plale, Sheet, and Strip." Where
necessary to provide a rigid assembly, construct with intemal slructural stainless steel bracing. Cover
shall be gasketed.
Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Molded of copper free aluminum, with gasketed cover and integral threaded
conduil entrances.
Malleable or Cast-Iron Boxes: Molded of iron alloy with gasketed cover and integral threaded conduit
entrances.
Boxes Approved for Classified Localions: Cast metal boxes conforming to UL 886, "Outlet Boxes and
Filtings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations," Iisted and labeled for use in the specific localion
classification, and with the specific hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral
threaded type.
CABINETS:
B.
C.
D,
E.
F.
c.
A. Comply with UL 50, "Eleclrical Cabinets and Boxes."
B. Construction: Sheet steel, NEMA I class except as otherwise indicated. Cabinet shall consist ofa box
and a front consisting ofa one piece frame and a hinged door. Anange door to close against a rabbet
placed all around the inside edge of the frame, with a uniformly close fit between door and frame.
Provide concealed fasleners, not over 24-inches apafi, to hold fronts to cabinel boxes and provide for
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings r6135 - 4
C.
2.08
B.
C.
D.
sEcTloN l6r3s
CABINETS. BOXES. AND FITTINGS
adjuslment. Provide flush or concealed door hinges not over 24-inches apart and not over 6-inches
from top and bottom of door. For flush cabinets, make the front approximately 3/4 inch larger lhan the
box all around. For surface mounted cabinels make front same height and width as box.
Doors: Double doors for cabinets wider than 24-inches. Telephone cabinets wider than 48-inches may
have sliding or removable doorc.
Locks: Combination spring catch and key lock, with all locks for cabinets of the same system keyed
alike. Locks may be omitted on signal, power, and lighting cabinets located within wire closets and
mechanical-electrical rooms. Locks shall be of a type to permit doors to latch closed without locking.
STEEL ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOORS:
Comply with UL 50, "Cabinets and Enclosures" and NEMA ICS 6, "Enclosures for Industrial Controls
and Systems."
Construction: Sheet steel, l6 gage, minimum, with continuous welded seams. NEMA class as
indicated; arranged for surface mounting.
Doors: Hinged directly lo cabinet and removable, with approximately 314-tnch flange around all edges,
shaped 1o cover edge ofbox. Provide handle operated, key locking latch. Individual door width shall
be no greater than 24-inches. Provide multiple doors rvhere required.
Mounting Panel: Provide painted removable internal mounting panel for componenl installalion.
Enclosure: NEMA I except as indicated. Where door gasketing is required, provide neoprene gasket
attached with oil-resistant adhesive, and held in place with steel retaining strips. For all enclosures of
class higher than NEMA l, use hubbed raceway entrances.
CAST METAL ENCLOSURES W]TH HINGED DOORS:
D,
E.
2.O9
A. Copper free aluminum with bolted, hinged doors. Where used at hazardous (classified) locations,
enclosures shall conform to UL and shall be listed and labeled for the classificalion ofhazard involved.
2.IO MOLDED NONMETALLIC ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOOR:
A. General: Molded, glass fiber reinforced high impact strength polyester with boh or screw secured doors
and solid neoprene gaskets.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. Refer to acoustical criteria for additional installation euidelines.
B. Locations: Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements and installation
conditions.
Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs.
Support and fasten items securely in accordance with Division l6 Section on Supporting Devices.
Sizes shall be adequate lo meet NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller lhan sizes indicated.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
L.
D.
E.
Cabinetsn Boxes, and Fittings 16135 - 5
SECTION I6135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
F. Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact wilh wiring or personnel-
3,02 APPLICATIONS:
A. Cabinels: Flush mounted, NEMA enclosure type I except as otherwise indicated.
B. Hinged Door Enclosures Indoor: NEMA type I enclosure excepl as indicated.
C. Hinged Door Enclosures Outdoors: NEMA Type 4. Install drip hood, faclory tailored to individual
units.
D. Hinged Door Enclosures in Corrosive Localions: NEMA type 4X nonmetallic enclosure.
E. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associaled covers and fittings of
materials and NEMA types suilable for each location and in conformance with the following
requrremenls:
l. Interior Dry Locations: NEMA Type l, sheet steel or nonmetallic as permitted by local code.
2. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Casl metal, NEMA type 3R.
3. Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4 enclosures.
4. Corrosive Localions: NEMA Type 4X enclosures.
5. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for the location and class of
hazard indicated.
F. Pull and Junclion Boxes: lnstall pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable for each
location excepl as otherwise indicated.
G. Communications: Rigid Galvanized Steel.
H. Floor Boxes: In slabs on grade and wet locations use NEMA type 4 boxes. At other locations in slabs,
use concrete-tight NEMA I boxes.
3.03 INSTALLAT]ON OF OUTLET BOXES:
A. Oullets at Windows and Doors: Locale close to window trim. For outlets indicated above doors center
outlets above the door opening except as otherwise indicaled.
B. Column and Pilaster Locations: Locate outlet boxes for switches and receplacles on columns or
pilasters so the centers of the columns are clear for future installalion ofpartitions.
C. Localions in Special Finish Materials: For outlel boxes for receptacles and switches mounled in desks
or fumiture cabinets or in glazed tile, concrete block, marble, brick, stone or wood walls, use
rectangular shaped boxes wilh square corners and straight sides. Install such boxes without plaster
rings. Saw cut all recesses for oullet boxes in exposed masonry walls. Coordinate faceplote Jinishes
w ith I nte rio rs Specifi cations.
D. Gasketed Boxes: Al the following locations use malleable or casl metal, lhreaded hub type boxes with
gasketed weatherproof covers:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings 16135 - 6
SECTION 16135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
l. Exterior locations.
2. Where surface mounted on unfinished walls, columns or pilasters. (Cover gaskets may be
omitted in dry locations).
3. Where exposed to moislure laden atmosphere.
4. At food preparation equipment within four ft. ofsleam connections.
5. Where indicated.
E. Mounting: Mount outlet boxes for switches with the long axis vertical or as indicated. Mount boxes for
receptacles verlically, except above counler receptacles to be mounted horizontally. Three or more
gang boxes shall be mounted with the long axis horizontal. Locate box covers or device plates so they
rvill not span different types of building finishes either vertically or horizontally. Locate boxes for
switches near doors on lhe side opposite the hinges and close to door lrim, even though electrical floor
plans may show them on hinge side. Provide far side box supports for electrical boxes installed on
metal studs.
F. Ceiling Outlets: For fixtures, rvhere wiring is concealed, use outlet boxes 4-inches square by
l-l12-inches deep, minrmum.
G. Cover Plates for Surface Boxes: Use plates sized to box front without overlap.
H. Protect outlet boxes to prevent enlrance ofplaster, and debris. Thoroughly clean foreign material from
boxes before conduclors are installed.
O l. Concrete Boxes: Use extra deep boxes to pemit side conduif entrance without interfering with
reinforcing, but do not use such boxes with over 6-inch depth.
J. Floor Boxes: lnstall in concrete floor slabs so they are completely enveloped in concrele except for the
top. Where normal slab thickness will not envelop box as specified above, provide increased thickness
ofthe slab. Provide each compartment ofeach floor box with grounding terminal consisting ofa
rvasher-in-head machine screw, not smaller than no. l0-32, screwed into a tapped hole in the box.
Adjust covers of floor boxes flush with finished floor.
K. Existing Oullet Boxes: Where exlension rings are required to be installed, drill new mounting holes in
the rings to align with the mounting holes on the existing boxes where existing holes are no1 aligned.
L. Back to back outlet boxes are not permitted. Separate boxes a minimum of 6" in standard walls, and
12" in separate stud cavities in acoustical walls.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Box Seleclion: (Excluding low voltage slstems) For boxes in main feeder conduit runs, use sizes not
smaller than 8-inches square by 4-inches deep. Do not exceed 6 entering and 6 leaving raceways in a
single box. Quantities ofconductors (including equipmenl grounding conductors) in pull orjunction
box shall not exceed the followins:
Size of Maximum no. of
Largest Conducton Conductors in
in Box Box
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Cabinels. Boxes, and Fittings 16135 - 7
sEcTroN r6135
CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
No- 4i0 AWG
250 MCM
5OO MCM
Over 500 MCM
B. For communications outlet stslion devices, boxes shall be 4'x4u deep depth.
C. Cable Supports: lnstall clamps, grids, or devices lo which cables may be secured. Arrange cables so
they may be readily identified. Supporl cable al least every 3Ginches inside boxes.
D. Access panelsfor pullboxes in public access areas will not be allowed-
E. Size: Provide pull and junction boxes for telephone, signal, and other systems at least 50 percent larger
lhan would be required by Article 370 of NEC, or as indicated. Locate boxes sbategically and provide
shapes to permit easy pulling of future wires or cables of types normal for such systans.
F. Inslall pullboxes for lorg voltage systems so tha, condait enters and exits lrom opposite ends
3.05 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS AND HINCED DOOR ENCLOSURES:
A. Mount with fronts straight and plumb.
B. Install with lops 78-inches above floor.
C. Set cabinets in finished spaces flush with walls.
3.06 GROTJNDING:
A. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes, and enclosures. Where wiring to item includes a
grounding conductor, provide a grounding terminal in the interior ofthe cabinel, box or enclosure.
3.07 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR:
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove buns, dirt, and construction debris and
repair damaged finish including chips, scralches, abrasions and weld marks.
B. Galvanized Finish: Repair damage using a zinc-rich paint recomrnended by the tray manufacturer.
C. Painted Finish: Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch-up coating.
END OF SECTION I6135
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovcments
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
30
20
l5
l0
Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings 16135 - E
sf,crroN 16142
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
PART I GENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A. Exlent of electrical connections for equipment is indicaled by drawings and schedules. Electrical
connections are hereby defined to include connections used for providing electrical power to
equipment.
B. Applications of electrical power connections specified in this section include the following:
l. To resistive healers.
2. From electrical source to motor slarters.
3. From motor starterc 10 motors.
4. To lighting equipment.
5. To converters, rectifiers, lransformers, inverters, rheostats, and similar currenl adjustment
features of equipment.
6. To grounds including earthing conneclions.
7. To master units of communication, signal, alarm, public address, sound, and video syslems.
8. To kilchen equipment to residential appliances.
9. Other connections as shown.
I.O2 QUALTTY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufaclurers: Firms regularly engaged in manufaclure of electrical connectors and lerminals, of types
and ratings required, and ancillary connection malerials, including electrical insulating tape, soldering
fluxes, and cable ties, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar sewice for not less than 5
years.
B. Inslaller's Qualifications: Firms with at least 2 years of successful installation experience with projects
utilizing eleclrical connections for equipment similar to that required for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on eleclrical connections for equipmenl products and
materials.
I.O4 DEFINITIONS:
A. Load voltage wiring shall be defined as:
Conduit and wiring required to carry power to motors and other equipment or devices. Wiring
fiom control devices lo equipment that carry power to drive that equipment such as line vollage
thermostats, etc., shall be included as load voltage wiring. Wiring thal provides power to control
panels, control transformers, control relays, time clocks, elc., shall also be included as load voltage
wlnng.
Electrical Connections For Equipment 16142 - |Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
SECTION 16142
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUTPMf,NT
I.O5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver electrical connection products wrapped in proper factory-fabricaled type containers.
B. Slore electrical connection products in original cartons and protecl from wealher, construction traffic
and debris.
C. Handle electrical connection products carefully to prevent breakage, denting, and scoring finish.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.0'I ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subjecl to compliance with requirements, provide circuit and motor disconnects by one
of lhe following:
l. Square D Company
2. Cutler-Hammer Inc.
3. General Electric Co.
4. Siemens Energy & Aulomation, Inc.
5. Westinghouse Electric Corp.
2-02 GENERAL:
A. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): Provide type, raling, and features as indicated. Comply with
Division 16 Section on Overcurrent Proleclive Devices, with OCPDs adapted lo equipment connection
installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. Multiple breakers shall have common trip.
B. Provide molor controllers that are horsepower rated to suit the molor conlrolled.
C. Contacts shall open each ungrounded connection to the molor. Contacls sball be NEMA rated, 75oC.
D. Overload relays shall be ambient-compensated type with inverse-lime-current characlerislic. Provide
with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full load current of the specific motor to
which connected with appropriale adjustment for duty cycle and power factor correction supplied with
the molor.
2.03 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS:
A. General: For each electrical conneclion indicated, provide complete assembly of malerials, including
but noi necessarily limited lo, pressure conneclors, terminals (lugs), electrical insulating 1ape, electrical
solder, eleclrical soldering flux, hearshrinkable insulaling lubing, cable ties, solderless wire-nuls,
disconnect, starler, contactor, relays, etc., and other items and accessories as needed to complete splices
and terminations of types indicaled.
B. Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings:
l General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall
thicknesses) indicated for each type service. Provide products complying with Division-l6
section on Raceways.
Electrical Connections For Equipment 16142 -2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
SECTION 16142
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
Wires. Cables. and Connectors:
I . General: Provide wires, cables, and connectors complying with Division- I 6 section on Wires
and Cables.
Wires/Cables: Unless olherwise indicated, provide wires/cables (conductors) for electrical
conneclions which match, including sizes, ratings, and malerial of wires/cables which are
supplying electrical power.
Connectors and Terminals: Provide electrical connectors and lerminals which male and ma1ch,
including sizes and ratings. with equipmenl terminals and are recommended by equipment
manulacturer for intended applications.
Electrical Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, healshrinkable insulating
tubing and bools, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, wirenuts and cable ties as
recommended for use by accessories manufacturers for type services indicated.
Cord and Plug Connected Equipment: Where indicated, contractors shall provide a lenglh of SO
cord complele with a straight blade or lwist-lock receplacle for connection of equipmenl. Cord
and plug rating shall be suitable for the connected equipment load and rating of the branch
circuit overcurrent protective device. Plug shall malch receptacle configuration included on the
plans and cord length shall be as required. Contraclor shall connect cord lo equipment.
MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS:
Manual starters shall be flush-mounting type except where conduits are run exposed or as olherwise
noted. Manual slarters shall be complete with properly sized overload protection and neon pilot light.
Manual slaflers shall be Square D Class 2510 or Allen-Bradley Bulletin 600 with stainless steel plates.
Motor starter shall have a spare set of auxiliary N.O. and N.C. contacts supplied with starter.
Heater units in all manual motor starters shall be sized for approximately 115 percent of full load motor
current. Check and coordinate all thermal protective devices with the equipment they protect-
C]RCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
General: Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches in lypes, sizes, duties, features, ratings, and
enclosures as indicated. All equipment with maximum fuse size listed in nameplate shall have fusible
disconnect switch provided. Provide NEMA I enclosure. For outdoor switches and switches indicated
as weatherproof, provide NEMA 3R enclosures with raintight hubs. For motor and motor starter
disconnects, provide units with horsepower ratings suitable to the loads.
Fusible Switches: Heavy duty switches, with fuses of classes and current ratings indicated. Where
current limiting fuses are indicaled, provide switches with non-interchangeable feature suitable only for
current limiting type fuses. All disconnect switches shall be fusible unless otherwise noted. Provide
UL type "HD" 100% duty rated switches.
Non-fusible Disconnecls: Heavy duty switches of classes and current ratings as indicaled. Provide UL
type "HD" 100% duty rated switches.
Double-Throw Switches: Heavv dutv switches of classes and current ratinqs as indicated.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
C.
-).
A
5.
2.04
A.
B.
C.
2.05
A.
C.
B.
D.
Electrical Connections For Equipment 16142 - 3
sEcTloN 16142
ELf, CTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
E. Switches for Classified (Hazardous) Locations: Heavy duty switches, with UL labels and listings for
hazardous location classifications in which installed.
F. Accessories:
I . Electrical Interlocks: Provide number and arrangement of interlock contacts in switches as
indicated or required.
2. Special Enclosure Material: Provide special enclosure material as follows for switches
indicated:
a. Slainless Steel Type 304: For NEMA Type 4.
b. Molded Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic: For NEMA Type 4x.
c. Heavy Cast Aluminum: For hazardous localions. NEMA Types 7 through 9.
J. Handles shall be lockable in open and closed position without modification.
2.06 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES:
A. General: Provide the following factory installed in controller enclosure except as otherwise indicated.
Where separately mounted, provide NEMA I enclosure except as otherwise indicaled.
B. Pushbutlon Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Heavy-duty type. HAND-OFF-
AUTOMATIC (H-O-A) switches shall be provided on all magnetic starters. Provide magnetic two-
speed starters with a HIGH-LOW selector with H-O-A switch wired lo allow manual speed selection in
HAND position and remote speed selection in AUTO.
C. Stop and Lockoul Pushbulton Station: Momentary-break pushbutton stalion with a faclory-applied hasp O
arranged so a padlock can be used to lock the pushbutlon in the depressed position wilh the control
circuil open.
D. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable lime-delay relays as required to coordinate with Division l5
Controls Section.
E. Elapsed Time Meters: Heavy duty with digital readoul in hours. Provide on all magnetic starters for
motors.
F. Ammelers, Vollmeters, and Frequency Meters: Panel lype,2-l/2 inch minimum size with 90'or 120'
scale and plus or minus 2 percenl accuracy. Where indicated, provide lransfer device witb an off
position.
G. Current Sensors: Rated to suit application.
H. Phase-Failure Relay: Provide relay for each motor 2 HP and larger. Relay shall have solid-state
sensing circuit with isolated contacts for hard-wired conneclion lo socket. Provide matching pin type
relay and hold down clamps. Relay shall be ananged lo operale on phase failure, phase reversal,
currenl unbalance of from 30 to 40 percent, or loss of supply voltage. Provide adjustable response
delay, and adjustable undervoltage setting.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI INSPECTION:
Electrical Connections For Equipment 16142 - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
3.02
A.
sf,crroN 16142
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
Inspect area and conditions under which eleclrical connections for equipmenl are to be inslalled and
notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental lo proper completion of the work. Do nol
proceed with lhe work unlil unsatisfactory condilions have been correcled in a manner acceptable to
Installer.
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
Furnish, set in place, and wire (except as may be otherwise indicaled) all heating, venlilating, air
conditioning, plumbing and fire protection, elevator, etc., motors and controls in accordance with the
following schedule and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with
recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC and NECA's
"Standard of lnstallation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Carefully coordinate with work
performed under the Mechanical Division oflhese Specificalions.
Coordinale with other work, including wires/cables, raceway and equipment inslallation, as necessary lo
properly interface installation ofeleclrical conneclions for equipment with other work.
Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with equipment
manufaclurer's written inslructions and wiring diagrams. Male and match conductors of electrical
connections for proper interface belween electrical power supplies and installed equipment.
Maintain exisling electrical service and feeders to equipment serving occupied areas and operational
facilities, unless otherwise indicated, or when authorized olherwise in writing by Owner, or
Architect/Engineer. Provide lemporary service during intemrplions to existing facilities. When
necessary, schedule momentary outages for replacing exisling wiring systems with new wiring systems.
When that "cutting-over" has been successfully accomplished, remove, relocate, or abandon exisling
wiring as indicated.
Cover splices with eteclrical insulating material equivalent to, or ofgreater insulation resislivity rating,
than electrical insulation rating oflhose conduclors being spliced.
Prepare cables and wires, by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation properly to
ensure uniform and neal appearance where cables and wires are terminated. Exercise care to avoid
cutting through tapes which will remain on conduclors. Also avoid "ringing" copper conductors while
skinning wire.
Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange rouling lo facilitate inspeclion, testing and
mainlenance.
Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment
manufacturers published torque tighlening values for equipment conneclors. Accomplish tightening by
utilizing proper lorquing tools, including torque screwdriver, beam-type torque wrench, and ratchet
wrench with adjustable lorque settings. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not available,
tighten connectors and terminals to comply with torquing values contained in UL's 4864.
Install pre-finished cord set where connection with attachment plug is indicated or specified, or use
attachment plug with suilable strain-relief clamps.
Provide suitable slrain relief clamps for cord conneclion lo outlet boxes and equipment conneclion
boxes.
Make wiring conneclions in control panel or in wiring compartment of pre-wired equipment in
accordance with manufaclurer's inslructions. Provide inlerconnecting wiring where indicated.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
c.
D.
F.
G.
J.
Electrical Connections For Equipment 16142 - S
sEcTtoN t6142
ELECTRTCAL CONNECTTONS FOR EQUTPMENT
L. Inslall disconnect switches, controllers, control slalions, and control devices such as limit switches and
temperature switches as indicated or per manufacturer's inslructions.
M. Provide each motor with a horseDower raled disconnect switch and extemal thermal overload
proleclion.
N. Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches as indicated and where required by Code. Comply with
switch manufacturers printed installation inslruclions. Install within sight of motors.
3,03 FIELD QUAL]TY CONTROL:
A. Upon complelion of installation of electrical connections, and after circuitry has been energized with
rated power source, test conneclions to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements.
Ensure that direction of rotation of each motor fulfills requiremenl. Correct malfunctioning unils at site,
then retest to demonslrate compliance.
3.04 EQUIPMENTCONNECTIONSCHEDULES:
A. MechanicalEquipment:
l. Refer to Mechanical Equipment Schedule on the drawings.
2. AII load voltage wiring shall be provided under Division 16.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, it is suggested that all equipment molors and control shall be
fumished, set in place, and wired in accordance with the schedule contained herein. The exact
fumishing and installation of the equipmenl is left lo the Conlracton involved. Conlraclor
should note that the intenl of this schedule is to have the Contractor responsible for coordinating
all wiring as outlined, whether or not specifically called for by the Division l5 or Division I6
drawings and specifications. Comply with the applicable requirements of Division l6 for all
electrical work which is not otherwise specified. No extras will be allowed for contraclor's
failure to provide for lhese required ilems. Contractor shall refer to the Division l6 and Division
l5 specifications and plans for all power and control wiring and shall advise the
ArchitecVEngineer ofany discrepancies prior lo bidding.
Efectrical Connections For Equipment 16142 - 6 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
ITEM FURNISHED
BY
SET CONTROL
BY WIRING
(nonJoad
voltage)
| . Mechanical Equipmenl Motors M M
2. Special Equipmenl (i.e., elevators, etc.)
b.
Motors
Magnetic Motor Starters
Disconnect Switches
Thermal OL Switches
Manual Operating Switches
c
G
E
G
E*
E
SECTION I6142
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR f, QUIPMENT
G: General. Division l3 or l4
M = Mechanical, Division l5
E = Electrical, Division l6
+ For factory pre-wired equipment specified under olher Divisions, all wiring within lhe equipment shall be
by the manufacturer. Connection lo the equipment shall be by Division 16. as shown on electrical
drawings.
Manufacturer's equipment provided under other divisions which varies from what is shown on Division l6
drawings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to complete and pay for any costs for those variations
+*( Fire alarm system control modules and wiring from fire alarm contacts 1o fire alarm system under Division
16. See details.
Integral control wiring under Electrical Division as manufaclurer supplied equipment. Control wiring for
automatic control portion under Mechanical Division.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
3. Motor Starters, combinalion motor starler/disconnect and
Variable Freouencv Drives
a. Automatically controlled, with or without HOA
sw'ilches.
b. Manually conlrolled.
c. Starters integral with molor control cenlers
including control relays and transformers.
d. Combination Slarter/Disconnecls
M
M
E
M
Ei
E*
E*
M
M
4. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights M E*M
5. Disconnect switches, thermal overload switches,
manual operating switches.
E E*M
6. Multi-speed swilches M E*M
7. Control relays, transformers.M M M
8. Load voltage control items such as line voltage
thermostats not connected to control oanel svstems
M M E
9. Nonload voltase control items.M M M
10. Electric thermostals, remole bulb thermostats, motor
valves, float controls, etc., which are an integral part of
mechanical equipment or directly altached to ducts, pipes,
elc.
M M M
I l. Motor valves. damper motor, solenoid valves, EP and
PE srvitches, VAV box controls, acluators, etc.
M M M**
12. Control circuit outlets E E
13. Fire protection controls (lncluding flow switches)M M M++
14. Duct smoke detecton, including relays for fan
shutdown.
E M M+*
15. TemDeralure Control Panel M M M
16. Interlocks M M M
Electrical Connections For Equipment t6r42 - 7
SEICTION l6t.f2
ELD,CTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
4. Owner Fumished Equipment:
a. Refer to Orner Equipment Schedule on &rwings.
5. Kitchen Equipment:
END OF SECTION 16142
Elcctricd connectlons For'quiprncrt 16142 -E
siteand a-:Stffi"ffifi
Veil,Colondo V
15 Augurt 21105
a
sEcTloN 16143
WIRING DEVICES
PART I GENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A. The extent of wiring device work is indicated by drawings and schedules. Wiring devices are defined
as single discrete units ofelectrical distribution systems which are intended to carry but not utilize
electric energy.
B. Types of electrical wiring devices in this seclion include the following:
l. Receptacles.
2.
3-
4.
Ground-fault circuit inlemrplers.
Switches.
Wallplates.
l.o2
A.
1.03
A.
B.
C.
B.
C.
5. Dimmers.
6. Plugs and connectors.
7. Concrele floor boxes
8. Poke-through assemblies.
9. Access floor boxes.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture ofelectrical wiring devices, oftypes, sizes,
and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3
years-
Inslaller's Qualifications: Firm with at leasl 2 years ofsuccessful installation experience on projects
utilizing wiring devices similar to those required for this projecl.
Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are lisled and labeled for their applications and installation
conditions and for the environments in which installed.
L The Terms "Lisled" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code", Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualificalions: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory"
(NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Submil manufaclurer's data on electrical wirins devices.
Samples ofdevice plates for color selection and evaluation oftechnical features shall be submitted.
Operation and mainlenance data for materials and producls specified in this Section to include in the
"Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division l.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Wiring Devices t6143 - I
sEcTtoN 16143
WIRING DEVICES
I.O4 COORDINATION:
A. Wiring Devices for Owner Fumished Equipment: Match devices to plug conneclors for Owner-
fumished equipment.
B. Cord and Plug sets: Matcb cord and plug sets lo equipment requirements.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI ACCEPTABLEMANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject 1o compliance with requirements, provide wiring devices of one of the
following:
l. Devices:
a. Hubbell, Inc.
b. Leviton Mfg Co.
c. Pass and Seyrnour Inc.
d. Anow-Hart Div, Crouse-Hinds Co.
e. Bryant Electric Co.
f. General Electric Co.
C. Eagle
2. Concrele Floor Boxes:
a. Walker
b. Hubbell Inc.
3. Access Floor Boxes:
a. Raceway Componenls
b. Donn
c. Walker
d. Midland Ross
e. Tate
f. Hubbell, Inc
4. Wiring Devices for Hazardous (Classified) Locations:
a. Crouse-HindsElectricalConstuction.
b. Killark Electrical Mfg. Co.
c. Pyle-National Co.
d. Hubbell. Inc.
5. Poke-Through, Floor Service Outlets, and Telephone/Power Poles:
a. American Electric
b. Hubbell, Inc.
c. Pass & Seymour/LeGrand
d. Square D Co.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage I mprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
Wiring Devices 16t43 - 2
2.02
l.
8.
SECTION 16143
WIRING DEVICES
e. Walker Div., Butler Mfg. Co.
f. Wiremold Co.
WIRING DEVICES:
Receptacles:
l. All duplex, single, and special receptacles for commercial applications shall be heavy duty,
specificalion grade, listed by Underwriter's Laboratories. and have a metal mounting slrap with
self-grounding and have a hex-head green grounding screw and be side and back wired. Each
device shall bear the UL/FS Label.
2.
3-
A
5.
a. Each device shall have lerminal screws and clamps listed for use with stranded wire.
All duplex single or special receptacles for residenlial applications shall be residential grade,
listed by UL/FS label.
Convenience Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD l; Type 5-20R, with gray OR ivory nylon
face for commercial applications and type 5-20,1? with nylon face for residential applications.
AII receplacles connected to emergency circuits shall have a red face. Color selection shall be
verified with Architect/Engineer prior to ordering.
Specific-use Receptacle Configuration: As indicated on drawings, black face.
Isolated Ground Recepiacles: Duplex receptacle with metal slrap for self-grounding and green
hex-head source wilh dedicated isolated ground and neulral, Hubbel prefix lC. Receptacle shall
have an orange triangle localed on the face.
Safety Receptacles: Duplex receptacle with inlegral srvitch and conlacts to prevent energization
unless a plug is inserted. Specification grade nylon face, ivory for normal, red for emergencv.
Ground-Fault lntermpter Receptacles: Provide "feedlhru" lype ground-fault circuit interrupters,
capable ofprotecting connected downstream receptacles on same circuit. Provide unit capable
ofbeing installed in a 2-314" deep outlet box without adapler, grounding type, Class A, Group I
per UL Slandard 943.
Clock Outlet: Single NEMA 5-l5P side wired plug, mounted in a recessed laceplale rvilh metal
hook which permits clock to be flush mounted on wall.
Receptacles, Industrial Heavy-Duty: Conform lo NEMA Standard PK 4 "Plugs, Receptacles,
and cable Comectors of the Pin and Sleeve Type for Industrial Use."
Receptacles in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with NEMA Standard FB I I "Plugs,
Receptacles and Connectors on the Pin and Sleeve Type for Hazardous Locations" and Ul
Standard 1010 "Receptacle-Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous (Classified localions."
Pendant Cord/Conneclor Devices: Malching, Iocking type, plug and plug receptacle body
connector, NEMA l5-20P and L5-20R, heavy-duty grade.
a. Bodies: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for altaching exlemal
cable grip.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
6.
9.
I0.
ll.
Wiring Devices 16143 - 3
sEcTtoN 16143
WIRING DEVICES
b. Exlernal Cable Grip: Woven wire mesh type made of high strength galvanized-steel wire O
slrand and matched to cable diameler and with atlached provision desiened for the
corresponding connector.
12. Cord and Plug Sets: Match voltage and currenl ralings and number of conductors to
requirements of lhe equipment being connected.
a. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded copper conductors, with type-SOW-A jacket.
Grounding conductor has green insulation. Ampacity is equipment rating plus 30%
minimum.
b. Plug: Male configuration with nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match to
cord and to receptacle type intended for connection.
B. Switches:
l. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuils: NEMA WDI ; FS W-S-896E; AC quiet type specification
grade listed by Underwriter's Laboratories with toggle handle, rated 20 amperes at 120-2'17 volts
AC for commercial applications, unless noted otherwise. Mounting slraps shall be metal and be
equipped with a green hex-head ground screw. Each switch shall bear the UL/FS Label.
a. Each device shall have terminal screws and clamps lisled for use with stranded wire.
2. Handle: Ivory for normal power circuits, red for emergency power circuits. Verify color with
Architect/Engineer prior to ordering-
3. Pilot Light Type: Lighted handle lil when switch is "on."
4. Locator Type: Continuously lighted handle.
5. Switches in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL Standard 894, "Switches for
Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations."
C. Combination Devices: Provide heavy-duty quiet type switch, 2O-amperes, 120-2'77 volts AC, with
toggle switch handle, and 3-wire grounding receptacle, 20-amperes, 120- volts, in a common 4 inch
square box.
D. lncandescenl Lamp Dimmers: Provide branch lighting solid- state AC dimmer controls for
incandescent Iighting; wattage as indicaled, 120-volts, 60-Hz, with continuously adjustable slide
dimmer, white nylon face, single- pole, with integral ON-OFF switch. Equip with eleclromagnetic
filters to eliminate noise, RF and TV interference, and with 5-inch wire connecting leads. Dimmer shall
be Lutron Nova "T" Slar NT-Series for single pole and NTBNTA Series for 3-way dimming witb
NTETS-R electronic touch swilch for auxiliary ON-OFF control. Low voltage dimmer shall be NTLV
Series.
E. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmers: Provide single-pole, full-wave semi-conductor modular type AC dimmers
lor fluorescent lamps; wattage and voltage as indicated, and with electromagnetic filters to reduce
noise, RF and TV inlerference to minimum. Construct with continuously adjustable trim potentiometer
for adjustment of low dimming; and with anodized heal sinks. Provide 5-inch wire connecting leads.
Dimmers shall be Lutron Nova "T" Star.
2.03 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Wiring Devices 16143 - 4
SECTION 16T43
WIRING DEVICES
Wallplates: Provide wallplates for single and combinalion wiring devices, of types, sizes, and wilh
ganging and cutouts as indicaled. Select plates which male and match wiring devices to wbich
attached. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match
finish ofplates. IdentiS all wall plates used for receptacles with branch circuit number per
requirements of section on Electrical ldentification. Provide blank wall plates for all cable, data.
telephone, junction and outlet boxes. Where cables are routed through the wallplate, provide grommels
in wallplate openings to protect cables. Provide plales possessing the following additional conslruction
features:
t.Material and Finish: 0.04" thick, type 302 satin finished stainless steel.
Material and Finish: Steel plate, galvanized for use in unfinished areas, mechanical, and
electrical rooms. kitchens.
3. Material and Finish: Nylon, smooth for plates.
B. Concrete Floor Box: Provide modular floor service outlets and fittings oftypes and ralings indicated.
Construct of die cast aluminum, salin finish. Use design compalible with floor type and outlel wiring
methods indicated. Provide 20-amperes, 125-volts, back+o-back duplex receplacles, NEMA
configuration 5-20R. Provide with I " NPT, I " long, locking nipple for installation.
C. Poke-Through Assembly Devices: Factory-fabricated poke{hrough assembly devices with modular
service outlets, multi-channeled thru-floor raceway/fire stop assembly and below-floor junction box
assembly. Construct service fitting of die cast, satin finished aluminum with 20-ampere 12O-volts, gray
duplex NEMA 5-20R receptacle and modular communication/ data service outlet with separalion
barrier between power and low-tension section. Provide integral assembly UL lisled as a lotal unit,
with fire rating consistent with that of floor penetrated.
D. Access Floor Box: Provide l6ga. galvanized steel housing with thermoplastic cover and fange. llire
receptacles wilh quick connect pigtails for circuit selection from Jlerible plug in wiring, Cover shall
have removable lid with cable exit Jlaps, cable hooks and hinged coverc. Refer to plans for additional
information.
PART3 EXECUTION
A
3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES:
lnstall wiring devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements ofNEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project
requirements.
Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring work, as necessary lo
interface installalion of wiring devices with other work.
Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building materials, dirt,
and debris.
lnslall wiring devices after wiring work is completed.
B.
C.
D.
E. lnstall wallplales after painting work is completed.
F. Tighten conneclors and lerminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's published lorque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torquing
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Wiring Devices 16143 - 5
sEcTtoN t6143
WIRING DEVICf,S
requiremenls are not indicaled, tighten conneclors and terminals lo comply with tighlening torques
specified in UL Stds 486A.
G. Install telephone/power service poles in accordance wilh final fumishing arrang€menl. Poles shall be
plumb, true, and secure.
H. Provide GFCI type oullets for each above counter duplex receptacle shown within 6'-0" of
sinks/lavatories. For above counter multi-outlet assemblies which do not contain duplex receptacles
that can be replaced wilh GFCI devices, provide GFI circuit breakers on the branch circuit(s) feeding
the assembly.
l. Provide safety type receptacles in all children's gathering and play rooms.
J. Isolated Ground Receplacles: Connect isolated ground lerminal lo isolated grounding conductor and
route to associated branch panelboard isolated ground bar. Provide ground pad in transformer for
connection ofisolated ground conduclor to isolated ground bar in lhe associated branch panelboard as
required. Connect lhe olher circuil shared ground conductors to the common equipment ground bus in
panelboard; keep separate from isolated ground.
3.02 PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES:
A. Upon installation ofwallplates and receptacles, advise Contractor regarding proper and cautious use of
convenience outlets. At lime of Substantial Completion, replace lhose items which have been damaged,
including those bumed and scored by faulty plugs.
3.03 GROUNDING:
A. Provide equipmenl grounding connections for wiring devices, unless otherwise indicated. Tighlen
connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and
effeclive grounds.
3.04 CLEANING:
A. Inlernally clean devices, device outlet boxes and enclosures. Replace stained or improperly painted
wall plates or devices.
3.05 TESTING:
A. Prior to energizing circuitry, lest wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. Ensure proper
polarity of connections is mainlained. Subsequenl to energization, test wiring devices to demonslrale
compliance wilh requirements. Operate each operable device at leasl six (6) times.
B. Test ground fault intemrpter operation with both local and remote faull simulalions in accordance with
manufacturer recommendalions.
C. Replace damaged or defective components.
END OF SECTION 16I43
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Wiring Devices 16143 - 6
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART I GENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A. This Seclion includes secure support from the building structure for electrical items by means of
hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, inserts, seals, and associated fastenings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for each type ofproducl specified.
l. Hanger and support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, spacing, features, and
applicalion for each required type of hanger, suppo , sleeve, seal, and fastener to be used.
B. Shop drawings indicating details of fabricated products and materials.
C. Engineered Design consisting ofdetails and engineering analysis for supports for the following ilems:
l. Suspendedtransformers
2. Trapeze hangers for multiple conduit runs.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject lo cornpliance with requiremenls, provide products by the following:
l. Slotled Metal Angle and U-Channel Systems:
a. Allied Tube & Conduit
b. B-Line Systems, Inc.
c. GS Metals Corp.
d. Unislrut Diversified Products
2. Conduit Sealing Bushings:
a. O-ZlGedney
b. Cooper Industries, Inc.
c. CS Metals Corp.
d. Killark Electric Mfg. Co.
e. Madison Equipmenl Co.
f. Raco, Inc.
g. Spring City Eleclrical Mgf. Co.
h. Thomas & Betts Corp.
2.02 COATINGS:
A. Coating: Supports, supporl hardware, and fasteners shall be protected with zinc coating or with
treatment ofequivalent corrosion resistance using approved altemative lreatment, finish, or inherent
material characteristic. Products for use outdoors shall be hot-dip galvanized
2.03 MANUFACTUREDSUPPORTINGDEVICES:
Supporting Devices 16190 - I Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
sEcTtoN 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit slraps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, O
ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps.
B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and conslruction features as follows:
l. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type.
2. Toggle Bolts: All sleel springhead type.
3. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-trealed steel, designed specifically for the intended
service.
C. Conduil Sealing Bushings: Factory-fabricated watertight conduit sealing bushing assemblies suitable
for sealing around conduit, or tubing passing through concrete floors and walls. Construct seals with
sleel sleeve, malleable iron body, neoprene sealing grommets or rings, melal pressure rings, pressure
clamps, and cap screws.
D. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisling of lhreaded body and
insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Provide plugs with number
and size ofconductor gripping holes as required lo suit individual risers. Construcl body of
malleable-iron casting with hordip galvanized finish.
E. U-Channel Systems: l2-gage steel channels, with 9i l6-inch-diameter holes, at a minimum of8 incbes
on cenler, in top surface. Provide fittings and accessories that male and match with U-channel and are
of the same manufaclure.
F. Supports: Provide supporting devices of types, sizes and materials indicated; and having the following
construction features: -v.
l. One-Hole Conduit Slraps: For supporting 3/4" and smaller rigid melal conduit; galvanized steel.
2. Two-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting I " and larger rigid melal conduit, galvanized steel;
3/4" strap width; and 2-l18" between center of screw holes.
2.04 FABRICATEDSUPPORTINGDEVICES:
A. General: Shop- or field-fabricated supports or manufactured supporls assembled from U-channel
componenls.
B. Sleel Brackets: Fabricated ofangles, channels, and other standard struclural shapes. Connect with
welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports.
C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves ofone ofthe following:
I . Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe.
2. EMT, IMC, or Rigid Conduit.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Supporting Devices r6t90 - 2
2.05
PART
3.01
A.
B.
C.
SECTION I6T90
SUPPORTING DEVICES
FIRE SEALS:
Material: Firestopping material shall be asbestos free, 100% intumescenl, have code approval under
BOCA, ICBO, SSBC, NFPA t 01, NFPA 70, and be capable of maintaining an effective barrier against
flame and gases in compliance wilh the following requirements.
Flame Spread: 25 or less, ASTM 884
Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: Firestopping materials sball be rated "F" and "T" in accordance
with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. Rating periods shall conform 1o the following:
(F) 3 (T) 3 Time-rated floor or wall assemblies.
(F) 3 (T) 3 Openings between floor slabs and curtain wall.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire seals of the following:
1. 3M Company
2, Tremco
EXECUT]ON
INSTALLATION:
Install supporting devices to fasten eleclrical componenls securely and permanently in accordance with
NEC requirements.
Coordinate with the building structural system and rvith other electrical installalion.
Raceway Supports: Comply wilh the NEC and the following requirements:
l. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of supports.
2. Strength ofeach support shall be adequate to carry present and future load multiplied by a safety
faclor ofal least four. Where lhis determination results in a safety allowance of less than 200 lbs,
provide additional slrenglh unlil there is a minimum of200 lbs safety allowance in the strength
ofeach support.
3. Install individual and multiple (trapeze) raceway hangers and riser clamps as necessary to
support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachmenls, and olher hardware necessary for
hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits.
4. Use #9 ceiling wire to support individual conduits up Io 314" with spring steel fasteners. Use of
ceiling support wires is unacceptable.
5. Support parallel runs ofhorizontal raceways together on trapeze-type hangers. Use 3/8"
diameter or larger threaded steel rods for support.
6. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasleners may be
used in lieu ofhangers only for l-l/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle
branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring sleel fasteners, use
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
D.
B,
C.
Supporting Devices 16190 - 3
9.
8.
sEcTroN t6t90
SUPPORTING DEVICES
I /4-inch-diameler or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners that are specifically
designed for supporling single conduits or tubing. For hanger rods supporting l-l/2" or larger
conduits provide 3i8" minimum threaded steel rods with pipe hangers.
Space supports for raceways in accordance wilh NEC. When tbere are 4 or more 2" conduits in
a lrapeze, supports shall be spaced 5' O.C.
In all runs, arrange supporl so the load produced by the weight ofthe raceway and the enclosed
conductors is carried entirely by lhe conduil supports with no weight load on raceway terminals.
Threaded rod supports to have botloms cut offat a maximum length equal to rod diameter below
boltom nut.
Conductor Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirements:
l. Support individual conductors or cables by separale clamps with rubber or plaslic grommet,
fasten using a non-metallic bolt and nut, and secure clamps to unistrut supports anchored to
structure (multiple clamps may be secured to a single unistrut support). Individual conductors or
cables may be served utilizing a vinyl or fiberglass clamp which shall be anchored to the
structure.
2. Space supports as follows:
a. Horizontal conductors not more lhan 3'o.c.
b. Vertical conductors not more lhan 5'o.c.
3. lnstall simultaneously with installation of conducton.
Miscellaneous Supports: Supporl miscellaneous electrical components separately and as required to
produce the same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports- Install metal channel racks
for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes,
lransformers, and other devices.
In open overhead spaces, support melal boxes directly from the building structure via l/4" minimum
all-thread or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach the bar to raceways on opposile sides
of the box and support the raceway with an approved type of fastener nol more than 24 inches from the
box. Supporling metal boxes utilizing ceiling wire is not acceptable.
Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and all other fire-rated floors and walls for cable
installations as required. Where sleeves through floors are inslalled, extend above finish floor. For
sleeves through fire rated-wall or floor construction, apply Ul-listed firestopping sealant in gaps
between sleeves and cables in accordance with "Fire Resistant Joint Sealers" requirement of Division 7
Section "Joint Sealers." See Architeclural plans for location and extent offire rated assemblies.
Conduit Seals: Install seals for conduit penelrations of slabs on grade and exterior walls below grade
and where indicated. Tighten sleeve seal screws until sealing grommels have expanded to form
watertight seal.
Fastening: Unless olherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and lheir supporling hardware securely to
the building structure, including but not limiled to conduits, raceways, cables, cable trays, busways,
cabinets, panelboards, transformers, boxes, disconnect switches, and conlrol components in accordance
with the followine:
D.
F.
E.
G.
H.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
15 August 2fi)5
Supporting Devices 16190 - 4
SECTION T6190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
Fasten by means ofwood screws or screw-type nails on wood. toggle bolts on hollorv masonry
units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrele or solid masonry, and machine screws,
welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel. Threaded sluds driven by a powder
charge and provided with lock rvashers and nuts may be used instead ofexpansion bohs and
machine or wood screws, where authorized by the Owner and structural engineer. Do not weld
conduit, pipe straps, or items other than threaded studs to steel slruclures. ln partitions of lighl
steel construction, use sheet melal screws.
Holes cul to depth of more than l-112 inches in reinforced concrele beams or to depth of more
than 3i4 inch in concrele shall not cut the main reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used.
Ensure that the load applied to any faslener does not exceed 25 percent of lhe proof test load.
Use vibration- and shock-resislanl fasteners for attachmenls to concrete slabs.
Communication and Telephone Cable Supports: Use No. 9 ceiling wire to support individual or small
bundles of cables run above accessible ceilinss.
PF,RSONNEL PROTECTION:
Where U-channel systems, angles, brackets or other slandard struclural melal shapes are readily
accessible and exposed to personnel, provide plaslic or rubber end caps-
Where threaded rod supports are readily accessible and exposed to personnel, provide plastic or rubber
end caps-
FIRESTOPPING LOCATIONS:
Preparation:
l. Coordination: Coordinate the work with other trades. Firestopping materials at penetrations of
insulated pipes and ducts can be applied afier insulation is in place. lf insulation is composed of
combustible material, the thickness of firestopping materials must be equivalent 10 that of the
insulation. If the insulation is composed of non-combustible malerial, it may be considered as
part of the penetrating ilem.
2. Surface Preparation: Surface Preparation to be in contact with firestopping malerials shall be
free ofdirt, grease, oil, loose material or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the
required fi re resistance.
Installation: Install firestopping materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instruclions.
Cleaning: After completion of firestopping work in any area, equipment shall be reviewed and walls,
ceilings and all olher surfaces not 10 receive firestopping shall be cleaned ofdeposits offirestop
materials.
lnspeclion: The architect may select and the Owner will pay an independenl testing laboratory to
examine firestopped areas to ensure proper inslallation prior to concealing or enclosing the firestopped
areas.
END OF SECTION I6I90
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
| 5 August 2005
3.
J.
3.02
B.
3-03
o
B.
C.
D.
Supporting Devices 16190 - 5
SECT|ON 16t95
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART I GENERAL
I,OI SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes identification ofelectrical malerials, equipmenl, and installations. lt includes
requirements for electrical identificalion componenls including but nol limited to the following:
l. Buried electrical line waminss.
2. Identification tubetirrg for ruJ"ways, cables, and conductors.
3. Operational instruction signs.
4. Waming and caution signs.
5. Equipmenl labels and signs.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Conlract and Division I Specification
Sections.
l. Producl Data for each type ofproduct specified.
2. Schedule ofidentification nomenclature lo be used for identification signs and labels for each
piece of equipment shall include, bul not be limited to, the following equipmenl types as
specified in Division 16.
a. Cabinets and enclosures
b. Switchboards and Switchgear
c. Transformers
d. Panelboards
e. Disconnect switches
f Circuit breakers and switches for installalion in distribution centers
E- Motor control centers
h- Starters
i. Variable frequency drives
j. Transfer switches
k. Engine generators and all ancillary cabinets and equipmant
l. Fire alarm system panels and all ancillary cabinets and equipment
m. Low voltage system cabinets
n. Background music system cabinets,
o. Lighting control cabinets including dimmer cabinets.
3. Samples ofeach color, lettering style and other graphic representation required for identification
materials; samples oflabels and signs.
4. Identification required in this section shall apply to equipment furnished in Division l6 and any
olher applicable Divisions including Division 15.
1.03 QUAL]TYASSURANCE:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Electrical ldentification 16195 - I
sEcTroN t6r95
ELECTRTCAL IDENTIFICATION
A. ANSI Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI Standard Al3.l, "Scheme for lhe ldenlification
of Piping Systems," with regard to type and size ofletlering for raceway and cable labels.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirernenls, provide products by the following:
l. Ideal Industries. Inc.
2. LEM Products, Inc.
3. Markal Corp.
4. Panduil Corp.
5. W.H.Bradv. Co.
6. 3M Company
2.02 ELECTRICALIDENTIFICATIONPRODUCTS:
A. Adhesive Marking Labels for Raceway and Busway: Pre-printed, flexible, self-adhesive labels with
legend indicating voltage and service (Emergency, Lighting, Power, Power d.c., HVAC,
Communicalions, Control, Fire, etc.).
B. Pretensioned Flexible Wraparound Colored Plastic Sleeves for Cable Idenlificalion: Flexible acrylic O
bands sized to suit the cable diameter and arranged to stay in place by pre-tensioned gripping action
when coiled around the cable.
C. Underground Line Marking Tape: Metal-delector detectable, permanenl, brighl-colored,
continuous-printed, plastic lape compounded for direct-burial service not less than 6 inches wide by 4
mils thick. Printed legend indicative of general type ofunderground line below.
D. Wire/Cable Designation Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound,
cable/conductor markers wilh preprinted numbers and letler.
E. Engraved, Plastic-Laminaled Labels, Signs and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock melamine plaslic
laminate, l/16-inch minimum thick for signs up lo 20 square inches, or 8 inches in ler,gth; l/8-inch
thick for larger sizes. Engmved legend in white letlers on black face for normal and white letters on red
face for emergency, black letters on yellow face for UPS and punched for mechanical fasleners. Where
required for ground connections, provide engraved legend in white letters on green face.
F. Baked-Enamel Waming and Caution Signs for lnterior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for
fasteners, with colors, legend, and size appropriate lo the location.
G. Exlerior Metal-Backed Butyrate Warning and Caution Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted
cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 2O-gage, galvanized sleel backing, wilh colors, legend and size
appropriale to lhe location. Provide l/4-inch grommets in comers for mounting.
H. Fasteners for Plastic-Laminated and Melal Signs: Self-tapping stainless steel screws or number 10/32
stainless sleel machine screws with nuts and flal and lock washers.
Electrical ldentification 16195 -2 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
SECTION I6195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
l. Cable Ties: Fungus-inerl, self-extinguishing. one-piece, self-locking nylon cable ties,0.l8-inch
minimum width, 50-lb minimum tensile strength. and suitable for a temperature range from minus
50 F lo 350 F. Provide ties in specified colors when used for color coding.
J- Adhesive Marking Tape for Device Cover Plates: 3/8" Kroy tape or Brother labels with 3/16 inch
minimum height letten- Tape shall have black letters on clear background for normal and red letters on
clear background for emergency. Embossed Dymo-Tape labels are not acceptable.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI INSTALLATION:
A. Letlering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbrevialions, colors, and other designations used in
electrical identification work with coresponding designalions specified or indicated. Install numbers,
lettering, and colors as approved in submitlals and as required by code.
B. Install identification devices in accordance with manufacturer's writlen instructions and requirements of
NEC.
C. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied lo surfaces that require finish, install
identification afler complelion of finish work.
D. Conduit ldentification: Use adhesive marking tape labels at ends and major intersections or bends to
identi! all conduits run exposed or located above accessible ceilings. Conduits located above non-
accessible ceiling or in floors and walls shall be labeled within 3 feet of becoming accessible. Labels
for multiple conduits shall be aligned and read the sarne direction. Use the following colors:
l. Above 600 Volts: Black letters on orange background indicating source equipment designation,
circuit number (if applicable), and voitage. Altemate identification labels with 'DANGER -
HIGH VOLTAGE" waming signs of the same color.
2. 600 Volt and Below Normal: White letlers on black background indicating source equipment
designalion, circuil number(s), and voltage.
3. 600 Voll and Below Emergency: White or black lelters on red background indicating source
equipment designation, circuit number(s), and voltage.
4. 600 Volt and Below UPS: Black letters on yellow background indicating source equipment
designation, circuit number(s), and voltage
5. Fire Alarm: Red letters on white background indicating "FIRE ALARM'.
6. Temperature Control: White or black letters on blue background indicating "TEMP.
CONTROL.''
7. Ground: White or black letters on green background indicating "GROUND" and equipment and
designation.
8. Building Alarms: Orange letters on while background indicating "BUILDING ALARMS."
9. Network Fiber: Black letterc on white background indicating "NETWORK FIBER."
10. Other Syslems: Provide color banding as specified in item (E) below.
Electrical ldentification 16195 - 3 Lion Square Lodge
Sile and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
sEcTroN l619s
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Where conduits enter or exit a panelboard, pull orjunction box, switchboard, or other
distribution equipment, conduit labels shall include circuil number in addilion to feeder
identifi cation and voltage.
Identify System Raceways with Color Banding: Band exposed or accessible raceways, cables and bare
conductors of the following systems for identification. Bands shall be pretensioned, snap-around
colored plastic sleeves, colored adhesive marking tape, or a combination of the two. Make each color
band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduil, and place adjacent bands of lwo-color markings in
contacl, sideby side. lnstall bands at changes in direction, at penetrations ofwalls and floors. Apply
lhe following colors:
Sound: Red and Blue
Security System: Blue and Yellow
Television Syslem: Yellow
Computer and Data System: Green and Blue
Telephone System: Green and Yellow
Ground: Green
Identifo Junction, Pull and Connection Boxes: Identification of systems and circuils shall indicale
system voltage and idenlily ofcontained circuits on outside ofbox cover. Color code shall be same as
conduits for pressure sensitive labels. Use self adhesive marking tape labels at exposed locations and
indelible black marker at concealed boxes. All fire alarm boxes shall have covers painted red. All
temperature control boxes shall have covers painted blue. Coordinare labeling convention with
Engineer/Owner.
Underground Electrical Line ldenlification: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground power,
signal and communications lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker, located directly
above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Where multiple lines installed in a common lrench or
concrete envelope, do not exceed an overall width of l6 inches; inslall a single line marker. Tape shall
be 6" wide, 0.004" thick and 1750 psi minimum strength, trace wire run continuous length manhole lo
manhole and to equipmenl. Provide 3'slack rolled at each end.
I . Install line marker for underground wiring, bolh direct-buried and in raceway. Red for
eleclrical, orange for phone and cable.
Circuit ldentificalion: Tag or label conductors as follows:
l. Future Connections: Conductors indicated to be for future connection or connection under
another contract with identificalion indicating source and circuit numbers.
2. Multiple Circuits: Where multiple branch circuits, control wiring or communications/signal
conductors are terminated or spliced in a box or enclosure, label each conductor or cable with
circuit number. For control and communications/signal wiring, use wire/cable marking tape at
terminations in wiring boxes, trougbs and conlrol cabinets. Use consistent letter/number
conductor designations throughout on wire/cable marking tapes.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
E.
F,
G.
Electrical ldentifi cation 16t95 - 4
o
SECT|ON t6195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
3. Match identification markings with designations used in panelboards shop drawings, Contract
Documents, and similar previously established identificalion schemes for tbe facility's electrical
installations.
I. Apply waming, caution and inslruction signs and stencils as follows:
l. lnstall waming, caution or instruction signs where required by NEC, where indicated, or where
reasonably required 10 assure safe operation and maintenance ofelectrical systems and ofthe
items to which they connect. lnstall engraved plastic-laminaled inslruction signs with approved
legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipmenl operalion. lnstall
butl,rate signs with metal backing for outdoor items.
2. Emergency Operating Sigrs: Install, where required by NEC, where indicated, or where
reasonably required to assure safe operation and maintenance ofelectrical systems and ofthe
items 1o which they connect, engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with
minimum 3i8-inch high lettering for emergency instructions on porver transfer, load shedding, or
other emergency operations.
a. Provide sign at main service entrance switch, indicating lype and location ofon-site
stand-by generator as required by NEC. Sign shall read "Secondary Source Provided by
Engine Generator Localed In Room #_".
J. Install equipmenVsystem circuiVdevice identification as follows:
l. Apply equipment identification labels ofengraved plasticJaminate on each major unit of
electrical equipment in building, including central or master unil ofeach electrical system. This
includes communicatior/signaValarm systems, unless unil is specified with its own
self-explanatory identification. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the Contract
Documents and shop drawings. Appty labels for each unit ofthe following categories of
electrical equipment-
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Motor control centers.
e. Molor starters.
f. Pushbulton stations.
g. Power transfer equipmenl.
h. Conlactors.
i. Remole-controlled switches.j. Dimmers.
k. Conlrol devices.
l. Transformers.
m- Power generating units.
n. Telephone switching equipment.
o. Low voltage systems master equipmenl.
p. Fire alarm master slation or control panel.
K. Apply circuit/controVitem designation labels ofengraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches,
breakers, pushbuttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar items for power dislribulion and
control componenls above, excepl panelboards and alarm/signal components, where labeling is
specified elsewhere.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Electrical Identification t6195 - 5
SECT|ON 16t95
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules (label all spares and spaces in pencil) with
explicit description and identification of ilems conaolled by each individual breaker.
Tag all grounding eleclrode conductors, associated bonding conductors, and C.O, grounding conductors
at their point of attachment to any ground bus and grounding electrode (where possible) with a 2" inch
diameler round green phenolic nameplate. L€tlering shall be l/4 inch high with l/5 inch belween lines
centered on the tag stating "DO NOT DISCONNECT," "MAIN (OR C.O.) CROUND." Nameplate
shall attach to conductor with a short length of small chain.
Install labels at locations as required and at locations for besl convenience ofviewing without
interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
For commercial applications provide tape labels for identification ofindividual receptacle and light
switch wallplates. Locale tape on fronl of plate for back of house installalions and on backing plale for
front ofhouse installations. Identifo branch circuit serving the receptacle. Provide tape labels for
identification of individual switches or thermal overload switches which serve as equipment
disconnects.
END OF SECTION 16195
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
N.
o.
Electrical Identifi cation 16t95 - 6
o
SECTION 16515
LIGHTING
PART I GENERAL
I.O1 SUMMARY:
A. Extenl, location, and details of lighting work are indicated on drawings and in schedules.
B. Types of lighting in this section include the flollowing:
1. Fluorescent.
2. High-intensity-discharge(HlD).
a. Metal-halide.
b. High-pressure-sodium.
3. Incandescent.
I.O2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions on each type of
luminaire and component.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of lighting and their spatial relationship to each other. In
addition, submit shop drawings in booklet form with separale sheet for each luminaire, assembled by
"luminaire type" with proposed luminaire and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Submit
delails indicating compatibility with ceiling grid system. Submit shop drawings from manufacturers
detailing luminaire dimensions, weights, melhods of field assembly, componenls, features and
accessories.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for lighting showing connections to electrical power panels,
swilches, dimmers, conlrollers, and feeders. Differentiate between portions of u'iring which are
manufacturer-installed and portions which are field- installed.
D. Samples: Submit one complete operating unit for each type of custom luminaire specified.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parls list for each luminaire and accessory; including
"trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include that data, product data, and shop drawings in a
mainlenance manual; in accordance with general requirements of Division | .
F. Illumination Data:
L lnterior: Provide isofootcandle(isolux) plot diagram offootcandles on horizontal workplane
surface which shows composite values of illuminance projected from the arrangemenl of Iight
sources from indicaled luminaire locations and heights. Show on the graphic plots the locations,
spacings and heights of luminaires. Indicate values of maximum, average, minimum and
max:min ralios.
2. Exterior: Provide isofootcandle (isolux) plot diagram of footcandles on horizontal pavement
surface which shows composite values of illuminance projected from the anangement of light
sources from indicated luminaire locations and heights. Shovv on the graphic plots the locations,
spacings and heights of luminaires.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Lighting 16515 - I
sf,,cTtoN 165t5
LIGHTING
I.O3 QUALITYASSURANCE:
A. Manufaclurer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of lighting of sizes, types and
ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5
yeaff'
B. tnstaller's Qualifications: Firms with at least 3 years ofsuccessful inslallalion experience on projects
with lighting work similar lo that required for lhis project.
I.O4 DELIVERY, STORACE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver lighting in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect luminaires from
damage.
B. Store lighting in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area protecled from weather, moisture,
soiling, extreme temperalures, humidily, laid flal and blocked offground.
C. Handle lighting carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring of finishes. Do not install damaged
units or components; replace wilh new.
I.O5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Coordinale with other work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways, to
properly interface installation oflighting with olher work.
B. Sequence lighting installation with other work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during
remainder of construction.
I.06 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. Lamps: Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to l5lo bul not less than 4 lamps in each case,
ofeach type and size lamp used in each type luminaire-
B. Ballasts: Furnish stock or replacemenl ballasls amounting to 5!/o bul not less than 2 of each type used in
each lype luminaire.
C. Lenses: Furnish stock or replacement lenses amounling to 3% but nol less lhan one, of each type and
size used in each type luminaire.
D. Deliver replacement stock as directed to Owner's storage space.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Luminaire Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremenls, provide luminaires as lisled in the
luminaire schedule or elsewhere on the drawings or specification.
B. Lamp Manufacturers:
l. G E Lighting
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovernents
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
Lighting 165t5 - 2
SECTTON 16515
LIGHTING
2. Osram Sylvania
3. Philips Lighting Company
C. FluorescentBallastManufacturers:
I . Osram Sylvania
2. Advance
3. All other manufacturers shall request prior approval and supply test data from an independent
testing laboratory and comparison report to substantiate compliance with specificalions and
specified equipment.
2.02 EQUIPMENT:
A. General: Provide lighting of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete with, bul not limited to,
housings, energy-efficient lamps, lamp holders, refleclors, energy efficient ballasts, starters and wiring.
Ship luminaires faclory-assembled, with those components required for a complete installation. Design
luminaire with concealed hinges and catches, with metal parts grounded as common unil. and so
constructed as to dampen ballast generated noise and as 1o disconnect ballast when door is opened for
HQI lamps.
B. Wiring: Provide electrical wiring within luminaire suitable for connecting to branch circuit wiring as
follows:
L NEC Type TFN for 120 and 277 volt and shall be minimum No. l8 AWG.
C. Lamps:
1 Fluorescent: Provide fluorescenl lamp types as specified in the luminaire schedule and types
compatible with luminaires. Lamps shall be low mercury type. Provide 4100Ko lor
temperature lamps unless otherwise noted in schedules or on drawings.
2. Incandescent: Provide incandescent lamp types as specified in the luminaire schedule and types
compatible with luminaires. Provide lrosted lamps unless otherwise noted.
3. High Intensity Discharge: Provide Metal Halide or High Pressure Sodium lamp types as
specified in the luminaire schedule and types compatible with luminaires. Lamps shall have
buming position compatible wilh luminaire. Lamps shall be color corrected unless otherwise
noled.
D. Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts:
l. Interior Ballasts: Provide low-energy fluorescent lamp ballasts, capable ofoperating lamp lypes
indicated; with high power factor, rapid-start, and low-noise features; Type l; Class P;
sound-rated A.
2. Exterior ballasts: Provide high power factor, rapid start, Type 1, Class P, sound rated A or B for
minus 20C , with 80% ight outpul within 5 minutes of starting, and listed for use in outdoor
luminaires.
E. FluorescenlElectronicBallasts:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Lighting t65t5 - 3
sf,,cTroN 16515
LIGHTING
l. Provide rapid start electronic ballasts for all fluorescent lamps with voltage as indicated on the
-plans and luminaire schedule. The ballast shall deliver normal lamp life and must be
interchangeable wilh electromagnetic ballasts. The light output shall not vary in response to an
input voltage variance of less than lO9bled voltage. Drive output shall be grealer lhan 25 Kz
with lamp flicker less lhan 2%:o.
2. The ballast total harmonic distortion shall be less tban l096ith lh e third harmonic (180 Hz)
distortion less than 8Vo
3. The ballast shall have a crest factor of less than 1.5 and shall have transienl protection which
meels IEEE 587, Calegory A (ANSI C62.41) requirements.
4. The ballast shall have a power faclor of0.98 or higher, and shall have a ballast efficiency ofgo%
or higher.
5. The ballast shall be UL listed Class P and shall have a sound rating better than A.
6. The ballasl electromagnetic inlerference shall be less than 54 db from 450 Itlz to 30 MHz (FCC
CFR 47, Part | 8 requirements).
7. The ballast shall contain no PCB's.
F. Fluorescenl Dimming Ballasts: Solid state type for smoolh dimming over a range from l0OTo lo lo/o
light oulput and listed for use with the specific fluorescent dimmers or dimming system. Dimming
ballasts shall be Lutron Hi-Lume for l7o dimming.
C. HighJntensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts: Provide multi-tap HID lamp ballasts, of ratings, lypes and a.
makes as recommended by lamp manufacturer, whicb properly mates and matches lamps to electrical tsupply by providing appropriale vollages and impedances for which lamps are designed. Design ballast
to operate lamp within the lamp's power trapezoid requirements. Minimum starting temperature of
minus 30C . for exterior applications. Ballasts shall be conslant wattage high power factor type.
H. Auxiliary lnstant-On Quartz System with Time Delay: Automatically switches quartz lamp when the
fixture is initially energized and when momentary power outages occur. Tum quartz lamp off
automatically when HID lamp reaches approximalely 609frght output. Ballasts have intemal
components independenl of the incoming line voltage.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting is to be installed, and substrate for supporting
lighting- Notifo Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do
not proceed with work unlil unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceplable to
Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. Install lighting at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written
inslructions, applicable requiremenls of NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation", NEMA slandards, and
rvith recognized industry practices lo ensure that lighting fulfills requirements.
16515 - 4 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
Lighting
o
SECTION I6515
LIGHTING
B. Provide luminaires and/or oullel boxes with hangers to properly support luminaire weight. Submit
design ofhangers, method offastening, other than indicated or specified herein, for review by
Architect.
| . Luminaires shall be positively attacbed to the suspended ceiling system. The atlachment device
shall have a capacity of | 00%f th e luminaire weight acting in any direction.
2. When intermediate syslems are used, No. 12 gauge hangers shall be attached to the grid
members within 3" of each corner of each luminaire.
3. When heavy-duty systems are used, supplemental hangers are not required ifa 48" modular
hanger pattem is followed. When cross runners are used without supplemental hangers to
support luminaires, lhese cross runners shall provide the same carrying capacity as the main
runner.
4. Luminaires weighing less than 56 pounds shall have, in addition 1o the requiremenls above, two
No. l2 gauge hangers connected from the luminaire housing to the slructure above. These wires
may be slack.
5. Luminaires weighing 56 pounds or more shall be supported direclly from the structure above by
four No. l2 gauge hangers connected from the luminaire housing to the struclure above. These
wires may be slack.
C. Inslall flush mounted luminaires properly lo eliminate light leakage between frame and finished surface.
D. Provide plaster frames for recessed luminaires installed in other than suspended grid type acoustical
ceiling systems. Brace frames temporarily to prevent distortion during handling.
E. Fasten luminaires securely to structuml supports; and ensure that pendant luminaires are plumb and
level. Provide individually mounted pendant luminaires longer than 2 feet with twin stem hangers.
Provide stem hanger with ball aligners and provisions for minimum one inch vertical adjustment.
Mounl continuous rows of luminaires with an addilional stem hanger greater lhan number of Iuminaires
in the row.
1. Pendant hung luminaires shall be supported directly fiom the structure above with No. 9 gauge
wire or approved alternate support without using the ceiling suspension system for direct
support.
F. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment conneclors. Where manufacturer's
torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening
torques specified in UL Stds 486A and B, and the Nalional Electrical Code.
G. Support surface mounted luminaires greater than 2 feel in length at a point in addition to the outlet box
stud.
H. Sel units plumb, square, level and secure according to manufacturer's writlen inslruclions and shop
drawings. Refer lo specification section 16503, "Poles and Slandards" for other requiremenls.
3.03 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. At Dale of Substantial Completion, replace lamps in lighting which are observed to be noliceably
dimmed after Contractor's use and tesling, as judged by Architect.
Lighting 16515 - 5 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
sEcTtoN r65rs
LIGHTING
I . Refer to Division- I sections for the replacemenV resloralion of lamps in lighting where used for
temporary lighting prior to Dale of Substanlial Completion.
3.M ADJUST]NG AND CLEANING:
A. Clean lighting ofdirt and construction debris upon completion of installation. Cleao fingerprints and
smudges from lenses and reflectors.
B. Protecl inslalled luminaires from damage during remainder of construction period.
C. Adjust aimable luminaires lo provide required light intensities.
3.05 GROUNDING:
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for lighting as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with
tightening torques specified in UL Sld 486A to assue permanent and effeclive grounds.
B. Ground luminaires according to Section 16452, "Grounding," and Section 16503,'?oles and
Standards."
3.06 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment including ballasts, lamps, luminaires, wiring, etc. free
from inherent mechanical and electrical defects. Warranty period shall be from dale of acceptance as
set forth in the general conditions with periods as follows:
l. Lamps - Per Paragraph 3.3
2. Luminaires, wiring, etc. - I year
3. Ballasts - The manufaclurer shall provide a full five year warranty beginning at time of
substantial completion. The manufachrer shall replace any and all failed ballasts within 48
hours ofnolificalion. The manufacturer shall provide the labor for warranty rcplacernents.
3.07 DEMONSTRATION:
A. Upon complelion ofinstallalion of lighting and afler building circuitry has been energized, apply
electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct
malfunctioning units at site, then retest lo demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with
new units, and proceed with retesling.
END OF SECTION I65I5
165tS - 6 Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
15 August 2005
o
Lighting
I
sEcrIoN 16s35
EMERGENCY LIGIITING
PART I CENERAL
I.OI SUMMARY:
A. Types of emergency luminaires in this seclion include the following:
1. Unitized battery powered units
2. Exit lights
3. Emergency fluorescent lamp power supply.
I.O2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufaclurer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of emergency luminaires and
equipment oftypes and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfaclory use in similar service
for nol less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with al least 3 years ofsuccessful installation experience on projects
with emergency lighting work similar to thal required for project.
I.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data on emergency lighting.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet for each luminaire,
assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical, or numerical order, with proposed luminaire and
accessories clearly indicated on each sheet.
C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lisl for each emergency lighting and accessory
including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in
maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division l.
I.O4 DELIVERY,STORAGEANDHANDLINC:
A. Handle emergency lighting carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring. Do nol install damaged
luminaires or components; replace with new.
B. Store in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, conslruclion debris, and physical
damage.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI ACCEPTABLEMANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subjecl to compliance with requirements, provide emergency lighting of one of lhe
following (for each type of emergency luminaire):
l Unitized Batterv Powered Fixtures:
a. Chloride Systems USA, Inc.
b. Dual-Lite lnc.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Emergency Lighting 16$5 - r
sEcTtoN r653s
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
c. Emergi-Lite Co-
d. Exide Electronics Corp.
e. Mule Emergency Lighting Inc.
2. Exit Signs:
a. As specified in Luminaire Schedule.
3. Emergency Fluorescenl Lamp Power Supplies:
a. Bodine
b. Dual-Lite Inc.
c. Lithonia Lighting Inc.
d. Siltron Illumination Inc.
2.02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING:
A. General: Provide lighting of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete with, but not limited to,
housings, energy efficient lamps, lamp holders, reflectors, energy-efficient ballasts, starters and wiring.
B. Wiring: Provide wiring within fixtures for conneclion to branch circuit wiring as follows:
l. NEC Type TFN for 120 & 277 volt, minimum No. l8 AWG.
C. Emergency Battery Powered Units: Provide battery powered, self-contained units with solid-state, fully
automatic charger, unit "Ready" light, transferibrownout circuit and low-voltage battery disconnect.
l. Power Supplies:
a. Provide unit with universal transformer for l2O or 277 VAC operation.
b. Battery: Provide maintenance free lead-calcium battery for t2 VDC operation capable of
supplying connected load for period of l-l/2 hours to end voltage or 87-l12 percent of
nominal battery vollage.
2. Charger: Provide automatic baltery charger with full recharging capability in 12 hours, or less
after full discharge.
3. Enclosure: Provide enclosurc constructed in accordance with NEMA I standards. Provide low
profile brushed aluminum canopy capable ofbeing mounted on slandard 3-112" or 4" octagonal,
or 4" square wall box, or being faslened directly to wall.
4. Lamps: Provide two, unit mounted l2-volt, sealed beam lamps, waltage as specified on
luminaire schedule.
5. Accessories: Provide following accessories mounted on unil cabinet:
a. Unil test switch
b. AC "ON" pilot light
c. Heavy-duty wall mounling bracket
2.03 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT LAMP POWER SUPPLY:
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage Improvements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Emergency Lighting 16535 - 2
SECTION I6535
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. Ceneral: Provide self-contained baltery powered inverlor unit for direct mounting in designated
fluorescenl luminaires. Provide unit with fully automatic two rale charger, nickel-cadmium battery, AC
"ON" pilot light, and lest switch. Unit shall automatically transfer to battery supply on loss of normal
AC power and shall operate one or two rapid start F32 fluorescent lamps with minimum oulpul of 1350
lumens. Unit shall have minimum output of 3000 lumens for single high output lamp applications.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01
A,
3.O2
A.
INSPECTION:
Examine areas and condilions under which emergency Iighting is to be installed, and substrale which
will support lighting luminaires. Do nol proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in manner acceptable to lnstaller.
INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY LICHTING UNITS:
Install emergency lighting units at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
writlen instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NECA's "Standard of lnslallation". NEMA
standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fulfills requiremenls.
Coordinate with other electrical work as appropriate to properly interface installation ofemergency
lighling with other work.
Coordinate mounting of test switch indicator light and ballast prior to installation.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
Clean emergency lighting of dirt and debris upon completion of installation.
Protect installed units from damage during remainder ofconstruction period.
GROUNDING:
Provide equipment grounding connections for emergency lighting as indicated. Tighten connections to
comply with tightening torques specified in UL Sld 486,4 lo assure perrnanenl and effective grounds.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Upon completion of inslallation of emergency lighting and after building circuitry has been energized
wiih normal power source, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with
requirements. Test emergency lighting to demonslrale operation under emergency conditions. Where
possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest lo demonstrate compliance; olherwise, remove
and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting.
WARRANTY:
The Contractor shall guaranlee all equipment including ballasts, lamps, luminaires, wiring, elc. free
from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for five (5) years. Warranly period shall be from dale
ofacceptance as set forth in the general conditions.
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail. Colorado
l5 August 2005
B.
o
t-.
3.03
B.
3.04
3.0s
A,
3.06
Emergency Lighting t6535 - 3
END OF SECTION I6535
SECTION I6535
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Lion Square Lodge
Site and Garage lmprovements
Vail, Colorado
l5 August 2005
Emergency Lighting 16535 - 4